KUNDALINI AWAKENING,

BUDDHISM, CHAKRAS, THIRD EYE,

CRYSTALS, REIKI HEALING:
6 Books in 1

The Complete collection to Unleash Your Positive

Energy Through Self-Healing Techniques, Mindfulness
Meditation and Yoga

AURA HEAL
© Copyright 2020 by Aura Heal - All rights reserved.
This content is provided with the sole purpose of providing relevant
information on a specific topic for which every reasonable effort has been
made to ensure that it is both accurate and reasonable. Nevertheless, by
purchasing this content, you consent to the fact that the author, as well as the
publisher, are in no way experts on the topics contained herein, regardless of
any claims as such that may be made within. As such, any suggestions or
recommendations that are made within are done so purely for entertainment
value. It is recommended that you always consult a professional prior to
undertaking any of the advice or techniques discussed within.
This is a legally binding declaration that is considered both valid and fair by
both the Committee of Publishers Association and the American Bar
Association and should be considered as legally binding within the United
States.
The reproduction, transmission, and duplication of any of the content found
herein, including any specific or extended information will be done as an
illegal act regardless of the end form the information ultimately takes. This
includes copied versions of the work both physical, digital, and audio unless
express consent of the Publisher is provided beforehand. Any additional
rights reserved.
Furthermore, the information that can be found within the pages described
forthwith shall be considered both accurate and truthful when it comes to the
recounting of facts.
As such, any use, correct or incorrect, of the provided information will render
the Publisher free of responsibility as to the actions taken outside of their
direct purview. Regardless, there are zero scenarios where the original author
or the Publisher can be deemed liable in any fashion for any damages or
hardships that may result from any of the information discussed herein.
Additionally, the information in the following pages is intended only for
informational purposes and should thus be thought of as universal. As
befitting its nature, it is presented without assurance regarding its prolonged
validity or interim quality. Trademarks that are mentioned are done without
written consent and can in no way be considered an endorsement from the
trademark holder.
 BOOKS

KUNDALINI AWAKENING
BUDDHISM FOR BEGINNERS
CHAKRAS FOR BEGINNERS
THIRD EYE AWAKENING
CRYSTALS FOR BEGINNERS
REIKI HEALING FOR BEGINNERS
 KUNDALINI AWAKENING
A Beginner’s Guide to Kundalini Yoga Meditation to Increase
Psychic Abilities, Mind Power, Third Eye Intuition and Achieve a
Higher Level of Consciousness and Spiritual Energy

By Aura Heal
 Table of Contents

Introduction
Chapter 1: Understanding Kundalini Yoga
Chapter 2: The History of Kundalini
Chapter 3: Chakras & the Kundalini
Chapter 4: How is Kundalini Yoga Different from Other Types of Yoga?
Chapter 5: Kundalini Yoga Asanas & Mudras
Chapter 6: Benefits of Kundalini Yoga Awakening
Chapter 7: Pranayama Kundalini Yoga Breathing Techniques
Chapter 8: Chakra Cleansing Practices for Kundalini Awakening
Chapter 9: Kundalini Awakening Meditation
Chapter 10: Awakening the Kundalini
Chapter 11: Mudra Basics
Chapter 12: Signs of Kundalini Awakening
Conclusion
 Introduction

You have just decided to take in an incredibly useful bit of information that
has the capacity to change your life for the better! While it may still sound
like a foreign language at this point, by downloading this book, Kundalini
awakening has become a future that lies within your grasp.
In the following pages, expect to be guided on big Kundalini ideas, such as
awakening myths and dispelling them, benefits to the process of awakening,
techniques to guide your approach, dangers and potential risks, most common
mistakes, general steps to success, and then even more metaphysical
connections in the final chapter.
While the Kundalini and its awakening should not necessarily be focused on
what you can gain from the process, it is still helpful to know all that you’re
getting yourself into and all that could potentially exist once the Kundalini is
awakened.
Now more than ever, we live in a very stressful and toxic society. And along
with increased stress and toxicity come various wellness issues like burnout,
anxiety, depression and health problems. But you don't have to continue
being a victim of stress and toxicity in your professional and personal life.
You can fight back and reclaim your health and wellness using a relatively
archaic but highly effective practice: Kundalini Yoga.
Within the pages of this book, you'll learn what it is, its wellness benefits and,
more importantly, how to practice Kundalini Yoga to experience such
benefits. By the end of the book, you'll be in a great position to start
practicing it and experiencing the benefits. Through a combination of
breathing techniques, hand gestures, mantras, meditation, and asanas, you can
awaken the energy that lies dormant within your body.
This energy moves through your body and consciousness. Yet, many people
never harness it. You can improve your health through this ancient practice
and feel a surge of energy, unlike anything you have experienced before.
 Chapter 1:
Understanding Kundalini Yoga

What is Kundalini Yoga?

Kundalini yoga is considered the mother of all yoga, as it incorporates
various techniques, such as body poses, breathing techniques, meditation, and
chanting. It is the complete yoga for the mind and body and offers numerous
benefits.
The general motivation behind Kundalini yoga is to raise the vitality of the
individual and interface it with the widespread vitality. Kundalini yoga
practice joins breathing activities, physical postures, hand positions, sound
and contemplation. This mix of components is called 'Kriya', which implies a
set of activities intended to cooperate, at times for a particular reason.
Kundalini Yoga can be traced back several centuries, but I don't want to bore
you with the details, so I'll just give you a very short idea of where it came
from. Yoga, in general, came from India and this form of yoga was brought
to the northern part of America in 1968 by an Indian government employee
who went by the name Yogi Bhajan. In particular, he brought the practice to
Los Angeles and Toronto. The teachers that Yogi Bhajan taught personally or
who were raised into his disciples wear white clothing and most of the time,
they also use gongs during their Kundalini Yoga classes.
You may be wondering why they use the gongs, white linen and have the
unique name. The answer lies in how all 3 elements work synergistically to
help people - you included - unleash their full potential and their energy.
Kundalini is a term that means energy that is located or contained at the
bottom of one's spine. So in essence, Kundalini Yoga is all about bringing
that energy to life and releasing it from the spinal base to help a person
become much more aware, healthy and happy.

Why Kundalini?
The primary goal of practicing Kundalini Yoga is to bring to life that energy
that's stored at the bottom of the spine. Know that in yoga, there are 2
acknowledged lines of energy that move around and up the spine's base and
these 2 lines intersect at 7 crucial points that you may have already heard of -
the chakras. Each of these 7 points or chakras serves a specific health-related
function.
The Kundalini poses that practitioners perform initiate the energy flow along
and through these 7 chakras and, in the process, corrects imbalances in them.
As energy's mobilized, you can become more aware, better integrated with
what's happening in and around you, and even more conscious than you've
ever been. With much greater awareness and consciousness come greater
peace, joy, and personal productivity.
Kundalini yoga has just been taught in the West for around 40 years, in spite
of the fact that its history in India about-faces for centuries. It was
customarily a Raj or Royal yoga saved for the high-positioning families. Its
methods are significantly transformational and work more quickly than some
other type of yoga. The activities raise the familiarity with self, permitting a
blending of the individual awareness with the widespread cognizance. In the
meantime, Kundalini yoga is portrayed as the 'yoga of the householder', in
that it is viable, sensible and a tool stash for regular life. We are not
anticipated that would get to be withdrawn from the world; a remarkable
inverse, this yoga is something to bring to your daily encounters to help you
adapt to life.
Kundalini Yoga, particularly, is intended to reinforce instinct and self-
discipline. By focusing on every development notwithstanding your mind's
longing to stop, you are preparing your sensory system to oppose enticement
(for this situation, the allurement to surrender), generally as you may prepare
your muscles at the exercise center. It may not sound fun, yet it accompanies
some mind-blowing advantages. What's more you pick up the mindfulness
and force you have to oppose the enticement to fall once again into those
negative behavior patterns you're making plans to break for good not long
from now.
Kundalini is, first of all, a metaphor for the energy flow in our bodies. The
word means “little coiled one,” and it describes a snake that lies asleep at the
base of our spine that’s somehow filled with godly and god-like energy. The
serpent or snake sleeps there and waits to act as a vehicle for divinity in our
bodies and lives. As awakening happens, the snake begins to wake up, uncoil,
and move throughout our bodies like its swimming through a placid lake.
Blockages in the body are then processed and dissolved. Irritations and
personality quirks melt away. Emotional expression becomes easier and
easier. With the energy of creation flowing through us, things become easier,
and we become transcendent in a number of ways. On one hand, Kundalini
will always be about how divine energy can flow within our bodies with the
right effort and practice.

Secondly, Kundalini is a practice of being in the world that focuses on your

soul’s awakening to truth. Kundalini awareness–whether boosted through
meditation, physical exercise, yoga, music, art, forgiveness, conversations,
big life events, or otherwise–helps you learn to hear and channel your own
truth better. It can help you gain insight during times of need, it can help you
feel less alone, it can help you find your direction in life, and so much more.
All you have to do is get in touch with yourself through a variety of
techniques and then open yourself to your own inner potential. Kundalini will
do the rest.
Third, Kundalini is an image that the ancient Indian people created to express
what they felt about divinity. For them, Kundalini was about the potential
that rests within us. It was about the fact that we all have source energy–
divinity– inside of us that can be awakened with the right combination of
awareness, practice, focus, and effort. In every culture Kundalini existed in,
no matter what it was called, it was used as a way to connect with the gods of
the time; it was always a way to unlock and harness psychic potential and
learn from godly examples. Kundalini was one way these ancient people
found proof of their gods, but at the same time, Kundalini also taught them
that true “god” would never require a dogma to be appreciated and boosted in
one’s life. For us today, Kundalini is similar in that it teaches us our godly
potential while denying the need for a cult of worship. Kundalini is simply
there, and as it awakens, it demonstrates our connection with life, with the
divine, and with the entire rest of humanity.
Finally, Kundalini is about healing on all levels. Across time, Kundalini
awareness and awakening have been tied up with healing attempts. Ancient
Chinese people, along with Medieval and Renaissance alchemists, were
surely using their versions of “Kundalini” to try to make themselves better.
Ancient Egyptian rulers carried their ankhs to help solidify and strengthen
their power, effectively “healing” their rulership capabilities. Ancient
Indians, too, were working on healing themselves and one another through
the Kundalini’s central channel. No matter what culture the message surfaces
from, it seems to be the same: with increased awareness of the energy
systems in the body, we can learn to reverse maladaptive processes and
instigate deeper, lasting healing.

Force of Kundalini Yoga

The force of Kundalini yoga lies in its experiential nature. To take part in the
key experience of it is the best way to profit; there is no addition to be found
in just speaking or perusing about it, you need to do it. Also, to do it will
oblige you to discover an educator from whom you can learn through
individual collaboration. When you do, it chips away at all three levels, on
the body, the psyche and the soul.
Physically, it meets expectations by utilizing postures grew through the ages
to interface vivacious pathways and make electrical hardware inside the
body. Mudras, which are positions of the hands, include touching closures of
the fingers and thumb, along these lines making a circuit. Applying body
'locks', called bandhs, makes weight in distinctive parts of the body and takes
a shot at the same guideline as water power, to drive vitality to move
upwards. There are numerous physical profits to rehearsing Kundalini yoga.
It is said you are 'as youthful as your spine is supple'. Kundalini yoga
activities fortify and stretch the spine and enhance general carriage and
adaptability. Yogic activity keeps the joints adaptable and tones the body by
utilizing an equalization of extending and contracting muscle bunches. It
calms pressure by unwinding procedures.
Kundalini yoga can help with digestive issues by the inner back rub offered
by postures and breath works out. It expands disposal, and can accelerate the
digestion system, by expanding gastric juices and digestive compounds.
There is improved course of oxygenated blood, reinforcing of the heart
muscles, and incitement of the lymphatic framework, boosting safety. The
respiratory framework reacts advantageously to breathing activities which
adjust the parasympathetic or thoughtful sensory system.
Relaxing
Profound yogic breathing additionally serves to create forces of fixation,
quieting nervousness states and expanding lung limit. Substance creation in
the mind is empowered, helping recuperate gloom.
In addition, yoga trains you to listen to your body and to totally unwind,
driving commonly to an arrangement of bio-criticism; you realize what your
body requirements for genuine wellbeing. Individuals report having the
capacity to rest better in the wake of rehearsing yoga. In instances of
incessant torment, doing yoga can change the data going down neural
pathways and consequently, lessening the experience of agony.
Unwinding
Unwinding is a significant piece of the experience, both amid the activities
and a short time later. Unwinding serves numerous capacities, it discharges
the muscles, courses glandular changes, restores and permits the enthusiastic
energies to settle and discharge all remaining anxiety and strain.
On the mental plane Kundalini yoga, with its attention on 'going inside'
whilst practicing and honing reflection can be useful for a wide range of
anxiety, nervousness states, depressive issue and dependence or addictive
practices.
Reflection
Reflection clears the brain of its disorder and quietness the relentless
chatterbox. Day by day contemplation allows the psyche to manage oblivious
stresses, regularly staying there for quite a while. A nonpartisan personality
separates from its contemplations, watching them instead of captivating with
them. This way to life stops us responding hurriedly and we get to be much
calmer, more casual and, hence, more fit for managing anxiety without
turning to unfortunate means.
This is the changing force of Kundalini yoga. It interfaces us to the force of
thought, the ideal vehicle for change. The pace of advancement has quickly
joined as a conceded consequence of man's learning, & now that same rate of
development specially challenged people humanity. Perceiving how to agree
to change makes push, fatigue & depressive diseases, all of which are
making. Kundalini yoga offers answers for these & fascinating ills of our age,
by showing that outside stimulants are not the answer, all the answers are to
be found inside ourselves.
Kundalini yogis have an adage
Advises us that we must practice self-control, that we should prepare our
psyches to stir us and climb at a young hour in the day. We do this so we can
take control of the day; don't let the day begin without you. Awakening the
eyes shut, tenderly practicing before you climb, then after a control in the
early morning is ensured to construct your capacity to take control of your
life. It puts you immovably accountable for your life.
Alludes to the disposition with which we go through life. Making your
experience deliberately by utilizing your mental qualities makes you viable,
proficient and dependable. With quality of brain, and an uplifting point of
view, you can direct your own course through the disarray of our age.
Urges us to finish what has been started, to keep up our pace, and to
dependably be delicately extending ourselves to end up more than we as of
now are. A sublime way to life that engages you to attain to additional, get to
be smarter, including dominance in your territories of aptitude. What's more
we all sparkle by being the best we can be.
To help with the sparkling, Kundalini yoga is worked on wearing white
garments. White is the mix of every last one of shades of the rainbow, it
speaks to unadulterated brilliant light, brilliance. Simply wearing something
white will lift your state of mind and your spirits when you may be feeling
not as much as awesome.
Utilizing the systems and the order of Kundalini yoga we have the method for
engaging ourselves to develop, to change and to mend a number of the
illnesses of present day life. Yoga is a teach, a way to take after, and turns
into a lifestyle. The order intrinsic in Kundalini yoga achieves strength
toward oneself. We must acknowledge obligation regarding our own
particular state and that of the world. In our longing to change the world, first
we must be that change. Kundalini yoga encourages individual change, and
this is the main change conceivable.

What Makes Up Kundalini Yoga?

Kundalini energy releases when the apana and prana energies unite with each
other. Prana is the energy we need for our survival and one that we receive
from eating foods and breathing in air. Apana energy is the energy stored and
trapped between your root and throat chakras. By practicing Kundalini yoga,
we can release the apana energy and regulate the flow of prana in the body so
that the two meet and unite as one.
Kundalini yoga has different elements. To master this practice, you need to
master those elements. You are likely to hear the word “kriya” when you hear
someone say he or she did Kundalini yoga or when you read up on the
subject. Kriya means to work and when talking about Kundalini yoga, the
word refers to all the different actions you take to release Kundalini and make
it rise upwards in your body.
Kundalini yoga has different kriyas based on the different elements involved
in them. All the Kundalini kriyas encompass one, more, or all of the
following ingredients.
Asanas
An asana is the pose you stand or sit in when practicing Kundalini yoga. It
also refers to the area you are sitting in when doing Kundalini. If you are
sitting in the seiza pose or standing straight when doing Kundalini, you are
maintaining a certain asana. Different asanas have different effects on your
body depending on the pressure points stimulated by those asanas.
Mudras
Mudras are the hand gestures and positions you make by positioning your
palms and fingers in different positions. Through curling, stretching,
touching, and crossing your fingers, you unite your body, soul and mind to
enjoy different positive results. The different points in your hands and fingers
connect to different areas in your brain. By arranging your hands and fingers
in different positions, you stimulate those areas in your brain and produce
various results such as increased focus, enthusiasm, wisdom, intuition, and
sense of awareness.
Bandhas
Bandha is a body lock that channelizes prana energy through your body.
Bandha is a Sanskrit word meaning, “To lock, hold, or tighten.” Your body
has 3 basic locks united by the 4th lock that helps regulate the different
systems in the body such as sexual, digestive, hormonal, and metabolic
systems. The different muscles in the body create these locks.
For instance, if you contract the muscles at your pelvic floor (in women) and
those between your anus and testes (in men), you will create the mula
Bandha, which is the basic lock of those 4 locks. These locks raise Kundalini
in your body. Different Bandhas find uses in different Kundalini Kriyas.
Pranayama
Pranayama is the conscious controlling of your breath. By managing and
controlling the breath, you can regulate the flow of prana energy in your body
to restore energy imbalance within the body. There are different pranayama
exercises to help you regulate your breath.
Mantras
Any word can become a mantra if you chant it repeatedly and with
conviction. For example, if you repeatedly chant “love,” you will feel happy
and peaceful and will start to believe you are capable of giving and receiving
love. It is important that you choose positive mantras to have positive effects
on your mind and body.
Meditation
Meditation is a practice that helps you build and increase your state of
awareness by slowly silencing your racing, dualistic, and egotistical mind so
you create a peaceful, unbiased, and neutral state of mind that helps you
perceive things as they are, live in the moment non-judgmentally,
acknowledge your present and be happy with it. Kundalini yoga uses
different meditative practices to increase your state of consciousness.
Drishti
Drishti is your gaze and focus on a particular focal point during a yoga pose
or mudra so you build balance between your outward and inward
consciousness.
Usually, a Kundalini yoga kriya begins with warm up and meditation
followed by certain asanas, Bandhas, mantras, and pranayama’s. Every kriya
has a certain objective such as cleansing your digestive system of toxins,
eliminating stress, strengthening your immune system, increasing spirituality,
etc.

Myths about Kundalini & Its Awakening

There are a lot of myths floating around about what Kundalini is, how it gets
awakened, and what its awakening can look like. There are especially a lot of
negative myths, but Kundalini awakening is a practice that’s existed for
millennia, and its approach can exist in multiple different incarnations. It can
mean a bad experience for someone who approaches his or her awakening
with impure goals in mind, but it still means such a positive experience for so
many others that it’s helpful to tease out what’s fact and what’s fiction before
moving forward unknowingly, with inaccurate assumptions. While it’s
certainly true that no one way to awakening is the right way, this section will
surely help you to spot out some of the veins of thinking about Kundalini that
are not worth your concern.
Kundalini awakening is dangerous, and the energy released is
frightening
Kundalini awakening is far from dangerous. For those who don’t understand
the process, it may seem bizarre that some people have outbursts during
meditation or experience muscle spasms or spontaneous crying. It may seem
unhealthy that people are changing their diet to something radically different
than they’ve eaten their entire lives. It may seem shocking to some that
people are establishing better connections to the divine. However, it may
seem, Kundalini awakening is safe and productive, and the energy released is
far from frightening; it’s healthy, natural, and enlightened.
Kundalini awakening is tied to one specific religion (or it’s a cult)
While “Kundalini” comes from the Sanskrit and takes its linguistic origin
from ancient India, there is no specific religion attached to Kundalini
awakening. When the process of Kundalini awakening was started by Yogi
Bhajan and his practice of Kundalini yoga, even that practice of yoga was a
more secular appreciation of divinity and one’s connection to the powers of
the universe and of creation itself. Kundalini does not connect with any cult
or religious dogma. It’s simply something that exists within you in relation to
source energy, and it can be awakened if you like, hence the purpose of this
text.
You will have to wear a headpiece constantly once your Kundalini is
awakened
Some believe that your awakened state makes you more sensitive, warranting
the covering of one’s head to protect the crown and third eye chakras, the
aura, and the brain. Whether the headpiece is a turban, a scarf, a bandana, or
otherwise, these individuals think you just need some sort of covering.
However, there is no evidence that this headpiece and its use in covering the
head help in protecting one’s energetic state. Kundalini and shakti energy
will not be able to escape through the top of your skull and seep out your
scalp, so there is no point for concern on this issue.
Kundalini awakening all goes back to sex
While Kundalini awakening obviously has correlations with sex, sexual
health, and sexual awakening, it absolutely does not have to deal with such
themes. Sometimes, Kundalini awakening will enable one to heal from
traumas caused by these themes and actions in one’s life, and the farthest
thing from this individual’s mind will be to incorporate sex again as quickly
as possible. Thankfully, Kundalini awakening would never rush or force
something like that. As with all types of healing, sex can be incorporated
when and if you’re ready, and not before that point.
Your relationship with your friends and your family will suffer after
you’re awakened
While you may develop different interests from your family, causing you to
want to spend your time differently than they do, your connections with these
people never have to suffer because of your awakening process. In fact, your
patience with them and understanding of them should only increase, aiding
your relationship. If you find yourself having less and less time or patience
for these people, you might need to reconsider what role you want them to
play in your life or what role you want to play in theirs. In your case, it could
be that Kundalini is reminding you that family is more than just blood, and
you don’t have to settle for those who traumatize and abuse you. Essentially,
your relationship will only suffer when your higher self is ready for it to be
over.
Kundalini awakening is all about breathing and meditation; it’s not
physical at all
Kundalini awakening was originally tied explicitly to the practice of
Kundalini yoga. In those times, it was always already connected between
physical and spiritual, movement and breath, and yoga and meditation.
Therefore, even today, Kundalini awakening should not be just one of these
extremes. It should never be just yoga or just meditation. It should never be
just nature walks or meditations outdoors. Kundalini awakening should
always incorporate both so that the mind, body, and soul–all three parts of the
individual–can be awakened together, leaving no part behind and leaving
nothing forgotten.
You can only experience Kundalini awakening if you’re led by a guru
This myth was propagated by the creator of Kundalini yoga, Yogi Bhajan,
and it makes sense why he would establish it. In his time, no one was
practicing Kundalini awakening on a wide scale. People didn’t have
immediate information from the spread of the internet either. It was the
1960s, and people needed a guide so that they didn’t feel crazy or get
something big wrong. These days, this earnest and productive sentiment on
Yogi Bhajan’s behalf has much less use for us. With the onset of the internet
and the abilities we have to teach one another from this information, you can
comfortably teach yourself to meditate and guide yourself through Kundalini
awakening with hardly so much as a word of input from another person.
Only certain people can have this awakening happen because it’s so
difficult
For starters, it’s a misconception to think that Kundalini awakening is a
difficult endeavor. It’s not hard at all; it’s just that Kundalini awakening
requires steadfastness, commitment, determination, and focus. These traits
are simply harder for some to come by than others, but even if they’re not
naturally in your wheelhouse, Kundalini awakening will help you adapt and
incorporate them into your practice so that things become easier by the
breath. Now, to the overall myth: anyone–I repeat, anyone–can experience
Kundalini awakening. It’s not that it’s difficult, and it’s not only for certain
people. Anyone can handle the awakening, and it just depends on whether or
not you’re ready and able to withstand the entire experience. If you’re having
trouble, don’t think that it won’t work for you. Instead, look to your wounds,
your traumas, and your scars. Consider going to a therapist at least once and
then attempt the awakening again. It may be that you need to work something
else out in a big way before you can work upwards, so to speak.
The only way to awaken your Kundalini is to have reiki done for you
While it may seem that reiki and Kundalini awakening are explicitly tied to
one another, they absolutely are not. You can awaken your Kundalini without
having anything to do with reiki. You can do reiki for years without ever
doing a Kundalini awakening, too. It’s more so that Kundalini awakening,
and reiki healing overlap well than that they need to be used together. If
you’re having a lot of trouble with your awakening, you might try having
reiki done to tell where your chakras’ blockages are and how problematic
those flow issues are for your goals. However, there’s no need to combine
these practices at all, and you can absolutely awaken your Kundalini without
having reiki done for you.
You’ll get superhuman powers with Kundalini awakening
No, Kundalini awakening won’t turn you into a super hero. It won’t make
you superhuman, either. If you consider psychic gifts and developments
superhuman abilities, though, you might want to reconsider your phrasing. It
is true that Kundalini awakening can unlock your psychic gifts. However,
psychic abilities aren’t as extraordinary for humans to possess as we might
imagine. Originally, humans had as many senses as we have chakras (which
is 22), but we became blind, deaf, and dumb, so to speak, after a fall from
grace. Now, we hardly even have enough senses as we have chakras in the
body (7). The original 22 senses were all “psychic” and any ability one has to
reconnect with the 17 lost senses is an extraordinarily natural ability, indeed.
What to Do with Your Kundalini
Now that you know all these details about the chakras, you can start to
understand what to do with your Kundalini. Once these blockages and
energetic reversals are corrected and worked through, you can use the
Kundalini to align and open the chakras even more than you could do
consciously. You can bring Kundalini to the game with no holding back and
make sure things get opened up from the inside out.
Aside from chakras, however, you can use Kundalini for so much more.
“Using” Kundalini feels so wrong to say, but you get the gist. There are
things that can be strengthened by adding Kundalini to the mix, and there are
things that you’d never experience if it wasn’t for your connection to shakti
through that Kundalini serpent. As you approach Kundalini awakening, keep
the following possibilities under consideration, for there are many potential
goals in the awakening process, and it’s up to you to decide what you think
you can handle.
To start, you can simply become increasingly aware of your Kundalini
through meditation on shakti and prana. Even before you reach a stage where
you’re approaching awakening (or knee-deep in it), you can become aware of
so much more in your body, in others, and in the world by meditating on the
source energy and directing that insight toward Kundalini. Your efforts, in
this case, will help establish a base of potential for energetic work later on.
You can become more conscious of Kundalini by using it to instigate your
awakening or by letting it happen naturally. Try to incorporate daily
meditation practice into your life, or if you already do yoga, start adding a
longer meditation segment to the end of your yoga practice when you do so.
When you meditate, you can either work to silence your thoughts and connect
with that calm, still space within, or you can meditate on Kundalini itself and
its potential to start doing that important Kundalini work in the world.
You can apply Kundalini to the work of developing your psychic abilities,
which have always already been a part of you. One side effect of Kundalini
awakening is that you’ll become more connected than ever to your psychic
abilities, and yes, I used the plural “abilities” on purpose. You’ll have to get
used to thinking of psychic-ness as something natural instead of supernatural.
It’s not crazy to think of yourself as psychic, much less with psychic abilities.
In truth, humans are innately psychic creatures, and each of us has a variety
of psychic gifts to unlock with time and patience. It won’t be just one thing; it
will be a combination of gifts that intertwine and add context or direction to
your soul mission in life. How you choose to use those gifts is up to you, but
if you’re at the point of Kundalini awakening when you receive them, you’ll
surely want to align your use of those gifts with your highest possible
potential.
You can experience mystical connection and enlightenment through
Kundalini awakening, too. As you work through your chakras and get to the
crown, you should be feeling a whole new connection with divinity. Your
Kundalini will then begin to move and churn through your energy centers,
and things will change once again. You may find that you experience
inexplicable bliss, personality trait shifts, connection with spirit guides and
guardians, the release of old fears, and more as you get to this point with
awakening, but your intellect won’t be boggled or left behind; it’ll be along
for the ride. Remember that you don’t have to intentionally use Kundalini for
this end for it will happen as a symptom of your awakening regardless.
You can even heal yourself and others with the power of shakti flowing
freely through you. Whether you choose to use this power for yourself or
others, too, that is up to you, but for now, know that you will become gifted
with healing capacity as your Kundalini awakening proceeds. Your body will
begin to naturally heal itself, and even your cells will become replenished and
repaired in ways you may never have imagined were possible. While the
adjustment to Kundalini awakening will be rough and there will be period(s)
of detoxification, once you get into the process, you will find that you feel
better than ever and ready to take on the world.
You can live more authentically. With your Kundalini active and engaged,
you’ll feel more confident, brave, worthy, and inspired to act out your soul
mission in the world, and you won’t be able to handle the expression of
inauthentic emotions (whether from yourself or others). As you align with
awakening, godliness, and divinity, you additionally settle yourself in the
camp of the genuine, the authentic, and the honest. You will want to support
the people you love, and you will want to provide service to others you know
need it. You’ll become more conscious of how the system around you work,
so you’ll be picky and cautious about where you spend your money. Overall,
you’ll be able to live a fuller, more hectic life, but it will also be so much
more rewarding once you get there and allow the experiences to flow.
As a final point for now, you can also direct Kundalini energy toward any
goal, whether manifestation, healing, attraction, or otherwise. When it comes
down to it, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a single thing that can’t be
strengthened or adapted for the better with Kundalini awakening behind it.
You’ll be able to harness your focus toward any means, any dream, and any
goal. You’ll be able to put plans in motion that have only been passing
thoughts until now. You’ll understand yourself and the world better than ever
before, enabling you to act in it in ways that attract exactly what you want.
Think of yourself as a powerful magnet, drawing to you whatever you need,
and that’s essentially what you can expect. Get ready for the adventure!
Awakening will be a wild experience for us all.

How Kundalini yoga works

Kundalini is a word of Sanskrit origin whose English translation is “coil”.
Kundalini energy is the divine cosmic energy believed to have a shape
similar to that of a serpent. This energy is located at the base of your spine.
When you awaken the Kundalini energy, it travels through the different
chakras (energy centers) in your body and keeps them spinning actively so
energy moves freely and smoothly throughout your system.
How Unlocking Kundalini Maintains Smooth Energy Flow
Kundalini is an incredibly powerful, raw energy locked at the base of your
spine, right at the location of your root chakra. If you release this energy, it
will shoot upwards and flow through all your seven chakras, getting rid of
any energy blockages occurring in those chakras to maintain a nice, smooth
energy flow.
The seven chakras in your body are like small electrical circuits arranged in a
single line with tiny bulbs located at the position of the chakras. When you
tap into Kundalini energy, you release it and when you release it, it starts
moving upwards. As it passes through each of the seven chakras, it builds a
connection with the tiny circuits, enhances them, and makes them function
effectively. When they function well, the bulb lights up. This means the areas
regulated by the chakras start functioning smoothly and you feel good,
strong, and peaceful.
Since the Kundalini energy is extremely strong, when it moves throughout
your body, you are likely to experience a few issues. These include intense
sweating, feeling emotionally overwhelmed, experiencing body pains and
heat sensations, and finding it difficult to control your excitement while
speaking. These issues are not real problems; they are the body’s way of
eliminating unwanted and unnecessary emotions, thoughts, feelings, energy,
and toxins accumulated over time.
As Kundalini moves through each of your seven chakras, you start feeling
stronger and better than before. The electrical circuit is complete when
Kundalini hits the crown chakra and helps you connect with your spirituality.
The yogic discipline considers Kundalini a feminine type of energy called
“Shakti”. Your crown chakra houses a masculine energy referred to as Shiva.
When Shakti meets Shiva, the two energies complete one another and unite to
form an intensely powerful energy that allows you to attain complete
enlightenment if you keep working on it to make it grow bigger and stronger.
One of the most effective and surefire ways to release the Kundalini energy is
to practice Kundalini yoga. If your hands are constantly shaking, you are
likely to scratch the wall when trying to plug in an appliance. To plug in the
appliance correctly and to make it work, your hand needs to be steady.
Similarly, to unleash and properly raise the Kundalini energy, you need
steadiness and stability, which is where Kundalini yoga comes in.
Kundalini yoga is a channel to attain the required steadiness you need to plug
in to your Kundalini energy, so you unlock it and allow it to flow freely
throughout your seven chakras and light them all up.
By practicing it regularly, you unleash your Kundalini and tap into your
uninterrupted source of power that ensures you become the strongest version
of yourself. As it grows bigger and better, you start becoming more mindful,
grounded, physically and emotionally stable, financially strong and abundant,
spiritual, happy, optimistic, unbiased, confident, peaceful, serene and self-
assured.
Now that you have a clearer idea of what Kundalini yoga is and does, let us
move forward to find out how you can practice it.
Kundalini Techniques
Kundalini session involves breathing, stretching, jumping, yelling, dancing,
running, chanting and meditating.
A typical 60 – 90 min of Kundalini class includes:
6 – 10 min of warm-up (instructor often delivers spiritual teachings in this
session)
30 – 45 min kriya or exercise
5 – 15 min savasana (relaxation)
11 – 30 min meditation (may include hand mudras and sacred mantras)
Yogi Bhajan founded the Kundalini yoga 3HO Organization (Healthy,
Happy) for the wellbeing of the society. Since its foundation, people from
worldwide have been greatly benefitting from the organization in terms of
health and spirituality.
The 3HO has laid the below guidelines to be followed by people during every
Kundalini Yoga Session:

Prior to any warm-up, meditation or kriya chant Ong Namo Guru

Dev Namo thrice.
Kundalini yoga emphasizes on awareness. Listen to your own
body to know what works for you and practice the same
Set higher challenges gradually. For example, first, do the exercise
how much you can and then slowly extend the time limit
Stick to the directions, order, and postures and avoid exceeding the
stated time limits. In case you are planning to shorten a particular
exercise, then make sure to shorten all the remaining exercises as
well to maintain the required balance
During sessions, feel free to get your doubts clear if you have any
You may drink water as needed between sessions
Components of Human Body
According to spiritual science, the human body is made of the following
components:
Gross or physical body: Comprises of the five senses, blood, organs, tissues,
etc.
Vital body: It is the energy that your body requires for sustenance and all
body functions. Vital energy gives the total energy to your gross body, mind,
intellect, and subtle-ego. This energy runs through the full body and supplies
energy to each cell and part of your body.
There exists another energy which non-active energy is – Kundalini energy.
It is present in each one of us. Awakening Kundalini energy helps in spiritual
enlightenment.
Mental body: This is the seat of desires, feelings, and emotions. It carries
innumerable impressions from the previous and present life. The mental body
consists of the conscious mind (part of your feelings and thoughts), sub-
conscious mind and unconscious mind.
Intellect body: It comprises of the brain for decision making.
Subtle ego: The feeling that you are separate from God.
Soul: It is the God principle present within us filled with bliss, absolute
consciousness, and absolute truth. Soul remains unaffected with the ups and
downs of your life.
Kundalini yoga is known to be the most effective and powerful of all the
yogas. It is important to practice the sessions according to your speed as
doing it fast will not give you any added prize. The real prize of this ancient
yoga comes from absorbing yourself in the teachings and integrating them
into your everyday life. Therefore, yoga masters always recommend
shortening the time of the kriyas in case you are running short of time.
Kundalini yoga emphasizes on sacred chanting as well as energizing the
chakras to heal from inside out and develop a mind-body connection.

Everyday Kundalini Kriyas

Kundalini is an easy concept to understand. You have an energy within you
and around you. The goal of Kundalini is to help you become more aware
and improve the flow of energy through your body.
How to Follow a Kriya
The kriya can be thought of as an exercise or series of actions. Each kriya
includes a selection of the methods already discussed, including an asana and
a mantra. Other practices may be included. This will depend on the kriya and
the goal of the kriya.
You will discover a variety of kriya that you can use to promote better health
and well-being. Each of these exercises can take anywhere from a few
minutes to 20 minutes. Read through each of the kriyas and choose one or
two that you would like to focus on. Once you get used to one or two kriyas,
you can attempt other kriya or search for additional examples online.
You can use any of the kriya provided or choose which actions to perform
based on the ailment or problem that is troubling you, such as:

Depression
Pain
Disease
Detoxification
Energy
Headaches
Vitality
Overall health and well-being
 Chapter 2:
The History of Kundalini

Around the time 3,000 BC, ancient Indians were beginning to speak and
write about Kundalini. “Little coiled one” is what it meant to them in their
language, Sanskrit, but it meant a lot more than just the image of a little snake
residing at the base of one’s spine. To these ancient Indians, Kundalini was
their connection to the sacred and divine energy of the universe and of
creation itself. They called that source or creation energy prana, and prana-
shakti (or shakti) was how it manifested in lifeforms like humans and animals
on earth.
Kundalini is a vehicle for spreading shakti throughout the body, and when
Kundalini – that small coiled snake that sleeps at the base of all our spines –
is awakened, it will make the individual a vessel for source energy in a
myriad of ways. While this original practice and acknowledgment of
Kundalini was not attached to any religion or dogma in particular, it was
attached to ancient Indian spiritual tradition and became linked with its gods
and goddesses to a certain degree.
Kundalini didn’t just exist in ancient India, however, which is absolutely
fascinating to me. With different names and different gods and goddesses
attached to its understanding, Kundalini also existed in ancient Egyptian
civilizations. Have you ever wondered what the ankh symbol represents in
Egyptian symbology and history? Essentially, it signifies the coming together
of masculinity and femininity, the divine male and female energy, for the
purpose of creation (or source recreation).
Egyptian rulers would then carry the ankh as a talisman of spirituality and
alignment with source potential in their day-to-day rulings and other actions.
In ancient Indian culture, too, Kundalini was symbolized by the lingam-yoni,
another combination of masculine and feminine energies in physical form.
This similarity and more reveal that these two ancient cultures were on the
same page about a force so intense and impactful.
Then, there is ancient China, where the concept of chi arises, bearing
incredible resemblance to prana, shakti, and Kundalini awakening in India.
Once again, however, the wording is totally different from country to country
– it’s what they’re talking about that’s so fascinatingly the same. For these
ancient Chinese people, chi was essentially the life or source energy that
exists within all of us, but not many of us are very in control of this energy.
Chi can affect the health and one’s physical energy level generally, but when
it’s aligned with sexuality, chi can do even more unbelievable things. Just as
Kundalini-oriented sexual practices focus on the reversal of orgasm energy
(see Chapter 3 for more details) to the crown rather than out one’s base,
ancient Chinese people knew that sending orgasm energy back to the brain
could lengthen life, reverse the effects of aging, and more. This awareness of
a central channel inside the body that directs energy from place to place also
harkens Kundalini from ancient Indian culture, too.
Kundalini arises again in world history with the onset of alchemy as a
practice in the Middle Ages. Once more, with different names and
terminology, Kundalini came to the people through a practice in which the
followers claimed they were learning it so they could turn base metals into
gold. The real purpose was a little more complicated. These alchemists were
just working on spiritual awakening. And the story about turning base metals
into gold? That was more of a metaphor about the personality practice they
were engaging in to find a more spiritual self-alignment.
Alchemy is a fascinating topic to explore for the more and more details you
learn, the more and more it almost explicitly overlaps with Kundalini
appreciation in Indian tradition. In sum, the basic tools used in alchemy
correlate to different ways one can unlock his or her central channel for the
sake of self-betterment (enlightenment, awakening, psychic powers, and
more), like what the ancient Chinese were referencing with orgasm reversal.
Aside from these other world examples, though, Kundalini only retained the
same name and the exact same details in its country of origin, and all the
while in ancient India, Kundalini awareness was also backed by the practice
of yoga. Physical movement and meditation were equally important to get
that small coiled snake to uncoil and get going.
When one Indian yogi, Yogi Bhajan, brought Kundalini yoga to California in
the United States in the 1960s, his practice focused on expanded
consciousness without drugs and with some hearty and real spiritualism
instead. Yogi Bhajan taught a method of yoga that focused on discipline and
bodily awakening for the sake of the true self, and this action created a rapid-
fire awareness of Kundalini that continues to the present day.
 Chapter 3:
Chakras & the Kundalini

Chakras are wheel-shaped subtle energy centers traversed in your body.

There are seven main chakras aligned through your spinal cord. These energy
centers regulate the functioning of body organs. Let us understand the
chakras first before we dive into Kundalini awakening. Now, you may ask
why knowing the chakra is so vital? The coiled resting Kundalini energy at
the base of your spinal cord rises through the seven chakras located along the
spinal cord. The most crucial part is that for your Kundalini energy to rise,
these chakras need to be clear of any blocks. How do you clear these blocks?
Now, this is where your Kundalini yoga comes in.
Practicing Kundalini Yoga helps to clear any blocks in chakras and prepares
your body for the Kundalini raising. It helps your body transition from the
unconscious state to a level of consciousness. Kundalini awakening balances
and coordinates the chakras. When your Kundalini energy rises gradually
through the seven chakras, you will experience a state of bliss, get connected
with your inner consciousness and the divine energy as well as have a more
balanced approach towards life.
These are the seven main chakras positioned along your spinal cord:
Muladhara Chakra or Root Chakra: Located at the base of your spine, it is
the base chakra. Kundalini energy resides in this chakra and rises to pass the
remaining chakras. The root chakra is associated with fulfilling your personal
desires.
Swadhisthan Chakra or Sacral Chakra: It is situated at the sacral bone and
is associated with sexuality, pleasure, wellbeing, and feelings.
Manipura Chakra or Navel Chakra: Located behind the navel, this chakra is
associated with power and confidence.
Anahata Chakra or Heart Chakra: Situated behind the center of your chest,
this chakra is for love and joy.
Visudhi Chakra Throat Chakra: It is present behind your throat and stands
for communication.
Ajna Chakra or Brow Chakra: Situated between your eyebrows, this chakra
stands for intuition, wisdom, and intelligence.
Shahasra Chakra or Crown Chakra: This is the most vital of all the chakras
and is present on the top of your head. This chakra stands for enlightenment
and spirituality. When the Kundalini energy from root chakra passes through
the crown chakra, you gain enlightenment.
One of the easiest ways to think of the Kundalini is to think of it in terms of
your chakras. The Kundalini obviously deals with inner movement, healing
and divinity, but it can be confusing to see how that all happens for you, your
healing, and your body when it’s not visible and only explained through the
metaphor of a rising serpent. Let’s take a step back and start from scratch
with your understanding here, and I think you’ll be able to work it out better
in no time.
Imagine that there are seven energetic “centers” in your body, all aligned at
different spots on your spine. At each of these centers, energy flows from one
point onto the next, but sometimes, things get a little stuck. Some centers
close up after you experience trauma or get in a fight, while other centers
might start moving energy in the wrong direction, affecting the overall flow
of this intricate system for the worst. Sometimes, just a bad day or a
misplaced personality trait can get things working far from their best in those
centers.
Now, imagine that these seven energetic centers are also connected with
seven respective and important glands for your body that keep it (and you)
running in ship-shape. These centers are essentially your chakras. The whole
situation I’ve just described is real, and the worst can absolutely happen to
you. Enter: Kundalini awakening.
When you come to a time in your life when you’re ready to begin a spiritual
awakening, those blockages and flow stoppers will be much bigger problems
than you may have thought they were. You’ll come to realize that they’re
embodied in your chakras, and it’ll be up to you to dig out the poison.
 Chapter 4:
How is Kundalini Yoga Different from Other Types
of Yoga?

Yoga is an ancient science and art which deals directly with the expansion
and transformation of consciousness. The end result after dedicated practice
is the raising of Kundalini energy, which flows through the chakras. Through
the combination of pranayama, bandhas, asanas, mudras, and mantras, there
is a buildup pressure, which forces the Kundalini energy to be awakened to
rise up through the body. In addition to these exercises, focused attention,
projection, and visualization are key to acquiring specific effects.
When a person practices Kundalini Yoga, they can unite their consciousness
with the Ultimate Consciousness when they practice on a daily basis. It is not
a quick process, and much care needs to be taken to ensure that specific
combinations of exercises are performed. Once a student starts to perceive the
movement of energy outside, and within the body, they can consciously
direct the flow of the pranic energy to unblock, clear, and awaken the
chakras. In turn, they will be healing themselves and even others as they
become one with the universal energies.
Kundalini yoga has been gaining popularity since the 1980s in the West since
Yogi Bhajan brought over the teachings from India. He was considered a
Kundalini master at the young age of 16. He first emigrated to Canada in
1968 and shortly thereafter moved to Los Angeles, California to teach
Kundalini. His utmost goal was to make each individual holy, happy, and
healthy. His non-profit organization named 3HO is still functioning today
through his students as he passed away in 2004.
The typical traditional Kundalini yoga sessions include a balanced
distribution of physical yoga poses, meditation, and breathing exercises. They
also incorporate mantras into their meditations, which assist the newcomer in
mediation with the silence, which is required for meditation. These mantras
differ from other Sanskrit mantras which are commonly used in Sanskrit
because they are usually from the Gurmukhi language.
The combination of different aspects of yoga practice is known as kriya,
which translates to "action" from Sanskrit. A particular kriya will have a
focus such as a physical, emotional, or mental health benefit. These can range
from letting go of anger, discovering inner intuition, or eliminating health
issues such as lower back pain or poor digestion. Some of the names of these
kriyas are Kriya for Conquering Sleep, Navel Adjustment Kriya and Kriya
for Elevation.

Hatha Yoga
Known as the most popular form of yoga in the West, Hatha yoga is focused
more on the physical practice of yoga compared to Kundalini. However, the
physical practices were taken from Hatha yoga to be practiced in Kundalini
yoga. People who practice Hatha yoga do not perform the mantras and
pranayamas into their exercises.
Hatha yoga was born out of Tantric yoga practices and is believed to be
approximately 5,000 years old. The first text which was written about Hatha
yoga was written by Swami Swatamarama in the 15th century. The core
belief of Hatha is that enlightenment could be attained when you
strengthened the connection with your physical Self.
The traditional practice of Hatha consists of some breath work or a short
meditation in which they proceed with many different yoga poses. Some of
the poses which are common to Hatha yoga are Warrior, Mountain, Child's,
and Downward Dog pose. As the individual is practicing the yoga poses, it is
a slow process that is marked by precision and striving to make the pose
correct and perfect. It is not necessarily a fast-paced or physically demanding
type of yoga; however, there are always exceptions.
In respect to Kundalini yoga, Hatha yoga share several of the same physical
positions and breathing exercises. Sometimes a Hatha practitioner may even
use some of the mantras which are used in Kundalini yoga. The largest
difference between the two is how the yoga sessions are structured with
Hatha yoga focusing on bettering the physical Self and Kundalini yoga's
focus is on the spiritual experience, which can be felt inwardly. However,
both types of yoga strive to increase awareness and flexibility, remove stress,
and have a goal of becoming balanced in body, mind, and spirit.

Bhakti Yoga
This style of yoga is understood to be the path to a devotion, which is based
on emotion and reality based on our emotions. Emotions are the root of the
most intense experiences we have in our reality. Feelings can make us
experience the highest highs and the lowest hells. They can unite people
together for their lifetime or burn bridges without the thought of looking
back. Certainly, everyone can agree that emotions are the number one intense
experience that we can have as human beings.
The purpose of bhakti yoga is to teach a way to control these intensely
emotional experiences so that they can live their life for the better. The
devotional path of bhakti teaches their students how to transform their
negative emotions into more pleasing ones. The way they view life is through
eyes of love. When you focus your mind on love and how it makes you feel,
it can make everything in your life look that much brighter. It also plays on
the Law of Attraction.
Being in a state of love also has a chemical effect on the brain. There is more
dopamine released into the brain when you are feeling love or remembering
memories that are close to your heart. When you feel this way, you tend to
ignore or forget about all the negative things in your life and around you.
Some people may think this is too much of an unrealistic way of viewing life.
However, it is very detrimental to be bogged down with negative emotions of
anxiety, anger, sadness, or stress. There needs to be a happy medium.
However, bhakti yoga only focuses on this one aspect, whereas Kundalini
yoga is much more profound on an internal and external level.

Gnana Yoga
For those who want to strengthen their intellect and mind, jnana yoga is right
up their alley. However, this is not necessarily for the Harvard graduate. How
we define intelligence in today's society, it is very ego-based and
materialistic. True intelligence cannot be measured by test scores, complex
thoughts, or big words. No, the real type of intelligence is not attached to a
value or a particular outcome.
This type of intelligence is gathered in a particular way because of your
awareness level of activities occurring around you. It brings about complete
focus without getting wholly involved. You could say that the motto of jnana
yoga is "it is what it is" as they embrace this fact. It is a form of detachments
as intellect disbelieves nothing and simultaneously believes in nothing.

Karma Yoga
There is a misunderstanding that there is good and bad karma. However, the
truth of the matter is there is simply karma. The definition of karma is the use
of the physical energy within your body. The belief in karma yoga is that
there is a coiled spring located inside of each of us which much be released
during physical activity. If this spring is not released, there will be a buildup
of energy with us which will need to be released. When this becomes the
case, it causes people to become nervous and agitated.
During karma yoga, the eternal actions which are performed are expending
the karma which is centered around this coiled spring. When energy is
dispersed each day, it can be a liberating experience rather than entangling.
The activities that are performed are not necessarily things that you want to
do, but because they need to be done. The end result of this activity is that it
causes a stillness within you that becomes your reality. It is not just an idea
because it becomes your life.
Kriya Yoga
This type of yoga focuses on the emotions, mind, and body being external to
you as they are not what defines you. Instead, they are your realities based on
your experiences in life. Kriya in this sense if your energy which is a reality
experienced internally.
The motto which could be used for this type of yoga is that "everything
happens for a reason," and it is not part of the practice to come to the bottom
of the reasoning. However, the purpose of kriya yoga is to put trust in the
process and open yourself up to the possibility that nothing can have an
explanation in the physical world. The reasoning for this thought is that the
ego tries to explain everything as it assigns, meaning the insignificance and
chaos of our individual lives.
They believe they are just energy which the use of a body and mind which
helps to facilitate their experiences in this life. They can separate their
physical experience of living from their energy. They want to understand the
inner workings of the energy and soul within them.
Of course, when it comes to Kundalini yoga, all these types of yoga are just
smaller pieces to a larger puzzle. Kundalini digs deeper than any of the other
types of yoga. It also much more physical and requires a great deal of
dedication if you want to realize the true end goal of Kundalini - to have the
coiled serpent rise through all of your chakras. The end result is the liberation
and freedom from the confines of this bodily existence. It is surreal and
unimaginable and quiet difficult to attain without guidance. However, there
are steps that anyone can take to start on the path to enlightenment.
In short, all other types of yoga focus on one central point within ourselves.
Kundalini yoga makes you take apart each part of yourself to examine and
polish or toss away parts of ourselves that do not mesh truly with who you
are inside. There is simply no comparison. As long as you come to this path
of yoga with sincerity and respect without expecting to experience actual
awakening after doing it for a few months, then you are prepared to start.
 Chapter 5:
Kundalini Yoga Asanas & Mudras

You will find that you will need to know these separate yoga asanas when
you are performing the pranayamas in the next chapter. Use this chapter as a
reference to get more clarity on the poses as needed to perfect your poses. All
of the poses listed are recommended to use during Kundalini awakening as
well as clearing out the chakras to prepare for the Kundalini energy to rise.

Bhujangasana - Cobra Pose

Lay flat on your stomach on your mat. Place your hands with your
palms flat on the mat underneath your shoulders.
Lay to top of your feet flat on the mat.
Push up your body, lifting your chest and then your head. Keep
your pelvis on the mat.
Look straight ahead and breathe deeply. Lower your arms and
 chest.
If you are not able to fully stretch out your arms, you can do the
Sphinx pose while keeping your elbows on the mat.
Advantages of Bhujangasana

Relieves stress and anxiety

Opens the heart chakra
Releases negative thoughts and frustrations
Reduces symptoms of asthma, allergy symptoms, and general
respiratory issues as the lungs are expanded
Promotes optimal digestive health
Lengthens the spine and takes away the neck, back, and sciatic
pain
Relief from liver and stomach issues as well as kidney stones
Awakens Kundalini Shakti and balances the chakras

Brahmacharyasana - Hero Pose

This exercise is extremely helpful in directing the Kundalini
Shakti up the spine.
On your mat, kneel down and place the feet hip-width apart.
Sit down in the area between the feet with your buttocks on the
mat.
You can also do this exercise in a chair. Ensure your feet are both
on the ground and spaced about a foot apart. Straighten the spine
and press down on the muscles of the buttocks.
Advantages of Brahmacharyasana

Strengthens the shoulder, wrist and forearm muscles

Helps you to lose unhealthy belly fat
Improves digestive health and reduces constipation
Prevents hip, leg, abdomen and back injuries as the muscles are
strengthened
Relieves anxiety and stress

Dandasana - Staff Pose

 Sit on one end of your mat and stretch your legs out straight in
front of you with your thighs as flat as possible.
Position your arms next to your body with your palms on the mat.
Press your heels in the mat but refrain from locking your knees.
Flex your toes towards your body.
Rotate your thighs towards each other while keeping your feet in
place.
Breathe normally throughout the asana as you push your shoulders
back slightly and lift your chest.
Do not contract your stomach muscles. Rather, keep your thighs
firmly on the mat while keeping your feet flexed.
Breathe deeply and fluidly for 2 minutes as you hold this pose.

Sukasana - Easy Pose

Sit on your mat with your legs crossed at the ankles.
Press the lower spine slightly forward so that the back is erect.
You can also perform this pose sitting in a chair with your feet
both planted firmly on the floor.
Advantages of Sukhasana

Stretches the back, neck and spinal cord

Reduces fatigue and lack of energy
Helps the joints of the hips, knees, and ankles to be more flexible
Balances out the mind and body so you feel calmer
Strengthens the back muscles while improving your posture
Expands the collarbone and chest

Supta Utthita Tadasana - Stretch Pose

Lay down flat on your mat with your arms lying next to your sides.
Simultaneously lift the feet and the head up to 6 inches off of the
mat.
Lift the arms still outstretched with the palms facing the mat.
Fix your gaze upon your toes.
Advantages of Supta Utthita Tadasana
 Improves circulation, respiration, and posture
Heightens concentration and focus
Opens the practitioner to feelings of happiness and love
Enhances emotional balance
Aligns the chakras
Particularly balances and charges the heart chakra

Vajrasana - Rock Pose

On your mat, sit on top of the heels of your feet like the top of
your feet are lying flat on the mat.
Stretch your spine and neck so that they are erect.
Advantages of Vajrasana

Aids in proper digestion and liver function

Relieves symptoms of indigestion, constipation, nerve issues, and
sciatica
Balances out the acidity in the stomach and prevents ulcers
Strengthens the pelvic and back muscles
Reduces menstrual cramps and eases labor pain
Prepares the body for meditation
 Chapter 6:
Benefits of Kundalini Yoga Awakening

There are many benefits of Kundalini yoga, even for the complete beginner
who has never done yoga before. In India, yoga is considered a science and
the best practitioners have a considerable knowledge of both the physical
body and the energy centers of the body. The energy centers are known as
chakras, and Kundalini yoga is designed to awaken, balance, and harness
them for greater well-being. More on chakras in the next chapter.
Energy centers in the body may sound like a strange idea, but if you have
ever heard of acupuncture or acupressure (targeted massage), two mainstays
of traditional Chinese medicine, they work on the same principle. They
attempt to work on the ‘energy body’ with meridians, channels and paths
similar to the way a house is wired with electricity, order to heal the physical
body and mind.
Traditional Chinese medicine is based on Ayurvedic medicine, and modern
studies have shown how effective they can both be. In the US they are
commonly referred to as complementary and alternative medicine, CAM for
short.
Let’s look at those two words carefully. Complementary means it can work in
conjunction with other forms of healing, that is, Western, or so-called
‘modern’ medicine. Indian and Chinese medicine are termed ‘traditional’
medicine. So too are so-called ‘folk remedies,’ such as those used by
indigenous people such as the Native Americans.
Alternative medicine means healing techniques that are used as an alternative
to modern medicine. Keeping an open mind in relation to complementary
medicine means finding the right course of treatment for you through a range
of modalities, such as aromatherapy, herbal medicine, and of course, yoga.
Many people favor traditional medicine because they feel it has fewer side
effects and is less dangerous than modern medicine. As with all medicines,
however, nothing is completely safe unless it is used with caution, learning
the essentials, and then taking a careful and sensible approach when applying
it.
For example, we know how good exercise is for us, but if you sit around for
years at a computer and in front of the TV and suddenly decide one day to
run a marathon, you will suffer serious injury. (The most injured patients
emergency rooms see every week are ‘weekend warriors’ who overdo things.
In other words, you are deciding not just to do the practice, but to get the
most from it by setting a goal. Even if it’s just the decision that you will do
your best no matter what the kriya asks you to do, this is enough to set you on
the path to becoming a healthier and more confident person.
Some people are worried about both yoga and meditation because they think
that it is a religion. However, this is not the case. Both are used by certain
religions as part of their practice, such as Hinduism, and meditation is used in
Buddhism and Zen Buddhism. However, neither are ‘praying.’
The original word for meditation in Sanskrit is dhyana or thinking. We could
probably all do with the ability to think better, for example, by improving our
concentration. Yoga helps with this through movement, postures, and
thinking about particular topics.
Some yogas have more chanting and music than others. Hatha and Kundalini,
unlike the more modern yogas, use mantras (mind protection) and music to
enhance the meditations and improve focus and concentration. The most
commonly known mantra is “Om,” which can roughly be translated as, “I
bow to the wisdom within you,” both within one’s own self, and within the
universe as a whole.
Breathing in different patterns is another way to not just improve
concentration and meditation, but to give the body a good workout and
remove toxins from the body by stimulating the lymph system, an essential
part of your immune system.
Kundalini yoga has one form of breath unique to it, Breath of Fire, which is a
great ab workout and has the added advantage of helping to get rid of stale air
that can be sitting in your lungs. If you’re a public speaker, singer, or earn
money through needing to project your voice, this is the yoga for you.
Yoga creates a closer connection between body, mind and spirit. Healthy
mind, healthy body, as the ancient Romans used to say, and of course, vice
versa. If you are feeling healthy, then you’re at your best, confident, relaxed,
able to deal with stress and whatever challenges come your way each day. If
this isn’t your life at the moment, well, it CAN be, and sometimes in as little
as 15 minutes a day!
Quite often this type of yoga has been described as the type of yoga for
people who work in the house. This is because Kundalini Yoga is designed in
such a way that's it's very practical to work into any person's regular daily
parenting, household and work routine. While some poses involved in
Kundalini Yoga can be a bit challenging physically, you need not be as fit as
an athlete or an elite yogi to practice it. You don't have to commit your life to
it like super hardcore yogis and other master practitioners of yoga do. This is
because Kundalini is neither a religion nor based on a philosophy of self-
denial or asceticism.
Some of Kundalini Yoga's best benefits include:

A stronger immune system, improved circulation and stronger

nervous system;
Calmer mind, sharper intuition, greater awareness of reality and
your purpose in life;
 Greater ability to keep on moving from things in the past that
you need to let go of;
Significantly better brain health; and
Increased serotonin production, i.e., greater sense of joy and
fulfillment in life.
Take in each benefit and be grateful for its potential, but don’t get too caught
up in the “me, me, me” mentality that is so closely connected with ego. Be
grateful and glad for yourself and others that these changes are now possible
for you, and then your approach will be aligned with your highest intention.

Increased intelligence and IQ capacity

As you begin your process of awakening, your mind will become clearer, and
your mental capacities will become deepened and enriched in potential.
You’ll be able to multitask and organize better than ever, and you may even
see that your IQ number rises as your Kundalini starts moving within. As
shakti energy flips and rolls through your chakras, it will reach your third eye
and crown chakra, unlocking these mental capacities just as easily as it works
on your heart and healing.

Greater sense of peace, bliss, and tranquility

One of the most commonly experienced benefits of Kundalini awakening
includes an increased sense of peace, bliss, tranquility, and trust in the
universe that you’re exactly where you should be. Chalk it up to the
meditation or the yoga or even the being in nature, but it’s also true that when
your Kundalini awakening begins and becomes sustained, you will be able to
find a deep and lasting peace even in moments outside of nature or
meditation. You will begin noticing how that peace exists in an inner space
that you carry with you always and everywhere.

Greater sense of purpose and mission in this lifetime

As shakti flows through your body, bringing light, insight, and connectivity
to your mind, heart, organs, soul, and more, you will begin finding greater
experience of synchronicities in your life. Patterns will emerge, and you will
begin noticing signs that point you in productive or enlightening directions.
Even more, you will find that you’re noticing what you’re drawn to, what
you’ve always been interested in, and how that can translate to you beginning
to live out your purpose and soul mission in this lifetime. As your awakening
progresses, you will be more and more confident of the direction and theme
of your mission, and by the height of it, you will find that mission in motion.

Increased sense perceptions

Most people who undergo Kundalini awakening at some point realize that
their senses have been heightened. From smell to taste, hearing, touch, sight,
and even the sixth psychic sense, the senses of the individual blossom and
become honed like the edge of a knife’s blade. You may find that one or two
senses become heightened while the rest remain the same, and you may even
find that some of your senses are dulled for a week or so while the others are
heightened in their place. No matter how it happens for you, don’t be alarmed
or overwhelmed; you will either adjust or your senses will come to balance
eventually!

Health and Healing

Healing: As we heal ourselves on many levels, our presence has a positive
impact on others and our environments. Our touch, words, and smile uplift
and heal.
Releasing addictions: Kundalini Yoga is a healthy, legal, and easily available
means to satisfy our deep craving for spiritual satisfaction and love.
Kundalini Yoga can thus help release our addictive urges for substances and
behaviors that can harm us. Once we experience what feeling good feels like,
we want more! We can practice anytime, as much as we want, for free!

Awakening Your Kundalini

Regular practice of Kundalini yoga awakens your Kundalini. And the
awakened energy enhances yoga practice. Kundalini yoga practice and
awakened Kundalini energy go hand in hand.

Know Your Inner Energy

Since Kundalini yoga is all about awakening your concealed energy, you will
feel an immediate effect of change within you. The awakened Kundalini
energy will make you feel your presence. It raises awareness of your bodily
function, senses as well as energy levels. This new awakening will bring in a
sense of tranquility, and you will be able to enjoy a peaceful approach to life
with a calmer mind.

Develop Inner Guidance

Everyone has an inner voice which they can listen to as well as live with this
voice. Kundalini yoga helps to develop inner guidance and listen to your
inner voice by cleaning your subconscious mind. When your feelings and
thoughts start resonating with your soul, you will be able to sense the
presence of inner guidance. Well-developed inner guidance system enables to
face and effectively deal with the day to day challenges, choices, and
questions which life brings.

Instant Inspiration
With each class, you will derive instant inspiration through more relaxed
feeling, develop clear thoughts, reconnect with the divine and experience
tranquility.

Sacred Vibrations
Sacred chants are an integral part of Kundalini yoga. The chanting of mantras
involves sound regulation through rhythm and breath. Chanting from heart
and soul gives pure joy and produces sacred vibrations which have a
profound effect on your health. Naad yoga involves sacred chanting through
movement of mouth and tongue. The emerged sound vibrations have positive
effect vibrations on the mind, body, and spirit.

Imbibe Positive Energy

Most of you spend certain time in an environment surrounded by negative
people who are always trying to bring you down. They cause unpleasant
experiences and can also make you feel depressed. Attending Kundalini yoga
classes brings you in regular contact with a positive community, induces
positive energy and keeps you on a spiritual path which is vital.
Deep Relaxation
A weak nervous system makes you prone to high anxiety and stress, the root
cause of several fatal diseases. Kriya or exercise in Kundalini yoga followed
by deep relaxation tunes up the nerve endings; rejuvenates and takes your
body to a total relaxation state where natural healing occurs. Regular practice
session enhances your stamina and helps fight stress.

Adaptable to Various Lifestyles

People with families, education, and a job can practice Kundalini yoga by
attending daily, alternate day or weekly sessions based on their schedules.
You can either choose the entire yogic teaching or part of it ranging from
numerology, yogic diet, personal hygiene, authentic relationship, child
rearing, selfless serving, conscious communication and much more.

Immense Health Benefits

Awakening Kundalini leads to enlightenment besides providing numerous
health benefits. Kirtan Kriya reduces stress, promotes clear thoughts,
enhances memory and promotes mental strength thus proving great for the
Alzheimer’s patients. Breathing kriyas expands your lung capacity. You may
ask how that can be helpful? When you are under stress, you tend to take
shallow breaths. With expanded lungs, you can take long deep breaths which
produce amazing stress relieving effects. Practicing Kundalini yoga provides
relief from various problems of the liver, throat, stomach, kidneys and
various other health problems.

Strengthened Core
Core strengthening is the key to any workout. Diverse Kundalini yoga poses
which focus on the working of the navel center and abdominal muscles helps
to strengthen your core thus preparing you for other Kundalini workouts.

Flexible Spine
Kundalini yoga poses emphasis on the spine. According to yogis, it is spine
that counts your age for a 75-year person with a straight spine and standing
tall looks younger than a 55-year stoop person. Beginners can start with
kriyas or workouts that focus on enhancement of spinal energy and gradually
move up to spine flexibility kriyas.

Strengthen Emotional Balance

This raises your consciousness and awareness. It enhances your ability to
choose the right thoughts. Through practice, you gain emotional strength,
trained and neutral mind. This helps you to effectively handle situations
rather than reacting emotionally. It raises awareness and your ability to
choose on how you respond to your everyday thoughts and feelings. Neutral
mind enables to instantly evaluate positive and negative so you can act
neutrally with conscious and compassion rather than reacting to situations.

Community Connection
Through Kundalini yoga classes, you get to connect with the positive
community which can prove a powerful tool in achieving your quest for
spiritual growth and self-awareness. You develop positive relationships with
other good souls and spiritual masters. Getting connected with a spiritual
family can altogether be a priceless gift in your life.

Connect with Your Soul

Kundalini yoga helps to confiscate self-ego and clear your mind so you can
realize the spiritual soul within you and get strongly connected with it. You
get to understand the reality, the whole purpose of life – get connected to the
divinity.

Embrace Dharma
Practicing Kundalini yoga brings you out from the cycle of karma. The more
you practice, the more you gain conscious, present and intuitive. By breaking
the karma cycle, you start walking on the path of dharma. With each moment
you get closer to the reality and divine.
These are just some of the benefits that Kundalini yoga offers. Practicing this
form of yoga on a regular basis leads to a superior physical, mental and
spiritual wellbeing.
Strengthen Your Electromagnetic Field
Our physical, mental, and emotional health are revealed by the strength,
coherency, and stability of our aura, or the electromagnetic field, surrounding
our body. Yogi Bhajan says that a healthy aura is bright and extends about 9
feet (2.7 m) in all directions.
A strong, coherent, bright aura allows us to be more present in our
relationships with others and to deal more effectively with our life challenges.
We can disassociate from negative circumstances and to project positive,
elevated energy to improve them. With the development of our
electromagnetic field, our sense of well-being improves, and we become
more balanced and creative human beings.
All Kundalini Yoga practices amplify our electromagnetic field. Our
sensitized aura serves as an integral part of our inner guidance system. It
alerts us to dangers and protects us from negative forces. Synchronized with
our soul and universal energies, we can allow our plans to change to avert
danger, and we are more receptive to opportunities as they present
themselves.

A Great Way to Live

The practice of Kundalini Yoga and Meditation builds our mental, physical,
emotional, and spiritual capacity to meet our life challenges from inner
strength and to more fully enjoy our life.
The optimization of all our body systems (1) reduces stress; (2) produces
physical, emotional, and mental stamina and endurance; and (3) facilitates the
transition from an emotionally reactive existence to living in the sensitive
awareness of higher consciousness. In sum, it is possible to live life in a
whole new way.

Problem-Solving
There is no way to avoid the challenges of human existence, but we can be
more effective in handling life’s tests. By broadening our perspective and by
tuning in to our emotions as messages from our soul, we can intuitively and
instinctually know the best course of action and make wise choices.
Connected to our inner guidance system, we can operate from self-knowing
and self-confidence instead of being a victim.

Opportunities and Elevated Attitudes

As we awaken our meditative mind, we can transcend the conflict generated
in our analytical mind. We acquire new attitudes about life, our self, and the
world. We can trust, to be grateful, to not take things so personally, and to
live with fewer expectations and judgments (and thus fewer
disappointments).
Our body is revitalized and rejuvenated as impurities are eliminated, the
blood and body organs are purified, and the blood flow increases. The
pressure and increased blood flow impact the glandular system, causing the
glands, which are associated with a specific chakra, to secrete their
specialized chemicals, or hormones, awakening the energy center in that area.
The activated areas, and the body as a whole, begin to build a charge — an
increase in pranic energy. The pranic charge, or voltage generated by the
exercises and amplified by the glandular secretions, awakens nerve pathways
(called nadis) throughout the body. The purification and activation of all the
body systems, the strengthening of the nervous system, and the increased
electric charge all prepare us for the gradual awakening of the Kundalini.
We can think of our body as like a car with many battery cells (glands)
working together. Each of our human batteries, similar to a car battery, is
made up of water and chemicals. The voltage of each battery increases with a
higher concentration of chemicals. The chemicals in our body are secreted by
our glands. Our glandular secretions enhance and maintain the voltage in the
body.

Anti-aging capacity in the mind & body

Some of the benefits that come along with Kundalini awakening involve
physical anti-aging manifestations, such as feeling stronger and more
attractive, having stronger and healthier skin and hair, experiencing increased
autophagy, and experiencing a generally slowed-down aging process. For the
mind, too, Kundalini awakening keeps you young, spry, and able to handle
anything. It can even slow down or reverse the effects of degenerative brain
disorders.
Better connection to divinity, god, the goddess, and the light
As you continue on with the process of Kundalini awakening, even if you
begin as a staunch atheist, you can still find yourself questioning yourself and
those beliefs for the incredible and connective, spiritual experiences that are
possible through Kundalini awakening are hard to take in without beginning
to believe in something bigger than yourself. For those who think their faith
is the one true faith, they may find their certainty wavering and opened up
into something new and different through their experiences of Kundalini
awakened, but I promise, it will hardly be an uncomfortable adjustment.

Increased capacity for sexual pleasure (gateway to tantric sex)

As the Kundalini and shakti energy start flowing in your body without
blockage, you may find that your capacity for sexual pleasure is totally
altered. It might sound crazy and unconnected to the Kundalini and its rising
but remember what the Kundalini rises through--your chakras--and that base
chakra is all about sexuality, security, protection, and safety. Eventually, as
that root chakra gets opened and cleansed and the Kundalini starts to rise, you
have the possibility to experience more intense orgasms, and your orgasms
may even occur spontaneously, as one of the side-effects of awakening. You
will come to learn how to control and focus this orgasmic, creation energy,
and part of that focus can be translated into a whole new world: tantric sex.
Kundalini awakening and tantric sex go hand in hand, for the higher vibration
awareness required for one is intimately connected with the other.

Increased psychic abilities

Along with those increased sense perceptions for your basic 5 senses, your
sixth sense will get a kick in its pants, too. You stand the chance to
experience psychic awakening on a number of levels as you advance through
your Kundalini awakening. Whether your gifts are numerous or singular, they
will be life-altering. You may receive or unlock the ability to see visions, to
see signs or future events, to know things before they happen, to move things
without touching them, to attract things into your life, to see or hear others’
thoughts and feelings, to heal others without touching them, to know what
people need, and more. Moreover, remember that if you don’t end up
experiencing any psychic abilities or their increase, it could be because your
higher self knows you’re not ready to use them correctly or for the purest
means. Reconsider your motivations and proceed with that insight in mind.

Greater sense of one’s manifestation capacity

The law of attraction is one of the 12 universal laws that define the nature of
our physical reality. What we put out into the universe comes back to us.
Even without Kundalini awakening, all humans retain this capacity to alter
their worlds and draw into their lives exactly what they may need. However,
with the Kundalini awakened or in the process of flowing, one’s abilities to
attract what one needs and to manifest one’s goals and desires will become
heightened. This will warrant an increased responsibility and sensibility on
behalf of the individual in question, as the saying from Spiderman is true,
“With great power comes great responsibility.”

Physical relief from certain illnesses & diseases

Many individuals suffering from chronic illnesses or struggling through
exhausting diseases will find relief from these woes during their process of
Kundalini awakening. Due to all the anti-aging and pain-relieving physical
effects that Kundalini awakening can afford; these people are clearly
warranted to receive relief in this way. For those with cancer, life-threatening
illnesses, auto-immune disorders, and more, it could be that the process of
Kundalini awakening will give you that boost of relief that you’ve been
craving.
 Chapter 7:
Pranayama Kundalini Yoga Breathing Techniques

Preparation for Pranayama

There are particular methods that you need to follow before starting with
pranayama practices. First off, the ideal time to start them is before breakfast
when you have an empty bladder and stomach. The other times that they can
be performed is during the early evening about the time of sunset. These
times are ideal as the Sushumna is naturally opened during this time when the
Ida and Pingala are balanced. When the Sushumna is open, this is when the
Kundalini energy can easily flow up through the chakras.
No matter the time that you choose, you should have liquids approximately
sixty minutes ahead of time or solid foods about 3.5 hours before. If you are
hungry before starting your practice, juice or a piece of fruit can be consumed
within the hour of commencing.
The location is also important as you will need to be left undisturbed during
the pranayama practices. Ideally, it will also have fresh air and be clear of any
debris and clutter. You do not want to select a place that will have any cool
breezes, insects, or direct sunlight. It is also helpful to have a designated
space for these practices to help continue to build up the energy of the space.
The most important aspect of the pranayama space is that you can connect to
the positive energy of the universe and find a sense of peace in this area.
You should not be sitting directly on the floor; place a carpet or mat
underneath you to separate you from the floor. If you are not physically able
to sit on the floor, you may use a comfortable yet straight-backed chair
instead. The clothing that is recommended is loose fitting and clean clothing
or yoga clothes. Remove any bulky or heavy accessories such as bracelets
and necklaces, which will impede you from moving freely or being
comfortable.
During the breathing practices, you will need to keep your eyes closed to aid
you in controlling the body and mind. Breathing through the nose is also the
most common unless it is instructed to breathe through the mouth. In
addition, refrain from drinking liquids during the pranayama, so be sure to be
hydrated beforehand. Your body should be clear of any legal or illegal
sedative drugs and alcohol.

Precautions with Pranayama Practices

When you are just starting with these practices, you want to build up your
practice time. First off, start with no more than three to five minutes and
continue your daily practice by building slowly over time. You should never
push the time limit by listening to your body and its cues. You need to be
well-rested before and during the practices for them to take the maximum
effect. This also goes for your overall health; if you are experiencing illness
such as congestion or a cold, take a break from pranayama until the
symptoms subside.
If you are experiencing any type of chronic illness or disease such as heart
ailments, blood pressure issues or pregnancy, be sure to consult an
experienced yoga teacher and follow the guidelines which are indicated
below for precautions. If you are currently on your menstrual period or
having complications from pneumonia, bronchitis, or fever, postpone your
practices for when they are no longer present. Extreme caution should be
exercised for those who are experiencing psychological complications from
suicidal feelings, depression, or anxiety.

General Benefits of Pranayama Practice

There are several pros to performing regular pranayama practices to include:

Creating harmony between your spirit, mind, and body while

making them stronger
Greater control over the effects of aging including extending the
quality of life
Strengthens the aura while purifying the body while awakening
Kundalini Shakti
Heightens energy levels and the stability of the mind while aiding
in concentration
Keeps a sense of calm in the mind while reducing tension,
lethargy, anxiety, and stress
Aids the strengthening and expansion of the lungs
Relieves symptoms of obesity, heart disease, asthma, and other
chronic diseases
Improves digestion, nerve disorders, respiration, circulation, and
the endocrine system
Allows the practitioner to focus on the breath, which brings their
awareness within.
Improves physical fitness while isolating and toning the muscles
Prepares the mind and body for meditative practice.

Pranayama Practice & Kundalini Awakening

When you practice pranayama with the intention of awakening the sleeping
energy of Kundalini Shakti, you must have the knowledge of the chakras and
nadis. It is also of utmost importance that you are full of non-attachment or
vairagya before attempting to use pranayama to awaken Kundalini energy.
After the dedicated practice of the pranayama breathing exercises, Kundalini
Shakti will be awakened and rise upwards along the Sushumna Nadi which
runs along the spine.
Nadis are tubes that are psychic in nature which carry the pranic currents.
They are only visible to the psychic or third eye. Nadis should not be
confused with nerves as the gross prana only moves through the nervous
system. Rather, the pranic current known as the vital force moves through the
nadis. The central location of these nadis is located between the navel and the
genital organs. It is in the shape of an egg and is known by the name of
Kanda. From the Kanda, yogis of 72,000 nadis know only 72 commonly. Of
these 72, the most important ten are the shankhini, kuku, alambusa,
yashasvini, pusha, hastijihva, gandhari, Sushumna, Pingala and Ida. The last
three are extremely important with Sushumna being the most important of the
nadis.
Usually, the breath is flowing either through the Ida or Pingala nadis when
the mind is not in a focused state. When the mind is clear, and in the state of
mindlessness when seen during deep meditation, the breath is then flowing
through Sushumna. To keep the prana flowing within the Sushumna Nadi is
the ultimate goal of the practitioner or yogi.
As you have figured out, this is not a simple process. To complicate matters,
prana is not able to enter into any Nadi which is full of impurity. There are
two processes, which need to be practiced to fully prepare for pranayama,
which is known as nirmanu and samanu. They are both breathing techniques;
nirmanu is a physical cleansing without the use of mantras, whereas the
samanu is a mental process that involves repeating bija mantras.

Bhastrika Pranayama - The Yogic Breath of Fire

This advanced breathing exercise is known for the forced expulsion of air in
rapid succession. The Sanskrit translation of bhastrika is "bellows" as the
breath resembles the bellows of the blacksmith. This pranayama is a
heightened energetic version of Kapalabhati and is a close cousin to
hyperventilation.
There are many benefits of this breathing practice to include:

Calms the mind and switches your focus on your inner journey
Toxins are expelled from the blood system
Purifies the Nadis, assisting in Kundalini Shakti to be awakened
Reduces the symptoms of oxygen-deficient patients as well as
muscular dystrophy
 Heats the body up considerably at the pelvic floor where the
mooladhara chakra is located
Breaks down and dissolves tumors
Increases the appetite and improves digestion
Eradicates diseases of the chest and nose
Lowers inflammation within the throat
Increases the amount of gastric fire
Eliminates anxiety and depression
Improves the memory
Strengthens the pancreas, spleen, and liver as well as stomach
muscles
Dries up the excessive mucus in the sinuses
Pranayama Exercise
Prepare by sitting in the Padmasana yoga position and straighten the head,
neck, and spine to be erect. Keep the mouth closed gently.
Focus your intention on the air you will be breathing is full of all the
positivity of the universe.
Mentally chant "Om" during the full exercise.
Inhale and exhale quickly through the nose nine times. Make sure that your
stomach expands and contracts fully.
On the 10th inhalation, breath as deep as possible and exhale in a slow and
smooth breath.
Take a few normal breaths.
Complete two additional full rounds in this same manner.
Tips for this Pranayama

You can do as little as one round at a time if time is limited. You

can also complete up to another three rounds in the evening at
sunset. Be sure to have an empty stomach for at least 5 hours
ahead of time.
This breathing exercise is ideal when coupled with Kapalabhati,
and Ujjayi Pranayama exercises ahead of time.
If you start to feel overexcited or giddy during the practice, start to
 breathe normally. You can continue when your excited mood has
dissipated.
Do not practice this exercise when it is too hot.
Start this exercise slow and listen to your body. Perfection in the
method is more important than speed when you are just beginning.
Cautions and Contraindications

Individuals who are pregnant or who have low or high blood

pressure or hypertension should not perform this breathing
exercise.
Extreme caution should be used by women who are menstruating.
Those people with inflammatory diseases within the digestive
system such as cirrhosis of the liver, pancreatitis, or ulcers should
not do this pranayama.
People who have asthma, pulmonary bleeding, tuberculosis, or
pneumonia do not need to perform this exercise.
Women should take extreme caution as the forced air can lead to
prolapse of the uterus or abdominal organs.

Bhramari Pranayama - Bumble Bee Breath

This pranayama practice comes from the name of bhramar, which translates,
to "bumblebee." The name was given due to the sound which is produced
during the practice. When you perform this breathing exercise, you are
preparing your mind for meditation along with cooling the overall
temperature and emotions in mind very effectively.
In addition to these benefits, the bhramari pranayama also:

Reduces mental stress, hypertension, and fatigue

Diffuses symptoms of eye, mouth, nose and ear issues
Releases anger, frustration, anxiety, and discord in the mind
Creates focus and concentration in the mind
Aids in reducing high blood pressure and symptoms of heart
troubles
Most effective exercise for awakening Kundalini Shakti
Reduces the symptoms of Alzheimer's disease
Helps during childbirth by regulating the Endocrine system
 Eliminates migraines and symptoms of paralysis
Opens up nasal passageways and eliminates sinus infections
Beneficial to people who suffer from throat or thyroid issues
Pranayama Exercise
Prepare by sitting in the Padmasana yoga pose and close your eyes.
Take a few normal breaths before beginning.
Form the Shanmukhi Mudra by taking your hands and placing your index
finger horizontally along your eyebrows.
Allow your other fingers to cover your eyes and press lightly against your
nose.
Use your thumbs to press the flaps of your ears closed.
Concentrate on your third eye between your eyebrows as well as the positive
energies of the universe and close your mouth with your lips lightly touching.
Keep the muscles in your face loose, and your jaw relaxed. Keep your teeth
slightly apart.
Inhale deep and slowly through your nose.
Slowly exhale through your nose while humming "Om." The buzzing sound
which is produced should be extended as long as possible without the need to
gasp for air.
Repeat this breath for five more rounds.
Tips for this Pranayama

This technique must be performed after completing Vilom and

Anulom Pranayama.
Take care not to press on your ear cartilage with too much
pressure. Do not place your fingers in your ears.
If using the Shanmukhi Mudra, do not apply pressure to the
muscles of your face.
Alter the pitch of the humming of "Om" to feel the different
effects that the lower versus higher pitch has on you to find the
right match for your goal.
It can be practiced up to 4 times a day to relieve symptoms of
 stress.
Variations of Bhramari Pranayama

Alternatively, you can simply use your index fingers to press on

the flaps of your eyes without covering your eyes.
You can also perform this breathing exercise while lying on your
right side or flat on your back. If you choose to lay on your back,
do not press the cartilage of your ear closed.
A chair can also be utilized. Be sure to sit on the edge so that your
thighs are angled towards the floor. As always, keep your feet flat
on the floor.
Unlike other pranayamas, you do not want to build up more than
the recommended rounds described during the exercise.

Dirga Pranayama – Three-Part Breath

This breathing exercise is the most calming and grounding pranayama, which
is available. It is best performed at the beginning or end of your pranayama
practices, and it helps to focus your mind and bring you to the present
moment.
Other benefits of dirga pranayama are:

Energizes your body and mind with the increase of blood flow
Purifies the blood
Relieves the symptoms of stress, tension and panic attacks
Prepares the body for meditation
Activates the chakras which allow for healing
Teaches you the correct way to breathe fully while allowing ample
amounts of oxygen to enter into the blood vessels
Creates inner peace and balance while enhancing the feeling of
wellbeing
Reduces the symptoms of insomnia
Balances out the hormone levels and digestive system
Pranayama Exercise
As the name suggests, there are three parts to this breathing exercise. They all
build upon each other as each step adds a different component to the exercise.
Position yourself in savasana while lying flat on your mat. First, place your
hands on your stomach.
Take a few normal breaths through the nose to prepare for the pranayama. Be
sure to keep your body, and facial muscles relaxed.
Inhale long and deeply while feeling your hands rise with your belly.
Exhale the breath through the nose while pressing your navel against your
spine to expel all the air from your body.
Repeat this cycle for five rounds before proceeding to the second section.
Place one hand on your rib cage and keep the other on your stomach.
Continue to breathe through your nose and expand your stomach. Expand
your breath further by expanding your rib cage.
Feel the movement underneath your hands to ensure it is being done properly.
Complete five rounds of the second section before commencing with the final
part.
Breathe through your nose and expand your stomach and rib cage as before.
Move your hand from your stomach to the top of your chest as you breathe
deeper to expand the breath up to your collarbone. Note the movement of
your body.
Exhale the breath in the opposite manner, firstly from the top of the chest,
then the rib cage and finally the stomach. Move your hands accordingly to
ensure that the air is fully removed from each section of your body in order.
Continue this final stage for five rounds.
After complete, slowly bring your breathing back to normal as you evaluate
the effect of the pranayama on your body and mind.
Slowly open your eyes and sit up when you feel grounded. Stand up if you
are at the end of your pranayama practice.
Tips for this Pranayama

Make sure that you are filling your lungs to a comfortable

capacity. It should not feel strained or pushed. Do not breathe to
the point where you feel like you will burst.
 The breath should always be smooth and without interruption.
If you feel dizzy or lightheaded, stop the exercise immediately.

Shitali Pranayama - Cooling Breath

As the name suggests, this pranayama cools the mind, body, and emotions.
The meaning of shitali in Sanskrit is "frigid" or "cold." The breathing
exercise is meant to soothe and calms the ethereal body as it activates the
cooling mechanism during inhalation. As you exhale, it distributes this
energy to the deep tissues of the body. As a side note, this breathing exercise
also ignites the digestive fire.
This exercise is essential during hot weather seasons and can be helpful
during heated emotional scenarios, hot flashes, physical exertion, or extended
exposure to direct sunlight. Alternatively, this pranayama should be exercised
with caution during the cold seasons.
Other than cooling down the system, the other benefits include:

Reduction in blood pressure

Quells excess thirst and hunger issues
Improves the immune system
Soothes pain throughout the body.
Boost the flow of prana throughout the body
Creates mental tranquility while soothing and calming the mind
Reduced inflammation present throughout the body including the
skin
Balances out the acidity in the digestive tract while promoting
healthy digestion
Aiding the body to appear younger
Reduces the symptoms of insomnia
Purifies the blood
Eliminates the symptoms of spleen, throat, mouth and tongue
diseases
Combats fatigue, fevers, and bad breath
Pranayama Exercise
There are two methods as this breathing exercise is usually performed by
rolling the lateral sides of your tongue to create a tube. If you are not able to
complete this part of the task, there is a variation below the original practice
involving the rolled tongue.
Start by sitting in the lotus position with a blanket or cushion to elevate the
hips comfortably.
Place both hands on your knees as you elongate your abdomen, chest, back,
neck, and head to be straight.
Close your eyes and start breathing slowly through the nose as you are
grounding your energy. Do this for at least three slow breaths.
Proceed to roll your tongue as if it were straw and breathe in through the
mouth slowly.
When you have inhaled completely, bring your tongue into your mouth and
keep your lips closed. Hold the breath for one to two seconds.
Exhale slowly through the nostrils.
Continue practicing for an additional 7 to 15 rounds.
After you have completed the proper amount of rounds, breath in deep and
long through the nostrils and back out again through the nostrils.
Continue to breathe through your nose until your breath returns to the normal
state.
Evaluate and contemplate on how the exercise cooled your mind, emotions,
and body.
When complete, slowly open your eyes and stand up slowly if not continuing
with additional pranayama.
Tips for this Pranayama

If you are not able to roll your tongue, the variation is known as
Sheetkari. Keep your tongue flat while placed between your teeth,
leaving the lips slightly parted. As you breathe inwards, widen
your lips as if you are smiling as the air passed over your tongue
and the corners of your mouth.
An additional variation of Sheetkari is to place your teeth together
while exposing your teeth by parting your lips. Continue with the
breathing exercise as indicated while focusing on the hissing
 sound of the air passing through the gaps in your teeth.
If there is an accumulation of saliva which needs to be swallowed,
this can be done during the retention of the breath.
You can also practice this pranayama while sitting in a chair with
your feet firmly placed flat on the floor.
Cautions and Contraindications

Individuals who have chronic constipation, excessive mucus,

bronchitis, asthma, COPD, general respiratory issues, or low blood
pressure should not practice this pranayama.
If you happen to have heart disease, this breathing exercise should
be practiced without breath retention.

Plavini Pranayama - The Floating Breath

During this advanced breathing technique, the individual drinks the air they
breathe like water, which makes them feel as if they are floating in a body of
water. This pranayama gets its name from the Sanskrit word plu, which
means "float" and plavini means "to float." This exercise is reserved for
advanced practitioners and yogis. It helps those who practice this pranayama
not to need water or food for several days.
Other benefits of plavini pranayama are:

Toxins are expelled in large amounts, even ones which have been
present in the body for years
For the advanced practitioners, they can feel like they are floating
on water like a lotus leaf
Pranayama Exercise
Sit comfortably in Siddhasana, Vajrasana, or Padmasana yoga position with
your back erect. Close your eyes.
Take a few normal breaths and clear your mind.
Bend your chin down towards your chest to perform jalandhara bandha.
Breath long and deep through your nose and envision the air is water which is
filling your stomach.
Hold your breath as long as it is comfortable.
Lift your head up to be straight and exhale slowly.
Repeat this cycle ten times.
Variations of Plavini Pranayama
You can perform this practice while lying in savasana with your hands placed
at your sides or while standing. Breath in deep and long to fill your stomach
fully. Hold onto your breath as long as possible. Also, the air to exit your
nose slowly.

Surya Bhedhana Pranayama - Right Nostril Breath

This advanced breathing exercise can be used in conjunction is the Bhastrika
pranayama to awaken the Kundalini Shakti. Surya in Sanskrit means "sun,"
whereas bhedana translates to "piercing." The full translation of this
pranayama is "to enter or breakthrough something."
The benefits of breathing in through your right nostril and the surya bhedhana
pranayama are:

Essential for the proper functioning of metabolic processes

Increases energy and the efficiency of the nervous, respiratory and
digestive systems
Effective in reducing symptoms of respiratory issues such as
asthma, cough, and chronic colds
Warms the body and is useful during the cold winter months.
Reduces the symptoms of body aches, skin diseases, sinusitis and
obesity
Heightens the libido in women and increases fertility
Awakens the Kundalini Shakti energy
Destroys intestinal worms
Decreases depression, lethargy, and dullness
Pranayama Exercise
Start in the meditative yoga pose of Swastikasana, Siddhasana, or
Padmasana. Straighten your spine.
Perform the Mrigi mudra with your right hand by folding the tip of the
middle and index fingers to touch the base of the thumb at the palm. Leave
your left hand in a comfortable position on your left knee.
While doing the mudra, use the ring and pinky fingers to press the left nostril
closed gently.
Breathe deeply and slowly through the right nostril.
Use your thumb on your right hand to close your right nostril, so both nostrils
are closed.
Hold your breath as long as it is comfortable from 1 to 10 seconds.
Release your ring and pinky finger from your left nostril.
Exhale slowly through the left nostril.
Repeat the exercise for five rounds.
Tips for this Pranayama

People who are left hand dominant can form the mrigi mudra with
the left hand instead of the right.
Do not push the time you hold your breath. Gradually build it up
as you keep practicing this pranayama.
As this pranayama heats the body, take caution when performing
during the hot summer months.

Ujjayi Pranayama – Victorious or Hissing Breath

This pranayama receives its Sanskrit name from jaya, which means
"victorious." When the word ujjayi (ooh-JAH-yee) is used, it means "freedom
from bondage."
The benefits which are seen helps mainly with issues of the throat to include:

Relief from cough, chronic colds while clearing out phlegm

Increases the appetite
Stimulates the thyroid as well as balancing out the system
Clears the voice
Purification of all seven elements to include semen, fat, marrow,
bones, blood, flesh, and skin.
Aids in the reduction of symptoms from fever, dysentery, liver
 issues and indigestion
Raises body temperature
Calms the mind and aids in concentration and focus
Aids in the release of deep and pent-up emotions
Strengthens the physical body by oxygenating the blood
Reduces the symptoms of mental tension, insomnia, and stress
Pranayama Exercise
Start by sitting in the Sukhasana position or another comfortable meditative
posture on your mat. Keep your body straight from the waist up while
extending your spine upwards. Close your eyes.
Position your lips slightly open while you relax your tongue and jaw.
Exhale quickly and then take in a long, deep breath through the mouth lasting
3 seconds.
Hold your breath for a total of 6 seconds.
As you exhale, contract the back of your throat slightly as if you will
whisper.
Take notice of the sensation of the air passing through your constricted throat
as well as the hissing sound which is produced.
Relax with a few normal breaths before starting another round.
Complete a total of 5 rounds of this exercise.
Tips for this Pranayama

Make sure that you keep the neck, head, and spine straight
throughout the entire exercise.
Ensure that the nose if not constricted and that your facial muscles
are relaxed.
As you breathe, make sure that it flows smoothly without any
breaks or hasty movements.
Build up the time of the inward breath and retention by one second
each week to a maximum of 6 seconds of inhalation and 12
seconds of holding your breath.
If you feel dizzy or faint during this exercise, stop immediately.
Variation for Ujjayi Pranayama

As you advance in this practice, you can start to constrict your

throat during the inhalation as well. This will create a differing
sound, much like a snake hissing, compared to the breath as it is
exhaled.
When you have mastered the constriction of your throat during
both the inhalations and exhalations, advance the exercise by
breathing through your nose. Be sure to keep your mouth closed
with your lips softly touching each other.
If you are not able to sit on the floor, use a straight-backed chair to
practice this exercise.
You can practice this pranayama without retaining your breath for
an extended amount of time.
This exercise can be performed in any of the yoga postures.
Cautions and Contraindications

Individuals who are experiencing symptoms of hypertension or

cardiac issues should not perform this pranayama.
Those who have issues with respiratory conditions such as
emphysema or asthma need to perform this pranayama with a
certified teacher.

Viloma Pranayama - Interrupted Breath

The Sanskrit meaning behind this breathing exercise is vi translates to
"contrary to" or "against" where loma has the meaning of "force" or "flow."
The full translation of viloma is "against the natural flow" or "against the
grain."
Besides the normal benefits of lung expansion and calming of the mind,
viloma pranayama also:

Energizes the body while cooling it down

Relieves nervous system defects by reducing tension and anxiety
Reduces the symptoms of premenstrual syndrome
Improves the movement of air within your body
Enhances breath control
Pranayama Exercise
Start by laying in a reclined position while facing upwards.
Position your hands on your knees, facing upwards.
Curl both of your pointer fingers to touch the base of your thumb. This is
known as the Jnana mudra.
Take your first breath through the nose by filling your lungs to a third of their
capacity.
Hold your breath between 2 and 3 seconds.
Inhale another third of your lung capacity.
Hold for an additional 2 to 3 seconds.
Finally, breath inward to fully fill your lungs.
Hold for 2 to 3 seconds longer.
Then start to exhale by releasing a third of your air.
Hold the breath for 2 to 3 seconds.
Release another third of your breath and hold for another 2 to 3 seconds.
Finally, release all of the air in your lungs.
Complete another 3 to 5 rounds.
Slowly bring your breathing back to your normal rate before proceeding to
another pranayama exercise.
Variations of Viloma Pranayama

You can practice this exercise withholding the breath only during
the inhalation or exhalation.
If you have mastered this exercise, you can further challenge
yourself by breathing in by quarters and holding your breath in
between.
You can also extend the amount of time you hold your breath in
between inhalation and exhalation.
This exercise can also be practiced while sitting in a chair or while
seated in the lotus position.
 Chapter 8:
Chakra Cleansing Practices for Kundalini
Awakening

The chakra system needs to be cleared and charged along with the system of
nadis so that the Kundalini energy can rise through the chakras individually
along the sushamna nadi. This chapter is dedicated to the individual chakra
cleansing practices that you can perform to help clear out the blockages in
each of the chakras. You will want to work with all of these chakra exercises
individually, and it is advised to work with them in order from the 1st
through the 7th to gain the largest benefit.
Each of these exercises requires you to be seated in a meditative seated yoga
pose with your spine stretched out straight. You can utilize a support system
for your back such as a cushion, bolster, or rolled-up blanket. Every
inhalation will be through your nose, and the exhalations will be through your
mouth always. When you breathe out, be sure to produce a sound or repeat a
mantra such as "Om." Unlike pranayama exercises, you will want to keep
your eyes open unless it states otherwise.
Mooladhara Chakra - Root or 1st Chakra
Associated with the earth element, the purpose of this chakra is to give a firm
foundation, support, stability, and safety. It is associated with the sciatic
nerve, bones, legs, feet. It is the location of the energy of existence. It
connects our energy to the material world as well as primal survival. The
color which is connected with the root chakra is red.
When this chakra is clear and balanced, you will feel happy to be alive as
well as worthy of your existence. However, when this chakra is in need of
work because of it being blocked, our perspective changes. We feel entitled
to occupy our space, or we may feel a lack of love or value.
This negative thinking leads us to resent our existence as well as compare
ourselves with others.
As you work on balancing the mooladhara chakra, you will start to trust in
the flow of prosperity in all forms in your life. You will also strengthen your
overall wellbeing and health, along with your sense of security. Exercises
based on the opening and charging the first chakra contains the pranic energy.
It also is the place in which our hidden or darker sides of our nature are
concealed, sometimes even from ourselves.
Chakra Exercise

Lift your hands to rest on your shoulders and push your elbows out
to the side, so they are parallel with your shoulders.
Inhale slowly as you stretch both of your arms straight overhead
while lifting your knees upwards to be in line with your shoulders.
Exhale as you place your knees and hands back in place.
Repeat the breathing exercises between 10 and 20 times and
increase the speed as you are able.
Return your breathing to normal. Close your eyes and concentrate
on the sensations which are present in your root chakra.
A separate exercise is known as the crow pose, which is explained in chapter
5.

Svadhisthana Chakra - Sacral or 2nd Chakra

The sacral chakra is correlated with the element of water. The purpose is to
allow pleasure, emotional wellbeing, expansion, flow, and movement. The
areas of the body that are connected with this chakra are the joints, inner
thighs, sex organs, lower abdomen, sacrum, and hips. The color of orange is
associated with the sacral chakra. It is also responsible for helping us to trust
our sensations. As we are drawn to the things that make us feel good, this
chakra is starting to open up. When we trust our instincts, we can surrender to
our highest consciousness and allow nature to work her creative force
through us.
When this chakra is blocked, which means the pranic energy is not able to
freely flow, we no longer have the trust as we have lost the connection to our
intuition and source of our feelings. As we are separated from our higher
power, we start to feel negativity, lethargy, and depression. If you are a
person who must be in control of their lives, it is usually because the 2nd
chakra is out of balance as you feel as if everything is out of control. The
truth is, you must accept that much of everything is out of your control. Only
when this thought of control is surrendered will you feel more at peace.
Chakra Exercise

Lay your hands on your knees with your palms facing downwards.
Grip loosely on your knees.
Inhale deeply and push your sacrum forward similar to cow pose.
Pull your knees gently to increase the curve of the spine as you lift
your chest.
Exhale as you round your back similar to cat pose. This will bring
your navel back towards your spine.
Repeat this exercise 10 - 20 times.
Return to your normal pattern of breathing and close your eyes.
Focus on the feeling within your sacral chakra.
Separate exercises are known as the frog pose or pelvic lifts, which are
explained in chapter 5.

Manipura Chakra - Solar Plexus or 3rd Chakra

This chakra is associated with fire and has the purpose of change,
transformation, willpower, strength, and energy. The ribs, adrenal glands,
digestive organs, and upper abdomen are associated with the 3rd chakra.
When there are any issues with these parts of the body, this chakra is in need
of attention and energetic cleansing. The navel was where everyone was once
connected to their mothers through the umbilical cord. Of course, we relied
on this cord for our connection and nutrients from our mother. Even after the
umbilical cord is cut, this connection will always be present in the navel.
On an energetic level, this chakra holds power and consciousness of our
spiritual selves. As the prana flows through our Manipura chakra, is gives the
sustained energy the same as the sunshine. This is why the color yellow is
associated with this chakra. It also gives us the capability of manifesting with
confidence on this plane.
In the case of Kundalini awakening, the 3rd chakra is where the true
awakening happens as this is the location where the internal fire is ignited
and sent through to the other chakras. It is also the seat of our gut instinct as
we feel if something is off in this chakra. These messages are extremely
important to listen to, as this is the connection to our internal guidance
system.
If this chakra is out of balance, you will feel uncertain about your choices as
well as your day-to-
day decisions. As you work on opening and clearing the navel chakra, you
will feel a sense of balance, and you will be more sensitive to the messages
from your gut instinct. Once you start to practice listening, you will be able to
feel as if you are in the correct flow with the universe.

Anahata Chakra - Heart or 4th Chakra

The air is associated with the heart chakra. It is commonly known to have the
purpose of the union, connection, relationships, expansion, and love. The
parts of the body that are associated with the fourth chakra are the shoulder
blades, respiratory system, heart, ribs, diaphragm, lungs, and chest. This is an
important chakra to have cleared and energized as it helps you to relate to
others outside of yourself.
The color which is connected with this chakra is green, and it is the most
powerful chakra center in the human body. When Kundalini energy is
released from the navel to the heart chakra, it brings a cascade of spiritual,
emotional, and physiological changes. We can resonate with the truth of our
feelings when this occurs as the heart has the capability of transcending
everything.
When we are doing anything based on emotions, they are based in the heart
chakra. It could be a memory, vulnerability, or even when we are speaking to
others in a heartfelt way. It is through the 4th chakra that we can inspire other
people. When this chakra has been activated, it does not solely depend on
outside sources. In fact, internally, you need to experience empathy, which is
self-sustaining and deep to connect with yourself and others fully.
When the Anahata chakra is out of balance, you do not pay attention and
ignore your own needs. You may also start to cling to others and become
codependent for the support that you require rather than giving that support to
yourself. Of course, when you start to clear and charge this chakra, you will
become more compassionate and giving to yourself and others.
Chakra Exercise

Lift your hands to rest on your shoulders and push your elbows out
to the side, so they are parallel with your shoulders.
Inhale slowly as you gently twist the core of your body to the
right.
Exhale as you twist your body to the left-hand side in the same
fashion.
Repeat these steps 12 times.
Perform the same movements by inhaling and twisting to the left
side. Then exhale while twisting your core to the right.
Repeat this for 12 rounds.
When complete, return your breathing back to a normal pace.
Notice if you can feel any different sensations in your heart
chakra.
A separate exercise is known as the camel pose, which is explained in chapter
5.

Vishuddha Chakra - Throat or 5th Chakra

The element of sound is associated with the throat chakra where refinement,
purification, and communication is the purpose. The body parts, which are
associated with the fifth chakra, are the ears, mouth, tongue, throat, neck, and
shoulders. If there is any sort of imbalance with these areas of your body, you
are in need of clearing and charging of the vishuddha chakra.
Because the 5th chakra corresponds to the throat, it is the energy center in
which we can speak with our authentic voice. It is where choices turn into
actions and allow us to make the focused choice on how we want to
communicate with others. The color which is used with this chakra is blue. It
is where our true self originate as we express who we are with the outside
world.
When you realize that this chakra is not receiving pranic energy, you will
have expressing emotions or true thoughts. You will put out a kind face to the
world and try to be polite at all times when in truth, it is not resonating with
how you feel in your heart. This is a form of denying your truth, which is
what causes the blockages in this chakra. When you start to work on opening
the throat chakra, you will be able to express your true feelings and thoughts
without fear in a loving way.
Chakra Exercise

Lace your fingers together with your palms facing each other.
Place your hands underneath your chin with your elbows facing
downwards.
As you inhale, press your elbows out to the sides as you continue
to keep your head straight and level with the floor.
During the exhale, open your mouth and lay your head back so
that your chin is as high as possible. Press the elbows together in
front of you.
Repeat for a total of 16 rounds.
After the exercise, separate your hands and start to breathe
normally.
Turn your awareness to the changes and sensations within the 5th
chakra.
A separate exercise is known as the cobra pose, which is explained in chapter
5.

Ajna Chakra - Third Eye or 6th Chakra

The Ajna chakra is the seat of the hormones for wakefulness and sleep are
released as the area between your eyebrows is sensitive to the light of day,
and the absence of light in the darkness. When you continue to work with the
6th chakra, you will become more empathic and sensitive towards the
feelings of others and also the universe.
Continued work to clear and charge this chakra will also enable the Kundalini
Shakti to open and close your third eye to give you insight into situations as
needed. When it is balanced, you will know all the answers that you need to
know when you need to know them. There is no need to search outwardly for
answers. You will simply know intuitively as you will trust your higher
consciousness fully. However, if this chakra is not balanced, you will have a
difficult time making decisions that are clear and to your highest benefit.
Chakra Exercise
While you are performing this chakra cleansing, envision a curtain opening
fully to the soft morning light and how it would immerse your eyes in the
light.

Breathe inward as you stretch your arms in front of you. Have

your fingertips spread as you open your eyes wide.
Move your arms out to the sides as if you are opening a set of
curtains. Focus on the visual or color which is presented to you.
Exhale as you bring your fingers to your eyes and cover them.
Keep your elbows pointed away from the body to the sides.
Continue to internalize the vision or color in which you saw when
you inhaled.
Repeat this for a total of 10 times.
Bring your hands to rest on your knees in a comfortable position.
Return your breathing to normal.
Continue to visualize the vision as well as bright light guiding
your inner path.
A separate exercise is known as the guru pranam, which is explained in
chapter 5.

Sahasrara Chakra - Crown or 7th Chakra

Since the Sahasrara chakra is where Kundalini Shakti reunites with infinite
wisdom, it is the last element in completing your Kundalini awakening.
When the prana and Kundalini flow through to your 7th chakra, there is a
blossoming of your consciousness. The color of this chakra is violet and leads
to love-infused prana. As this energy is flowing, the pineal gland is further
activated, which leads to a vibrating feeling at the top of the head.
When this chakra is open, clear, and balanced, Kundalini Shakti can flow
freely, and you will be connected to the divine source within you. It is the
final step of the process. However, you will need to continue to work on
keeping your chakras clear and charged to allow this prana to flow
continuously. However, for this state of being, it is rather difficult to keep up
with daily tasks in the West as we know it.
Chakra Exercise

Bring your hands together as you place them in the Anjali mudra,
which is as if you are praying. Hold this mudra at your heart about
an inch from your chest.
Raise your hands straight over your head while still holding the
mudra as you inhale.
As you exhale, separate your hands and lower them widely and
downward on each side simultaneously.
Repeat for a total of 10 rounds.
Put the palms of your hands on your knees and begin to breathe
normally.
Contemplate on how the exercise made your entire body feel. Pay
close attention to specific chakras that feel like they are out of
balance and need individual work to continue clearing.
 Chapter 9:
Kundalini Awakening Meditation

The meditation which will be described here is a tantric yoga method known
by the name of Sat Kriya which translates from Sanskrit as "Identifying
truth." It specifically is used to raise the Kundalini Shakti by stimulating and
transforming the sexual energy contained within. The beej mantra of Sat Nam
creates a unique environment for reverence and respect towards the energy of
Kundalini Shakti, so there are fewer complications and troubles, which can
arise.
There are several benefits other than the raising of the prana and Kundalini
energy associated with this meditation, which include:

Increases the sexual energy as it is directed upwards through the

system of the chakras
Brings overall balance between the higher self and the personality
 (ego)
Treats and eliminates sexual dysfunctions
Improves the digestive system and release of toxins throughout the
body
Eliminates deep-rooted fears and makes you more courageous and
confident

Meditation
Start in the position of the rock pose on your mat.
Take five deep and long breaths to calm and oxygenize your body.
Move your arms straight above your head so that they are cupping
your ears. The elbows should also be kept straight.
Form the uttarabodhi mudra by interlacing the fingers together.
Extend both index fingers upwards and pressing against each
other. Cross your thumbs over one another.
Straighten the spine and neck. Slightly tuck your chin inwards to
assist in your spine is erect.
Start chanting the mantra Sat Nam out loud in the following
manner:
Firmly and intently say "Sat" (Saht) as you pull your navel
towards your spine. It should be a sudden movement, so
there is an energetic impact felt upon the spine.
Say "Nam" (Nahmm) in a quieter yet intentive way as you
release your navel.
Continue chanting for 8 minutes as you continue to focus on your
intention as well as perfect the movement of your belly. As
always, do not force and find a natural flow and rhythm.
After the meditation has been completed, inhale slowly and
deeply.
Create the maha bandh by tucking in your chin as you contract the
neck muscles (neck lock), pull up the diaphragm muscles
(diaphragm lock) as well as the lower navel, sex organ and rectum
muscles (root lock) simultaneously.
Hold your breath as long as you are comfortable.
As you are retaining your breath, visualize the prana flowing up
through the spine into your brain.
 Repeat the maha bandh an additional two more times.
Slowly lay on your mat in savasana for an additional 5 minutes.
While laying on your back, be aware of the feeling of the
Kundalini energy or prana running through your body. Note the
sensations and continue to focus your attention on the flow of the
energy from the perineum up to the top of the head.
Tips for this Meditation

You may not be able to complete an entire 15 minutes when you

are just starting to practice this meditation. Listen to your body and
keep to a shorter timeframe if needed as you gradually build up the
time to 15 minutes or more a day.
You do not want to do this meditation longer than 31 minutes
within a day.
 Chapter 10:
Awakening the Kundalini

Every human being contains an incredibly powerful storehouse of soul

energy symbolized as a sleeping serpent, coiled 3.5 times, at the base of the
spine (“kundal” means “curl” or “coil”). Once awakened, it uncoils and
ascends through the spinal column to the crown chakra at the top of the head,
triggering a transcendent spiritual state of awareness.
By practicing the technology as set out by Yogi Bhajan, the raising of
Kundalini energy happens gradually. Yogi Bhajan often told us that it is not
difficult to raise the Kundalini. What is difficult and requires continuous
work is keeping it up, i.e., maintaining and living in higher consciousness.
For Yogi Bhajan, what matters is our increased awareness and ability to live
conscious lives.
Experiences of raising one’s Kundalini vary widely. It is possible to
experience Kundalini as heat or a liquid flow in the spine or to see it as
brilliant light. Whatever the individual experience, it is usually a pleasant and
even euphoric sensation.
Shaking, twitching, and other forms of uncontrolled movements are not the
result of Kundalini rising. These movements of energy are indicators of
cleansing, release of stress, and
a weak nervous system that must be strengthened to integrate the higher
frequency Kundalini energy into our system.

Gradual Awakening
Spontaneous Kundalini awakenings can occur among practitioners of certain
disciplines that try to forcefully raise the energy without preparing the
physical body and nervous system to hold higher frequency energies. When
the physical body is not strong enough or is affected by the use of
recreational drugs, spontaneous Kundalini arousals can result in trauma or
mental disturbance.
Spontaneous awakenings can also occur in people who have never practiced
Kundalini Yoga and have no idea of what is happening. There is no way to
predict or control this phenomenon.
However, we can prepare our body and nervous system to accommodate this
potent energy. Kundalini Yoga as given by Yogi Bhajan prepares our body to
integrate the energy as it is being slowly released.
Awakening our Kundalini through Yogi Bhajan’s Kundalini Yoga is a
gradual and often imperceptible process. Yogi Bhajan warned us to avoid
seeking the glitter and to focus on achieving an expansion of consciousness
and living with a compassionate heart.

The Powerful Effects of Practicing Kundalini Yoga

The progressive and systemic transformation resulting from regular practice
of Kundalini Yoga occurs because of the following changes in our physical
and energetic systems.
All our body systems are cleansed, activated, and balanced, which results in
an integrated interaction of all physiological and energetic systems. This
creates a sense of peace, wholeness, and well-being.
The electromagnetic voltage of our body and mind is progressively amped
up. As a result, our auric field becomes lighter, clearer, stronger, and more
magnetic. There is a gradual strengthening of the nervous system and
opening of our chakra centers. As a result, we feel more alive, whole,
protected, and empowered.
The increased voltage throughout our body, the activation of the glands to
secrete their specialized chemicals, and the strengthening of the auric field
have holistic, expansive, and balancing effects on our mind, emotions, and
body. As the body’s energy channels gradually open, our mind, body, and
emotions become receptive to and infused with higher frequency Universal
Energies.
These channels then become available to carry the gradual activation of the
Kundalini — the powerful energy of our soul. This happens as both the
pranic energy (the life force generated from the combination of breathing and
other techniques) and Kundalini energy increase and are diffused throughout
our being. As a result of all of the above, we experience increased creativity,
vitality, clarity of mind, emotional balance, radiance, and an awakening of
consciousness.

Profound Shifts with Kundalini Yoga

The interactive dynamics of the various components of Kundalini Yoga
create profound transformation.
Raising Our Frequency and Purifying the Subconscious
Our physical and energetic bodies store the energetic imprints of beliefs,
thoughts, and attitudes about our identity, others, and the world. These
subconscious programs are hidden from our conscious awareness.
When we vibrate at lower frequencies (with fear, anger, anxiety, and
sadness), our mind’s focusing, and attention mechanism is co-opted by the
darkness (lack of light) of the imprints in our subconscious. Controlled by
subconscious programming, we are sucked into reactive thoughts and driven
by embedded compulsions and behaviors. We engage in self-criticism and
have a poor self-image and low self-esteem.
With the practice of Kundalini Yoga, the electro-chemical balance of our
body increases to bring about a system-wide vibratory frequency that is
higher, brighter, more coherent, and more subtle. As the lower frequencies
are upgraded, the electromagnetic radiance increases throughout and around
our body. In other words, our aura becomes more coherent and our radiance
gets brighter.
As our frequency increases, it becomes easier for our mind and body systems
to let go of tension and to relax. The subconscious storehouse of impressions
encoded in our physical and emotional bodies begins to dissolve, as the fear
and anger stored in our body tissues, which constrict our organs and muscles,
begin to release. As this process continues, we naturally and progressively let
go of old ways of being and become available to experience higher states of
awareness.
Awareness, Letting Go, and a Shift in Identity
As the grip of our subconscious loosens, the vibrations of fear and anger that
separate our awareness from the Infinite and our soul gradually disappear. As
our subconscious imprints are released, our sense of identity becomes less
linked to negative impressions and thoughts. We feel a sense of peace and
freedom and experience a lightness of being. Our sense of identity as an
energetic presence of light becomes clearer and more available in our
awareness.
We progressively react and relate differently to others and to our life
challenges. As we become more aware and continue to let go, we undergo a
profound shift in consciousness: We increase our ability to stay inwardly self-
focused. Our awareness deepens and becomes more subtle and refined. We
refine our self-concept to include subtle attributes that make us feel more
authentic, accepting, and kind toward ourselves. We begin to perceive our
self as an energetic being of Love and Light — a radiant field — which we
recognize as our soul.

A Different Relationship with Your Questions

It is normal for beginners to have many questions. When your thinking mind
is in charge, you want specific answers and explanations about how things
work and why. You believe that answers to your questions will bring you
peace, but your mind continues to generate more questions, and your inner
conflict is not attenuated. What you need is a different relationship with your
questions. What you want is resolution and inner peace, which are available
in your heart.
When you start your practice, it is advisable to write down all your questions
and put this list away. The practice of Kundalini Yoga and Meditation will
awaken in you another way to find answers to your questions. You will
receive answers from within. You will learn to listen within instead of
searching outside yourself. Through your own personal experience, you will
graduate from trying to figure everything out to trusting your intuitive soul
knowing.
The answers you receive may not be what you expect, but expectations get in
the way. The cleanest way to find answers is to be in “discovery mode,”
making yourself available to listen, to receive, and to find guidance in
whatever form it appears. All the above become available as your awareness
expands. So focus on your practice and awakening, be patient, and stay alert.
The Universe and your soul speak to you in many interesting and unexpected
ways. Just forgive, excel, and lead with grace to leave a legacy of kindness
and compassion.

How Change Happens

Change happens because energies move. Our personal transformation
happens when energy patterns shift in our mind and in our physical,
emotional, and subtle bodies. We don’t get rid of “bad” or “negative” energy.
We increase its frequency and create coherency so that it expresses
differently in our being. Kundalini Yoga and Meditation practices modify
energy in the following ways:
Move Energy
We move energy so that blocked or repressed energy gets unstuck and vital
pranic energy can flow and nurture all parts of our being.
Activate and Awaken
We activate and awaken dormant energies so that asleep energies become
available for use, i.e., we tap our creative potential and awaken our light.
Raise Frequency
We raise the frequency of energies so that they can be expressed in elevated
ways.
Infusion
We infuse higher vibrations into our energy field by chanting mantras. As a
result, our being resonates with and receives support from the Universal
Field.
Alter Patterns
We break up habitual patterns, create new circuitry, and imprint new patterns
in our being. As a result, we can shift our perceptions, thoughts, responses,
and behavior.
Integrate
We integrate the energies that are both activated in our body systems and
become available from cosmic sources by relaxing, letting go, feeling, and
enjoying their presence in our body.
Redirect
We redirect energy so that we can use it more productively and become
empowered human beings. We no longer live as a victim but as a conscious
co-creator of our own lives.

Mind and Meditation

To understand how Kundalini Yoga and Meditation creates shifts in our
consciousness, we must first understand how our mind works. The human
mind has three basic channels: (1) the dualistic channel, (2) the neutral
channel, and (3) the subconscious channel.

Our rational or dualistic mind performs functions necessary to

make choices. It can evaluate, compare, contrast, and analyze
options and information. Without a neutral arbitrator to help us
make choices, however, our dualistic mind fluctuates between
negative and positive thoughts and creates in a state of conflict and
confusion.
Our neutral mind gives us the faculty of non-judgmental
observation from where we can transcend our dualistic mind and
focus our awareness on reality beyond intellectual concepts and
thoughts.
Our subconscious mind is beyond our conscious knowing and
 control. Our subconscious programming is always in the
background influencing how we think and feel.
Normally we operate almost exclusively from our dualistic channel or
“rational” mind, which is constantly emitting thoughts. Yogi Bhajan says our
mind emits 1,000 thoughts per wink of the eye. In other words, our mind is
programmed to automatically think.
Our rational mind has the capacity to analyze, compute, calculate, and
perform other thinking functions, which make it possible to evaluate our life
situations and what to do about them. By default, our dualistic mind is
influenced, usually controlled, by our subconscious mind or programming.
The neutral channel, our meditative mind, liberates us from the thinking,
analyzing, and judging activity of our dualistic, rational mind. It also has the
power to liberate us from our subconscious programming. It does so by
connecting us to our intuition and to our peaceful inner space, where we can
consciously connect with the Infinite and our soul. Our neutral mind is thus
our access route to non-physical reality and where we can experience inner
peace, stillness, and non-judgment or neutrality.
 Chapter 11:
Mudra Basics

When you study yoga practices, oftentimes, you will see the yogi's hands in a
specific position. There are many forms of mudras which deal with different
locks within the body or even with the use of your tongue. Commonly,
mudras are known to be formed with the hands. These mudras are using
reflexology pressure points because of the sensitive nerve endings present in
the hands and other areas of the body.
These hand gestures are what allows the pranic energy flow to areas in the
brain-specific to the particular mudra. They are commonly used in
conjunction with the pranayama to increase the flow of the prana. When the
prana is flowing through the nadis, it also affects other areas of the body
including the glands, tendons, and sensory organs.
There are five main elements that create the balance within your bodies.
These elements are Jala (water), bhumi (earth), akasha (ether), Vayu (air) and
Agni (fire). When one of these elements is out of balance, the result will be a
disease within the body as well as an imbalanced mind. They correspond with
the pinky, ring, middle, index fingers and thumb, respectively. When any
finger is put into contact with the thumb, the element of that finger is
balanced, which also eradicates the disease.

Pinky - associated with the planet Mercury and represents our

internal power to communicate with the Self and others
subconsciously
Ring - associated with the planets of Venus and the Sun and
represents our physical beauty, grace, vitality, and health
Middle - associated with the planet Saturn and represents patience,
devotion, and emotion
Index - associated with the planet of Jupiter and represents openness
and expansion of change Thumb - represents the ego or individual
Self As you have learned several yoga asanas which can aid with
creating more balance in your life, mudras also play an integral
role in conjunction with these exercises.
There are many mudras which are used for several different purposes.
However, the ones which are important to Kundalini awakening are included
here.

Anjali Mudra - Prayer Hands Mudra

This mudra is commonly known as the prayer hands or Namaste position.
Other proper names of this mudra are Atmanjali and Namaskar Mudra. It is
utilized in many cultures as a way to greet or express devotion or gratitude. It
is shown as ultimate respect when given as a gesture to other people. It is
usually coupled with a slight bow of the head in these situations.
This mudra brings attention upon the chakra it is being placed before, which
are usually the third eye and heart chakras. It makes the person feel centered
and balanced. This practice also stretches the wrists and opens the space
between the shoulder blades. The Anjali mudra is a union of duality such as
yin and yang, male and female, left and right and light and dark.
Performing the Anjali Mudra
 Place both of your hands in front of your chest and press them
together.
Evenly press through the entire hand through the end of the
fingertips.
Naturally, there will be a space between the palms.
Relax the muscles of the shoulder away from your ears.
This mudra can also be placed at the Ajna chakra, the 3rd eye, to bring focus
on your intuition.

Ashwini Mudra - The Horse Mudra

This mudra will bring awareness and concentration to your mind as well as
allow for you to practice bandhas of the perineum and chin. These bandhas
will continue to strengthen the muscles in these areas as well as the large
intestines. It can prevent and treat piles and balances out the hormones
associated with the thyroid, which aid the reproductive, circulatory, digestive,
and nervous systems.
Other benefits that can be enjoyed by the practitioner are:

Effects of aging such as joint pain, baldness, white hair, wrinkles

are slowed down significantly
Decreases symptoms of depression and stress
Tones the pelvic muscles to dispel urinary incontinence
Strengthens the uterine muscles
Performing the Ashwini Mudra

Lay flat on your back on your mat and take a few normal breaths.
Inhale and contract the muscles of the abdomen as you slowly
raise both of your legs to a 90-degree angle from your mat.
As you exhale, raise the waist and the hips from the mat.
Move your legs over and behind your head in a fluid motion.
On the next inhale, raise the back of the legs into a vertical
position as you use your hands on your lower back as support.
This position should naturally create the jalandhara bandha as your
chin will be resting against your chest.
Exhale slowly while holding this position.
 Inhale and bend your knees on both legs.
As you exhale, lower the legs so that the thighs are near the
abdomen.
Contract and release the anal muscles as you continue to breathe at
a normal pace.
Practice the contraction for the duration in which you are
comfortable.
After complete, inhale and straighten the legs to be straight in the
air.
Bend at your waist to extend your legs over your head as you
exhale.
Remove your hands from your lower back.
Slowly inhale and lower your back to your mat as you keep your
legs at the 90-degree angle from the floor.
On your exhale, lower both legs slowly, so you are lying flat on
your mat.
Allow your breathing to return to normal before repeating the
exercise.

Gyan Mudra - Mudra of Knowledge

This hand gesture is associated with the root chakra and reduces depression
and tension. It accomplishes this as it stimulates the air element within the
body, which in turn also aids in pituitary and endocrine gland production,
optimal nervous system health, and memory power. The Gyan mudra also
authorizes the involuntary and voluntary muscles, activates the vocal cords
and raises the efficiency of the heart. This is one of the most common mudras
which are used and also goes by the name of Vayu and Dhyan Mudra.
When you incorporate this mudra with pranayama practices, it sharpens the
brain, builds mental power and concentration. If practiced regularly, it will
significantly decrease psychological and mental disorders such as insomnia,
depression, anxiety, stress, and anger. Being related to the planet of Jupiter,
the mudra of knowledge also brings several mental health benefits to the
table along with quiet and peace within.
Performing the Gyan Mudra
This mudra is best to use during the morning at dawn and can be done up to
45 minutes at a time. It can also be split up over three different periods of the
day. It is important to use it at the same time each day for the maximum
benefits. You can also chant "Om" while using this mudra during meditation
as you exhale.

Jal Vardhak Mudra - Mental Clarity Mudra

This mudra is helpful when the yogi needs to tap into open and intuitive
communications. It is commonly known by the name of Varun Mudra.
Because jal is the element of water, it helps to moisten dry skin, dry eyes, and
alleviates dry mouth. Practicing this exercise will also rehydrate joint-
cartilage, skin, muscles, tissues, and cells.
Other benefits which can be realized through this mudra are:

Promotion of a healthy digestive tract

Cures constipation and indigestion
Treats and heals anemia, cramps and scare amounts of menses,
semen, and urination
Treats the loss of taste and other tongue disorders
Balances out the hormones in the body
Performing the Jal Mudra

Sit in a comfortable meditative position on your mat.

Touch the tip of your pinky finger with the tip of the thumb.
Relax the other three fingers.
Practice this mudra for as long as you require, and it can be
practiced during any part of the day.

Kechari Mudra
For the yogis who can accomplish this mudra, they will be able to drink of
the nectar while will cause them not to grow any older and they will eradicate
any type of disease. It also will allow the practitioner to be able to survive for
several days without food or water.
Performing the Kechari Mudra

Daily stretch out your tongue up towards the tip of your nose.
 When you can accomplish this task, slip the tongue back as far is it
can go along the soft palate.
Continue to stretch your tongue in this fashion until you can reach
your tongue into the back of the throat and into the nasal cavity.
Many times this exercise will require the ligaments underneath the tongue to
be cut, but this requires the guidance of a knowledgeable yogi or guru. You
can also practice the Nabho Mudra to get the same effects.

Kundalini Mudra
This mudra is a symbol that represents the unity of masculinity and
femininity. It is helpful for sexual issues such as low libido, reproductive
problems, and premature ejaculation. It also aids you in raising Kundalini
energy as you strengthen your sexual force within you. If you have a partner,
it is beneficial to you both to practice this mudra together for up to 45
minutes daily.
Performing the Kundalini Mudra

Sit on your mat in a half-lotus position and close your eyes.

Form a fist with both of your hands.
Extend the index finger from your left fist and enclose your right
first around it
The left index finger should naturally touch the pad of the right
thumb
Place this mudra in front of the lower abdomen for up to 45
minutes.
Keep your breath-focused, deep, and fluid.
There are no restrictions of time as to when this mudra can be performed.
You can also break up the practice into three separate 15-minute sessions.

Nabho Mudra - The Sky Mudra

The use of this mudra causes the release of beneficial hormones from the
thymus gland. These hormones reduce the amount of stress experienced. It
clears the body of disease and allows the body to keep the perpetual
appearance of youth. The use of the mudra will connect your thoughts to your
higher consciousness during meditation. This is a very versatile mudra which
can be done during any exercises during the day, even walking. There is a
natural disconnect of the Sushumna Nadi in the throat, and this mudra
reconnects the Sushumna Nadi to the 6th and 7th chakra once again.
Performing the Nabho Mudra

Sit in the lotus position or other meditative sitting asanas.

Curl your tongue toward the palate of the mouth. Your tongue will
be placed in the area behind the teeth on the hard palate. Keep the
tongue in one spot during the entire mudra.
Close the lips and stare at a fixed point in front of you.
Breathe normally and steadily through the nose for the duration of
2 minutes.
Allow the tongue to rest for a period of 30 seconds.
Repeat this mudra for five whole rounds.
Any saliva which gathers during this exercise needs to be swallowed gently,
ideally during the resting period.

Prana Mudra - Mudra of Life

When you perform this mudra, it provides optimum health and energy. It
removes tiredness, reduces deficiency of vitamins, increases the immune
system to fight disease with easy, and improves eyesight. In addition, it puts
the internal organs in motion, stimulates the entire human body, aids in a full
night of restful sleep, and reduces hunger pangs during fasting periods.
Performing the Prana Mudra

Touch the tips of the pinky and ring fingers with the top of the
thumb.
Keep the other two fingers out straight.
Breath in over 3 seconds and out for another 3 seconds.
To enhance the benefits of the mudra, chant "So" on your inhale and "Hum"
on your exhale. Perform this mudra for a total of 45 minutes a day. It can also
be broken up over three separate periods.

Shambhavi Mudra - Eyebrow Center Gazing Mudra

This mudra is used during meditation practiced so that the practitioner can
experience higher levels of consciousness. This should only be practiced
during sunlight hours and can be done up to 3 times daily. It is practiced
before and meditation and heightens your ability to see the Self. This mudra
is associated with opening your 3rd eye chakra so that the yogi can gain
insight on the true nature of their surrounds as well as their intuition.
Other benefits that are experienced are:

Improvement in interpersonal communication skills

creates the feeling of oneness
Toxins being released through tears
Increase in delta and theta brainwaves which brings a sense of
calm
Awakens Kundalini Shakti and leads to Samadhi
Strengthens the eye muscles
Performing the Shambhavi Mudra

Create a circle from black paper, which is approximately 5 inches

in radius.
Mark a white spot in the middle of the circle
Sit on your mat about 7 feet away from the circle in a comfortable
meditative position.
Focus your attention on the white spot without blinking.
If your eyes become strained, blink them ten to fifteen times until
the strain subsides and continue with the practice.
Continue to stare without blinking until tears are formed.
Clear the tears by dabbing. Do not rub them.

Shunya Mudra - Heaven Mudra

When this mudra is practiced, it gives the yogi patience and tranquility.
When you practice this exercise daily, you will start to hear ethereal sounds
as you travel to other worlds. It also is known by the name of The Emptiness,
Void or Psychic Mudra.
The benefits that can be realized while practicing this mudra are:
 Treatment and cure for hearing-related disorders such as ear
infections, deafness or tinnitus
Aids in overcoming vertigo or motion sickness
Cures numbness experienced throughout the body
Decreases the amount of ether in the body, which causes the other
elements in your body to balance
Aids in thyroid issues
Performing the Shunya Mudra

Sit on your mat in the half-lotus pose. Shut your eyes and inhale
normally for a short breath.
Bend your middle finger towards the base of the thumb.
Cover the middle finger with the thumb.
Extend the rest of your fingers out straight.
This mudra should be done with both of your hands.
It can be practiced during any part of the day up to 45 minutes.
Practice at the same time for the highest benefit.

Surya Mudra - The Sun Mudra

This powerful mudra gives yogi heightened power, health, and energy. It
increases the fire element within the body, which gives the practitioner
improved vision as well as healing cold extremities in the body. Another
added benefit is that it controls weight and helps the obese to lose weight in a
healthy manner.
Other benefits include:

Relief from digestive problems such as indigestion and increases

appetite
Enhanced the immune system to fight off colds
Alleviates psychological distress
Enhances intellectual and cognitive development
Strengthens the nervous system
Performing the Surya Mudra

Sit or stand in a comfortable position.

 Press the ring finger into the base of the thumb.
Cover the right finger with the thumb and slightly apply pressure.
Keep the remaining fingers extended.
Stretch your hands out in front of your body.
This should be practiced with both hands during the early dawn
hours. Thirty minutes daily is the allotted timeframe for practice.

Uddiyana Bandha Mudra - Flying Up Mudra

This extremely powerful mudra can more the Kundalini energy upwards,
hence the name of flying up mudra. If practiced religiously, it will give you
special powers known as siddhis and will lead to enlightenment. This bandha
involves the contraction of the muscles of the abdomen.
The benefits that are seen with the practice of this mudra are:

Activates and strengthens the abdominal organs

Removes stress and tension
Increases digestive fire and balances out the digestive system
Improves blood circulation throughout the body and heart function
Treats diabetes and improves the functioning of the pancreas
Dispels anger, depression, negative thoughts, and anxiety
Clears and charges the solar plexus chakra
Performing the Uddiyana Bandha Mudra

Sit on your mat in Padmasana or siddhasana pose with your spine

erect.
Place your palms on your knees and relax the muscles throughout
your body.
Breathe at your normal pace for a few breaths.
Take a deep breath in through your nose and breathe out slowly
through your mouth.
Perform the jalandhara bandha by bending your chin towards your
chest. Press your knees down towards the mat. Slightly press your
shoulders forward.
Take a deep breath and contract the muscles of your abdomen as
you press your navel towards your spine.
Hold your breath as long as comfortable, generally between 10 and
 15 seconds for beginners. You can hold this pose for up to two
minutes.
Release the stomach muscles as you roll your shoulders back to be
straight.
Then raise your chin as you inhale deeply.
Wait until your normal breathing rate returns before performing
additional rounds of this exercise. There is no limit on the amount
of time it can be performed.

Uttarabodhi Mudra - Enlightenment Mudra

This mudra is used in connection with the supreme power and symbolizes
perfection. When you practice this mudra, it boosts your inner confidence and
brings out a sense of positivity. It melts away stress and any negativity. Other
benefits include dispelling fear and unbalanced nerves, strengthening your
heart, lungs, and intestines.
The beauty of this mudra is that there are no restrictions as to when or where
it can be practiced. This is extremely helpful as it lifts the depressed mind and
fatigued body. You can use this mudra throughout the day to build yourself
up and be stronger to attack the problems of the day.
Performing the Uttarabodhi Mudra

Sit in the lotus position or other meditative sitting asanas.

Close your eyes for more concentration if you wish.
Put the palms of your hands together.
Interlock all of the fingers and the thumbs except for the index
fingers.
The only fingers which will be pointing upwards are the index
fingers and pressed together.
This mudra is usually placed over the head.

Vajroli Mudra - Thunderbolt or Spontaneous Mudra

This is an important mudra which is used before Kundalini meditation. It has
a deep impact on the nadis which supply the sex organs with much needed
spiritual energy. It also aids practitioners who suffer from chronic urinary
tract infections, uterine prolapse, and incontinence. When you practice this
mudra, it is also possible to cure impotence as the endocrine system is being
balanced. To get the most benefit, practice this mudra along with the Ashwini
mudra.
Performing the Vajroli Mudra

Sit in the lotus position or Siddhasana on your mat with the palms
set on the knees.
Straighten your spine, but do not make it too tense. Close your
eyes. Focus on your urethra.
Breathe in deeply straight in the nose and hold your breath.
Contract the sexual organs as if you are stopping the flow of urine.
Continue to hold your breath as you contract and release your
muscles ten times.
Exhale slowly through your mouth once you have released the
sexual organ muscles for the 10th time.

Venus Lock Mudra

This exercise helps the yogi to channel sexuality and sensuality and allow the
glands to balance out. The name comes from the connection between the
positive and negative sides of the venus mounds which are located on each
hand at the base of the thumb. This area of the hand is known to be associated
with the ego. It is commonly used during meditation. You will find that is
also heightened levels of focus and concentration.
Performing the Venus Lock Mudra

Sit in a comfortable position on your mat.

Interlace your fingers and place them in your lap.
If you are a man, keep the left pinky finger on the bottom;
alternatively, for women, keep the right pinky finger on the bottom
of the mudra.

Viparita Karani Mudra - Inverted Seal

Because you are inverting your body during this mudra, you are reversing the
flow of the pranic energy in the body. This is an exercise that can start out to
be a few minutes long. However, you can continue to gradually build up the
time of the practice to two or more hours. The benefits are seen quickly
where the youth of the body returns with wrinkles disappearing, and the skin
has a shine. It also aids in healthy digestion and clearer eyesight. In addition,
blood flow is increased significantly to all areas of the body when you
perform this mudra.
Performing the Viparita Karani Mudra

Lie on your back on top of your mat.

Slowly raise your legs as you use the palms of your hands to
support your hips with your elbows pressed into the mat.
Keep your legs at a 45-degree angle and keep the body steady.
Form the jalandhara bandha by pressing your chin into your chest.
Then contract the anal muscle to do a partial Mula bandha.
Hold this position for two to three minutes while breathing fluidly.
Release the jalandhara and Mula bandha.
Slowly lower the legs to lay flat on your mat.

Yoni Mudra - Attitude of the Womb Mudra

This mudra is associated with the Sanskrit word for "uterus" or "womb." The
significance of this mudra is you become detached from the external world,
much like a baby who is growing within the womb. The longer you practice
this mudra, you will start to tune into the ethereal sounds which are heard
through the ear corresponding to your dominant hand. You will also start to
hear your inner intuition or voice.
Other benefits of this mudra include:

Reduction in depression and stress

Balancing of the nervous system
Development of mental peace and calmness in your mind and
heart
Eliminates the chatter in mind during meditation
Brings about alertness and awareness with clarity of thought
Performing the Yoni Mudra

Sit in the siddhasana position on your mat.

Press the thumbs onto the cartilage of the ear to close them
Set your index fingers on your eyelids to keep them closed.
Press your middle fingers on either side of your nostrils, but do not
close them.
Breathe normally and start your meditation exercise. You can
perform this for up to 45 minutes. There is no restriction as to the
time of day this mudra can be performed.
 Chapter 12:
Signs of Kundalini Awakening

As you begin the process of Kundalini awakening, it will be immensely

helpful to be aware that many things will happen to you, some of them wild,
but what’s happening to you does not mean that you’re crazy. In fact, it likely
means that you’re exactly in line with where you should be in the process. In
this section, you’ll be introduced to over 20 signs or “symptoms” of your
ongoing awakening.
They’re sure to test your ability to take your ego and pride out of your
practice and focus on what good you can share with the world instead
(because what you’re in for is truly, undeniably incredible).

Feelings of electricity in the body

You can tell you’re well on your way to full-fledged awakening when you
start feeling tingling sensations ranging from vibrations to lightning bolts in
your body. It’s a strange experience, but it won’t last forever, and I promise
you, it’s a good sign.

Waves of hot and cold flashes

As you’re on your way to Kundalini awakening, you may experience extreme
hot and cold flashes, reminiscent of a woman going through menopause.
These flashes won’t be isolated to any one area of the body. You may be able
to find a pattern in their waves, but they could also be totally random.

Spontaneous emotional release during meditation

Whether it’s anger, crying, laughter, sadness, joy, or otherwise, any strange
and strong emotions that arise during meditation are sure-fire signs that your
awakening is well underway. The rising Kundalini is helping you process
emotional blockages to your system with this effort.

Making animal sounds or gestures during meditation

Similarly, you may find that you experience intense moments of what can
only be described as “animal expression” in meditation. Again, your
Kundalini is working on helping you process and clear energetic blockages,
and that work is often best done through animal spirits and expressions.

Hands, limbs, and feet tend to go numb and tingle

As the Kundalini and shakti energy of awakening start to rewire how things
are working in your heart chakra, your physical heart may be occasionally
affected. Don’t be worried if you experience your hands, limbs, or feet falling
asleep more than usual. It’s absolutely normal for your “condition.”

Increased desire to visit ancient & sacred places

If you experience more and more powerful strong urges to go travel the world
and see those famous ancient, sacred sites, don’t question those drives!
They’re undoubtedly connected to your process of awakening, and you
should follow up on them as much as you are able.

Frequent sensory overload (at the beginning)

If you’ve been working with Kundalini and shakti energy for a while and
you’re not sure you’re seeing effects, look to your senses. Have you been
overwhelmed or overloaded easily recently? Have you been more sensitive
than normal? Chances are that these emotional side effects are related to your
senses and are therefore inspired by your awakening.

Spontaneous waves of bliss or even pleasure

It could be that Kundalini awakening has the reputation of being all about sex
because of this symptom or sign of the process. It is true that some people
can experience spontaneous waves of ecstasy or tranquil bliss. It doesn’t
happen often, but some people can also spontaneously orgasm, based on how
their chakra blockages are being cleared and how the serpent is moving. It’s
incredible, but it’s a sign of awakening!

Periods of extremely heightened creativity

Especially as you start to work through blockages of the sacral chakra, you’ll
begin to have extremely creative periods, and these moments are absolutely
proof of awakening. Even if those periods don’t last very long or aren’t
sustained over time, they’ll allow you to make creative works that help boost
your awakening endurance overall.

Mouth fills up with water during meditation

You may find that your mouth keeps filling up with water during your
practice of meditation. Don’t go to the doctor wondering what’s wrong with
your body! It’s just a side effect of the Kundalini’s movement through your
system, and it’s absolutely a good sign.

Spontaneous singing of old songs (you haven’t heard) or

practicing of ancient yogic techniques (you’ve never even
tried)
Part of what happens during Kundalini awakening is that one finds
connections to his or her past lives, and sometimes, one will find that old
techniques of the trade for awakening will surface for him or her in
meditation that this person could never have known beforehand.

Feeling intense headaches during meditation that resolve

themselves easily
If you do experience intense headaches during meditation, try not to take pain
relief medicine for them! Try to ride out the meditation, and if the headache
resolves itself at the end, then it’s for sure that you’re working out third eye
or crown chakra blockages and your Kundalini awakening is almost fully in
effect.

Receiving visions of skeletons or ancestors during meditation

Some of the more spoken-about side effects or signs of awakening include
the ability to see the dead, one’s ancestors, or skeletons. Some people make
their entire focus during awakening to have this ability, but it should not be
so. If you experience these visions, simply know you’re on the right path and
do not be afraid. The ways you can use this ability will be revealed to you in
time. For now, stay grounded and don’t let yourself get too scared or excited.

Frequent mood swings in day-to-day life

You may find that you’re more sensitive than normal, especially emotionally.
If your mood swings are more extreme and intense than you’re used to, take
it easy on others and yourself. It’s all a part of awakening, and it will resolve
itself in time.

Hearing sounds (like music) that no one else hears

As your past life and ancestral memories become unlocked, you might find
yourself tapping into sound memories that no one else can perceive. As you
receive messages about yoga, meditation, and spirituality through meditation,
these tones may accompany the knowledge, but it’s all just a part of
ascension. Don’t go running to the doctor or your therapist quite yet and
don’t be afraid.

Receiving spontaneous waves of wisdom, insight, or knowledge

The more and more aligned your chakras become and the more freely this
energy serpent moves, the more synchronicities you’ll receive in daily life
and the more often you’ll experience these beautiful little moments of intense
clarity and insight. These epiphanies will happen with increasing frequency
through your awakening.

Seeing visions from the past

You may find yourself going on deep and convincingly-real walks through
memory lane during awakening, and you may also receive literal visions into
your past lives, those selves, and their behaviors. Don’t be alarmed. Your
Kundalini is guiding you through the information you need to receive to
reach full awakening.

Feelings of deep and unshakeable purity

As you shed toxicity and layers of “dirt” from your chakras, you’ll find that
you feel increasingly “pure” and connected to all aspects of divinity. It may
sound strange to you now, but divine “purity” is not something to scoff at–
it’s a state of mind that’s blissful, trusting, faithful, and absolutely growth-
oriented.

Diseases start to become healed

While it’s true that some signs of awakening include the lessening of physical
symptoms of disease and illness, it can also be the case that one’s diseases
and illnesses begin to become healed in this process.

Personality quirks are lessened and smoothed out

Many people end up working out personality kinks when their Kundalinis are
awakened. Surely, when it comes to the chakras, blockages can manifest as
problematic or negative personality traits, so when that awakening process
starts up and becomes fully activated, the personality will become like a
canvas or like clay that is ready to be painted on or sculpted to the will of
divinity.

Increased artistic inspiration from nature & others

Especially if you’re an artist who’s gone through a dry spell in terms of
creative motivation for a long while, it will be a clear sign of awakening
when you find more and more inspiration from the natural and day-to-day. It
doesn’t even have to be explicitly from nature, for during the process of
awakening, it could be that general interpersonal interactions or the
movement of cars or public transportation are enough to inspire you now.
 Conclusion

Thank you for taking your precious time to read my book. The next step is to
start working on the exercises which will clear out your chakras and nadis so
that your Kundalini becomes more prominent as you continue to practice.
Remember that going through the process of Kundalini awakening is not
something that will happen overnight or even in a few months. There is no
reason to become discouraged. When you are on the right path, you will get
the cues that you need from your body to continue to encourage you towards
your goal.
When you are starting to practice the exercises in this book, be sure to read
through all of the information and understand it thoroughly. There are
particular reasons for breaths and exhales at particular times, and you want to
make sure that you are performing the exercises to the best of your ability.
Remember that you need to take this process slowly. It is not a race, and you
will make it to the finish line if you are determined and dedicated. If you
speed through the process, you are setting yourself up for a world of hurt, and
you will only make it harder for yourself. Do not be afraid to ask for help or
advice from someone who is licensed in Kundalini awakening.
Be sure that you understand what the process of Kundalini awakening is so
that you can embrace every beautiful and scary aspect of the process. If you
are aware of what possibilities you will be facing, fear will be partially
removed. The rest is up to you. If you are up for the challenge of becoming
the best person that you can possibly be, coupled with being able to heal and
help others, you have the right attitude.
I wish you luck while you continue down your path in your journey to
enlightenment. It is not the easiest path to take, but the rewards are more than
worth it. Remember always to ask and trust your intuition as it will never
steer you wrong and have faith that you will be able to master all aspects of
yourself to truly connect with the ultimate power of Kundalini energy inside
of you.
Remember, knowing is just half the battle and the other equally important
half to any complete victory is action or application of knowledge. Kundalini
Yoga is a lifestyle and, as such, it's meant to be something that's long-term. If
you want to successfully make this a part of your life moving forward, you
must begin in a way that will provide you near-immediate benefits but
without overwhelming you or worse, injuring you. That's why it’s important
not to strive to apply all that you learned here in one go. Rather, take one
mantra and one posture and practice them together for a minimum of 2
weeks. That way, you'll be able to practice consistently enough to start
experiencing benefits but not feel like you're doing too much that you
become overwhelmed.
Always remember that you possess an unlimited source of power that if
tapped, can help you do anything you want. Kundalini yoga can help you tap
into that power and if you consistently implement the guidelines in this book,
you will manifest that energy. Kundalini yoga should not be thought of as
just an exercise or workout. It should become a part of your daily life. The
kriya described in the previous chapter will only require 15 to 20 minutes out
of your day. You should try to set aside some time each day to practice these
kriyas, while also focusing on your breathing techniques and meditation.
The energy that you unleash will benefit you in every task. The calmness and
sense of awareness you experience will help you succeed and reach your
goals. These are benefits that you will continue to reap. Continue practicing
Kundalini yoga on a regular basis. Make it a part of your life to improve your
overall happiness and well-being. These are steps that anyone can take to
improve their health and spiritual development.
Kundalini yoga is all about unleashing the energy that you already have while
becoming more connected to the universal energy all around us. Hopefully,
you will apply these tips and techniques to your daily life. Also, remember to
focus on your breathing techniques. Practice the breath of fire technique until
you have mastered it. These breathing techniques and poses will help open up
areas of your body that may not regularly receive enough attention.
You can breathe more life into your lungs, promote better blood circulation,
and lower your heart rate. This all adds up to improved health and mental
clarity.
One other important thing to keep in mind is that there’s a huge difference
between pushing through to accomplish a little more with your practice and
injuring yourself because you’re going too far. Unlike Bikram, Kundalini
yoga is not meant to be competitive. Unlike Iyengar and Ashtanga yoga,
you’re not interested in hours and hours of work perfecting poses. All you
have to do is focus within, to perfect yourself so you can live your best life.
 BUDDHISM FOR BEGINNERS
A Practical Guide to Core Buddhist Teachings for Busy People. How
to Manage Everyday Stress, Overcome Anxiety and Bring Peace and
Happiness in Your Life with Zen Meditation

By Aura Heal
 Table of Contents

Introduction
Chapter 1: What is Buddhism?
Chapter 2: The Teachings of Buddhism
Chapter 3: Karma & Reincarnation
Chapter 4: Benefits of Practicing Buddhism
Chapter 5: The Essence of Life and Enlightenment
Chapter 6: Meditation in Buddhism
Chapter 7: Buddhism and Science
Chapter 8: How Buddhism Can Help You find Happiness and live a stress-
free life
Chapter 9: A practical Buddhist way of looking at Things
Chapter 10: How to Find Joy in the Present Moment
Chapter 11: Practicing Mindfulness Meditation for Stress and Anxiety Relief
Chapter 12: How to Improve your Relationships and Professional Life with
Buddhism
Chapter 13: Incorporating Buddhist Philosophy into Your Life
Chapter 14: How to Maintain Meditation as a Daily Habit
Chapter 15: Tips for Beginners in Buddhism
Conclusion
 Introduction

Buddhism is now among the world’s three major religions, the other two
being Islam and Christianity. The religion has assumed several forms
throughout the years, but in every form its teachings draw inspiration from
Buddha’s teachings. Buddhist monks and nuns are known as Bhikkhus, and
upon Buddha’s death, they took over the responsibility of spreading his
teachings and philosophies. Bhikkhus adhere to a strict code of conduct and
this code includes the code of celibacy.
Buddhism has always been a religion that adopted a more flexible approach
to its practice. It stays true to its core teachings, but at the same time,
encourages its followers to adapt to the various local ideas and conditions
around them, all the while never straying far from its main teachings and
philosophy. With its vast geographical expansion combined with its tolerant
spirit, Buddhism as a religion today encompasses several traditions, practices,
and beliefs. For centuries, it has been a powerful and dominant force within
Asia, touching on many different aspects, including mythology lore, arts,
morals, social institutions and more. Within the last decade, Buddhism has a
stronger foothold and presence outside its Asian origins, and its influence is
growing quickly in the Western world.
For those willing to understand Buddhism in-depth, this is a simple guide,
and it touches on several topics such as Zen Buddhism, meditation,
mindfulness and how to become stress-and anxiety-free. There are also some
people with misconceptions about what Buddhism is all about. This book has
carefully highlighted all you need to learn as a beginner Buddhist in the
simplest of forms to make you easily assimilate the Buddhist teachings.
Furthermore, it’s expected that when you are done reading it, you will be able
to know what Buddhism is and what Buddhism is not; you will be able to
give answers to fundamental questions about Buddhism. I also hope that you
will use the teachings of Buddha to enhance your lifestyle and become a
better person in all aspects of life.
In this book, I am not going to give you an expansive load of literature about
Buddhism; rather I have carefully structured the chapters and subheadings to
provide you with great value as you read.
I recommend that this book should be read with an open mind to learn. It is
not just about Buddhism; instead, it is about a lifestyle that can offer
something positive to those who follow its teachings.
Practicing Buddhism and making it a part of your daily life will allow you to
understand yourself and the world in new and exciting ways. It will empower
you to overcome any tribulations or adversity that is thrown in your direction.
It will help to improve your overall sense of well-being, while also
developing mindfulness. In short, the goal of Buddhism is to help you find
eternal happiness.
Becoming a Buddhist is not a change that happens overnight. It will take
some time and work on your end. However, the amount of effort you put in is
absolutely worth it in the long run.
You will soon learn everything you need to know, and this should help you
immensely when beginning your journey to Buddhism.
 Chapter 1:
What is Buddhism?

Buddhism is not a religion technically, at least not in the sense that there is an
institution that dictates how somebody should believe in specific higher
power. Many people make the mistake of believing that Buddhism has that
characteristic and they end up avoiding it because they don’t want it to be
contrary to the teachings they experience in a church. But you can, in fact,
practice Buddhism at the same time as your personal beliefs or religion, and
it will only compliment it.
In Buddhism, there isn’t a god to be worshipped, although there are
worshipping statues called Buddhas, Buddhist just pay respect to the memory
of the Buddha. It always helps as a guide to what you are doing. Buddha is
neither worshipped nor prayed, too. He is simply a guide and teacher for
those that seek the initial path to enlightenment. The altars you may see while
exploring Buddhism are simply an inspiration and are there to remind people
to practice the path they have chosen to walk.
Many people that wake up in the morning intending to practice Buddhist
teachings often find inspiration from the image of Buddha. It is not like
finding your motivation from the words of a successful figure. His peaceful
and meditative image can help you understand the teaching you are following
when life becomes stressful and your mind begins to run off course.
The main practices of Buddhism include yoga and meditation. They are
meant to help you unlearn and break away from your past preconceived
notions of yourself and the world. They will serve as your guide towards
fully embracing qualities like love, wisdom, kindness, and awareness. Over
the course of your youth, you are taught the values of your society and they
may not be in tune with true values which is why the reminder is needed.
Look at all of the uncertainty that resides in the world, and at the bottom of it
all, you will always a find a line of thought that leads you to the unhappiness
that you experience in your life.
Those who continue to participate in the path of Buddhism may find
themselves achieving the state of enlightenment. In other words, they become
a Buddha. A Buddha is simply being someone who has been able to see the
nature of life for what it truly is. An enlightened being will then continue to
live life fully, all while holding onto the principles that are in line with this
specific vision. Since your philosophy of Buddhism may question your
current values, you need to stay open-minded enough to learn the teachings
because they are very direct. To reach the ultimate goal of enlightenment, you
will need to let go of the values that may, at the current time, be essential to
who you are.
Every human being has the opportunity to become enlightened in whatever
life they decide to live, there is no set course for your life. Karma plays a
major part in deciding the circumstances of your life, especially in which you
will be born from life to life. Your own spiritual and mental ambition and
how you embrace it is what drives each person to take the step closer to
enlightenment. When you follow the path of Buddhism, you do not have one
big goal for the end. It is a paradox for someone to declare they are using
Buddhism just to reach enlightenment.

Who is Buddha?
The word “Buddha” translates to “enlightened one” or “awakened being.” It
refers to any person that has reached this state, however, here are some things
you may want to know about the real Buddha.
It is said that the Buddha was born a royal and shielded from the suffering of
the kingdom that his father build, a grand palace that was full of religion and
suffering. Buddha had an entire world created within that walls of the castle,
and as Buddha grew, he was led to believe that the world outside was one
made of empathy, joy, and happiness. The king was told by fortune tellers
that when his son was born, he would be a great spiritual leader and a
warrior.
Later in Buddha’s life, after he was raised and has been married, he ventured
out into the real world and saw everything that his father had been hiding
from him. He saw the truth of humanity and met an old man, which he then
gained the knowledge that all people age and eventually die. After figuring
all of this out, he then decided he wanted to go out into the world and explore
as many religions across the world as he could to find the answer to the
questions, we would all ask ourselves such as “where do we find happiness?”
He tried many ways including fasting and when he found that fasting was
irrelevant, he decided to meditate on the problems he faced. While others still
decided to fast, he decided to go about finding another route, one that would
lead to enlightenment.
Several years into his spiritual adventure, Buddha encountered something
called “The Middle Path” while meditating under a tree. This path was a way
of balance without using extreme measures which he found only through
many trials and much error. Buddha sat under the tree for days seeking the
answers he had set out for. During this meditation, Buddha had to face a
demon known as Mara who had threatened to stand in the way of his Buddha
status. He looked to mother earth for answers and the land answered by
banishing Mara and allowing Buddha to reach complete enlightenment. After
this life-changing experience, while meditating, Buddha lived the rest of his
life trying to inform and share with everything that he had discovered. People
began to follow his ways and eventually named his principle the Dharma,
which translates back to “Truth.”
When you hear the word suffering, you instantly think of pain and anger, but
in Buddhism, they believe that all of life is suffering. As humans, we feel the
pain of life which includes loss, happiness, sadness, disappointment, and so
on. These emotions are manifestations of our mind, and they don’t come
from our inner self. Because they do not come from one’s inner self, they are
depicted as suffering. These are initially false feelings that were created by
our brains and programmed into us by what our society has taught us. The
way forward was believed to be the Noble Eightfold Path, and this allowed
people to get closer to reaching enlightenment.
In this day and age, Buddhism is increasingly becoming a popular way of life
for millions of people all around the world. People generally like the concept
of Buddhism just because what they find speaks to their heart and that is how
it should be. Regardless of what your views and values are if Buddhism
speaks to you, it is encouraged that you explore the teachings and try to
pursue it, but only if you want to and if you feel it is right for you. Scientists
and researchers have explored the relationship between the Buddhist
teachings and the way that the brain operates, they found that Buddhist
monks were able to use the creative side of their brain and the calculating
side of their brain at the time, therefore, more open to creativity.
In a world where everything is in constant motion, always forcing us to move
forward at a quicker and more rapid pace, many people lose their connection
with nature and the connection with themselves. Though nature is all around
us, what we have done as human beings to change the pure form of the earth
creates a disconnection from our minds. In Buddhism, you are reminded to be
constantly connected with every natural thing in the world, and by practicing
the teachings of Buddhism, you are brought back to a connection with the
earth. Think of it as connecting back to your original roots.
Buddhism can be found in every natural effect on mother earth, from the
worms in the soil to the leaves on the trees. They are the story of the past, but
you don’t need to look to the past to find enlightenment. To find
enlightenment, you have to look at all of the moments that you experience.
Buddhists never seek to convince others of a certain belief. Instead, they only
provide an explanation of it if they are asked. Buddha encourages one to be
curious through awareness, therefore, Buddhism can be seen more as a way
of life that is based on discernment rather than faith like most are.
Mindfulness forms a very important part of the philosophy of Buddhism.
When you are not present at the moment that you are in, you are taking the
opportunity to enjoy every second of that moment. Regardless of how many
problems you encounter in life, being mindful can help you to overcome any
obstacles that are placed in your way and to get beyond those problems in
healthy ways.
Buddhism is an awareness of self, awareness of your surroundings, and
awareness of others. Without this awareness, you lose out on a lot of benefits.
By having awareness, you can empathize with others and encourage them to
do the same. You are also then able to control the way that you interact with
others and keep your negativity to a bare minimum. Whether you decide to
realize it or not, all of your unhappiness stems from you.

The Buddha’s Story

The man who became known as Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama in
Lumbini, Nepal, around 2,600 years ago. While the exact date of his birth has
never been found, his story is one of the most famous inspirational stories in
history. His father was the Shakya clan chief, who wouldn’t let Siddhartha
beyond the palace walls as a child because of the vision the Brahmins had
over a decade before Siddhartha’s birth. They stated that Siddhartha would
become a great sage or universal monarch.
As a youth, Siddhartha was trained by the Brahmins for his future journey.
He also learned archery, swordsmanship, running, wrestling, and swimming.
When Siddhartha grew up and married Gopa, who gave birth to a son, people
believed Siddhartha had everything. However, for Siddhartha, he felt
something was missing.
Siddhartha wouldn’t find his answer to what was missing from his life until
he took his first trip outside of the palace walls. As he rode in a chariot
around the city, he saw an old man, a sick man, and a corpse being dragged
toward the burning grounds. In speaking to his charioteer about these terrible
sights, the charioteer stated that people become sick, old, and die. Upon
hearing these words, Siddhartha couldn’t relax. He felt he needed to try to do
something about these terrible events that occurred.
When he returned to the palace walls, Siddhartha noticed one more person.
He saw an ascetic walking peacefully along the road. He then realized his
first step. He had to leave the palace and head somewhere where he could
find the answer to help end the suffering of humanity. Quietly heading back
into the palace, he said farewell to his wife and child, who was asleep. He
then went into the forest, where he took his sword to cut his long hair. He
then exchanged his clothing for a simple robe, which is usually worn by an
ascetic.
Once on his journey for liberation, Siddhartha began learning from teachers
who had taken the same path. After learning the technique of self-discipline,
they asked Siddhartha to stay, but he felt he had to continue on his journey.
For the next few years, Siddhartha and his five companions set out on a quest
to find true liberation. But when Siddhartha changed by leaving asceticism
and taking more food, his companions left him alone in the woods. He then
became hungry until a woman by the name of Sujata offered him honey and
milk, allowing Siddhartha to regain his strength.
Siddhartha then went to sit under the bodhi tree, on top of a mat of kusha
grass, and crossed his legs. For six days, Siddhartha sat there thinking about
everything he had learned and the texts he read. One day, he opened his eyes
and came to the realization that everything he searched for never left. It was
this day when Siddhartha truly found liberation and became Buddha.
Buddha lived his newfound liberations as the Awakened One in silence for
seven weeks. Then the chief of the three thousand worlds, Brahma, asked
Buddha to teach others about his liberations as so many were clouded.
Buddha quickly agreed and began teaching others about true liberation.
 Chapter 2:
The Teachings of Buddhism

The Way of Investigation

The very first teaching of Buddha is to investigate everything and not accept
anything that is based on blind faith. He advised people to discover the truth
of everything and anything that they encounter. He pointed out that most of
the problems were induced by believing in things that are not based on
tradition. The right way to accept things is to have an open mind and dig a
little deeper into the development, origin, and characteristics of things, just so
that you know the whole truth about everything. Similarly, he said that
people should only explore Buddhism after investigating meditation and
thinking about Buddhism while using meditation.

Four Noble Truths

The first truth of Buddhism is the ‘Truth of Dukkha’, which states that each
of us is affected by some sort of suffering in this world. Mental problems are
the emotional disturbances we experience after going through a traumatic
experience or difficult time in life and physical suffering refers to the
physical harm, pain, and injury we experience.
The second truth in Buddhism is ‘the truth regarding the creation of dukkha’.
Ignorance is not being conscious of the reality of things and just completely
living a life of delusion. Desires refer to all of your wants that make you
indulge in practices that bring different kinds of harm and pain to your life.
The third truth in Buddhism is ‘the truth pertinent to the ending of all
suffering’. This truth states that by working on eliminating all of the things in
your life that are negative or bring negativity from your mind and life, you
can rid your life of all sufferings and reach the state of complete peace,
serenity, and happiness.
The fourth truth to Buddhism is ‘the truth of following the middle way that
ends all dukkha’. This truth is said to contain complete peace and happiness.
By following this path, you can live a more balanced life, which is neither
careless nor too difficult. It is just perfect and helps you live a perfectly
happy and beautiful life.

Eightfold path
This way of life compromised of eight rules that you follow when you are
following Buddhism.
Samma ditthi or Right View/Understanding: You need to reevaluate your
understanding of things and view things the right way so that you can gain
complete insight into them. This means correcting your view of this life and
not getting attracted to the worldly pleasures and desires because when this
happens, you become very involved in this world and strive just to obtain
those pleasures that will eventually result in suffering. Try to mentally
understand what you desire in your life that will ultimately bring you the
absolute happiness in your life and not just temporary happiness that is
brought to you by the worldly possessions and desires. Secondly, you need to
understand that you inflict suffering on yourself with or without knowing it,
so end it and correct your vision of things.
Samma Sankappa or Right Thought: Next, you need to focus on correcting
your thought process, which can be accomplished if you correct your
intention. For that, you need to reject the pleasures the world tries to dangle
in front of you and instead bring love, kindness, and compassion for others in
your thoughts.
Samma Vacca or Right Speech: You need to work on correcting your
speech and the way you speak to people, which can be done if you practice
abstinence from bad grammar, gossip, cruel speech, arguing, and idle
chitchatting.
Samma Kammanta or Right Action: You must improve your actions and
correct them by giving yourself a cleansing and ridding yourself of all sorts
of sexual misconducts, destructive, and illegal actions.
Samma Ajiva or Right Livelihood: You need to work on the way that you
make a living and must not do anything that will harm any other living being.
Buddha instructed that you absolutely cannot practice these five professions:
dealing in ammunition and arms, dealing in the flesh (butcher), dealing in sex
and human trafficking, dealing in any sort of drugs, and dealing in any
poisonous substances.
Samma Vayama or Right Effort: You need to correct your efforts. For that,
you need to think in the right direction which may be a different direction.
The sixth, seventh, and eighth factors are interlinked and closely related.
Samma Satti or Right Mindfulness: You need to work on reaching the state
of mindfulness, which means you need to be aware of everything that is
happening inside you and around you. This can be reached by practicing the
eighth factor.
Samma Samadhi or Right Concentration: Lastly, you need to work on
your concentration and focus. You must be fully concentrated on a subject to
be aware of it and to understand it better. Right effort, concentration, and
mindfulness can only be reached with meditation; hence, meditation is a very
important tool of Buddhism.
By following these eight factors, you can live a more balanced, smooth, and
composed life that is free of all sufferings.

Karma
Karma refers to actions that humans make and the law of action. It states that
every single action has a reaction. If you do bad things, bad things consume
your speech, body, and mind and harm you, then you will get painful results
that you may not like. If you are living a life full of hardships, then it is a
reflection of the bad things you chose to do.

Rebirth
Buddha believed in rebirth. He states that the reason why some people are
born rich or poor is because of the good or bad things they did in their
previous lives. According to Buddha, a person is born many times and rebirth
goes far beyond the human realm and into the spiritual realm. He believed
that people could be born as an animal, a bird, or even a spirit. The different
realms that exist within are the human realm, grim and lower realms, ghost
realm, animal and bird realm, and heavenly realm. Human beings can come
or go into any of those realms if they desire.

The Six Lower Realms of Desire

Most sentient beings are trapped within these six lower realms. They do not
get to move from one realm to another in a linear fashion, however, but in a
more dynamic way of depending on their karma and the other factors that
come into play. Here are the six lower realms:
Hell
In Buddhism, this realm is called the Naraka. In it, you experience a complete
state of pure hostility. You feel as if you do not have any free will to choose
how you want to act, in the sense that you seem stuck in circumstances that
are far beyond your control.
Those who are trapped in this realm are the ones who find it extremely
difficult to hold back their hatred, anger, and frustrations. These beings have
the constant urge to destroy everything around them including themselves.
They see everything as hostile and threatening, so they will always feel
claustrophobic towards their surroundings. Be warned that it is very difficult
to escape from this realm.
Hunger
Traditional Buddhists call this realm the Pretas or the world of the hungry
ghosts. Those who are in this realm are the beings that have never-ending
appetites that come with extreme amounts of obsessiveness. Such qualities
affect the thought of these beings and their actions that pertain to their wants
and desires, whether they be wealth, power, fame, and pleasures of the flesh.
This addiction is never satisfied, and it only heightens as it is fed.
Beings who are in this realm find it almost impossible to have any self-
discipline. Their search for pleasure affects them to the point where they
begin to not care for the wellness of the people around them. This is a state of
mind that is very easily interpreted by people today and is something that
everyone can work on to try to correct their sense of need that resides within
themselves. Many people learn from their own experiences as they go on in
living their lives. It is just a matter of applying or not what they learned to
stay away from the being obsessive or from the mistakes that they have once
made.
Brutality
This realm falls under the Buddhist world of the animals. These beings are
trapped in thoughts and actions that are done on pure instinct, with absolutely
no sense of morality. This means that their judgment has no reasoning to it
whatsoever.
Again, this is something that can be worked through simply by being able to
understand your own weaknesses and then learning how to overcome them in
a healthy way. Changes in the life of someone may signal a change of
direction and this is needed to rise from this state, where morality is the main
problem you have to worry about.
Arrogance
In traditional Buddhism, this realm is described as the world of the asuras and
the demigods. Beings trapped here are those that are completely engrossed in
jealousy, selfishness, and the obsession to win. Another distinctive quality of
these beings is their constant desire to be on top in all aspects of life that they
consider relevant and important to them. Although having these traits in the
modern world may be considered beneficial, in the long term, it will destroy
the being. This is because they end up valuing their own beliefs and
egotistical ways more than the wellness of the people, they care about around
them. Being too competitive will also hold you back from being
compassionate towards others because they are considered other beings.
Passionate Idealism
In traditional Buddhist teachings, this realm falls into the world of human
beings. It is the one where the beings have developed very advanced thinking
skills and awareness that is discriminating. The most common trait in this
realm is to be too ambitious with one’s ideals.
While this realm presents some benefits, especially as it can help to motivate
you into reaching enlightenment, it can also lead to suffering due to the desire
of reaching perfection. In the same way, we criticize people who try to be
perfectionists themselves, because their self-criticism holds them back from
every reaching true enlightenment. This sense that everything needs to be
perfect can stunt your spiritual growth immensely, which is hard for
perfectionists to understand. For example, when learning how to meditate, a
perfectionist may try too hard and achieve very little because of that. They
need to let go of their need to be perfect in a world that is constantly
changing and accept the changes that will happen, making them flexible
towards that sort of thing. They must also try to understand and remember
that there is no perfect individual in this world.
Rapture
Traditional Buddhists associate themselves with this realm. It is known as the
world of gods or Devas. In this realm, this is most often referred to as the
heavenly realm, the beings live very short lives, but with strong feelings of
pure happiness and pleasure.
It cannot be changed that the beings in this realm only get to stay for a short
amount of time. This is because the feeling of the rapture is momentary, and
eventually, the being would then go back down to a lower realm.

The Four Higher Realms of Nobility

The four higher realms of nobility represent the ways of a traditional
Buddhist in the way that they must exert all motivation and willpower to be
able to let go of their desires in the mundane world. This is to understand our
connection with nature and become our true selves.
The seventh and eighth realms are learning and absorption. They are referred
to as the two vehicles in Mahayanist Buddhism. This means that when they
find themselves in those realms, they are on the way to reaching the most
important realms.
However, because of the presence of desires and the focus on oneself,
specifically, to increase wisdom and gain insight, this is called being still
within the samsara.
Learning
In Buddhism, this realm is represented by the Sravabuddha world which is
essentially the realm of the enlightened disciples of Buddha.
In this realm, beings are in a state where they are seeking knowledge of the
truths and self-improvement to become spiritual leaders and teachers.
Specifically, they will try to seek guidance from some kind of mentor or
guru. Such form of guidance, if not coming from a guru or mentor guru, can
be obtained from texts and other pre-recorded information.
To come out of the lower realms and into this one, your inspiration should be
built on motivation to learn and have an open mind towards the true nature of
the world. This is a positive realm to be in because you are receptive to
lessons and you are constantly being taught. You will also question things
and find that gurus will give you examples so that you can understand more
in your life. This is a time when you may be reading a lot or only going to
classes just to widen your knowledge and understanding of Buddhism and
how it works.
Absorption
This particular realm is the world of pretyekabuddha, or “a Buddha on their
own.”
Beings who have reached this realm are those that seek the truth only based
on their own observations and efforts. Typically, those who are in this realm
have discovered that while external sources are useful, one’s true learning
experience come from the truly superior. Therefore, beings that are in this
realm have chosen to seek truth and wisdom through internal discernment.
This will also apply to the people that have learned to meditate and have the
self-discipline to take learning matters just one step further. Once you do
begin to learn and understand, this state is one where you may want to
improve the way you meditate to such an extent that you have a bigger
understanding than you did before from it. You will be able to concentrate
sufficiently and gain much from everything you are learning and have been
taught.
 Chapter 3:
Karma & Reincarnation

Karma
Every moment has new potential because what we do is what happens to us.
Change is always a possibility. To change our lives and to change our karma
we simply need to change our minds and any repetitive patterns we've fallen
into over time.
Buddhism also teaches us that outside forces beside our karma will shape and
impact our lives. Some things that will do so can include natural forces like
gravity, sudden natural disasters, and even the changing of seasons. When
something bad does occur, it's isn't a form of punishment. Rather, it's an event
that's unfortunate and requires not judgment but compassion.
Remember Buddhism does not teach or believe there to be some mysterious
force or God who doles out rewards and punishment for people it deems good
or bad. Karma is not a form of moral justice. Karma does not reward or
punish. It's not the result, instead, it's the action you take. Karma is a natural
law and doesn't have anything to do with rewarding or punishing people.
According to the Buddha, karma is not an all-around determinant, but rather a
part of the factors that affect the future, with other factors being
circumstantial and in relation to the nature of the being. It moves in a fluid
and dynamic way, rather than in a mechanical, linear manner. In fact, not all
factors in the present can be attributed to karma.
Be careful not to define karma as “fate” or “foreordination.” Karma is not
some form of godly judgment imposed on beings that did good or bad things.
Rather, it is the natural result of the process.
In other words, doing a good deed would not automatically entitle you to a
future of happiness, and vice versa. After all, while certain experiences in
your life are due to your actions in the past, how you respond to them is not
yet determined. Of course, such responses to circumstances would then lead
to their own consequences in the future.
The main reason why Buddhists emphasize the value of understanding karma
is the fact that your knowledge of it will help you free yourself from samsara.
Once you have recognized that every single intention and action you do may
have an effect on your future, you become more mindful of your thoughts,
words, and deeds. Ultimately, we are the ones in control of our future, but if
we continue to be ignorant of our choices, then it would naturally lead to
more suffering.
It’s a good idea to try to think of all of our actions having karmic value
because if you switch over to that philosophy, you start to head in a more
positive direction. Your suffering and whether you continue in the endless
circle do depend upon what you learn in this life. Thus, using the idea of the
three categories of Dukkha or suffering which were explained in the last
chapter, you can take notes of which actions you feel you take that need to be
changed, to limit your suffering.
Another exercise that is valuable is to try and work on the positivity of your
energy. This can be worked on in all kinds of environments. Take the
example of Janice that was shown earlier, and you can see how you control
the energies of others as well as those that you feel. When you come across a
situation which tempts you to use negative energy, try to look at it from
another stance and think of a way in which you can use positive energy
instead. Quite often the karma that lies in our actions comes from the actions
taken and the amount of negative energy shared. Thus, it will always work in
your favor, to be honest in your dealings with others and to try to raise your
energy level above any negative experiences that you may encounter.
As you learn to discipline the mind, you also learn to control the karma that
happens in your day to day life and that’s huge. That means that you limit
your suffering and can live with that high energy in a positive way that
influences those around you to stay positive regardless of what difficulties
they are faced with. The inner voice of calm that can control the voice of
criticism and anger is one that helps you to become a human being who can
work within the parameters of karma in a very positive light. That’s
important but you do need to make sure that your solutions are not so closed
minded that they impinge upon the thoughts and energies of others.

What is Reincarnation?
When you think of the word reincarnation, what comes to mind? Most people
would think of it as the idea of dying and then resuming life once more on
earth, but this time in a different form. For instance, if you were human in
this lifetime, then depending on how good or bad you were, you could be
reincarnated into a life of a king or a cockroach.
Unfortunately, such a misunderstanding of reincarnation has caused most
people to shun all the other pertinent teachings of the Buddha. This problem
may be because many have been misinterpreting many of Buddha’s eighty-
four thousand parables.
It should be noted that Buddha adopts a teaching style that is appropriate to
the abilities of the learner, and during times when the people were
accustomed to the simple way of life, he resorted to explaining his teachings
in the form of stories. The Buddha had used the concept of being reincarnated
into an animal to explain how one’s ignorance ensnares one in the cycle of
life and death. However, some who did not understand such a metaphor took
the meaning literally.
Now, remember that reincarnation – rebirth – does not equate to the physical
birth of a being. Experiencing rebirth does not mean that after death your
consciousness is transferred to the fetus of a dog.

The Idea of Reincarnation and Buddhist Doctrine

There is a popular misconception that Buddhist doctrine defends the reality of
reincarnation. The history of the origin of this misconception is complex,
exciting, and insufficiently documented, but before attempting to reconstitute
it, I intend to demonstrate that what is often called reincarnation is, in fact,
impossible according to Buddhist teaching. According to Buddhism, the
illustration of reincarnation does not depict a soul, a small concrete figure or
individual, traveling on a vehicle from one existence to another.
The treadmill is the time, and the picture represents something substantial, a
fixed or soul personality, which we call "I." Buddhism also does not engage
in saying that I have transformed into you or that we all have similar
identities. If we were indeed one, and I was truly you, if we were hungry, you
could decide to stay in the car while I was going[1]to eat. It's not like this.
Each of us has our own continuum. The sequel to my movie will not become
your movie, but our lives continue as films in the sense that they tend not to
be robust and cemented. Life goes from one scene to another. It follows a
sequence, according to our karma, and thus forms continuity.
Each continuum is someone and it can be regarded to as "I"; one should do
away with the perception that each continuum represents nobody. The title of
a film - which refers to the entire film and also to each frame of it, but cannot
be found as concrete in each frame - so "I" refers to an individual mental
continuum and every moment of it, but also cannot be found as something
concrete in any of these moments. However, there is an "I," conventionally
speaking, a "self." Buddhism is not a system that believes life is meaningless.
There is in Buddhism the critical idea of renaissance or emanation, which
unfortunately has been too often seen as being equivalent to that of
reincarnation. However, rebirth always occurs with the strict transfer of merit
from one specific individual to another single individual exclusively. These
two individuals live at peculiar times and can also be separated by time and
space.
However, it is assumed that somehow both are the same person and have
closer attraction with each other than either of the two with the
acquaintances, friends, and relatives with whom they coexist in their
respective cultures. There may be differences in language, level of education,
life goals, and life experiences, but still, in some way, they are "the same"
person. They share drama, hopes, and extraordinary events with their fellow
patriots and contemporaries, but it is still understood that each has its own set
of merits. The cultures of two supposed lives of a reincarnated individual
may be completely alien to one another but still is "the same" spirit. This
belief cannot be considered Buddhist.
For these reincarnates wouldn't necessarily have a permanent personal
essence, an Atman (Hindu concept refuted explicitly by the Buddha) capable
of transcending both the interdependence and impermanence that forever
shape our lives and our personalities. I do not think this phenomenon can
occur except in fantasy. I do not think it is a very frequent occurrence in our
cycles of deaths and births. And I think I have demonstrated that right or
wrong, the idea of reincarnation contradicts the Buddhist teaching.

The Five Skandhas

These are the five physical and psychological aggregates, that according to
the Buddha, are the very basis of our constant self-grasping. These are in
essence. blockages preventing us from reaching Enlightenment. They come
in all forms, from mental and physical, to material and spiritual. The
Buddha's teachings taught us that the individual is merely a combination of
all five aggregates or skandhas of existence.
In Buddhism, the idea is to examine what is known as the “self” more
accurately. We can do this by making use of and exploring these five
aggregates or skandhas. By better knowing ourselves, the hope is we can one
day move past all our defilement and disillusions. Remember, the skandhas
aren't you. They are only a conditioned phenomenon that are temporary.
Once you realize these aren't you, you'll be on the path to Enlightenment.

Form
Some forms include elements like water, earth, wind, and fire. There are also
the things that are made from each of these elements. You can include the
five senses in this section as well.
Perception
This can be either conceptual or non-conceptual. It's the knowledge that puts
things together. For example, when we see a shirt we know it's a shirt
because we can associate it with our prior experiences with shirts.
The non-conceptual perceptions include our five senses and the conceptual
perceptions include things like ideas and thoughts.
In each case, perception can be either discerning or it can be non-discerning.
For instance, our non-conceptual five senses are considered to be discerning
when operating normally, perceiving their proper objects, such as shapes,
smells, sounds, tastes, and textures. Mental perception is discerning when
distinguishing things like names and identities.
Perceptions are considered to be experienced subjectively. Buddhist
teachings say our perceptions are important because they make the basis for
our disagreements.
Feeling
This references sensations, not our emotional feelings. These sensations are
thought of as pleasant, painful or neutral. They are both sensations of the
mind and of the body.
Buddhist teachings value feelings as important because they form the basis of
both aversion and attachment. These two things are the root of most conflicts
between people who have not been Enlightened.
Consciousness
This refers to our consciousness of the impressions we get from our five
senses, including from mental objects, like our ideas, thoughts and emotions.
Consciousness is our sensitivity or awareness to any object without
conceptualizing it. It's considered by many to be our base, helping to tie all of
our experiences in life together.
Formations
These refer to our thoughts and our emotions. It refers to our mental states.
Some teachings refer to 51 important states. I won't be going over all of them
here but to give you an idea, a few of these include diligence, an absence of
attachment, conscientiousness, faith, an absence of delusion, an absence of
aggression, ignorance, anger, doubt, desire, harmful belief, and pride.
 Chapter 4:
Benefits of Practicing Buddhism

There are many benefits of Buddhism. I summarize them into four broad
categories: psychological, mental, physical, and spiritual.

The psychological benefits of practicing Buddhism. Buddhism

is primarily concerned with cognition, sensations, emotions, and
feelings. Thus, Buddhism recognizes emotional and cognitive
causes of suffering. By the enlightenment, one comes to the
realization of the impermanence of suffering. This bonds well with
the common adage that experience and success has not so much to
do with what happens to you, but so much to do with how you
respond to what happens to you.
The mental benefits of practicing Buddhism Clinical
psychiatrists have alluded as to how your negative mind
perceptions can lead to various mental illnesses including stress,
anxiety, depression, delusion and many other serious forms of
mental disorders. Practicing Buddhism purifies your mind from
these wrong perceptions and thus enables you to have peace and
 serenity.
The physical benefits of practicing Buddhism Negative mind
perceptions have been proven by many clinical psychiatrists as one
of the leading causes of emotional distress. They have also shown
how emotional distress can cause various physical illnesses such
as ulcers, hypertension, and cardiovascular arrest. Purification of
your mind through practicing Buddhism ensures that you detoxify
your mind from triggering dangerous emotional affliction.
The spiritual benefits of practicing Buddhism The highest
aspiration of those who seek spirituality is to be in a state of
perfect harmony with the nature of one’s own being, nature of
other beings, and nature of things. In this state of perfect harmony,
peace abounds as there are no conflicts but right knowledge and
right understanding. This is the highest aspirations that those who
belong to religions do seek to achieve.
Negative conflicts, violence, and wars are all attributed to ignorance and
selfish desires. These selfish desires can only be conquered by compassion
and wisdom, and you can only achieve an absolute compassion through
enlightenment. Thus, by gaining enlightenment, one can be able to overcome
all forms of illnesses, negative conflicts, violence, and wars. Right
Knowledge can bring liberation to the entirety humankind and thus bring
humanity to a state of perpetual joy, peace, serenity, and harmony. This state
is known as Nirvana.

Gaining enlightenment
Enlightenment is the complete and full purification of your heart from
attachments, aversions, and illusions. It is letting go off your notion of
independent self or independent soul. Achieving enlightenment is in essence
attaining your full realization of all faculties of your human potential.

Entering Nirvana
Entering nirvana is the ultimate state that those who practice Dharma
accomplish after achieving enlightenment, but trust me, even the
consciousness alone of getting closer and closer to enlightenment and just
being a better person will make you much happier!
 Chapter 5:
The Essence of Life and Enlightenment

When a human being has satisfied his basic needs – food, water, shelter,
security, and so on – he begins to wonder about the purpose of existence or
the essence of life. The Buddha himself had reflected on this especially as he
may have been a noble whose basic needs were fully satisfied.
After attaining Enlightenment, the Buddha then began sharing his reflections
with others. His teachings were then compiled into what is now the Dharma,
and its purpose is to help those who are searching for the essence of their own
lives and ultimately attain Enlightenment.
Of course, this does not mean everyone should live life in the exact same
way. Rather, it means reaching your own unique highest potential in the same
way the Buddha did when he attained Enlightenment.
So how do you begin your path towards self-actualization? According to
Buddhist teachings, you can find it by helping others, by cultivating the Four
Divine Abodes, and by applying the Six Perfections in your life.

Helping Others
Compassion is the humane quality of understanding the suffering of other
sentient beings and the inclination towards helping them through it.
Buddhism teaches compassion because it enables one to value life in general.
The Buddha himself chose to help guide others towards the path of
Enlightenment because of compassion.
To find essence in life in this aspect, you may begin taking on a sense of
responsibility for other beings, especially those who are in a more difficult
position than you are. Perhaps you can volunteer for a local charity
organization or use your skills for the welfare of others.

Cultivating the Divine Abodes

To do that, here are the steps that you can take. Keep in mind that you can
always adjust this method to suit your preferences based on your experience
of it:
1.In a quiet and peaceful place, spend some time reflecting on any one of the
Four Divine Abodes.
For instance, if you meditate on Loving-kindness, reflect on how to describe
this feeling. Try to embrace this as part of who you are and by meditating on
them, you will find that your meditation has real purpose and that you come
closer to understanding what enlightenment is.
2.Visualize a person in your life who can easily make you genuinely feel this
quality.
If you are meditating on loving-kindness, you might be thinking of a loved
one whom you care for with all your heart. Often, these are the people who
bring out the best in us. You can see through their actions and their belief in
you what it’s like to incorporate these qualities into your life.
3.As you invoke the feeling of the quality, let it reverberate from within you
to your surroundings.
In the case of loving-kindness, you can visualize not just your loved ones but
also other people whom you do not usually care for in real life. Through
practice, you could even direct it towards those whom you do not particularly
like. The point of this is that you overcome your prejudices and make
yourself capable of shutting off prejudice and being able to see beyond it.
4.Continue to extend the feeling of the quality towards all beings in the
world. Visualize it pouring from your heart towards them.
You can constantly practice this form of meditation so that the Four Divine
Abodes will eventually become more natural to you. Embracing these
qualities will then enable you to see the true essence of life. This helps you to
become more optimistic. It helps you to increase your mindfulness and your
energy levels so that the energy that you give off is positive and helps those
people around you to see joy and happiness in their own lives.

Applying the Six Perfections

The Six Perfections (paramita) consisted of the path of the Bodhisattva. It
was designed to combine compassion with discernment into the true essence
of life.
Let us take a look at the practical steps you can take to instill the Six
Perfections in your life:
Generosity
To be generous means to be open towards helping others without expecting
anything in return. There are several ways to become more generous to
others, but in traditional Buddhist teachings, there are four ways:
To share the teachings of the Buddha
Leading others towards a path that frees them from suffering is a generous
thing to do. It enables others to think and act for themselves and to gain the
right motivation to living a truly meaningful life. This isn’t as hard as you
may think it is. When you experience the positivity of your belief in the
philosophy of Buddhism, you can impart that to others and to share with
them the joy that this brings to your life. Each person must choose their own
route through life. You cannot choose it for them. However, you can
influence those you care about so that they learn the generosity of spirit that
comes from knowing you. Give without expectation of thanks or return.
When you do, you feel nearer to the spiritual awakening than you do when
you add strings to the things that you give.
To protect other beings
Every day, other living beings, humans, and animals alike, have to live
through life-threatening conditions. The only way for them to be saved is by
the help of those who are in better positions than they are. You can be
generous with your time and efforts to help protect them and lead them to a
better life. In day to day life, this could mean giving to the poor or being
generous with your time when people are sick and in need of company. There
are many ways that you can give your protection to others and it’s quite
possible that you already do this with your family. Extend your protection to
people around you who are less well off than you.
To inspire and motivate others
One of the best ways you can help others is by motivating them to have the
courage to pursue a better life. You can also practice what you teach through
meditation and follow the teachings of the Buddha. When others see that you
are capable of it, they too might be inspired to do the same. Inspiration does
not involve any expectation. You can share what you know and discuss the
teachings of Buddhism, but you cannot influence people to follow the way
simply because you say so. They need to see your example and to be inspired
by it, rather than being expected to follow a way that is not seemingly natural
to them.
Offering material goods
Living beings need food, shelter, clothing, and other materials to improve
their quality of life. Your generosity in the form of such gifts can
tremendously benefit them. In fact, this way is easily most associated with
the concept of generosity. In the Protestant and Catholic religions, people
give alms. These are collections of money that are used for the benefit of the
church or of other people. When you have things that you no longer need,
there are always those who have less than you. Offering them the things you
know will make their lives more comfortable should become a natural way
forward for those who believe in Buddhist philosophy.
Moral Behavior
Moral behavior is exercising self-discipline so that you do not cause harm to
other beings. The effort placed into choosing the more difficult but morally
upright path instead of the easy but wrong one is one of the ways to uphold
this Perfection. Another is to cultivate genuine compassion for others through
prayer, meditation, and good work. Through constant practice, moral
behavior will become more natural and spontaneous to you.
Patience
The more you practice the teachings of the Buddha, the more naturally
patient you will be. Being patient protects yourself and others, because it
restrains you from allowing feelings such as ill will and anger to transform
into destructive actions. As your patience continues to grow, you will notice
that such negative feelings become weaker until you can no longer feel them.
To help you develop patience, here are traditional Buddhist practices to try:
Acknowledge and Accept Suffering
Life is peppered with positive and negative experiences, making suffering an
inevitable part of life. However, by accepting this reality, you develop the
patience to go through these negative experiences. Through this, you do not
become overwhelmed by feelings of regret, resentment, or anger associated
with these events in your life. The acceptance of the Four Noble Truths will
help you with this. The very first Noble Truth tells you that suffering is
something that happens in life. However, when you strengthen your ability to
accept suffering, you are stronger when such an event happens that causes
that suffering.
Stay calm
Staying calm in spite of frustrating or dangerous events leads to good karmic
results. At first, it might be a challenge to stay calm when someone is
attacking you. However, by taking a step back, you can analyze the best steps
you can take based on the situation before you react. The more you practice,
the easier it will be for you to stay calm and be mindful before you speak and
act or even react.
Develop patience in pursuit
As you continue to practice the teachings of the Buddha, there will be times
when your old habits resurface and tempt you to steer from the path.
However, you must remain patient in your efforts even if you do not always
see immediate results. To do that, simply draw yourself back by reminding
yourself of the teachings that have led you to start your journey in the first
place. You will find that meditation and mindfulness will help you with your
patience levels. You will be less inclined to make hasty decisions and thus
more capable of looking at problems from a global scale, rather than the
narrow focus that small-mindedness encourages. Since you are naturally
more generous with people, you will find you are naturally more generous
with your time and understanding.
Effort
Effort in this sense refers to one’s commitment and perseverance in choosing
to do what is right. It also means doing things with enthusiasm instead of
feeling as if you are abstaining and resisting from something. Some Buddhist
teachers even emphasize that effort is the foundation of the other Perfections
because, with it, the rest would naturally fall into place.
To practice Effort, you must understand and acknowledge the presence of the
three obstacles that impede it. These are defeatism, trivial pursuits, and
laziness.
Defeatism is entertaining negative, self-defeating thoughts, such as thinking
that you do not have what it takes or letting your fears overcome you. You
can overcome this through mantras, or affirmations that remind you that you
have the ability to be committed and perseverant if you so try.
Trivial pursuits are the activities that distract you and keep you from
achieving your full potential. They serve no meaningful purpose in your life
other than to grant you momentary and superficial desires. While there is
nothing wrong with relaxing and engaging in them occasionally, you should
work against becoming addicted to them.
Laziness is simply choosing not to do something because you do not want to.
You can think of it as a merger between the first two obstacles because your
negative mindset towards the task causes you to engage in trivial pursuits
instead, a common phenomenon known as procrastination.
The only way to get out of it is by having the energy to just do the task right
away. Of course, it would be easier to do that if you equip yourself with good
physical and mental health and by applying the right strategies, such as
starting the morning right.
Concentration
Meditation is the key to improving your concentration, so take the time to
practice it each day. Start with simple meditation exercises, such as sitting
and breathing meditations. Then, once you become accustomed to them, you
can move on to deeper levels, such as those that enable you to reduce
physical pain and emotional trauma. To sit and meditate, you can choose to
use a seated stance on a cushion on the floor where your legs are bent at the
knees and crossed at the ankles. It is hard for people who are new to
meditation to take up the more traditional lotus position at first, and this
position, provided your back is straight is a good position for meditation.
Your hands can be cupped with your palms facing upward and your thumbs
touching. If you do use a cushion for meditation, it’s a good idea to sway
from left to right and back again to ensure that your body is grounded and
comfortable before starting on the breathing exercises. When you start to
meditate, make sure that you are in a space that is not busy, or which is free
from distractions.
Close your eyes to help the process. Then breathe in through the nostrils
deeply until you feel the air filling the upper gut. Imagine the air going into
your body. Many Buddhists use a counting system at first, but later find that
they no longer need to use it because their bodies become accustomed to the
rhythm of breathing and do not need the count. The ideal count is 8 for the
inhalation, and 10 for the exhalation. While meditating, the only thoughts that
you should experience are those of this moment and the process of breathing.
Detach yourself from the world and your troubles and when thoughts come
into your mind, learn to let go because this is not the moment, although don’t
make a huge deal of it because it is natural for the mind to process thoughts.
You will find that early morning meditation will help your concentration
levels during the day and that this, in turn, will help you to have the energy to
get through the difficulties that life presents to you. Meditation is a daily
event and should be as much a part of your everyday life as breathing.
Wisdom
The highest level of the Perfections, Wisdom is the ability to discern one’s
own thoughts to choose what is right for the welfare of others and yourself.
According to Buddhism, the Perfection of Wisdom means being able to see
reality for the way it is and not shrouded by your own judgments.
As always, the best advice to follow so that you can cultivate Wisdom is by
following the teachings of the Buddha. However, if you wish to know how to
begin, you can start by determining your habitual thought patterns. One
important thought habit you should identify is how you would normally view
yourself, other beings, and your surroundings. Then, if you notice that your
thoughts, words, and actions are being directed by your own misconstrued
perceptions, you can do something about it.
Keeping a diary at the end of daily meditation helps you to be able to see
your progress. In fact, it serves another purpose too. When you have finished
meditation, your heartbeat will be slower than usual, and your blood pressure
will be reduced. Taking notes in your diary of your progression and thoughts
upon what you can do next time you meditate to help the process gives your
body the time to transition back to the normal heartbeat and blood pressure
before rising to begin your day. Think of it as your record of the progress that
you have made with your meditation and concentration practice.
 Chapter 6:
Meditation in Buddhism

The mind is at the origin of all things. Buddhist meditation is the method of
clarifying the mind. When there are no mental agitations, there is meditation.
When, in a sitting position, one recognizes one's original nature, it is because
one attains the tranquility of the mind that one meditates. The original nature
thus represents the unearned essence of each.
The tranquility of the mind constitutes the uncreated mental landscape in
which the breath of the Eight Winds remains motionless. The Eight Winds
are profits, decadence, slander, glorification, praise, criticism, suffering, joy.
As one starts to meditate in this way, one is deemed to have entered the state
of a Buddha even though one is a simple creature.
By introspection, we must seek to know ourselves, whether we are good or
bad, intelligent or narrow-minded, brave or fearful, honest or dishonest.
These reflections, these examinations, these analyses which are denominated
by the psychological observation, constitute the meditation.

The Aim of Buddhist Meditation

The aim of Buddhist meditation is "to stop mental agitations, to recover the
nature of Buddha." For this, we must decant the various defilements of our
mind and find the true physiognomy of our nature. These defilements are just
illusions. Our own nature is the representation of the wisdom Tatathata (spirit
without attachment).
Buddhas, like creatures, possess them in their entirety, unique and identical to
themselves. If we do away with impure thoughts, we will exhibit Tathagata's
wisdom and become a Buddha rather than mere creatures. From countless
centuries to today, we blindly plunged into the darkness of the rebirth cycle,
because for a while we have allowed ourselves to be corrupted by decay. It is
not possible for us in a moment to free ourselves from illusions, to see our
original nature; that is why we must practice meditation. The paramount
condition in the practice of meditation is to destroy illusions.

How does the method of destroying illusions proceed?

Sakyamuni Buddha taught many processes, but the essential point is the
expression "The End of Illusions." The end of illusions is enlightenment. The
meditation school that the Bodhidharma founder had handed down to China,
up to the sixth patriarch HuiNeng, had spread everywhere, bringing a
dazzling light from antiquity to modern times.
The most important sentence by which Bodhidharma and the sixth patriarch
HoueiNeng initiate meditation practitioners is: "To completely remove the
bonds, not to let any thought arise." Completely removing links is getting rid
of all links completely. The two expressions: "To get rid of all ties
completely, to leave no thought behind," constitute the determining condition
before any other in the practice of meditation. If it is not possible to realize
these two expressions, meditation will not only fail, but the door of
deliverance would be difficult to cross. As long as the innumerable bonds
continue to attach to us, the mental agitations unceasingly occur and destroy
themselves.
How do we realize it?
 One is the privilege of the natures of elite and transcendent
intelligence for which the illusion disappears in a durable way;
these people, going to the unborn, reach enlightenment with ease
without any form of attachment.
The other is to be followed by ordinary mortals. They must
practice meditation every day, use logic to destroy facts and
clearly recognize their pure nature. Passions are awakening, birth
and death are nirvana; all are false illusions external to our original
nature. All things, all works are only dreams, dreams, bubbles, and
shadows.
If we totally avoid our body by letting go of our inquisitive nature of trying to
uncover the circumstances of our birth, prejudices and biases, desire will be
annihilated. All our desires and emotions such as joy and suffering, food and
skill, possession and loss, tranquility and trouble, honor and outrage, misery
and happiness, criticism and praise which interest the body must be driven
out. It is only when prejudices are removed from the mind, one can abandon
all desires.
They are all abandoned once, and this is called abandoning a thousand links
completely. As soon as multiple links are completely abandoned, illusions are
dissolved, distinctions are no longer formed, and prejudices are constantly
moving away. At this moment no thought is born, our own nature becomes
insightful, and the whole essence presents itself. If such results are achieved,
it is because the conditions required by the method of meditation are well
met, and all the means of research are used to attain enlightened meditation.

Simple Mindfulness Meditation Technique

Mindfulness meditation is not a form of meditation that you can jump into
and be an expert. It takes time to know, train, and free your mind, so that you
can reach the level of mindfulness meditation. However, you are likely
curious right now about this type of meditation. It sounds very liberating.
And since liberation is a goal of Buddhism, it seems as if mindfulness
meditation is something you should be practicing from the beginning, right?
Well, the answer is no. You cannot practice mindfulness meditation in its
entirety as a newbie Buddhist. As we said, it takes time, lots of time, to reach
this level of meditation. However, you can practice basic, simple meditation
to help prepare your mind for what is to come.
If you want to give mindfulness meditation a shot, here is an easy technique
to try so that you can get a little taste of what this type of meditation is all
about. Keep in mind that this is not the whole of mindfulness meditation.
Rather, this is a starting point for meditation in general, a starting point that
you can use to begin your understanding and practice of mindfulness
meditation.
Find a quiet, comfortable place for meditating. You do not want anything to
cause distraction, so comfort is important. Otherwise, you will find your
mind straying to your discomfort instead of stilling and calming. Your
environment needs to be quiet because you do not want to be distracted by
crying children, the sound of the television, or the ringing of your cellphone.
You need a peaceful environment to achieve peace of mind.
Hands should be palm-down on your thighs, and your back should be
straight, but again, comfortable. Rest your gaze about six-feet in front of you
in a slightly downward direction. You are not focusing on any particular
object; rather, you are simply gazing as your mind settles down. If you focus
on a particular object, your mind will stay focused on that object. It will not
be able to free itself from that object. You need to keep your mind clear of
thoughts, so do not focus on anything in your sight – just gaze.
Focus on your breathing, in particular, the breaths that come out. Stay aware
of your environment but put the focus on breathing out. Feel the air come out
of your mouth and nose. Be aware that it is evaporating into the air around
you. To get even more focused, pay attention to both breathing in and
breathing out. Concentrate only on the breathing, and nothing else. Take
notice of the air as it streams into your nose and mouth, filling your lungs.
Then, take notice of all of the details as you exhale.
If you find your mind drifting away from your breathing, remind yourself that
you are thinking, and go right back to focusing on your breathing. The
purpose of this is to take a conscious note of each thought or feeling that
distracts you from your focus, and to put yourself back on the meditative path
of concentration. You can even say out loud the word "thinking" or "think" as
a sort of jolt to your mind that you lost focus. Think of it as training your
mind much like Pavlov trained his dogs – his dogs responded to the bell, and
your mind responds to the specific word. It helps to keep your mind clear, to
teach you how to keep your mind clear at just the mention of a word.
When you are finished with your meditation session, you should feel calmer
and more at peace. Your mind should feel more open, and you will want to
take these feelings of peace with you throughout your day. There is no set
time that you need to meditate. Meditate for however long you need to keep
your focus and to clear your mind. Only when you have reached that calming,
peaceful feeling, can you then bring yourself slowing out of meditation. Try
not to end your meditation abruptly. Instead, allow yourself to become more
conscious of your environment. Let the world around you slowly come back
into focus. Darting back into reality can be quite a letdown, especially after a
particularly great meditation session. take your time in bringing your mind
back up to speed.
Mindfulness meditation is a very important part of Buddhism. Without it, you
cannot truly practice Buddhism for all it is worth. Meditation takes time and
effort to learn, so do not feel discouraged if you struggle to stay focused at
first – every minute of focus trains your mind to concentrate, so every
meditation session will get easier. Keep your focus simple at first, such as
with the exhalation of your breath. As you develop your meditation skills,
you can focus on larger aspects of the process. Pretty soon, you will be able
to meditate fully for an extended period of time.

Effects of Meditation
Applying exactly the methods outlined above, practitioners will be well; their
health will improve, their minds will become clearer and more enlightened,
they will achieve peace of mind. They will get the following ten beautiful
results:
A serene existence, in the observance of faith. At the end of a long time, the
five senses settle down, the true meditation appears and without the need of
effort. We feel calm, secure, and free from all obstacles.

A greater disposition to love and compassion. During meditation,

one can maintain the spirit of love and compassion, vis-à-vis all
creatures.
The dissipation of worries. Through meditation, poisons such as
greed, anger, and ignorance will no longer be able to occur.
 Effective control of the senses, hence a great resistance against the
attraction of external perceptions: form, sound, smell, flavor,
tangible things, mental object (ideas and thoughts).
The body and a happy spirit. Meditation is considered the best of
the spiritual foods among the other foods in the world.
Desires cleared. Once the mind is tranquilized, the desires are no
longer formed and can no longer contaminate us.
The truth reached without ever being noticed.
The deliverance of all cares of attachment, up to the stage of non-
attachment
The discovery of unlimited wisdom and enjoyment of the domain
of the Buddhas.
The total liberation to which nothing will be able to oppose, the
realization of the nature of Buddha.

Knowing the Mind

When you have a busy life, a full schedule, and little down-time, it becomes
easy to get caught up in the everyday life without attempting to grasp a
deeper understanding of your life. You need to know what motivates you,
you need to be aware of your feelings and your reactions to every situation,
and you need to have a clear understanding of the thoughts going through
your mind. When you live life just going through the motions and trying to
get through the day, your mind is not free, and it is not pure. It is distressed
and tangled up in the chaos surrounding you. A chaotic mind will not find
peace or clarity – not because it does not want to find peace and clarity, but
because the chaotic mind simply cannot calm itself enough to find peace and
clarity.
Knowing the mind helps you to pay attention to everything going on inside
and outside of your mind and body. This means slowing down, bringing
yourself to a mental and physical stillness, and taking time to get to know
your mind. Even if you have a hectic mind, even if it is racing all the time,
and you just cannot seem to slow it down, stop trying. Instead, focus on
paying attention to each of those racing thoughts. Do not be critical of your
chaotic mind – embrace it and seek to understand it. The stillness that you
need to achieve mindfulness meditation will only come with knowing your
own mind. You must know your mind and body to achieve stillness, which is
exactly what it sounds like – being still. Not just physically, although
meditation of any sort requires that you sit still but stilling and quieting your
mind – bringing your mind to a standstill.
Back to the chaotic mind that is overflowing with thoughts and feelings. Each
racing thought – grasp it, examine it, learn why it is there, and discover how
it makes you feel, how it contributes to your overall happiness and well-
being. When you make a conscious effort to understand your mind, when you
take deliberate meditative steps to stilling your body, calming your mind, and
learning why you feel a certain way about a certain thing, you are on the path
to mindfulness meditation. It can take time to fully know your own mind. But
once you do know your mind, you will find that you no longer feel compelled
to change anything about it. You understand each thought, each feeling, and
each reaction. You will be capable of observing your own mind from an
unbiased perspective – and this is a very freeing experience.
To no longer have to battle your own thoughts, to no longer fight with your
own mind to be quiet – it truly is the first step in mindfulness meditation. It is
liberating because you are no longer bound by the chains of your overactive
mind, your racing thoughts, your wide spectrum of emotions. Your mind is
free to be still, to be quiet, and to let you be aware of the truths surrounding
you. When you are no longer fighting your own mind because you finally
understand it, you are free from the anxiety, worry, and stress that led to your
chaotic mind in the first place. You are a quiet, peaceful observer who finally
understands the reasons behind everything and every feeling – you are
someone who knows their own mind, who is in touch with their own mind,
and who is at peace with their own mind.

Benefits of Meditation
Meditation is very much like the movie. It gives you the power to create a
safe haven for yourself, one that’s easily accessible to you whenever you feel
overwhelmed.
Silencing the Flight-or-Fight Response
Humans beings are animals like any other; deep down within our mental and
biochemical circuitry, there’s an archaic reflex for self-preservation passed
through DNA that inevitably saved us countless of times known to laymen
and medical professionals alike as the flight-or-fight response. Picture
yourself in your next reincarnation, hunting, and gathering, and generally
being a miserable wreck in a world without civilization, and you hear a
distinctive and hiss of an angry, hungry tiger.
Increased Creativity and Intuition
The benefits keep coming, we “wake up,” become more creative, innovative,
calm, and intuitive. Anxiety slips away, stress is no longer a mountain but a
molehill. There will no longer be an ego response to the needs that are unmet,
which is also one of its benefits. Instead, the more common response is a
calm awareness, watching and thinking before we go through whatever old
pattern again and again.
If your sleep is abnormal or low in quality, normalization can follow after
just a few days if you’re comfortable with your new routine of meditating.
Obviously, if the stress of emotions and life keeps you awake, meditation can
work as a panacea for that. But only a commitment to a deeper knowledge of
the self and emotional release and healing works to release the cause of your
insomnia.
Spiritual Benefits of Meditation
Besides what happens to our body – our soma, the spiritual and esoteric
benefits of meditation have long been misrepresented and misunderstood.
That’s why popular culture has not embraced the practice, despite its many
benefits. We walk a path that unfolds the most to us to understand bigger
ideas and more universal concepts of life and all its troubles – pain, death,
love, happiness, and fulfillment. Some don’t care about these parts of life
because their awareness has not opened to these at this point in life. Each of
us will walk through these and face questions. Even if the conversation isn’t
being had the moment, just knowing these events will happen instills
knowledge that there is something bigger than us. We could call it God,
eternal, undying, and never born. Outside of time, that exists in all moments
and all things.
Expanding your Consciousness
When we break down this power, what do we see? Omniscience, we are
omnipotent to God to the spirit of creation and everything, and still separate
from the world. According to Vedanta, the existence of separation is only in
our imagination, on the top layer. Below that, we are one in mind, body,
spirit, expressions of unlimited and unshackled consciousness. One in the
form of many. The boon of meditation is to experience this revelation of
unseparated reality.
On the royal path, raj, two of the schools that align us with spirit are yoga
(body-centered calm alertness) and meditation (calm alertness). To fully
attain this type of spiritual understanding, we must deeply understand
ourselves and who we are and know what our true purpose in life is. This is
the reason for the expansion of consciousness, from constricted and
unconsciously conditioned space where we are forced to define ourselves via
our roles and what we do (mere illusory possessions) to the true horizon of
what we truly are and how we are connected to everything and what our
purpose is. You are not in the universe – you are the universe, in a different
form.

Training the Mind

After you know your own mind, you can begin to train your own mind. The
mind is not just one thing that never changes. You are not born with the mind
that you will die with. No, the mind is always changing. As we know through
Buddhism, everything changes – nothing stays the same. This includes your
mind. Think of it as a piece of clay. You are free to teach it whatever you
want, free to shape it and mold it however you want. It is your mind, and it is
right there, waiting for you to train it. When you come into this world, your
mind is a sponge – a description that is often attributed to toddlers. Your
mind is absorbing and learning all of the time. Even as you get older, your
mind is still learning every day. As the saying goes, "You learn something
new every day." That is so true, especially of the Buddhist mind. A mind
without discipline is a chaotic, overthinking, anxiety-filled mind – that is not
a mind that is conducive to Buddhism.
The first part in training your mind is accepting responsibility for everything
that goes on in your mind, for each thought and for each feeling. These are
your thoughts and feelings. While we cannot control another person's actions,
we can always control our reactions. If there is negativity, anger, hurt, or
pain in your mind, it is your choice to feel that way – you are responsible for
your own mind. If you do not take responsibility for your mind, you will not
be the one shaping it. The outside world will shape it for you until it becomes
a mind that no longer belongs to you – it is too affected by outside influences.
You must embrace every thought and every feeling that goes through your
mind as your own – after all, you put it there. You allowed yourself to think a
certain thought or feel a particular feeling. You are in charge of your mind,
and you must never relinquish this discipline.
Taking responsibility for your mind never ends. You must always be
conscious of your thoughts and feelings, so if you sense them getting out of
control, you can consciously reel them back in. To train your mind, start off
slow. Teach your mind about kindness. Teach your mind about compassion.
These are positive feelings that you can easily spread around you. You have
to train your mind to let go of the negativity. You have to give your mind
permission to forgive yourself for negativity. No one is perfect – that is the
path of enlightenment, to try and reach a level of perfection in thoughts,
feelings, and actions. During your Buddhist journey, you will face some
truths within yourself about yourself. Learn to forgive yourself for whatever
past action or feeling you had or still have and train your mind to be kinder
and more compassionate – not just to those around you, but also to yourself.
Learning how to meditate, not to mention how to mindfully meditate, is a
process. You will not just sit down one day, decide to meditate, and be a
professional. You need to ease into full-blown mindfulness meditation by
training your mind one aspect at a time. Whether it be stability,
concentration, courage, generosity, or kindness, take the time to train your
mind in each aspect with due diligence. You want to experience growth of
each aspect to its fullest before you train your mind to another. Each aspect
that you learn will lead you right into learning another aspect. As your
knowledge and understanding grows, so does your mind – you are training it
to follow the Buddhist path. As you grow and learn and train your mind,
meditation will come easier and easier to you.

Freeing the Mind

Freeing the mind refers to learning to let go. You see, clinging affects each
and every person. By clinging, we are talking about hanging onto certain
feelings or thoughts – you just cannot seem to stop clinging to them. As long
as you are clinging, your heart and mind are not at peace. You must be able
to let go of all feelings and objects of importance, whether they be good or
bad, to experience an awakening, a true understanding – an enlightenment.
Some of the things you might find yourself clinging to and struggling to let
go of could be pleasure, desire, opinions, judgments, and even material
possessions. You cling to what you know, and as a blossoming Buddhist
fresh on the path, you are likely to struggle with not clinging to all of these
things that have comforted you, kept you company, and been a part of your
life for so long. But to be a Buddhist, you have to stop clinging – you have to
let go.
Letting go of clinging can be a difficult task for the new Buddhist. You have
worked hard to get where you are in life, you have worked hard for all of
your belongings. However, understanding that nothing stays the same, and
everything always changes, can help you to let go of the clinging. Why cling
to material possessions when you cannot take them with you to the next life?
Why cling to anger and hatred when it only brings your own positive energy
down? Nothing around you will stay the same, so why not just let it all go?
Letting go of clinging is very liberating – and that is a goal of Buddhism. To
be liberated. To be delivered from everything you thought you knew,
everything you thought was real, and shown the actual truth around you. Let
go of clinging because it does nothing for you except prevent you from
reaching your Nirvana.
Buddhism teaches you to let go of these things, to stop the clinging, so you
can experience a free heart. You want your heart and mind to be liberated, to
be delivered from all of the worldly thoughts and feelings and emotions that
are holding you back, that are causing you to suffer, even with the happiness.
Remember that even the joyful feelings have a connection to suffering
because everything changes, and nothing ever stays the same – nothing is
permanent. It takes time to free your mind and your heart. It will not happen
overnight.
Mindfulness meditation is essential to Buddhism because it teaches us how to
understand the reality around us, to be aware, and to understand that nothing
is permanent. That is what Buddhism tries to show you – how to reach
Nirvana and be enlightened about the true nature of reality. Mindfulness
meditation teaches you to live with a full awareness, to live mindfully, and to
concentrate on everything you feel and think, so that you can see reality for
what it is without any judgment – just awareness and acceptance.
 Chapter 7:
Buddhism and Science

Over the past few decades, Buddhism and science have started to work with
each other. Scientists are looking more closely at the study of Buddhism to
help understand and explain the universe as Buddhists are starting to use
more scientific tools. One of the biggest reasons this has come to be is that
science studies the mind and Buddhism focuses heavily on the mind. Of
course, when it comes to science, one of the biggest studies of the mind lies
within psychology.

Buddhism and Psychology

One of the biggest examples of how Buddhism and psychology work together
is something we just discussed in the previous chapter, meditation. In
psychology, one of the biggest therapies discussed when people are anxious
or unable to deal with life’s stressors is meditation and breathing exercises.
Another way Buddhism and psychology go together is Buddhism teaches that
you need to remain positive, be compassionate, and remain calm to reach
your enlightenment. While it’s stated differently in the science of
psychology, it holds the same beliefs. In psychology, there is a lot of talk
about how people will have better self-esteem and feel overall better about
themselves and their tasks at hand if they have a positive self-image and
thoughts about themselves. Of course, like Buddhism, there is a fine line
between having positive thoughts about yourself and becoming arrogant.

Dependent Origination
In Buddhism, dependent origination means that everything is connected. It
means that if something happens, it is caused by something else, and this
keeps going as one thing will always cause another thing. When it comes to
science, this can often be compared to evolution. Through evolution, not only
does human life continue to exist, but we have changed over time because of
our surroundings—or as Buddhism would put it, because something
happened to make us change.

Other Similarities
There are a few other similarities between science and Buddhism. One of
these is that both studies believe that there isn’t one creator of the universe
that exists. Another similarity is both disciplines want to figure out how they
can make things go easier and smoother for people. For example, they might
wonder how they can help people or themselves understand time so they can
understand life better. Just like science, Buddhism likes to focus on logic and
reasoning.
 Chapter 8:
How Buddhism Can Help You find Happiness and
live a stress-free life

There are a variety of ways that Buddhism can help you in your daily life,
even if you aren’t a Buddhist. This section will look at ways in which you
can learn meditation and other techniques from Buddhism and bring them
into your everyday life so you can also find your highest happiness and
wisdom while living stress-free.

Anxiety
People from all over the world suffer from anxiety. Anxiety is described as
fear about what is to come. It is a way of responding to stress. While some
people have anxiety that’s categorized as a disorder and need prescription
medication to get a better handle of their anxiety, other people suffer more
from situational-type anxiety. However, whatever type of anxiety you have,
meditation can help calm you, which can lead you to have better control over
anxiety and the situations that cause your anxiety.
One of the biggest techniques psychologists or therapists will teach you to
manage your anxiety is to find activities that can help you relax. Some of the
techniques that therapists usually recommend are breathing techniques,
saying positive statements to yourself, and meditation.
Buddhists believe that meditation helps create a calmness within you, which
gives you better control over your life. When you regularly take part in
meditation exercises, you will slowly be able to gain better control of your
anxiety.

Releasing Anger
People are often quick to come to anger. When we’re angry, we not only say
things that we don’t generally mean, but we also can hold a grudge against
someone. If this happens, we are more likely to not only speak negatively
about the person but also let our anger cloud our minds and refuse to help
them. We can also easily hurt someone whom we are angry at through
various ways.
When you follow Buddha’s teaching and perform meditation, you can start to
release the anger inside of you as Buddhism teaches you to handle your anger
skillfully. You will start to notice that you’re much happier on the inside,
which makes you happier on the outside. Through meditation and following
many of Buddha’s teachings, you’ll learn to realize that anger isn’t an
emotion that we need to carry as it holds negativity. Instead, you will learn to
not only remain calm, which will help control your anger, but also realize that
anger won’t solve anything and you’re harming yourself when you become
angry.

Making Compassion a Priority

This can tie into anger as, instead of becoming angry, you learn to have
compassion toward people, including those who make you feel angry. One of
the reasons that Buddhist teaching can help you make compassion for others
a priority is that Buddhism teaches you to understand the world and the
people around you better. When we start to understand people, we begin to
release our anger. Once we release our anger, we start to have compassion for
people.
People are human, and many will drink now and then, some more than
others. However, anyone can follow the advice of Buddhists when they say
that we shouldn’t drink or take drugs because these things will cloud our
mind. It is a scientific fact that drinking a certain amount of alcohol and
taking certain drugs can cloud your mind. Not only can it make you believe
that you’re okay to drive home, but it can also make you do and say things
that you usually wouldn’t. On top of this, these things are often negative in
nature, and Buddhists do their best to stay away from them because they want
to remain calm, happy, and positive.

A Positive Outlook
A lot of Buddhist beliefs and practices talk about how you need to get
yourself, especially your mind, to a positive outlook on life, or you won’t be
able to achieve your highest enlightenment. Having a positive outlook on
your daily life can help by providing nearly the same achievement. When we
have a positive outlook on ourselves and the things we do, we’re more likely
to succeed because we have the self-confidence and determination as we
know we will do well in our task. When thinking about Buddhism, a great
example of this is the task Buddhists go on so they can reach their highest
point of enlightenment. If they didn’t have a positive outlook, it would be
harder for them to reach their level highest point of enlightenment. In fact,
according to Buddha’s teachings, it would be impossible to reach
enlightenment as you can’t reach enlightenment with negativity hanging over
your head.

Becoming Happier with Buddhism

By practicing Buddhism in your everyday life, you can easily obtain joy,
tranquility, and happiness. Here are some Buddhism practices you can use to
infuse cheerfulness and contentment into your life: Exercise mindfulness to
become more aware of your blessings.
Mindfulness refers to being in the present moment and being aware of
everything it holds, including the blessings. Buddha said that people are
unhappy because they live in either the past or the future and completely
ignore the present and what is happening in this exact moment. If they
realized how important it is to live in the moment, they would stop worrying.
To understand the significance of the present, you need to practice
mindfulness. Becoming more mindful will have you become more conscious
of your thoughts and help you discern between good and bad ones so that you
can nurture happy thoughts. Plus, it helps you to identify and asses the beauty
involved in everything around us, which will make you realize how truly
blessed you are in the end and make you happy.
Here are some practices that are based on mindfulness:
Mindful Observation
Mindful observation will help you to observe nature in a clearer manner,
helping you to more easily understand the benefits it provides. Take any
natural object and begin to observe it. For example, you could take a leaf and
take a moment to examine it in full-depth. Look at its veins, its texture, and
shape and feel the leaf with your hand. Look at that leaf as if you haven’t
seen anything like it before. This little observation will help you understand
what an amazing creation the leaf is, and with some practice, you will be able
to observe everything in the exact same manner. You will be able to identify
all of your blessings in an instant and be very appreciative of them which
would initially increase the happiness in your life.
Mindful Appreciation
Try making a list of four to five things that you are thankful for every day.
This will help you to be aware of the blessings you have in your life and to be
more thankful for what you have. When you express your gratitude to the
universe, it will start to throw bigger things and more opportunities towards
you.
To practice this, find any four or five things or people that normally go
unnoticed by you and dig deeper into what they are about. Think about its
impact on your life and the benefits it provides for your life. Find out your
blessings and then understand their significance and pay your gratitude for
them to the universe. This practice will ground you back to the present,
appreciate it, and be more thankful for everything that you have.
Anjali Mudra for Happiness
When you meditate, practice Anjali Mudra to become happier, appreciative,
and mindful of all that you have at the present moment. To practice it, put
your hands together in the ‘Namaste’ pose and hold the position for as long
as it is convenient for you.

Buddhism Practices for Improving Your Sleep and Health-

Related Problems
By applying different Buddhist practices in your daily routine, you can use
them to improve your weight, health, and sleep from better than it was
before.
Offering Food to Buddha
Offering food to Buddha is one of the most common practices exercised by
people that participate in Buddhism. It is a simple act that helps you make
healthy choices when it comes to eating, which will improve your overall
health and even let you lose weight more easily. To practice this technique,
you have to imagine that food made up of healthy things will enhance your
health and wisdom.
Visualize this peaceful thought and feeling that you are helping to feed the
Buddha inside of you with whatever you eat. When you know how to nourish
the energy inside of you, you will be more motivated to eat healthily and
remove all the unhealthy foods from your life. By eating healthy, you can
stay fit, and in addition, good food stabilizes your digestion and studies prove
that a smooth digestion process will help you sleep more comfortably and
easier.
Mindful Eating
Whenever you eat something, try to chew every single bite slowly and also
try to savor the texture and flavor. Try enjoying each bite as if it were your
last one and become more mindful of all of the things you are chewing and
swallowing. This act of mindful eating helps you to eat more slowly, and
when you eat slowly, you will become full from eating a smaller portion of
food.
 Chapter 9:
A practical Buddhist way of looking at Things

As every year, each of you will write down the list of goals for the 365 days
that will come, 365 occasions to realize all those dreams that you have long
since pulled out of the drawer but have not yet materialized. And you often
drag them year after year, making them look so impossible. Whether they are
material desires or linked to an improvement in your person, it does not
matter. What matters is to make a real goal and this time put all the markers
on the list.
To keep that sense of frustration at bay that makes you believe that you can't
do the right deeds, Buddhism can come to your rescue. It is an ancient
religion, born to respond to the needs of every human being: how to fight and
overcome suffering and thus live a fulfilled and happy existence. It is based
on a daily prayer, which allows us to draw on the unlimited energy of
universal life, of which every human being is an integral part. In this way one
awakens one's enlightened nature, present in each one, and one raises the
vital state, the inner positive energy that allows one to see reality with new
eyes.
This different higher point of view brings real and concrete benefits in
everyday life and allows you to face what happens with greater courage and
optimism. Even if you don't choose to practice this religion, you can still get
encouraged and inspired by 7 practical tips that Buddhism offers, which can
help you align heart and mind, going straight to the goal without "if" and
"but", not giving up until you have achieved what you set for yourself.

Everything is on you
There is no separation between you and the environment for Buddhism. But
the illusion that can harm you when things don't go the way you want, is to
blame events, bad luck, the actions of others. And this is the first false step to
not realize your dreams. Because for Buddhism, everyone has within himself
an enlightened potential that has always existed, innate qualities that need
only to be pulled out and extracted, that once activated and brought to light,
reform your inner world and consequently change the external environment.
This is the key to truly transforming things: take on the responsibility of your
life in its entirety, start with a personal revolution, which will bring positive
thoughts, words and actions to turn your desires into real concrete proofs.

Do not wish, do
Many of the dreams that you decide you want to achieve, as time goes by,
they lose strength and fade away. This happens because behind them there is
not a strong decision, a firm determination. Because if you get discouraged
by events, by the days that pass and nothing happens, by the small failures
that can slow down the race towards your goal, it means that you have not
decided, but only imagined that they would happen. They are simultaneous,
not consequential. To achieve what you want, you must realize within
yourself that you have already won, in an unshakable way. Deciding means
establishing what you are willing to put into action to get what you want,
what you are ready to do to change things effectively. There must be neither
obsession nor attachment, but perseverance until it is realized. Push your
willpower beyond your mental limits, believe in it tenaciously. And when
you set this mechanism in motion, the whole universe will start to support
you and cheer you on.

Obstacles are a blessing in disguise

It is normal that there are unforeseen obstacles, blocks that do not make you
run smoothly towards the goal. Do not curse them, because in reality behind
those obstacles are hidden great opportunities. They are all fantastic
opportunities to bring out qualities that you have not yet developed, but that
have always been within you. They are wonderful tricks of life to force you
to improve yourself, they are a training to overcome your fears, to make you
stronger and more motivated than ever. And if you fall, don't feel like a loser,
but use the ground as a lever to give you a boost to get back up. Then face the
difficulties with joy, because if you do not do it and set them aside, life will
put them in front of you again, perhaps even more closely, until you are
determined to "transform this poison into medicine". Only then you can learn
the lesson you need to make your life truly happy.

Challenge yourself daily

Life is a war, but not towards others. The battlefield where victory or defeat
is decided is in your heart and in your mind. It is within you that every day
you choose whether to face your fundamental darkness, your negative side
and make it increasingly weak and silent, or whether to give it a voice. If you
want to get something, the only way is to challenge yourself. Because when
you challenge yourself, you bring out hope, joy, courage and wisdom.
Challenging means advancing, improving, taking one more step forward, day
by day. And if this training becomes your healthy daily habit, your attitude
towards what happens to you, then you will be invincible, and no desire will
be impossible to achieve.

Do not be afraid to be the “first one”

Everyone can give you valuable advice to implement your business. But only
they remain only suggestions if they are not put into practice: it is up to you
to act in first person and choose the best attitude and behavior to adopt for
your existence. And if the streets you have already beaten have made you
turn around in circles, always bringing you the same results, maybe it's time
to trace new ways to get to what you want deep down. You have to be a
pioneer, break down walls and build streets that no one has yet explored. Just
as Siddharta, the founder of Buddhism, did. And in addition to courage,
passion, and not surrendering to circumstances, you need to be true to
yourself. Even a pinch of creativity does not hurt, so nourish it as much as
you can, because it is productive and will give you illuminated and
unexpected solutions.

Believe in yourself, not (only) in God

To have faith means to believe in yourself, in your qualities, in your infinite
human potential. Feed this trust in you every day, do not denigrate yourself
and if you have to make comparisons, do not look outside. The only valid
measuring meter is always yourself: who you were, who you are now and
who you want to be. And if you consider the road you have taken, the trials
you have overcome, your victories, your falls and all the times you have
stood up and have determined to continue fighting for what you believed in,
go ahead and proceed without giving up will be less and less hard and heavy.

Do not complain, as you are in control

Complaining, not being able to see anything positive in situations that appear
complicated and difficult, not appreciating those around you, not opening up
and not improving your life, indeed. Precisely because we are all connected
to Buddhism and there is no separation between the individual and the
environment, the right attitude for life to sustain you is to feel gratitude. For
all that is in your existence, starting from the small things, without taking
anything for granted, thanking also for the mere fact of being alive today.
Relationships play an important role in realizing your goals. Appreciate and
respect those around you, believe in teamwork, do not judge, but bring out
compassion, because your happiness is never separated from that of others.
Your victory is never just yours. Because you become an example, an
encouragement for others to also fight for their desires: if you did it yourself,
others can do it too. Remember, gratitude is a two-way process, a relationship
of reciprocity: if you bow and say thank you in front of the mirror of life, you
will do the same with you. Be grateful for what you have, the starting point
for getting everything else is there.
 Chapter 10:
How to Find Joy in the Present Moment

Living in the present moment means that you need to put aside your past and
future and focus on the here and now instead of worrying about yesterday or
tomorrow. This moment right here is where time doesn’t matter. Living in
your present can be a difficult task because the past and future are very
tempting.
The past is particularly made difficult by constant reminders everywhere you
look. You find yourself looking at a photograph of something that was once
there, or someone that was once in your life. As for the future, how often do
you find yourself worrying about your presentation at work tomorrow? You
find yourself sitting at your desk, deep in thought. Your mind has traveled to
the unthinkable future because you think you’re a time traveler now. You see
yourself standing up in front of your colleagues or fellow students and there’s
an awkward silence that follows. You can feel yourself choking on the
silence because you’ve lost all confidence in yourself.
Why would you do this to yourself? You’re allowing anxiety and depression
from your past or stress about tomorrow to enter your mind. Are you doing
this because you wanted to be a time traveler as a kid? Even if you did, stop
immediately!

Advantages of Living Mindfully in the Present

Gautama Buddha believed that living mindfully can increase your overall
happiness. Living mindfully in the moment means that you’re aware of all
your current surroundings. You’ve learned briefly to become aware of your
surroundings in detail by using your five aggregates.
Why should you only look forward to a result and not the method used to
attain it? Think about it for a moment. If you look forward to the result, sure,
you’ll achieve happiness when you reach the result. However, if you look
forward to the experience before you reach the result as well, you’ll find little
happy moments along the way. Your happy moments add up and you
shouldn’t be missing them because tomorrow is another day. Why shouldn’t
you have all the happy moments or experiences? This clearly indicates that
you’ll accumulate more happy memories instead of just one.
Buddhists use multiple methods of achieving happiness through meditation
and yoga. Let’s use one as an example. If you use your five aggregates to
create an experience with every action in your daily life, you’ll find joy in
things you normally do on autopilot. If you’re sitting and writing an essay for
class, use your five aggregates to dig deeper and create an experience. You
might find that you love the topic and you’re excited to share your findings,
igniting that glimmer of joy inside of you. Now you see it as pleasure rather
than work.
Practicing mindfulness has many great benefits according to the American
Psychological Association. Some benefits are strengthening your immune
system, reducing your overall stress levels, and helping you overcome
anxiety and depression.
Instead of living your life robotically, you can find joy in every step you take,
every word you speak, every meal you eat, and every person you meet,
resulting in an abundance of happy memories which outnumber your
previous style of living in the past or future.
Practical Advice to Center Your Mind in the Present
Now that you understand what mindfulness means and how it impacts your
life, I want to share some practical advice with you to ensure that your mind
stays in the present.
First, you need to remove yourself from the infinite cycle of distractions that
take your mind back to past and future concerns. Remember that everything
besides the present is a delusion, a fantasy, and is merely a projection of fear
or memory.
Yoga, meditation, and even being out in the fresh air on a road to nowhere
can clear your mind and bring you back to the present time. When you find it
difficult to clear your mind, don’t scold yourself for failing.
Here’s a list of practical ways to improve mindfulness that I’ve carefully
selected for you. Remember to use your five aggregates to focus on each of
them.

Pause for a moment and enjoy your environment. Try and do

this daily. If you’re at home, walk into the garden and take in the
present beauty you see. Feel the sun gently kissing your skin and
look up at the sky. Consciously recognize how the tiny clouds are
moving across the sky as the light breeze pilots them. Pay attention
to the deep shade of blue as you hear a mockingbird doing what
it’s famous for. Can you see this image? This image will never
look the same again. Take in every moment of the image you have
in front of you right now before it’s gone.
Start a daily routine. Wake up at the same time every morning
and have breakfast, a quick morning session of yoga, and a
refreshing shower before you start your day. Make sure that you
slot specific times for each task. The more organized your day, the
more you’ll stop stressing about the next task because you know
that each task has an allocated time.
Create a daily “me time” alarm. Set your alarm for the same
time every day and when it buzzes, stop whatever you’re doing if
possible. Don’t stop in the middle of a meeting of course. Make
sure that your daily quiet time can’t be interrupted by phone
 notifications; switch your phone off. Your quiet time is your ‘me’
time. You can also write a list of affirmations which you can read
to yourself in your quiet time.
Practice mental check-ins. You can do this any time of any day.
Just ask yourself: “How am I feeling right now?” Pay attention to
the way you feel in the present moment and accept your feelings.
Mental check-ins can remind you to steer away from stressful
situations.
Stop trying to multitask. Whatever the task is at hand, finish the
task before you overwhelm your mind with more. You’re only
human and trying to accomplish multiple tasks at the same time
can easily distract your mind from the present.
Dine out with a loved one. Do you remember how I spoke about
creating a negative experience if you’re only focused on the food?
Now I want you to focus on the experience. When you arrive, sit
down on a comfortable seat. Make sure that you and your loved
one can face each other. If you’re in an intimate relationship, even
better. Keep steady eye contact and hold your partner’s hand.
Tell your partner how much you love them and what you love about them.
Your partner will likely reciprocate your effort. Pay attention to the scent of
the burning candle between you, the aroma of food from the table next to
yours, and the sound of the soft music playing in the background.
 Chapter 11:
Practicing Mindfulness Meditation for Stress and
Anxiety Relief

Suffering is an inevitable part of life and, until you have reached the state of
Enlightenment, it helps to know how to cope with each challenge you face.
Stressful situations can stir feelings of pain and anxiety, more so if they have
to do with the things that you are most attached to. The good news is,
Buddhist teachings can show you ways to cope with such emotions and
events. The most effective of these is through Mindfulness Meditation.
It allows you to see the reality for what it is, unclouded by assumptions and
expectations. Studies show how effective mindfulness meditation is in
reducing stress both instantaneously and over the long term. Before you reach
the state of enlightenment in Buddhism, you still have plenty of suffering
caused by life events to see and face. To reach your enlightenment, it’s
important to know how to cope in these situations. If you’re unable to cope,
it’ll be harder to reach your state of enlightenment. One of the most effective
ways of relieving one’s suffering and managing anxiety caused by life events
is through what Buddhists call mindfulness meditation.
The term mindfulness means you pay close attention to the present—
meaning, you live in the moment. When you combine this with meditation,
you’re able to get through the suffering and tough moments that life throws at
you, and you can easily move on from them and continue to focus on your
path of enlightenment.
To better explain the process of mindfulness meditation, I’m going to take a
common life occurrence that’s often a part of suffering, which is anxiety.
Stress is a natural reaction to situations that you perceive as threats. It triggers
you to either face the problem or flee from it. However, the mind is incapable
of differentiating between the stress caused by a life-threatening scenario
(such as a house on fire), or by one that is not (such as a looming deadline).
In both cases, the body and mind react in the same way.
Therefore, if we apply Buddhist teachings for stress relief, here are the steps
that you can take:

Acknowledge the physical and mental symptoms of stress or

anxiety.
How can you tell whether you are stressed out or anxious? What
makes you realize that it is what you are experiencing, not some
other state?
Some people notice that their heart beats much faster, or that they
experience cold sweats. Others strangely start to smile or even
laugh uncontrollably, while others blank out or stutter. Yet, others
start to churn out all sorts of negative thoughts that plague them
for the rest of the day.
Be mindful of the symptoms you personally experience when you
are stressed or anxious.
Observe how often you experience stress and what triggers it.
Keep a small notepad or create a file on your phone to keep track
of the moments where you feel most stressed or anxious each day.
 You can recall and take note of them by the end of each day.
Doing so will help you become more cognizant of these stressful
experiences. It will also enable you to pinpoint the sources of your
stress.
Aside from that, you can also take note of how you reacted to the
situation. Did you flee the scene? Did you just stand there and do
nothing? Whatever it is, note it down.

Consider the Best Ways to Respond to Stress and Anxiety

The body responds to how the mind perceives a stressful situation, so the best
way to feel less stress is by calming the mind first. Therefore, the stronger
your mind is, the more resistant your body would also be towards stressful
situations. Begin by recognizing your power to choose.
For instance, you can use your journal to reflect on how you normally
responded to these situations. What do you think would be the better ways to
handle them? There are plenty of healthy options.
Here are some that are in line with the principles of Buddhism:

Practice breathing meditation to regularize heart rate and

breathing. You will find that this is covered in detail within the
pages of this book.
Go on a walking mindfulness meditation to temporarily step away
from the stressful situation and allow your mind to think deeply.
Stay away from intoxicating substances that will only impede your
judgment (particularly alcohol).
Exercise with mindfulness to train the body to be more resistant.
Detach yourself from the situation as if you are a mere spectator.
Chant a mantra that helps strengthen your mind, such as
“everything will be alright,” or “I am calm and collected.”
Once you have come up with positive responses to stress and
anxiety, you can then practice them regularly through meditation.
See meditation as a way to transform your mind. Its practices and principles
are old techniques that develop focus, clarity, emotional control, and a
relaxed view of the truth. Engaging different styles of meditation makes you
learn new patterns and mental habits and leads the way to a fertile ground of
a better, more enlightened way of acting in life. Work and patience lead to a
focused and healthier mind that deepens into a tranquil and efficient mental
life. Experiences like this have a transformative power and lead to a new
lifelong understanding.
Focusing on a person’s mind for a specific amount of time is the simplest
meaning of meditation. This can be done with hand gestures, music, or words
or in silence. Because of its repetitive nature, these methods should not be
distracting. Meditation is a solitary practice. Even if a group of people
meditates together, there is no interaction among them.
It’s often employed for spiritual and religious reasons but used for relaxation
and secular stress-reduction.
Meditation may also call images of Christian monks meditating on the nature
of God and his word. This form of monastic meditation focuses on the
deepening understanding of God’s will. Rosary meditation is an example,
with repetitive movements of beads and a chant.

Breathing Meditation
Mindful breathing in and of itself is simply being aware of your breath
without changing it. Practicing it is a great way to not only acknowledge and
express gratitude for the ability to breathe but also help you regulate it during
stressful situations.
Breathing meditation, on the other hand, can be done using a variety of
techniques. One is the deep breathing meditation, which is incredibly
effective at reducing stress and anxiety. Here are the steps to do it:
Sit or lie down comfortably. Keep your back straight and shoulders relaxed.
You can choose whether to use a hard chair and keep your feet planted flat on
the floor or whether you want to use a cushion, bend your knees and cross
your ankles. Your hands need to be posed one cupped by the other with the
palms facing upward and your thumbs touching each other.
Focus on your natural breath, noticing each movement of the body as the air
passes through from your nostrils to the upper abdomen.
Begin breathing deeply. As you inhale, notice how your belly rises, but not
your chest. As you exhale, notice how your belly falls while the chest
remains relatively still. As you breathe, this movement should form a rhythm.
Continue to breathe deeply for a few minutes until you feel more relaxed.
Another breathing meditation to try for stress and anxiety relief is by
counting your breaths. This helps you to relax and calm the mind as well as
the body. Here are the steps. After a while of meditating in this manner, you
may not need to count but will know instinctively the length of your breaths
by the rhythm they form in the movement of your stomach.
Sit or lie down comfortably; shoulders relaxed and back straight. Your
clothing should be comfortable.
Begin breathing naturally. Then, when you are ready, start counting each
breath. Inhale first, then exhale, counting both as one. The length of the
breaths can also be counted if you wish to. The ideal is 8 for the inhale and
10 for the exhale. Then count your one, two or whatever number you are on.
If your train of thought gets lost along the way, simply begin counting at one.
Take care not to be critical towards yourself for losing track. Neither should
you be critical for allowing thoughts to enter your head. Just be aware of
them and then dismiss them, but do not feel any animosity toward yourself
for having thought those thoughts.
Continue to count your breaths until you feel more relaxed. You must always
remember after you meditate to let your body get up slowly because your
heart rate and your blood pressure will slow down. This helps you to feel
more balanced and happier inside yourself.

Mindfulness in walking meditation

You may find yourself having to meet with people who cause you stress or
having to face a meeting that worries you. Walking meditation will help you
to overcome the fear and strengthen your mind with purpose so that you will
be clear-headed and able to face whatever that fear is with a calmness.

Loosen any clothing that may be restrictive.

Find a quiet place where you can walk. A natural environment
where you can breathe fresh air is always the preferred area for
 this exercise.
Stand with your back straight and start to take steps, with your
head slightly lowered, watching each movement of your feet.
Breathe in and move the foot forward being aware of the
movement of all the muscles of the foot.
Feel your other foot lift off the ground and move forward, being
conscious of the movement of the muscles in the leg, the knee and
the calf.
Be conscious of the foot touching the ground and continue to
breathe in and out using your nostrils for the inhalation and feeling
the air go through to your lower chest area.
When you breathe out, move your leg in time with the breath so
that you are always in rhythm with your breathing.
Think of nothing else at all. If thoughts happen, let them slide
away into the background and go back to your concentration on
walking and meditating.
This kind of meditation helps you to alleviate the types of stressors which are
brought about by events in life. Interviews, meeting new people or going to a
meeting can all be precursors to this kind of stress and this type of meditation
can help you to keep your composure and control what you are feeling inside
of yourself. Be in the moment. Be in the steps that you take. Breathe.

Be Mindful of your Thought Patterns

Modern-day stressors are not the main cause of your stress and anxiety. It has
more to do with your perspectives. The teachings of the Buddha offer plenty
of ways to transform your thought patterns for the better.
However, anyone can get distracted from these because of the demands of
daily life. Thus, to help draw your mind back towards focusing on Buddhist
teachings, here are ways to help you be more mindful of the way you think
and perceive yourself and your surroundings:
See things from a different angle
Imagine yourself in someone else’s shoes, such as someone whom you
admire (perhaps the Buddha himself?). How do you think this person would
perceive the situation? How would he respond to the source of stress?
Sometimes this exercise can change how you see things yourself. You may
have already done this on your normal day to day life.
Identify the individual parts of the stressor
Seeing a big issue as a whole can be taxing, emotionally and mentally.
Therefore, it would be a good idea to break the issue down into smaller, more
manageable parts so that you can stop procrastinating and start solving it. It
may hurt you to think about the things that stress you initially, but when you
can identify them and can dissect the problem into smaller portions, it makes
it easier to cope with. The reason that we put off dealing with stressors is
because in themselves, they cause us stress and we believe in avoidance.
However, if you dissect the problems, they become smaller and more
manageable and you can gradually expose yourself to these stressors so that
they don’t cause the same psychological damage. Let me give you an
instance. If you have problems with relationships, write down the problems in
list format and work on one of them at a time until they become less of a
problem. If you are stressed by going into a public place, try entering a place
where you are more aware of who is likely to be there and gradually spread
your wings a little and include new people into your circle, so that you are
not so anxious with strangers.
Consult an expert
If you acknowledge the fact that you alone are incapable of solving your
stress and anxiety problem, then do not be afraid to approach an expert.
Receiving guidance from someone who has already gained the wisdom to
solve such problems will not only benefit you greatly but also enable you to
solve the problem for yourself later on in life. The way that the subconscious
mind works when you have stressors is that it responds to them in the way
that your mind has taught it to respond. You can change this programming by
mild exposure to the trigger and gradually by realizing that you can respond
in a positive way to whatever that trigger is. Professionals help people to do
this if you are afraid of doing it on your own.
Keep in mind that stress and anxiety are merely the signals your mind and
body send to let you know that a deeper problem lies with you. It is up to you
to uncover it as you continue to move forward on your spiritual journey. As
you uncover those stressors and understand why you react in the way that you
do, you can see quite logically that the stress factor is less when you decide
when that stressor is introduced. Therefore, by exposing yourself to those
stressors in controlled circumstances, you can reprogram your thoughts so
that you can switch off the negative connotations that you associate with
those stressors and take control of your life.
Be open to relearning and letting go of certain things in your life. However, if
you do stumble, just pick yourself up, brush yourself off, and move on. There
is no deadline or competition towards Enlightenment. Remember that the
Buddha himself said that all beings are equally capable of reaching it.
The Buddhist philosophy will help you to come to terms with whatever you
perceive as your own personal weaknesses and help you to strengthen your
resolve against the things that give you problems. If these repeat themselves
and cause the stress to return, go back through this book to find out which
areas of your life need to be strengthened because as you learn to incorporate
the Nobel Eight Fold Path into your life, the problems of this world become
less and you are more capable of embracing life to its fullest.

Overcome Anxiety through Mindfulness Meditation

To figure out what causes your anxiety and how you react to anxiety
(meaning, your symptoms), you need to observe yourself in a state of anxiety.
For example, when people feel anxious, they typically have both mental and
physical systems. Their mental symptoms could be telling them that they will
do poorly in something, like a test. When you start to feel anxious, you need
to observe where you are, what you’re doing, or what you’re about to do. Ask
yourself, “Why are you becoming anxious?” Once you figure out the causes,
you can move on to the next step, which is working on overcoming anxiety
through mindfulness meditation. To give us an example of anxiety we can
work on overcoming, let’s take social anxiety.
In social anxiety, you become anxious when you have to talk to people or
have to go out in a large group of people. Some people have social anxiety so
bad that they do everything they can think of so they don’t have to go outside
of their comfort zone, which is normally their home or room. For this specific
example, let’s say we want to overcome the anxiety of being in a large crowd
with our goal of being able to attend a concert we want to go to.
Now that we have figured out what causes our anxiety, which is being in
large crowds, we can work on mindfulness meditation to help us overcome
our anxiety so we can go to our concert.
That is because breathing techniques can be done anywhere, and people often
don’t realize that’s what you’re doing. However, instead of just using a
breathing technique, we’re going to do complete it in meditation form.
If you want to work on mindful breathing meditation to help get rid of your
anxiety, you can do so by practicing deep breathing. There are several steps
to this type of meditation.

Step 1: You want to find a location where you can lie or sit down
comfortably. You can do this however you like, whether it’s
having your feet flat on the floor, sitting cross-legged on a
cushion, or lying down on your back.
Step 2: Feel each regular breath as you’re in your relaxed state.
Pay attention to every movement.
Step 3: Now, you want to help yourself feel your natural breathing
better.
Step 4: Next, you want to form a rhythm with your breathing; but
this time, you want to breathe deeply. With one hand still on your
stomach and the other on your chest, start to breathe deeply
slowly. As you inhale, you will notice your stomach rise, and as
you exhale, you will notice it fall. During this process, you’ll also
notice that your chest keeps relatively still. You will also start to
notice a rhythm as you continue to breathe deeply.
Whenever you feel anxious, whether it be from large crowds or anything else,
you can use mindfulness meditation to ease your nerves. Over time, you
won’t have to think of the steps as you’re meditating as it will become more
natural. You will also begin to notice that you’re less likely to become
anxious over a certain situation the more you meditate.
 Chapter 12:
How to Improve your Relationships and
Professional Life with Buddhism

Buddhism helps you to balance your entire life, which means that by
practicing it, you can then incorporate harmony and betterment into every
aspect of your life, including your relationships as well as your professional
life. Here are some Buddhism principles and practices that can help you to
work on and improve your love life and all other relationships as well as
participate in better career opportunities.

Practice Right Livelihood

First, you need to vow to yourself that you will not indulge in any of the five
careers that Buddha prohibited you from. You must earn your living in the
right way because what you earn will be the one you will be feeding yourself.
It won’t be right to feed yourself from something that has been a result of
doing something bad to others just for your personal gain. By doing this, you
can let go of all negativity in your life that those careers bring.

Be Mindful of Your Relationships

To improve your relationships, you need to start becoming more mindful of
them. Take a paper and pen and write down all of the details that are
important to a relationship that you need to work on. For instance, if it’s your
relationship with your father, write down everything you are experiencing
followed by all the times your father helped and loved you. You need to try
to focus on all of the positive that is related to this relationship and
understand how important the relationship is to you in your life.
In the center of Buddhism is Enlightenment, opening our eyes to our true
nature as connected to everything else. This is taken intellectually, living in
this space is another matter. Devotion to the path can help in many areas of
life including social relations.
The five simple ways of practicing the principles are outlined below:
You’re a better friend and lover
If your relationship goals are being centered, peaceful, and drama-free, being
a friend and lover is that much easier. It supports becoming kinder, more
compassionate, and warding away negative thoughts and emotions, and this
behavior attracts all.
Clarity of mind
Spiritual practices help us meet our true nature, instead of it being swept
away by all the chitchat in our mind. Studies show couples who meditate, and
practice other Buddhist strategies are more present and have less stress. These
qualities lead to greater finesse in handling social obstacles while letting you
deeply enjoy the good parts.
Old Wounds are Healed
If family drama still affects you, your lover can potentially aggravate these.
Old wounds will arise, and the idea of “being the watcher” of these sorts of
emotional patterns helps immensely for getting perspective. Instead of being
swept away, observing dynamics from a stable position opens the door to
healing them. You and your partner can watch each other, supporting each
other, and giving feedback and deepening your bond.
Conflict Resolved with More Ease
The more stable you are, the better you can handle day to day arguments and
disputes. Human nature lends itself to emotional triggers, but partners who
try to stay stable amongst a storm of life can return to happiness and
magnanimity that much easier.
Less You, More Us
When your ego is at stake and you want to just, this can be one of the biggest
barriers to keep a relationship working. Buddhist ideas make us focus on
transcending the ego and its jealous nature – focusing more on compassion. If
you live less from your ego, it pays off. You’ll be happier, more fulfilled, and
a better person to be with.
Relationships can be tricky – but they also provide a huge amount of joy and
fulfillment. The Buddha’s ideas can help you make the most out of your
relationships which enrich your life dearly.

Why should you practice meditation?

The techniques are simple but reading about them will not get you there and
learning from an experienced meditator is best. They can guide you through it
and show you how to apply technique and deal with problems and encourage
and inspire you simultaneously.
Religious and spiritual meditation connects you to your God, and it drops
stress and increases calmness. This is a bonus for religious meditators, but the
main purpose of secular meditation.
It can lower your blood pressure and pulse and stabilize body chemistry. It
depends on your ability to put aside stressful thoughts and may not last long
if you get angry or stressed again.
Mindfulness Meditation is a form of meditation that concentrates especially
on reducing stress. Buddhist Philosophy is where Mindfulness Meditation
originated. It has been popular since 1979 in the West. However, this is not a
religious practice.
Mindfulness Meditation involves refraining from judgment and concentrating
on the person’s mind on the present. If the person’s mind turns to judgments
of anyone or anything, to worries about the future, or to regrets of
resentments, it is gently guided back by the meditator to a non-judgmental
attitude and to the present.
Meditation has offered us well-sourced improvements in our emotional,
visceral, and spiritual lives throughout our many millennia. Wiseman of all
types - soothsayers, philosophers, and men of science has all praised the
ability to witness awareness. It’s been known in many different forms,
trances of reflection, mindfulness, rumination, being in the moment, and
simply rest and relaxation, but they are all different forms of meditation.
As the time slips on and your meditation becomes a daily habit, the calming
energy that this little activity has on your psyche and your soma shows itself
in everything you do. It may not be apparent at first – but everything slowly
drifts into the consciousness in every activity, which builds into innately
conscious behaviors. A day dawns and it comes to you that you have a
greater perspective, an inner calm, and see the world more impartially. You
will experience creativity, grace, and ease of mind. Your choices are easier,
but also more spontaneous, more true to your inner self. What you think and
what you say and do are all related. The world never stops, but you are
isolated in an eye of calm, things unfold themselves to you instead of you
folding to them.
As time drags on, transitioning from action to static during meditation means
your behavior become conscious when you aren’t meditating on all other
hours of the day. The world will slip with ease from reaction to responding,
then to reflex to reflection, from closing your defenses to opening the gates,
and from storm to calm.
No matter how far you seek to plunge into your inner nature, just spending
time in stillness, silence, and without stimulation, you can discover some of
the boons of meditation and augment your power to open greater potential in
every moment of the day, instead of the ones you fixate on.
Your being aligns with a universal trajectory as your horizons expand to fit
your greater scope. You are aware of your universal, and not personal, nature
and see all the options you had in every second beside just the few that were
there. Life enriches when you can envision all choices laid out before you, all
the ways the game can happen, and you can see past conceptions and biases
only served to make you feel helpless. But this power of meditation can
sharpen your mind so you can face each day strong, clear, and with a relaxed
and peaceful mind.
 Chapter 13:
Incorporating Buddhist Philosophy into Your Life

Cultivating mindfulness is a key component to Buddhism and should be an

area of focus in your daily life. Combined with meditation it makes for a
powerful one-two punch. Once you become more mindful of yourself and
your actions, you can start becoming more mindful of others and the world
around you. This will only benefit you in the long run.
You are the center of your universe, but that doesn’t make you more
important than others. Often, you hear people talking about how people have
wronged them and sounding indignant because they feel that they are in the
right and that people who have wronged them are in the wrong. It’s a logical
conclusion, but it isn’t the only conclusion.
If you are hurt by something that someone does to you, your interpretation of
what happens is what makes you decide upon who is at fault. You analyze,
you are unhappy and feel betrayed and you step back into the situation so
many times trying to find answers. Under the Buddhist way of looking at
things, you wouldn’t do that. What you would do is learn to live in the
moment. When you learn meditation, you learn to be in that exact moment,
rather than delving into the past or worrying about the future. That may
sound a little idealistic, but it is and what’s wrong with idealism? What you
need to do before you can do this is to strip back all the layers of suppositions
and see yourself for who you are. That’s the hard bit and I will explain how I
did it because you can do this in just the same way.
Most people think that living a spiritual life on a daily basis means we need
to ignore or somehow neglect our daily lives. This is far from true. Becoming
a spiritual person means becoming the most real version of yourself. Being a
kind person is the greatest thing we can do in our lives.
When you fill yourself with ideas of things you should do, you'll often only
end up feeling guilty for not becoming what you think you should be. To
make a real change, you need to transform your mind. You need to learn how
to become less self-centered, and you need to want to honestly become a
kindhearted person.
Each morning, after waking up, before leaving our bed and thinking about
breakfast or work, you need to start your day off thinking about a mantra you
find puts you in a good state of mind.
After getting ready for the day and before heading off to work I suggest,
meditating or reciting your prayers. This puts you in a great head space to
have a successful day.
While I prefer carving out some time for morning meditation, I know this can
be difficult for some people, especially those with kids. If you can't wake up
an hour before everyone else in your household, you can try having your kids
or spouse meditate with you. If you don't have time for some other reason
besides family, try and make time during the afternoon, if you're at home, or
early evening when you get home from work.
After you've left the house and headed to work, how do you go about
practicing Dharma in the workplace? Well, remember your mantra and make
an effort to be kind to everyone around you. Some people also uses frequent
events that happen during the day as triggers, to help bring them back to a
proper state of mind. These things can be anything from the phone ringing to
being stopped at a red light. Once a trigger occurs, train yourself to stop for a
moment and go over your mantra. Eventually, when these triggers occur in
the future your mind will be conditioned to think of your mantra
automatically.
During the day try and be as mindful as possible. Be aware of your feelings,
what you're saying, and what you're thinking. Don't just coast through the day
spaced out on autopilot. Be present and experience your life instead of only
reacting to it. For example, I used to always be guilty of going on autopilot
when driving, I can remember making wrong turns because I was on
automatic pilot. I wasn't focusing on the moment. Now I practice mindfulness
all the time, no
As you can see from this small breakdown, practicing Buddhism in your
daily life doesn't need to be something that consumes you. Just direct your
mind with positive intention, carve out some time for meditation, practice
mindfulness, and review each day before bed. You can also do additional
things like read scripture or practice rituals but I leave that up to you.
Everyone has their own specific routine they prefer to follow. Just remember,
by transforming your attitude even when in the middle of your normal daily
activities, your life will become much more meaningful.

Practicing Buddhism
The best way to start practicing Buddhism is to find a Buddhist center. Here,
you will be given much more in-depth information about the teachings of the
Buddha. These centers are made for beginners and established Buddhists.
The atmosphere will be welcoming because, well, that is the way of the
Buddhist – love, kindness, and compassion. There will be plenty of written
information you can take home with you to study on your own. There will
also be Buddhist teachers who will assist you in understanding all of the
teachings. You will learn how to meditate, an essential aspect of Buddhism.
The reason that it is always best to seek out a practiced Buddhist for
teachings is because there is only so much information and understanding
you can take from books and articles. Having a teacher to discuss your
studies can be a great tool for traveling down your path to enlightenment with
more ease.
As you begin your path to enlightenment, you need to learn all that you can
about Buddhism. There are different paths to enlightenment, so you must
study each one to find the path that fits your life the best. The different paths
of Buddhism usually have the same basic ideas but incorporate their own
understandings of the Buddha's teachings into the path. you will find
variances between the paths. There are thousands of books available to teach
you about Buddhism. It is important to focus on one aspect at a time. If you
try to cram in all of the Buddha's teachings as fast as you can, you are never
going to understand what you are learning. You will also likely just get
overwhelmed and fed up, leading you to give up on Buddhism.
A Buddhist teacher can help you with so many questions and aspects of
Buddhism, so that you make the best choice for you. A teacher can also
monitor your readings and studying, so that you stay focused without getting
overwhelmed. However, not everyone has immediate access to a Buddhist
center, so you may need to make the first steps on your own. Choose a
specific aspect of Buddhism to study and learn. You want to absorb
absolutely all of the knowledge of the aspect until you have a complete
understanding. Only then should you move on to another aspect. Take your
time with your studies. Utilize the internet to find other Buddhists online who
will answer your questions and help guide you on your path.
You can start off slow, just simply learning some basic Buddhist
terminology. You can start at the beginning and delve deep into the story of
the Buddha and the origins of Buddhism. The goal is to choose a place to
start, stick with it until you understand it, and then move on to another area of
study. You can study as much or as little as you feel comfortable doing.
Some people want to immerse themselves in Buddhism from the beginning –
they are just that excited to go down the path of enlightenment. However,
others choose to take a more cautious journey, taking their time with the
teachings, asking all of the hard questions, and gaining as much insight as
possible before taking even one more step. You decide how you want to learn
about Buddhism – you are the only one who knows what is best for you.
Community is a crucial part of Buddhism. Buddhists need each other to learn
from and to help guide. You need a strong, smart support system during your
path to Nirvana. You cannot learn all that you need to learn alone. If there is
not a Buddhist center near your location, then take to the internet. There are
plenty of Buddhist forums, groups, websites, etc. that are full of practicing
Buddhists who will provide you with the encouraging support system you
need. They will also give you a place to take your questions, your anxieties,
your concerns, and learn how to release all of them. Online groups can even
help you with meditation.
One way you can bring Buddhism into your everyday life is to just take the
time to sit every day. Sitting in peace and quiet is your first step towards
mindful meditation. If you cannot sit still for a few minutes each day,
completely still, then you have to keep practicing. Meditation requires a
stillness of the body and the mind. start off with just sitting quietly. You do
not necessarily have to worry about clearing your mind yet. You just want to
ensure you can sit still for a bit of time. Start with five minutes each day. As
you become more comfortable with just sitting in peace, add more time to
each session. Eventually, you can start to bring meditation into the session.
Since Buddhism is a way of living your life, you have to be prepared to make
many changes, especially in your awareness and understanding of the world
around you and of your own mind. Awareness is a key point of Buddhism, so
learning a proper meditation method is ideal. You must be able to clear your
mind, to attain a level of purity in your mind that will lead you to
enlightenment. You can practice meditation at home, on your own, with
information you learn about meditation. You can practice meditation in a
group setting with other blossoming Buddhists. You will likely find online
groups where you can meditate "virtually" with a group. As long as you learn
how to meditate, and you go further and further with each session into
reaching that supreme level of a pure mind, then you are on the right track to
enlightenment.
To bring Buddhism into your everyday life other than studying and
meditation, just start living a kind and compassionate life. You want to put
forth positive, happy energy in everything you do because, as you know,
karma is watching. live your life knowing that karma will always find you.
You will struggle during your Buddhism journey. There will be negative
times as you learn more and more about the true nature of reality. You will
likely have to face some hard truths about yourself and the way that you live
or feel. Just keep going forward. You will not become a full-fledged,
enlightened Buddhist in just a few weeks or months. You are looking at years
of studying and practicing and changing and living your new life before you
reach Nirvana.
While this probably sounds overwhelming, it will be worth the effort and the
wait. Once you reach the level of enlightenment, you will no longer struggle
with letting go of clinging, with accepting that all things change, with living a
simple life, and with total awareness. You will be awakened – you will be
like the Buddha. You will have a full understanding of your mind, your life,
and your actions, as well as your feelings and thoughts. You will be a
Buddhist, and your future will be very bright.
With that said, as you start your journey down the path to enlightenment, you
may wonder how you get started on bringing Buddhism into your daily life.
No, you do not have to start wearing robes, and no, you do not have to join a
monastery. There are no secret clubs to join, no Buddhist secrets to keep. The
journey to enlightenment is just that – a journey. It has to start somewhere, so
why not start with the first step?
 Chapter 14:
How to Maintain Meditation as a Daily Habit

Practice makes perfect right? If you don’t keep practicing your newly found
way of life, you’re bound to fall back into old habits. I know that you
shouldn’t live in the past but it’s okay to remind yourself of your
accomplishments and the great improvement you’ve achieved. You need to
come to terms with the way you live now in your present time, before you
improve your life permanently. When you pay attention to the negative,
depressed, and stressed way you feel, you’ll never want to come back.
The only way you can maintain your new happy self is to make your new
way of life permanent and not a temporary stretch. Consider the following
facts.
To motivate yourself from deviating from your new way of life, remember
the reasons it helps you. Make a list of these reasons and keep them on your
fridge;
Life is ever changing and even though you’re in a good place now, stress can
come in any form at any given moment. You don’t want to be caught off
guard.
Your new positive outlook will only remain positive if you keep practicing it
daily.
Your meditation can improve your intelligence and ability to absorb more
information. Life doesn’t stop teaching you lessons, so you shouldn’t stop
learning. There are so much interesting facts to learn.
You’ll never forget to remain in the present and enjoy every unexpected
adventure that comes your way, never missing out on anything again.
I want to help you create a daily meditation habit so you don’t regress to old
habits that leave you feeling overwhelmed and worthless. I have devised
some practical steps for you to draw up your meditation routine.

Acknowledge your reasons for this way of life. I’ve covered this
in the previous section. I will add to this topic in a broader range
now. Make sure that you’re not choosing the Buddhist way of life
for the wrong reasons. Don’t tell yourself that you want to do it
because everyone else is or because someone else wants you to.
These are not your own reasons for choosing this path. Use your
own reasons that you’ve listed in the previous section to motivate
yourself. You can’t build on someone else’s motivation and
expectations without bringing tons of stress on yourself again.
Take small steps before you attempt giant leaps. I’ve covered
this point briefly too. You will become overwhelmed, making you
feel like a failure if you push too hard. There’s nothing wrong with
a 60 second start. Devote 60 seconds of your time each day to sit
down and become one with your inner Buddha and find your
happy place again. After a few days, you can make it two 60
second session a day. Don’t move on to long or complicated
sessions until you know you’re ready. Only you can decide when
you’re ready.

Make a time to meditate every day. I would suggest using a time

that remains constant. Life has a way of changing from day to day
and if you decide to meditate on your lunch break at work, you
might skip your lunch break tomorrow because you’re too busy.
Slot your meditation into your morning or evening routine. You
can allocate 60 seconds before you sleep at night because let’s face
it, you sleep every night. No excuse can disrupt your routine
because you chose a time that remains uniform.
Choose a space for your practice. You should choose a space
that won’t change from day to day. For example: don’t set your
space up in the garden, as tempting as it may seem. What happens
if it rains or snows tomorrow? You’ll feel anxious because you
can’t use your spot that you normally do. You can set up in your
bedroom, ensuring that you always have a yoga mat readily
available at the foot of your bed. You’ll start using a mat once you
become comfortable with the process. A yoga mat has a certain
level of freedom in meditation. Please note, there’s nothing wrong
with changing your space when you desperately need a session. A
time will come when you’re stuck in traffic and late for an
important date. You can use a simple breathing meditation to calm
yourself. A crucial thing to remember is that you’re in a safe zone.
Don’t practice meditation that makes you drowsy when you’re
driving because this is obviously dangerous. The world keeps
moving even though you’re in your head space. In addition, make
sure you master the breathing meditation before you practice it in a
public space.
Choose your antidote. The more you grow accustomed to
meditation you’ll start noticing that certain techniques work best
for you. You can even shake your techniques up a little and change
from one to another. Mark different techniques for different days.
Choose meditations that make you comfortable and not
meditations you find difficult to follow.
Turn your session into fun and not work. You’re more likely to
enjoy something that you think is fun. Turn your session into an
experience on its own. You can do this by adding some soothing
background music. Steer clear of music with singing in it and use
instrumental soundtracks or the sound of nature. A popular choice
is the sound of rain. Have you noticed how the sound of rain
outside lulls you to sleep?
Hold yourself responsible. I know this one sounds harsh, but the
fear of consequence always deters us from skipping on our
responsibilities. One way to punish yourself is both fun and
effective. Find a friend who meditates and do it together. Please
don’t force a friend to join you. If you don’t have friends who
meditate, join a local meditation group.
Create an addictive habit. You’re surrounded by temptation to
create addictive habits every day. Most of them are bad habits such
as smoking and drinking. By practicing your meditation daily,
you’ll get into a habit that makes you feel like you can’t do
without it, much like the bad habits.
Keep track of your progress and reward yourself. Much like a
gold star on a child’s homework motivates them to keep doing
well, you should use the same principle for yourself. You can
reward yourself every Sunday for sticking to your routine the
entire week. If you enjoy watching a movie on a Sunday, go to the
cinema in reward for your good behavior. We never outgrow the
reward system.
 Chapter 15:
Tips for Beginners in Buddhism

Whether you are starting your quest for Buddhism now or not so long ago,
here are some tips to avoid falling into traps.
Be wary of fanatics who come to call you for a "special Buddhist meeting" or
a "Buddhist talk." Escape from anyone who tells you that Buddhism believes
in "reincarnation," that Buddhism will solve your personal or financial
problems, that Buddhism is akin to spiritualism, that the "energy of the
universe" does this, that or the other.
Escape from mingling. If you realize that someone who calls himself a
Buddhist mixes Christian ideas, "New Age" mysticism, chromotherapy, reiki,
"holistic" therapies, or other such things with Buddhism, distance yourself.
Escape from devotion. Any place where they worship anything or anyone
(whom they call "Master") is highly suspect. Escape from adorations to
spirits of the dead (called inside the Japanese colony of "mass") and the
temples that foment these spectacles.
Do not rely on "masters" or "teachers" who live full of cricket-faced
disciples. Do not swallow the talk of "pacifism" or "inter-religiosity." This is
not Buddhism!
Be wary of the ideas of the "Theosophical Society" or all that they call
"Buddhism." Do not also believe in "Lamas" who confer "basin" initiations
or where they recite unintelligible mantras or repetitive discourses about
"compassion."
Do not join cults where you do not understand what you are reciting or
speaking. Do not believe that "Buddhism is irrational" or that you should be
looking at a wall, with your back aching and your legs tingling because this is
"meditation."
Escape the stereotypes linked to Buddhism or Eastern thought. Also read the
"Dhammapada," which are fundamental lessons for the understanding of
Buddhism.
Be wary whenever you speak of "giving." In general, they will speak of
"giving for meditation," "giving to the talk," "giving to the monk," or the like.
This is an old coup. Over time they will make you feel obligated to pay.
Escape from "Buddhism for Businessmen," "Meditation for Work,"
"Increased Productivity Based on Buddhism," "Buddhism and Health," or
other mambas of the genre. Do not buy a cat for hare! Buddhism is not self-
help.
Use your critical sense to the fullest. Always distrust. It does not matter if the
subject in front of you is full of titles or is authorized by so-and-so. Be
suspicious, compare with the sutras, think, never believe things at face value
with anyone. Do not be impressed by bald men, ceremonial robes, and large,
majestic temples. Use your head!
If you want to practice seriously in the community, look for a place where
you do not have to reject your rationality, your own culture, or empty your
pockets.
Do not blindly believe in anything or anyone. Buddha is not outside of you.
Your mind is Buddha. you do not need anyone to serve as an "intermediary."
A master can be very useful, but it is not indispensable. A true master is a
good friend who is a little more "dogged" on the Path and who can give
important tips that will make your life easier. Despite however good the
master may be though; he can do nothing for you. He will not carry you on
your back and will not give you "magic powers" or "blessings."
If you do not walk the path with your own legs, you will be still, even if the
master is screaming in your ear for you to walk. If you do not follow the
advice of the master, the role of the master is useless. The master is not an
ornament for you to put on a board and worship. They are just a good friend
who agreed to help you.
If you do not want to heal, the prescriptions of a doctor or the medicines
enclosed in the package cannot do anything for you. Likewise, it is no use
reading books on the Dharma, sutras, etc., and not applying the teachings in
your life. There is no point in saying "Buddhist" in the temple but not
following Buddha's teachings when you are out of the temple. Following
Buddhism is taking on a lifestyle so you can become a better person. Through
the techniques that Buddha taught, you learn to become the best person you
can be. You learn virtues, such as compassion and patience to help you better
control situations within your life.
 Conclusion

Nothing is eternal in this world, and so the time has come for me to finish this
book. I’d like to thank you again for choosing it! I hope that you have
grasped the pure essence of Buddhism and that this work will help you in
your journey towards being a better person.
With the help of this book, you are merely capable to scratch the surface of
the items Buddhist practices can offer you. If you wish to learn more about it,
then it is recommended for you to enter some form of Buddhist group that
could be near your community. You must be aware though that whatever they
will be with instructions on is stricter than everything you already read. It is
best then to apply first employing this book, and in case you feel you're ready
then you'll be able to begin to take your Buddhist practice to the next level.
The main obstacle that you could encounter in incorporating Buddhism in
your life is your current lifestyle itself. Changing yourself as it follows can
only give an undesirable result which could hinder you to find the
enlightenment you might be seeking.
Remember that this isn't merely a one-time occurrence. This technique can
drastically change the way you view the world thereby will change who you
are.
By now, you should have a better understanding of Buddhism than you did
when you first picked up this book. Through these basic beliefs and practices
of Buddhism, you should be able to start walking down your path of
enlightenment and begin techniques so you’re able to provide yourself with a
stress-free life. On top of this, through the beliefs and practices we discussed,
you should be able to work toward a happier, wiser, and more fulfilling life
of compassion, understanding, and positive self-care.
Small things get put into perspective and don’t grow into big things. You
begin to make sense of life and want to put in the best effort that you can.
Even for people with strict religious beliefs, Buddhism allows development
of understanding and will make you a better Christian, a better Hindu, a
better atheist or a better person because the disciplines are all about living
your life to the fullest, without suffering unhappiness and distress. When you
can do that, the joy that you spread to the world around you and the respect
you give to yourself are one and the same.
 CHAKRAS FOR BEGINNERS
The Complete Guide to Unleash and Balance the Power of Your 7
Chakras Through Self-Healing Techniques, Mindfulness Meditation,
Yoga and Crystals for Positive Energy Awakening

By Aura Heal
 Table of Contents

Introduction
Chapter 1: What Are Chakras and How Do They Work?
Chapter 2: History of the Chakras
Chapter 3: The Seven Chakras
Chapter 4: Chakra States
Chapter 5: Working With Your Chakras
Chapter 6: Association of the Main Chakras
Chapter 7: How to Balance Your Chakras
Chapter 8: Affirmation for Chakras
Chapter 9: Kundalini Awakening and the Chakras
Chapter 10: Crystal Healing and the Chakras
Chapter 11: How to Awaken the Chakras
Chapter 12: Meditation for Clearing Blockages
Chapter 13: Breathing Techniques to Keep your Chakras Open
Chapter 14: Enhancing Life Through Chakras & the Healing Properties They
Hold
Conclusion
 Introduction

Your chakras are an essential part of your existence and in the reality of
healing and wholeness and living your life as your truest self. They play an
integral role in how you become aligned with your life path and your whole
being.
Awakening to the healing power of chakra energy has its history in so many
civilizations and cultures. The whole concept of the chakras comes from a
variety of sources and has its origins with the beginning of humankind. We
are all energy and our internal and external energy system has acquired the
universal name of Chakras.
The internet is full of false information about how the chakras work and all of
the ways that they can affect your life cycles. In the following chapters, you
will learn the basics of each chakra center, it’s meaning, importance, how
they affect a person both negatively and positively as well as many unique
and easy ways to open a specific chakra.
Awakening and opening your chakras might take a while but with a lot of
practice and willpower, you will achieve your goal. With the help of your
open chakras, you will be able to harness their energy and help heal your
body, mind, and soul.
Many techniques such as guided meditations, yoga, affirmations, and even
crystals can help balance out the chakras within your body, aligning them
with your spirit and healing yourself.
With the help of this basic and easy understanding book, it is guaranteed that
you will be able to balance out all of your seven chakras and heal the body,
mind, and spirit. Balancing your chakras with the techniques given in this
book can open the door to a life of health, wealth and happiness—a life lived
to the fullest.
Every effort was made to ensure it is full of as much useful information as
possible, please enjoy it! You’re now on the cusp of a great journey which
will bring you in touch with the true nature of both yourself and also help you
understand how you fit into this universe.
 Chapter 1:
What Are Chakras and How Do They Work?

The Chakras are vital energy centers found inside of your body and are in
charge of regulating all of the processes that occur inside energetically. This
can include organ functions, your emotions and even how well the immune
system works.
For the most part, there are 7 main chakras and they are positioned all
throughout the body. Some people believe that there are lesser chakras but for
now we will focus on some of the more familiar ones and how they will work
in your body. These main chakras are found from the base of the spine all the
way up to the head and each one will have its own vibration, which is often
shown with a specific color that comes with the chakra.
Each of the chakras works on a different part of the body. For example, the
first chakra is in charge of helping you to feel connections with the world
around you while the crown chakra opens you up to the spiritual world. All of
the chakras are important, and they even work together, even though they
may seem to work on such different parts of the body. When one of the
chakras is not working properly, it can start to affect how the other chakras
work. And if you don’t take the time to give the chakras the healing that they
need, you will start noticing that many of the chakras start to fail.
In addition, there are several ways that things can go wrong with the chakras.
Many times when there are issues, it is because the chakras are closed off and
aren’t able to let in some of the energy that is needed. For example, when the
heart chakra is closed off, you may not be able to experience emotions and
you may be seen as cold hearted to other people. In addition, you may find
that the heart chakra, or any of the other chakras, could be too open, which
could result in you feeling too many emotions and always being a wreck from
these emotions.
You must work on keeping the chakras balanced as much as possible. In our
modern world, this can seem like something that is almost impossible to work
on. You are already overworked, stressed out, and so much more - so how
much sense does it make to keep the chakras in balance if everything in your
life is already working against you? It does take a little bit of dedication and
hard work but with some persistence, you can make your chakras as strong as
possible.
People who attend yoga classes are often taught about some facts on chakras
and its importance in keeping a healthy mind and body. Just like how people
are fond of or have faith in astrology, chakras can be connected to astrology
and in sync with the human anatomy. Each Chakra represents the core of the
human body and how its balance or imbalance can affect humans both
physically and mentally. They can be the answer to why people get lost in
their lives, feel tired or anxious, broken inside, drown in the sadness, being
shy, unconfident, etc. Building a connection with Chakras is one of the first
things you should do when faced with a challenging situation.
Another way to address the power of Chakras is in a place between spiritual
and psychological, or "psycho-spiritual". One could even say that taking care
of mental well-being should be prioritized over physical health. This is
because the way our body heals depends on how the mind heals. Physical
injuries can be treated with medicines but how fast it heals depends on how
strong your will power is.
That is why Chakras are there, and they are embedded in us. We just need to
unlock them and use them to their potential. Many people are wasting their
precious energies, and some don’t even know how to regain it. Chakras are
just as mysterious as astrology but they were discovered, and now they are a
part of our lives.
Numerous healing ideologies use chakras to evaluate an individual and to
determine precisely what work ought to be carried out on that individual. The
chakras can additionally be utilized as a place to discover different sorts of
healing, while also taking a close look at exactly what type of damage may
have already been done.
Chakra work gives a premise to specialists so that they can put together the
puzzle of the whole person and their particular problems. By sensing and
working with an individual's chakras, an expert will achieve a greater
understanding of any issues their patient is struggling with. This also
provides a starting point on the journey to essential healing.
These chakras, or energy focuses, work as pumps or valves, directing the
stream of energy through our energy framework. The care of the chakras
reflects choices we make concerning how we decide to react to conditions
throughout our life. We open and close these valves when we choose what to
think, and what to feel, and through which perceptual channel we decide to
encounter our general surroundings.
The chakras are not physical. They are parts of the consciousness in the same
way that the emanations are parts of cognizance. The chakras are denser than
the specific qualities that they represent and heal, yet not as dense as the
physical body. They connect with the physical body through two significant
vehicles; the endocrine framework and the sensory system. Each of the seven
chakras is connected with one of the seven endocrine organs, and,
additionally, with a gathering of nerves called a plexus. Hence, every chakra
is connected with specific parts of the body, and specific capacities inside the
body are controlled by the plexus and the endocrine organ connected with
that chakra.
The greater part of your faculties, your consciousness, the majority of your
observations, and all that you may encounter in life, could be separated into
seven classes. Every class could be connected with a specific chakra.
Accordingly, the chakras speak to specific parts of your physical body, as
well as specific parts of your mind.
When you feel pressure in your mind, you feel it in the chakra connected with
the stress, and you feel it in the physical part of the body that is also
connected to the stress. Where you feel the anxiety depends on why you feel
the anxiety. The pressure in the chakra is identified by the nerves of the
plexus connected with that chakra, and transmitted to the parts of the body
controlled by that same plexus. At a certain point, the individual starts to
notice physical pain as well.
These manifestations help us to figure out exactly what is going on in our
mind and body, and the figurative criticalness of the manifestation becomes
clear when we start to see them for ourselves.
The manifestation served to convey to the individual through their body what
they had been doing to themselves in their emotional and mental mind. When
someone finally accepts what is possible in their life, then they can start, as
well as see the healing, as indicated by whatever the individual permits
themselves to accept is conceivable.
We think everything is conceivable. We accept that anything can be fixed and
healed. It's simply a matter of how to do it. Understanding the chakras
permits you to comprehend the relationship between your body and your
mind, and to subsequently see your body as a guide of your awareness. It
provides you with a superior understanding of yourself and those around you.
It can help you to get started with the healing that you deserve, and it can
help you to find ways to live the life that you’ve always wanted to live.
There are as many layers of auras as there are chakras, so with each chakra,
there is a layer outside of your skin’s surface that is connected to each chakra
and all of them together emit the energy of your whole chakra system.
Imagine yourself walking around all day with a large, colorful dome of
energy and light surrounding your body. This would be the auric field coming
from your chakras. Everyone has this energy and having it means you are
always alive with color and light coming from your chakras.
The chakras themselves are each in a specific location within your body
starting at the base of your spine. Each chakra has a very specific energy and
purpose and has its links to several physical and mental aspects of the self.
For example, your root chakra is connected to your legs, feet, and large
intestine, as well as the sex glands (testes/ovaries). It is also linked to the
feelings of security, stability, physical vitality and prosperity. When your root
chakra is healthy, these systems are healthy. When your root chakra is
blocked, you may struggle with issues surrounding your physical health,
prosperity, and livelihood, as well as issues with your lower digestive organ,
or pain and discomfort in your legs and feet.

How Chakras Work

You are born with your unique blueprint of life and your chakra system is a
part of that blueprint. You will gain knowledge as you grow and your chakras
receive energy as you learn and experience life. It is akin to the way your
mind absorbs knowledge by reading a book. Your chakras absorb knowledge
by reading the energy of life and incorporating it into your system of
comprehension and self-understanding.
When you have uncomfortable life situations, such as challenging early life
dynamics with your caregivers, or traumas and discouragements, your
chakras respond and react to these life experiences by blocking the flow of
energy as if they are being taught to close and not flow openly. An example
of that might look like a childhood experience in which a parent or caregiver
repeatedly punishes you for spilling your milk instead of reassuring you that
accidents happen. In time, your energy will learn to feel shame, guilt, and
apprehension about making any kind of mistake, not just spilling your milk
on the kitchen table.
Eventually, these energy transformations through your life experiences can
create a false identity from who you truly are, compared to what your energy
and soul are taught by outside influences, experiences, attitudes, beliefs, and
agendas.
Each chakra has its own unique impact on yourself and soul make-up and
they work together to help you exist in your life cycles with the energy that
they have. If you are blocked in your chakras, you may have grown
accustomed to living in only one way and held beliefs that it is just who you
are and how your life is supposed to be, or will be no matter what. The
chakras are easily cleared, unblocked and decongested from life’s ups and
downs to help you achieve oneness with yourself and your true soul’s
purpose.
Many people are looking for answers outside of themselves to find a way to
heal their personal pain, uncertainty, emotional wounds and difficulty getting
out of a rut. The answers are always inside of you and how you work with
your chakras is the beginning of healing your life.
In many ways, chakras are the first and last place you should check to find
out what, where, when, why and how you are feeling in your life. Your
energy system is always online and its health is just as important as the health
of your physical and mental bodies.
 Chapter 2:
History of the Chakras

The chakras, as a concept of energy centers of the body, entered into the
western mindset more than 100 years ago. However, the origin of these
concepts goes much further than that. The chakras originated in Tantric
traditions as energy centers. During ancient times they were not considered to
be origins of energy but rather to be focal points where energy congregated
on its way to flow throughout the body.
Originally, these energy centers were not taken to be physical realities but
were empirically based. That is, they were based on observation. It was noted
where human beings experienced various emotions and sensations,
connecting the physical to the mental, emotional, and spiritual states, which
we all experience.
So in a sense, these were symbolic, conceptual ideas, and yet they were
related to actual, empirical, and physical observations. Later, over the period
of 1500 to 500 BC, these ideas became further elevated and developed, where
they were written down in ancient Indian texts called the Vedas. This is
where they became associated with the concept of spinning wheels of energy
and light. These concepts were studied and developed for more than a
thousand years and were codified in more modern form in the 1600s in the
writings of a famous Indian guru named Swami Purandanda. Toward the start
of the 20th century, the ideas of Swami Purandanda were translated into
English, where they gradually gained popularity and acceptance in different
parts of the western world. Knowledge of the chakras and the practice of
yoga became widespread after the 1960s.
 Chapter 3:
The Seven Chakras

The Root Chakra

One of the very first major chakras found within the body is the root chakra.
This chakra is also known as Muladhara, 'Mula' signifying root and 'Dhara'
meaning support or base. Together, they make up the importance behind the
root chakra which is to provide balance or support.
The root chakra is responsible for a sense of emotional safety and security
when it comes to ones day to day activities. It is all about survival and
grounding oneself. This chakra works by connecting your very own energy
to the earth's energy through the practice of grounding oneself with the power
of visualization that you will learn in this chapter.
The root chakra makes sure that you feel at ease when it comes to things such
as love, goals, money, and security. This chakra represents the color red that
is associated with love, strength, security, energy, desire, and power. It can be
found in the lower abdomen, where the tailbone of the spine is located. It
makes you feel alive and brings awareness that you are being on this planet
living your life with nothing controlling you.
An imbalanced root chakra can not only damage the mind but the body too.
Physically, this chakra is associated with problems and diseases inside the
spine, nerve system, the lower abdomen, kidney, hemorrhoids, and sleep
disorders. One may also suffer from pain, bladder issues, digestion problems,
ovarian cysts, and lower back pains.
When emotionally imbalanced, one will live their life worrying about almost
anything every single day. Negative feelings like anxiety, insecurity,
impatience, and stress will resurface causing other mental illnesses such as
depression. Since the flow of energy is blocked, that energy will not properly
reach the legs causing one to always feel exhausted after walking.
When your root chakra is balanced, you will live a life free of worries,
situations that refer to your survival requirements won't stress you, and you
will be able to react to different circumstances with a calm mindset. The trust
is found within yourself; you believe that you can get through any obstacles
without it interfering with your mental health.
Physically, when this chakra is balanced, the body is healthy and energized.
There are no difficulties relating to the lower abdomen. Emotionally, this
chakra deals with anxiety and stress so when it is in balance, those feelings
simply fade away.
With a positive mindset, no negative thoughts, and the root chakra can help
achieve a mental balance as well as balancing other chakras such as the sacral
and the heart by getting rid of negative emotions. The reaction to obstacles
and problems will improve without a panic state of mind state.
Chakras can also be either overactive or underactive, meaning that its either
too open which can affect one not in a good way or it's not open enough.
When the root chakra is overactive, the root chakra can also create 'threats'
inside your mind, making you believe in it when in reality there is nothing
that can harm you. These threats will cause paranoia, leading to jittery and
anxious. You will also find yourself getting aggressive, annoyed, and angry
all the time. The slightest provocation will tick you off. This type of person
always tries to control others for their greedy deeds. They often resist higher
authority, change, and are known to obsess over feeling secure.
When the root chakra is underactive, then it means that one has taken care of
the survival needs but not in a healthy manner. It is not 'open enough'
meaning that one still feels disconnected or insecure when it comes to the
outside world. They easily feel nervous, anxious, afraid, and find it hard to
finish daily tasks on time.
To balance this chakra, one must also consider changing daily habits to help
assist in the opening of this chakra. A change in diet can strongly influence
the mind, body, and root chakra. A healthy and well-balanced diet can help
achieve mental clarity, provide health for the body, and even help balance the
root chakra.
Try to consume healthy foods and drink a lot of water, it is not only
beneficial for the root chakra but can even help to prevent any unwanted
diseases within the body. Especially eating red foods such as tomatoes,
strawberries, red peppers, and many others can help assist in the opening of
the root chakra. Exercising like jogging, hiking, or yoga can help the body's
health and the root chakra.
An open root chakra will make you feel grounded and more confident in
yourself. Meditation is known to be one of the best ways to awaken and open
the root chakra but before beginning with this meditation, one should ground
themselves first. Grounding can help the person connect to the earth more
which is what this chakra is all about. A perfect way to ground oneself is by
walking barefooted in nature, the beach, or the forest. Walking barefooted at
home can also help.
Another popular way is to use the power of visualization by imagining
yourself as an energy tree by extending your arms upwards. Visualize roots
below you, sinking deeper into the ground, and the branches above you,
extending from your hands. This is a brief visualization exercise and it can
help ground you. It shouldn't take longer than two to three minutes, it can
also help calm the mind before you get into the meditation state.

The Sacral Chakra

The second major chakra is the sacral chakra. It is also known as

Svadhishana which signifies 'the place of the self'. In context, this chakra is
all about making you feel like you belong in this world. It gives you the
feelings and emotions that make you enjoy your life, as well as living with
creative energy that makes up your persona. This chakra provides the feeling
of satisfaction and survival which comes from the root chakra.
The sacral chakra is responsible for one's inner feelings that make up the
happiness, it is also responsible for all of the emotional aspect of a person. It
represents connection, intimacy, pleasure, and sensuality. The sacral chakra is
associated with the color orange which represents creativity, joy, success, and
self-respect. The location of this chakra is below the belly button in the lower
abdomen region which mostly affects that specific region within the body.
When imbalanced, a person will experience extreme difficulties when it
comes to both the mind and body. Physically, one will suffer from problems
within the reproductive system, kidney infections, urinary problems, prostate
problems, constipation, hormonal imbalance, gynecological problems,
abnormal menstruation in females, and problems within the sexual organs.
This chakra is also the cause of one's negative addictions and emotions. To be
healthy, one must first realize that negative actions have negative
consequences. Ask yourself if what you are doing is good for your health.
Change starts from within the mind by drawing the energy away from what
you are addicted to.
Emotionally, one will suffer from negative feelings, weakness, insecurity,
and fear, which will then affect the root chakra and its feelings of security.
One will also find themselves to be enjoying things that shouldn't be the main
cause of one's happiness. New addictions will resurface as well as lack of
motivation, restlessness, emotional confusion, and feelings of unimportance.
However, when this chakra is balanced, it lets one stay and live in the
moment, experiencing all the wonderful feelings that come with it. The sacral
chakra let's one understand the things that life offers and that everything
happens for a reason.
Physically, the lower abandonment region such as the reproductive organs,
bladder, and stomach suffer no physical pain. The energy within the body is
also well balanced, meaning one will never feel tired or exhausted.
Emotionally, one will be able to express themselves easily since this chakra is
linked to the feelings and emotions of the mind. The emotional state will be
well-balanced meaning that when situations will get heated, you will not
overreact which is known to often cause more stress.
When this chakra is overactive, the sacral may be experiencing too much
energy causes an imbalance to the sacral chakra region. When it happens, the
overall wellbeing of a person is affected. One will experience conflict, drama,
and unhealthy relationships as well as constant overwhelming feelings. The
emotions will be expressed more deeply, they will also be heightened. Mood
swings, a strong dependence on others, attachment, aggression, anxiety, and
emotional imbalance are common side effects of an overactive sacral chakra.
When the sacral chakra is underactive, then one is most likely experiencing a
disturbance in the flow of energy. You will begin to suffer from losing
control, feelings of uncertainty, and inability to cope with changes and
obstacles in your life. It often affects the environment and personal
relationships with friends, family, and lovers. You will feel detached from
your emotions causing drastic changes for yourself and others.
Changing your diet, adding yoga, and meditation into your daily routine can
only help if you let it. Keeping an open mindset can also be of use to make
sure that all the little things that one does will help in healing the sacral
chakra. One must first welcome change into their lives to be healed
completely.
The sacral chakra is often associated with water meaning that drinking plenty
of water and/or herbal teas especially fruity ones can help heal and balance
this chakra point. Eating orange foods such as oranges, melons, coconuts, and
other sweet fruits can be beneficial in aiding to balance this chakra. Foods
that are orange in color can also be of help. Specific practices such as yoga
and particular yoga pose that involve opening the hips like open-angle pose,
bound angle pose, and upavistha konasana are not only good for the body but
can help open the sacral chakra.

Solar Plexus Chakra (Manipura)

This chakra is located in the upper abdomen or the stomach area, between the
rib and the navel. This chakra governs your self-confidence. It is associated
with different organs such as the spleen, liver, small intestine, and pancreas.
People with balanced solar plexus chakra has a childlike energy. They are
open-minded, stress free, and they respect authority. They have a strong
sense of community and team spirit. They also have integrity and a strong
will. They’re also practical and intellectual.
The governing element of this chakra is fire. When this chakra is unbalanced,
you’ll have “gut feelings” that could make you feel stressed or agitated.
You’ll also have poor memory and concentration.
If you need a quick confidence booster, you have to take time to balance this
chakra. Balancing this chakra makes you feel centered in spirit, body, and
mind. It also helps you get more connected with your intuition or gut feelings
so that you may act accordingly and with confidence.
This chakra is associated with various gems and stones, including malachite,
topaz, and orange calcite.

Fourth Chakra: Heart

The fourth chakra says what it is: heart. The heart chakra has everything to do
with love and relationships. It is not only romantic love that lives here but
also familial love, platonic love, the love you feel for your pet, or even a
place you like. It is also greatly about love for the self and when you have
blocks, excesses or deficiencies here, you may have struggled or are currently
struggling with the issues surround self-love. There is an old saying: if you
can’t love yourself, how will you truly love another? This is the heart
chakra’s question more than any other. Looking outside of yourself for love
has a detrimental impact on the energy of your fourth chakra and is often the
cause for why people have difficulty in their love relationships with others.
The heart is located in the center of the chest and your heart chakra is exactly
where the heart is. The thymus gland, which is associated with immune
system regulation, is connected to this chakra. The organ of the heart, as well
as the lungs, are the physical organs connected to this chakra.
It is the color green and has the element air linked to it. Here is the right to
love and it goes without saying, or it should, that we all have the right to love
and be loved. When you have a balanced, clear and open heart chakra you
experience compassion and self-acceptance on all levels. You will also have
harmonious relationships and feelings of love and self-worth. All of your
heart chakra energy is devoted to the love of all things and all life and leaves
you ready for all manner of joyful and heartfelt experiences in your life.
The heart chakra is a notorious place for blockages, excesses, and
deficiencies. We can be so easily wounded here because of another’s lack of
love for others and for themselves. There are a lot of childhood moments that
become heart chakra blocks that lead to long term excesses and deficiencies.
For example, if you have a deficient heart chakra you may have feelings of
melancholy or sadness in general, low self-worth and lack of self-love, fear
of loving another or opening up to friendships, difficulty breathing or a
feeling of heaviness in your chest. You may also have a lack of desire to
create the life you want because you are unable to love the truth of what you
want and who you are truly meant to be. So many people end up living lives
that they are not content with because of a lack of self-love from a blocked
heart chakra.
There can also be excessive energy here, just like with all of the other
chakras. You might think that it is a good thing to have an overabundance of
heart chakra energy; however, it can present in other ways that are unhealthy.
For example, an excessive heart chakra could look something like this:
clinging behaviors in relationships; codependency; care-taking of others to
the point of exhaustion; narcissism.
We all have a heart and we all want to love and be loved. The heart chakra is
an important place to find balance. As the fourth of seven chakras, it is in the
direct center of your tower of energy and is the area where the lower and
upper chakras connect. The heart separates the mind from the body and when
this chakra is balanced, your whole system has an ability to feel light.
Connecting the mind to the body so that you can know spirit is the ultimate
work of the heart chakra.

Fifth Chakra: Throat

The fifth chakra is how we speak the truth of our life. When you are in
alignment with the fifth chakra you can communicate openly about what
must be said for you to stay in alignment and balance with your life as a
person and a soul. The fifth chakra is the color blue and is connected to the
element known as ether. Ether is where you begin to leave the earthly realms.
It is beyond the atmosphere of air and it is here that the world of sound is
open to our lives.
Here is the right to speak and communication is the main energetic reality of
the throat chakra. The thyroid gland is connected to this chakra, and it
regulates body temperature and metabolism. If you have any thyroid issues,
either excessive or deficient production of hormones here, then you may have
had or still have issues with communication or speaking your truth. There are
other factors that create chemical imbalances in the body, so it is important to
examine all angles but having a blocked throat chakra can lead to problems
with the thyroid.
This chakra is also connected to the bronchial tubes, vocal chords, respiratory
system, tongue, mouth, and esophagus. The health of these organs is directly
linked to the health of this chakra. If you are a chain smoker and you have no
intention of quitting cigarettes, then you will likely never heal this chakra,
which will lead to a lot of issues in the rest of chakras as well.
When you have a balanced and open throat chakra you are good at
communicating your feelings, thoughts, ideas, creativity, emotions, and
understanding of yourself. It is good communication and resonance with
yourself and with other people. Self-expression is the main issue of the throat
chakra and when it is blocked there can be strong issues with identifying the
truth of the self.
Blockages in this chakra relate to repressed or blocked emotions that cannot
be released, blocked creativity, and issues with listening to others due to an
overabundance of unreleased thoughts and feelings. Physically, it can
manifest as sore throats, tight neck and shoulders, and a residual cough. A
deficiency in this chakra would appear as someone who rarely speaks up at
all, even when called upon to talk. Excesses in this chakra are the opposite:
someone who cannot stop talking but isn’t speaking the truth. This can be an
issue of the self as well in the sense that if you cannot stop talking, you
cannot listen to others or yourself to find the truth.
The ability to communicate your truth is the sign of a clear and balanced
throat chakra. It will take a lot of time to truly identify what causes issues in
this chakra because of how it connects to others more than other chakras
because it is how we communicate and talk to people. There are always
reasons for having a blocked throat chakra and you will have to find the
source of that energy by digging through all of the chakras together.

Sixth Chakra: Third Eye

The second to last chakra that we need to delve into is the third eye chakra. It
is located on our forehead between our eyebrows. Foresight and intuition are
the centers of this chakra. It provides us with openness and the ability to use
our imagination. Anja is the common name for this chakra in Sanskrit.
This chakra is a combination of every element. It is often regarded as being in
association with the supreme element, which is simply the pure form of each
of the elements. This is an extremely powerful chakra and one we need to get
to know on an intimate level. The third eye chakra allows us to see beyond
what our eyes can see. It is our sixth sense and holds the key to true
awakening for many people.
Many pictures depict the location of this chakra as being in the middle of
your forehead; however, this is not exactly right. It is only slightly above the
bridge of the nose in location. The location of our chakras is important when
we are working in meditation practices to clear blockages and make sure that
our energies are flowing freely.
Physically, this chakra is associated with our sleep and waking times. It is the
center of our ability to pay attention and it allows us to perceive different
levels of light. Due to the fact that the positioning of it is near are optical
nerves, it is also responsible for stimulations and changes in our vision.
As noted, this chakra plays a part in what we see but it also plays a major role
in our intuition. We can perceive changes in energy and changes within our
realm due to the energy that this chakra releases. It is truly associated with a
good variety of psychological and behavioral characteristics.
A person's psychic abilities are also related to this chakra. It can help with
clairvoyance and in achieving mystical states like astral projection. It is our
connection to incite, intuition, and wisdom. When we feel motivated towards
being creative and we feel inspired by what is going on around us, it is likely
that this chakra has positive energy flowing through it without any blockages.
Oftentimes, reality hits us right in the face but sometimes it is much more
subtle. Our third eye will allow us to see what is going on in a physical and
metaphysical sense. Subtle changes in energies will be noticed because of
this chakra. The perception of ourselves and the world around us is made
possible because of this chakra.
The nonphysical things around us will be easier to perceive when the flow of
energy to this chakra is clear. It can make it very difficult to describe to
somebody what it is that you are noticing but to you, internally, it will be
clear. Many will find that these “inner visions” are blurry or hard to make out
while others will be able to put their finger on them quite clearly. It depends
on the person, as well as, the situation.
Blockages to this chakra are very common and it can require a lot of focus to
keep the energy flowing freely. Meditation is a great way to find the focus
required to see beyond the physical realm of things. Putting our focus on this
chakra can provide us with insight in the way that we need to live to become
our best selves.
Opening your third eye does not need to be difficult and there are a variety of
proven ways to help you accomplish it. One of the best ways to do this is by
finding silence within your mind. This is typically done through meditation.
Silence will help to elevate your 6th sense and enhance our psychic abilities.
This can put us more in tune with our surroundings, as well as, ourselves.
Another way of accomplishing this task is to get a bit creative. By picking up
a new hobby or starting a new craft project, it will allow our inspiration to
flow freely. When we use creativity an inspiration frequently, it allows us to
let go of our rational mind. Things tend to be a bit quieter inside thus
allowing us to open our third eye.
When our third eye is open, and energy is flowing freely, we will see the
impact on our day-to-day lives. We will pick-up the subtleties around us and
become wiser than before. Our intuition will become better and our decision-
making process will be more solid. There will be less anxiety and a higher
level of spiritual connection within each person’s belief system.

Seventh Chakra: Crown

The last chakra to be discussed is the crown chakra. It is located at the top of
our head. It allows us to access different states of consciousness beyond the
physical world. When trying to get in touch with the universe, this chakra is
what will allow you to do so. In Sanskrit, it is referred to as Sahasrara and
translates into “thousand petals”.
Physically, this chakra is associated with our pituitary gland. It helps to
regulate our endocrine system. Due to its location, it is also associated with
our brain and our nervous system. It is deeply connected to the root chakra.
This is due to the fact that the beginning and the end are always in connection
with each other.
The characteristics of this chakra are related to consciousness. It is our
awareness of a higher purpose and all that we find sacred. It is also associated
with wisdom. The crown chakra is truly spiritual and can help you form
connections with higher powers.
The Crown chakra will also give us the ability to realize the patterns of our
life. Some of these patterns may be limiting our success and when we can
realize this is happening, it can allow us to break free of these types of chains.
It is also found that this chakra is associated with feelings of happiness,
ecstasy, and goodwill.
When energy is flowing freely through this chakra, we will be able to
overcome the limitations that we face. Whether they are internal or external,
it does not matter. Our awareness of ourselves, as well as the people around
us and the universe, will be clearer than ever before when your crown chakra
is not suffering from a blockage.
When you are feeling enlightened and clear about what is happening around
you, it is pretty safe to bet that the energy flow to your crown chakra is not
being blocked. When this energy is flowing freely, you will likely feel as if
you are happily connected to everything around you. This is both in the
physical and spiritual sense. It is truly a gateway to spirituality and
consciousness within us.
Our connection to the universe can feel threatened when there is a blockage
to this chakra. You may feel quite depressed or as if you were in a state of
fogginess if you are experiencing a blockage here. Clearing these blockages
will take a bit of time but it is possible and extremely important.
One of the very best ways to handle a blocked crown chakra is through
meditation. Guided meditation may be extremely important as it can help you
focus on the spirituality that is related to this chakra. Many people like to
envision bright light pouring into or from the tops of their heads. It can fill
your entire body and help connect you to what is around you. Mantras during
meditation can also be truly beneficial in clearing crown chakra blockage is.

Secondary or Minor Chakras

Now that we have spent some time going over the information in association
with each of the 7 chakras, we will take a look at the secondary chakras.
These secondary chakras are also referred to as minor chakras. While these
chakras are not as predominant as the main ones, they are responsible for
specific mental practices.
Our secondary chakras give energy to the 7 major chakras. The energy
provided to which of the major chakras will be based on their location. The
number of minor chakras located in our bodies depends on the belief system
that you follow. More often than not, the number that is agreed upon in terms
of minor chakras is 21. However, others believe that there are only 12 minor
chakras within the human body.
Our secondary chakras are easy to find in terms of location. They are quite
specific. Let's take a moment and look at the different minor chakras and
where to find them.

Located in each of our ears

Above each of our breasts
At the intersection of our clavicle bone
In the middle of the palm on each hand
In the middle of the soles of your feet
Right above each of your eyes
Near your reproductive organs
 The liver
The stomach
Within our spleen.
Behind each of our knees
In our thymus gland.
In our Vagus nerve
Near the solar plexus
It is important to note that our minor chakras help fuel our major chakras.
They are smaller in size but oftentimes, regarded as equally as important. As
noted, depending on the philosophy behind your belief system, you may only
find that there are 12 minor chakras rather than twenty-one. However,
twenty-one is the more popular belief.
If you believe in the 12-chakra system, then you are looking at five additional
chakras to the main 7 that we have just discussed. When you believe in the
twelve-chakra system, there are only five secondary chakras and they are
almost as powerful as the main seven. Let’s take a moment and review what
these secondary chakras are and where they are located.
First, there is the earth star chakra. It is the 8th in the human body. It is
located right below our first chakra, the root chakra. It helps to provide
grounding and power to each person. The energy it has flows easily to our
root chakra.
Next, is the 9th chakra and it is called the lunar chakra. It's located right
above the Crown chakra. The power of this chakra comes from the moon. It
is shared with the Crown chakra and can help you connect with the spiritual
realm.
The 10th chakra is the solar chakra. It is located above the lunar chakra. It is
not part of our bodies but hangs above our heads. It helps to provide energy
to every chakra starting from the top and working its way down. It is said to
provide the energy we need to live life.
After the solar chakra, we have the galactic chakra. It is number 11 in the 12-
chakra system. It also lives outside of our bodies. Many find that they can
access this energy through their hands in their feet. It is connected to every
one of the major chakras.
Lastly, we have 12, the universal chakra. It is full of energy that helps draws
together. It is located above all of the other chakras both major and minor. It
provides a great sense of unity and helps us to be conscious of what is
happening around us. It provides energy to all of the chakras located within
our bodies.
It is important to understand that beyond secondary chakras, there are even
more micro chakras. Some find there's a total of more than 100 different
chakras located in our bodies. These energies centers all play a role in helping
to keep our lives satisfying and balanced.
While we have only provided a small amount of information on secondary
chakras, it is important to understand that there is a plethora of information
that is available to you on this subject. Additionally, there is a vast array of
information available on micro chakras and the impact they can have on our
secondary, as well as, our primary chakras. Learning information about major
chakras is the most important place to start. Furthering your knowledge can
only help to keep yourself as in tune as possible.
It is also important to note that there are some great charts that show you the
exact location of each of the major, minor, and micro chakras. These can
easily be referred to when you are trying to focus on one chakra individually.
Sometimes, a visual representation can help us focus on the task of clearing a
certain blockage while meditating.
 Chapter 4:
Chakra States

It is easier to upset your chakras than your stomach. To upset your stomach,
you will have to ingest something harmful. You will have to eat bad food.
However, if you want to upset your chakras, you only need to have bad
thoughts. Not only that but you can also upset your chakras by eating bad
food or even by bad posture. It is the overall flow of energy that needs to be
disturbed.
However, this doesn’t mean that you don’t need to mind the chakras. If you
lead a balanced life, you can keep your chakras in sync, and they will help
you in achieving your maximum potential. If your chakras are balanced, you
will feel more optimistic, energetic, lively, powerful, and joyful. Balanced
chakras are the key to a blissful life, which is the ultimate goal of every
individual. Therefore, it is important that you pay close attention to the ways
that you can prevent causing an imbalance in your chakras.
The chakras in the body can be in various states. Some of the important states
are as follows.

Active and Balanced Chakras

An active chakra is a balanced chakra. This means that the flow of energy
from that chakra is smooth. It is transferring energy at a constant rate, and
there is no stress on that chakra. You can keep your chakras in this state by
doing regular exercises and meditation. A healthy lifestyle with food that
causes minimum stress on the system is also a good way to ensure balanced
chakras.

Low Energy Chakras

A low energy chakra is that in which the power transfer is weak. It means
that the chakra is underperforming. This can have severe ramifications. If a
chakra is underactive, you will not be able to fully express the qualities of
that chakra. When the energy is deficient in a chakra, it makes you feel
inadequate in certain things.

Overactive/Hyperactive Chakras
Low energies in any chakra can decrease the efficiency of that chakra, and
that is a bad thing. But, high energy in the chakra is also not a good thing.
When a chakra becomes hyperactive, it increases the traits manifold. ‘Excess
of even a good thing can become bad.’ This statement could not be more
fitting anywhere else than here. This energy can get destructive, and it may
completely distort your public image and personality. You may also start
facing problems in adjusting yourself in society due to such an aggressive
and uncontrolled expression of some attributes.

Blocked Chakras
Chakras can also get blocked over time due to poor lifestyle or suppression of
some qualities. All the chakras are not active when you are born.
Initially, only the root chakra is active. That’s why a child is instinctive about
survival. Up to the age of two years, a child only cares about eating and
sleeping. Thinking about things other than those are not the concern of a
child. Most kids are afraid of approaching unfamiliar people. They want to
remain in the most secure environment, and that is among the people they
know.
It takes around two years for the sacral chakra to open up, and this is the time
when a child starts to admire this world in all its splendid glory. A child is
always in the utmost pleasant state of mind. You need to use force to make a
child feel sad. A child doesn’t care much about the kind of toys he or she has.
For a child, material wealth doesn’t matter. A child can play with other
children, even if there are no toys. A child can enjoy the food with utmost
content. A child has no sense of accumulation. He or she only wants to use
‘what is’ at disposal. These are the primary traits of the sacral chakra.
The adolescence is the time when the solar plexus chakra starts opening up.
This is the time when a child starts to learn the merits of working hard. This
is the time when a child learns that fruits of merit can be reaped and that they
are sweet. However, to keep this chakra working, a person needs to work
constantly. You will have to cultivate those habits. If you become lazy, this
chakra can easily become inactive or get blocked. Your habits, routine, and
lifestyle govern the functioning of your chakras. The remaining chakras also
keep opening as your mind develops.
The order of the activation of these chakras is not always the same. Some
kids can have some upper chakras open at a very early stage. As a result, they
start performing exceptionally in particular fields, whereas some children
have some of their chakras blocked and that remains visible in their
personality.
The power to open, activate, and balance the chakras is within you. If you
adopt a lifestyle that’s contrary to the functioning of some chakras, it will
definitely affect the balance of energies. If you do not mend your ways, this
will get reflected in your attitude, personality type, and overall behavior.
Chakra healing is an easy and effective way to balance your chakras. You can
do chakra healing by following the simple steps given in this book and ensure
a more balanced and peaceful life.

What Happens if One of the Lower Chakra Remains Blocked

or Imbalanced
It is important that all the chakras remain in sync. Energy flows like a stream,
and if one of the chakras in your body is blocked, it will disturb the smooth
flow of energy. For instance, if you are trying to activate your third eye
chakra and enhance its powers, it is equally important that your root chakra is
functioning smoothly. The root chakra keeps you grounded while you are
trying to discover new depths of perception. If your root chakra is blocked or
imbalanced, you will not be able to enhance the powers of the third eye
chakra properly.
All the chakras are connected with each other. Hence, a balance among all is
very important if you want to enhance the powers of any particular chakra.
 Chapter 5:
Working With Your Chakras

Keys to Chakra Healing

When the chakras are opened just the right amount but not too much, you can
have a life that is well balanced and much happier than before. This can take
some time and you will have to learn how to do this yourself. Each person
finds their own way to getting the chakra healing that they are looking for.
With that being said, there are a few keys to chakra healing that anyone can
work with to get the chakras to feel better and to be back on track. Some of
the keys to chakra healing that you can consider include:

Chakra balancing: if you are curious as to what a healthy chakra

looks like, you need to work on balancing the chakras. The
foundation to having a healthy system is to balance and open up
the chakras. This allows them to create a harmonious and
sustainable flow of energy throughout the body.
Opening up the chakras: often the biggest issue that you are
dealing with when it comes to your chakras is that they are closed
up, so there are a number of practices that will work to open up the
chakras. These are some of the more traditional schools of thought
 that are found with the Eastern spirituality but this is a good one to
use to help out with your chakras.
Healing techniques for the chakras: some of the healing techniques
that are available today for the chakras are created by people who
come from a wide variety of fields. They include options from
fields like psychology, fitness, holistic medicine, and healing,
which can make them so much more powerful than before.
The following exercises are meant for beginners, as these are practices that
are suitable for anyone to begin working with their chakra energy.
The intent is to provide you with a step by step guide to forming your
practice. You do not have to follow this guide religiously. Instead, you should
use it to create a practice that suits your needs and goals. Draw inspiration
from this guide to form your routine, although if you wish to follow it step by
step, by all means, do so.
The following exercises are not only simple to practice, these will also prove
to be effective and easy to maintain as a routine. We must stress the fact that
everyone sees different effects when approaching their personal chakra work.
Some people may find that their chakras open easily, where others need a
little more time before they see drastic changes occur. We also need to
mention that when you first approach these practices, you may feel
undesirable effects like headaches or other discomforts. These side-effects
wear off quickly and are largely a result of toxins leaving your body. Once
your chakras begin to open, you may feel energetic side effects as well. These
may manifest in aches or fatigue but they should subside quickly.
The practices and recommendations in this guide are to ensure an optimal
practice. Not everything in this guide will be suitable for everyone but overall
I have made it a point to provide techniques that are suitable for the newest
beginner. As you continue, take time to implement these practices as you see
fit, taking what you have learned in this book and putting it to use. All of
these practices are intended to be catalysts into the world of chakras. Keep in
mind that these methods are designed to give you the foundation to build a
practice upon.

Visualization Techniques
Visualization techniques are important aspects of any meditation practice, as
well as a chakra work routine. Visualization techniques are used to master the
art of controlling the mind. If we can successfully clear the mind and create
visualizations intentionally, then we will be able to work with our chakras in
a more effective way. Visualizing colors, mandalas, images, and scenarios
allow us to train our mind and can also offer spiritual insight if properly used.
While visualization is a simple concept, mastering the techniques take a lot of
time and most importantly, dedication. It is very easy to get distracted. The
human mind is chaotic, and often, it can seem impossible even trying to
control it. But it can be done. The more you practice calming and clearing the
mind, the easier it will become. We must train our mind to respond to our
methods the way we want it to, instead of wandering aimlessly through
memories and images.
The art of visualization is found in every culture around the world. These
practices are used to communicate with spirits, see into the future, or even
diagnose diseases. The holy men of ancient cultures relied heavily on
shamanistic visualization techniques, dedicating their entire lives to the
practices and to their communities. There are many visualization techniques,
we have chosen some are suitable for beginners that pertain directly to chakra
work as well.

Practice Space
Ideally, you should find a suitable space in your home that you can dedicate
to your chakra practice. You do not need anything fancy; this space can be a
humble corner in your bedroom or if you wish an entire spare bedroom.
Selecting and dedicating a particular space to the practice will help you stay
on track with your chakra work. It is not just a physical space you are
creating. Selecting a dedicated space also proves to yourself that you are
serious about your work.
Once you have your practice space ready, you will discover that this area
conjures up the perfect atmosphere for chakra work. As you practice in this
space, it will become synonymous with your chakra practice. It’s almost as if
we are calibrating the space, making it the most suitable space to practice in.
Our practice space will become energetically potent as we use it but we can
also increase the potency of this space by adding décor and choosing a space
wisely. This space needs to be relatively quiet. You will need to sit in this
space for long periods of time as you work, so be sure you can keep it free
from external distractions, at least for a small part of your day. We need to be
sure there are no electronics in this space, if they are in the same room then
they need at least be turned off while you are working. Pets and children also
need to be taken away from this space as you work, unless you are working
with them.

Journaling
Journaling is a mental exercise. It requires being mindful as you have to
recall your actions, emotions and thoughts the day before. However, it
doesn’t usually cover awareness of your chakras’ conditions. This activity
will make you feel more connected and in control of your energy centers if
you write about them as part of your regular journal entries.
Start your journal entry by contemplating on what chakras seem to be off
when you woke up earlier. Next, reflect on what happened during the day.
Describe the environment that you’re in and discuss your thoughts, emotions
and actions. Assess which among your chakras are experiencing problems as
evident in the way you think, feel and behave.
Journaling with chakras in mind is advantageous to the seven main chakras.
Through this activity, you can pinpoint which among your energy centers
need some healing. You can avoid the factors that worsen the chakra’s
condition and carry out healing practices.
Journaling also helps you keep your thought processes in check. Your train of
thought can either supply positivity or negativity to your third eye chakra and
crown chakra. Being conscious of the way you think helps you avoid going
the negative route.
To make journaling an effective way to assess your chakras’ condition, do it
before bedtime. If you find journaling every day a bit dull, bullet journaling
or scrapbooking may fit you. Aside from writing, you can exercise your
sketching, painting and collage-making skills in those activities.

Decorating Your Space

Your space will be similar to an altar in religious practices. Think of those
beautiful altars found throughout India, busy with offerings and incense,
beaming with bright energy. This is what we aim to achieve with our
practice. If you do have a religious affiliate, then have pictures or statues of
your chosen deity in your space.
You will also want to have images of the chakras in this space. Keeping the
colors and attributes in mind, fill your space with this imagery and
symbolism. Have candles of all colors, stones that are attributed to the
chakras and plenty of incense to burn. You can paint the images of the
chakras or even buy a tapestry that has the proper images.
You will want this space to have everything you need to do your chakra work
nearby. Have access to your needed visual tools, incense, and candles, as well
as a comfortable cushion to sit upon. If you intend to use music in your
practice, you will need to have it playing before you enter the space or within
reach of your space. Once you enter the space, you should be able to stay
there without distraction for the duration of your practice.
 Chapter 6:
Association of the Main Chakras

Understanding the chakras can assist us to cultivate, improve, and inform us

about ourselves and provide assistance on our life’s trip.
The chakras are likewise associated with the 12 zodiac signs. The zodiac
signs can be utilized for chakra interpretation. The positioning of an
individual's worlds within the various signs will certainly provide various
ideas about which chakric levels are stressed.
Color therapy is utilized to support as well as improve the body's chakras, as
well as boost our body's own healing process. This therapy utilizes shade to
rebalance the chakra's that have ended up being diminished in power. Color
impacts us on all degrees, physical, psychological, spiritual, as well as
psychological. If our energy centers/chakras become blocked or diminished,
our body cannot run appropriately and this can lead to an array of concerns.
In conformity with the teachings of vibration, our bodies are an electrical
synergy of beating vibrational regularities as well as vivid balanced patterns
that relocate with our sensations as well as shift with our concepts.
Astrological elements are the communications between the energies of life.
The planetary astrological aspects are figured out within a 360-degree circle
and are categorized as either dynamic/challenging components or
harmonious/flowing components.
Dynamic/challenging elements consist of:
Squares, 90-degree angles
The resistance, 180-degree angles
Quincunx, 150-degree angles
Mix, 0 levels angles (depending upon the planets included).
Semi-sextile, 30-degree angles (relying on the consistency of the globes and
also the parts of the indications consisted of).
Harmonious/flowing elements include:
Trines, 120-degree angles.
Sextiles, 60-degree angles.
Combinations, 0-degree angles (depending upon the globes entailed).
Semi-sextiles, 30-degree angles (relying on the uniformity of the planets as
well as the components of the indicators consisted of).
There is a solid connection between the astrological components and the
music notes. Astrological aspects that are categorized as dynamic or difficult
have a cacophonous and also severe noise. Unlike dynamic/challenging
facets, harmonious as well as running facets have satisfying and melodious
sound.

Colors, Signs, and Musical Notes.

Color is created by different vibrations of light. Therefore, different colors
are representative of different frequencies of energy. This is why each chakra
is associated with a different color of the color spectrum.
We will begin our investigation with the color red. Red has a strong
stimulating impact; for instance, assume of herbs like cayenne, cloves, and
also musk, their results can be related to the color red. When the musical note
is played, particularly sensitive people can see the color from the tone.
The next shade that we see is orange, and the planetary body it is connected
with is the Sun. While red is a shade that is promoting to the body as well as
the blood, orange is a color that is connected to the feelings. The musical note
that is related to this shade is D.
The 3rd shade is yellow and is related to Mercury as its worldly body. The
music note for this color is E.
The 4th color is environment-friendly, and also its musical note is F. Its songs
are normally filled up with melancholy due to its association with Saturn. We
are informed that on the planet of Saturn lives our guardian spirits.
The next collection of colors is considered to be cooling shades and are blue,
indigo, and also violet.
Blue is associated with the planet Venus, the giver of dedication, love, as
well as consistency. The rock is the purple, the super-sacred of seven spiritual
gems. The musical note is G, a favored for authors of charming songs.
Indigo is the 6th shade on the range. Its musical note is A.
Violet, the seventh shade on the range, has an organization with the musical
note B. Jupiter is the judgment earth; the metal tin and the treasure sapphire
are additionally connected to this shade.

Chakra and The Zodiac Signs

Crown Chakra
Leo
Element: Fire
Musical Notes: Bb significant, G small
Physical Association: appropriate mind hemisphere, major nerve system,
right eye
Gland: Pineal
Lesson: Relate to spirituality (understanding).
Basic Rights: The right to understand and to discover out.
Ruling Planet: Sun.
Chakra: Crown-- Sahasrara.
Sound: Note 'B.'.
Harmonious function: intelligent, mindful, and thoughtful, feeling of spiritual
link, the capacity to perceive, absorb, as well as evaluate information,
unbiased, expertise, as well as proficiency.
'This is referred to as the Thousand Petalled Lotus or Divine Fire. This is the
factor of contact for a person obtaining 'planetary consciousnesses.' In this
center, we combine our overall personality with life and the spiritual facet of
men. If it is an adverse expression, it can manifest as dissolution as well as
create a character that brings about a nervous breakdown.'.
Physical inequality: nerve system imbalances, negative quick-term memory,
negative synchronization, worn, hallucinations, seeming in the ears, dimming
vision.
Third Eye Chakra
Cancer.
Aspect: Water.
Music Notes: Abdominal muscle significant, F small.
Physical Association: Face, ears, eyes, nose, sinuses, stressed system.
Gland: Pituitary.
Lesson: Relate to mind, knowledge, reaction, as well as insight.
Fundamental Right: The right to see.
Ruling Planet: Moon.
Chakra: Third eye or Brow-- Ajuna.
Sound: Note 'A' & 'Bb'.
Unified function: user-friendly as well as perceptive, imaginative, the insight
of the globe that we reside in, incorporates information on several levels,
think, and also lives holistically with nature, advanced intellectual abilities.
'Divine Water or Divine Nature' (psychological understanding of self). This
facility is answerable for the event of the dissolution of duality; it regulates
the plan of all mental procedures, instinct, motivation, as well as memory--
private mindful unities in this center the mixing of awareness,
superconsciousness, as well as the subconsciousness. If disclosed negatively,
worry and also reliance is created, and an individual is absorbed with ideas of
the past and also has trouble residing in the 'NOW.'.
Physical Imbalance: resting disturbances, trouble concentrating, sinus/nose
blockage, discomfort in the eyes, hard to choose, sluggish reasoning,
frustrations, anxiousness, hormonal difficulties.
Throat Chakra
Virgo
Element: Earth
Musical Notes: C significant, A small
Ruling Planet: Mercury
Noise: Notes 'G' & 'G #'.
Gemini.
Part: Air.
Musical Notes: F# substantial, D minor.
Physical Associations: jaw, neck, throat, voice, air passages, top lungs, the
neck of the neck, arms.
Gland: Thyroid.
Lesson: Relates to will and also self-expression (communication/creativity).
Essential Rights: To talk and also listen to the fact.
‘Divine Air or ether manage pureness, values, understanding, and also
improve recognition incongruity with certain perfects. In its higher state, it
expresses imaginative and/ or spiritual thinking and also outstanding
capacities in interaction.'.
Physical inequality: cool signs, tickle or phlegm in the throat, coughing,
tension, hyperactivity, allergic reactions, indicators of a goiter, stuffy/runny
nose, tiredness.
Heart Chakra
Taurus.
Element: Earth.
Music Notes: Eb significant, C small.
Judgment globe: Venus.
Audio: Notes 'F' & 'F#'.
Physical Association: Heart, blood circulation, reduced lungs, ribcage, skin,
upper back.
Gland: Thymus.
Lesson: Relate to like, mercy, and also a concern (love and equilibrium).
Standard Rights: to appreciate and to be enjoyed.
Ruling Planet: Venus.
Unified Function: heat, sincerity and also joy, solid link to all of the desire,
compassion, as well as life to assist, unity, peaceful and well balanced,
caring.
'Associates to Air. This is the resource of charitable unconditional love
toward fellow males, animals, elements, and production in its completeness.
Physical Imbalances: chest pain, lung congestion, pasty skin tone, upper back
stress and anxiety, blood pressure imbalance, blood circulation discrepancy,
fears, limited muscles, immune shortage.
Solar Plexus Chakra
Musical Notes: E considerable, C# small.
Ruling Planet: Mars (Pluto).
Noise: Notes 'E' & 'Eb'.
Aries.
Part: Fire.
Music Notes: Db considerable, Bb small.
Physical Association: liver, gastrointestinal system, tummy, spleen, gall
bladder, free nerves, muscles, and reduced back.
Gland: Pancreas and adrenals.
Lesson: Self-esteem, personality, and also vanity (change).
Fundamental Rights: To act and to be a person.
Judgment earth: Mars.
Worry with the Fire aspect and express psychologically explains feelings of
an extra energized kind. In unfavorable expression, it is rage and
combativeness but in the greater kind, it is stamina as well as assertiveness.
Physical Imbalances: blown as well as puffed up, burping, belching as well as
gas, acid indigestion, sugar, diarrhea/constipation or salt cravings, throwing
and turning in between the hours of 1 and also 3 am, center neck and neck
and back pain, dehydrated all the time, simple to temper.
Sacral Chakra
Sagittarius.
Ruling Planet: Jupiter.
Sound: Notes 'D' & 'C#'.
Pisces.
Element: Water.
Musical Notes: B significant, G # little.
Physical Association: pelvic place, sex body organs, liquid functions, kidney,
and bladder.
Gland: Ovaries and also testicles.
Lesson: Relates to sexuality, job, and physical desire (motion and link).
Criterion Rights: To fear as well as to have satisfaction.
Relates to water and controls the feelings and also how we experience them.
Elements of survival, sexuality, household, social ability, and also solidarity
with the surrounding world are regulated by the 2nd chakra.
Physical Imbalance: unpleasant as well as normal peeing, lower neck and
neck and back pain, irritated hands as well as feet, puffed and also expanded,
menstrual cycle problems, depressed, frame of mind swings, discomfort in
legs, or groin.
Root Chakra
Aquarius.
Component: Air.
Musical Notes: A significant, F# minor.
Ruling Planet: Saturn (Uranus).
Noise: Note 'C.'.
Capricorn.
Aspect: Earth.
Physical Association: spinal column, legs, feet, bones, teeth, large intestinal
system.
Gland: Adrenals and also Gonads.
Lesson: Relates to the worldly globe (Foundation).
Essential Rights: To be below and have.
Ruling Planet: Saturn.
Unified Function: excellent health and wellness, well-grounded, vigor,
security, success, a sensation of safety, as well as safety and security.
'Connects to the Earth and our connection to it. The trust fund, self-esteem, as
well as our sense of protection attuned to laws of nature are generated below.’
Physical Imbalances: bad circulation, varicose veins, pain in the lower back,
inflamed hands and also legs, careless sensation, maintain water, dry skin and
also hair, irregularity, pale blotchy skin, belching/burping and also gas,
diarrhea, frustrations.
 Chapter 7:
How to Balance Your Chakras

The most important chakras in your system are the root chakra and the crown
chakra. The root chakra is responsible for enabling your sense of well-being
and freedom from danger. Yet, even if they are met, many fail to fully
develop as human beings, because the chakras above the root remain
unbalanced, out of proportion and alignment. Returning to Maslow, the top of
his pyramid is self-actualization, which represents the highest form we can
attain as people. You may view the crown chakra as the counterpart.
Contemporary society often confuses the trappings of success—money and
recognition—with the substance of success. This problem is representative of
what happens when our chakras are not balanced. Though we continue to
function—and achieve great success according to some people’s standards—
such accomplishments leave us feeling empty, worn, and dissatisfied.
Thus, not only must we learn to awaken the power of the chakra, we must
learn to keep them in balance so that our thoughts and actions are directed in
a way that serves us best.
When your chakras are out of balance, your life is out of balance. A balanced
and opened chakra system can be evidenced by energy flowing vertically and
freely between Heaven and Earth through each chakra. Each chakra will be
the same size and be spinning at the same rate. Their colors will be clear, and
the system as a whole will be balanced, so that neither the upper nor the
lower chakras are dominant.
It’s important to remember this last part before we move on to specific ways
to balance your chakras. It’s very common for people to either be so spiritual
that they aren’t well grounded, walking around with their head in the clouds,
or they’re too grounded, so that they can’t even begin to perceive the spiritual
realm. As with everything to do with your energy, balance is key! In this
case, the heart chakra is especially important to bind these two worlds
together.
Having the realization that our chakras play a part in every aspect of our life
is quite amazing. Learning how to open them takes time and effort but it can
easily be worked into your daily routine. Focusing on meditation and yoga
can make these processes much simpler. The enhancement that you will see
throughout your everyday life is written in black and white. While there is
not science is backing the power of our chakras, they prove it to ourselves
every day we decide to focus on them.
Just like with other things in our lives, there are exercises that will allow us to
maintain a healthy balance within our minds, bodies, and spirits. While we
have only given you a look at the exercises, you should know that there are
available in abundance. There are a plethora of books and articles written on
the subject. Additionally, you can meet with one of your favorite yogis or
someone more experienced than you to help you learn different exercises to
create perfect balance within your chakra system.
The healing side of your chakras may be a bit harder to wrap your mind
around. But with some patience and practice, it is simple to see the impact
that it can have on you in terms of healing. When positive energy is flowing
through these points in our system, it will impact everything in a positive
way. Sure, the flow of energy needs to be consistent so that no one chakra is
receiving more energy than another. Here again, this will take practice and
patience to master.
Having a clear understanding of each chakra and what it is connected to is
extremely important. When you start to learn the practices of healing through
your chakras, you will then also be able to share that information with others.
You will be able to impact the world in a more positive way. It is surprising,
the influence that someone can have when they are in control of the energies
that flow through them.

Meditation for Chakra Healing

All things considered; meditation is probably the most important tool we
have to balance our chakras. The following steps shouldn’t be used to replace
meditation but to supplement it.
Here’s a reminder on some of the best ways you can make meditation work
for you:

Set aside just a little time in each day to build the habit of
meditation.
Find a peaceful place where you won’t be disturbed for the
duration of your meditation session. You want to make sure that
this place is calm and quiet.
Sit comfortably on the floor, folding your legs in front of you. Feel
free to use a cushion if you would find the position uncomfortable
otherwise. You’ll want to stand up straight and allow your hands
to fall limp on your knees.
Start out by sitting for a few minutes in silence. You want to
breathe deeply and evenly. It’s important to clear your mind of
negative emotions, especially anger and worry. These will
interfere with your meditation and the chakra healing process.
Focus on your breathing. Take a deep breath in through your nose,
count to two, and then release a slow breath out through your
mouth for twice as long as you breathed in. Keep your breathing
smooth, without holding your breath. Make sure you’re breathing
deep -- you want to check that you’re using your diaphragm by
placing your hand on your stomach. If you’re using your
diaphragm properly, you’ll feel your stomach move out as you
breathe in and move in as you breathe out. You want to breathe
this way for relaxation, not taking shallow or big breaths.
 Close your eyes. This makes it easier for you to begin your
visualizations.
Run through all seven chakras during this process, visualizing the
energy for each one.

Chakra Balancing Affirmations

These are often used as a part of meditation but can certainly be used at other
times as well. The principle behind these chakra balancing affirmations is that
we are reminding ourselves of how we feel when our chakras are balanced.
Each chakra has its own affirmation that you can repeat to yourself to give
yourself the internal willpower to balance your chakras.
Root Chakra: “I’m connected with the earth. I’m stable and strong.” This
reminds you how the Root Chakra connects you with the earth and the
material world, and how, when balanced, you have the internal strength and
stability to bring security and safety to your life.
Sacral Chakra: “I’m a creative being with unlimited potential.” This
reminds you of the fluid and adaptable creativity that lies within each of us.
When repeating this affirmation, you are reminded that you can adapt and
change to your circumstances, and that you have the power for creativity in
your life.
Solar Plexus Chakra: “I’m confident, powerful, and can handle anything.”
This reminds you of the personal power that is centered within this chakra.
By reciting this, you are invoking your confidence and self-assurance, an
essential step to balancing this chakra.
Heart Chakra: “Give love to receive love, and be love.” This not only
reminds you to give love to those around you but also to open yourself up to
the universal love that exists in the cosmos. This is very important; balancing
this chakra is your gateway to accessing the higher, more mystic chakras.
Throat Chakra: “I speak my truth. I live my truth.” This not only reminds
you of your power to speak and communicate your inner truth but also to live
your life according to your inner beliefs and remain secure in your
convictions.
Third Eye Chakra: “I am open, intuitive, and self-assured.” This reminds
you of the possibility to see and experience other worlds, and gets you going
on the first step to expanding your consciousness.
Crown Chakra: “I surrender to the wisdom of pure consciousness.” This
mantra allows you to focus your mind toward the heavens in search of
enlightenment.

Chakra Yoga
Chakra Yoga is another essential tool to keep your chakras balanced. There
are different positions that can help balance each of the seven chakras. We’ll
go over a few examples from each.
Root Chakra: For this chakra, you want to perform poses that tie you into
the lower half of your body and the earth. Good poses for this chakra include
hip-openers, warrior stances, deep lunges, and squats.
Sacral Chakra: For this chakra, you want to work on poses focusing on the
pelvic area. Good poses for this chakra include forward bends, hip-openers,
deep lunges, and squats.
Solar Plexus Chakra: For this chakra, you want to work on poses focusing
on the solar plexus area. Good poses for this chakra include abdominal
strengtheners and warrior poses, as well as twists.
Heart Chakra: For this chakra, you want to work on poses focusing on the
chest area. Good poses for this chakra include chest openers, backbends, and
stretches in the shoulders.
Throat Chakra: For this chakra, you want to work on poses focusing on the
shoulder area. Good poses for this chakra include shoulder openers and neck
stretches.
Third Eye Chakra: For this chakra, you want to work on poses focusing on
the mind, not the body. Good poses for this chakra include supported forward
bends and contemplative yoga poses.
Crown Chakra: For this chakra, you want to work on poses focusing on the
mind, not the body. Good poses for this chakra include any pose that helps
you meditate

Change Your Diet

Having a healthy diet is an essential part of maintaining a balanced system of
chakras. You want to make sure that you are providing your body with the
support that it needs to maintain its energy levels. As in anything, balance is
key. Pleasure from eating is a great and a necessary part of life but you don’t
want to focus on it too much, or you run the risk of overindulgence. Each
chakra also has a number of different foods that you can eat that help you
focus in on and balance that chakra.

Chakra Healing Reiki

You may have also heard of the energy healing technique known as Reiki,
perhaps in conjunction with chakras, perhaps on its own. In many ways Reiki
is similar to the concept of chakra healing. It is a Japanese technique for
relaxing and reducing stress that is delivered through the process laying on
hands. The discipline is centered around the idea of transferring energy from
the Reiki practitioner to the patient for energy healing.
The idea here is that Reiki practitioners can lay hands on each of your chakra
centers to heal imbalances. This is done by the Reiki practitioners using their
own life-force energy to stabilize yours and your chakras.
This healing can only be performed by someone who has been attuned by a
Reiki Master. It can be effective but this technique needs to be performed by
someone else who is a qualified professional. Make sure to do your research
before paying for a Reiki session.

EFT for Chakras

You may also have heard of the acronym EFT, standing for Emotional
Freedom Technique, before. This is an alternative treatment for both physical
and emotional pain and distress also known as tapping or psychological
acupressure.
The concept behind EFT is similar to acupuncture. Practitioners of EFT focus
on your body’s meridian points, or energy hot spots beyond the chakras, to
manipulate and restore balance to your body’s energy overall. Whereas
acupuncture used needles to apply pressure to these points, EFT uses on the
tapping of fingers.
It’s possible for you to use the techniques of EFT to clear your chakras and
bring your body’s energy into balance. To do so, you’ll follow a process
similar in many ways to guided chakra meditation.
You’ll want to set aside 30 minutes or so for this exercise. Find a chair where
you can sit comfortably, with feet flat on the floor to ensure your connection
with the earth is intact. If you can do this outside with bare feet, to ensure
direct contact with the earth, that’s even better.
Once you are comfortable, you want to begin visualizing. Imagine bringing a
white light down through the top of your head, or some similar visualization:
golden light, love, a sacred sound, or anything else you are comfortable with.
You’ll want to see if you have any resistances to this light passing through
you. These can manifest as emotions or blockages, or you may be able to
visualize them as dark spots. It’s good if you can identify which emotion this
is but not essential.
You should move through each chakra from the Crown Chakra to the Root
Chakra. As you encounter each chakra, check for energy blockages. As you
do, you should begin tapping.
The first thing to do is to compose a set up statement. To do this, you want to
acknowledge what the issue is that you want to deal with, i.e. the block in
your chakra, then after that state an unconditional affirmation of who you are
as a person.
Now you’re ready to begin tapping. For healing your chakras, you want to tap
the points where each of your 7 chakras is located. Make sure to use a
pressure that is gentle but firm, as if testing a melon to see if it’s ripe. You
can use as many as two to four fingers.
If there is an energy blockage you can’t clear, imagine pushing it aside and
letting the light bypass it for now. You can return to that another time.
As you finish, to check that everything is cleared, you can visualize the light
flowing up and down through all the chakras uninterrupted.
Once you finish clearing these emotional blockages, begin fixing in your
mind what you want to accomplish and your goals. You should be able to feel
those more clearly as a result of the EFT therapy. You want to finish by
fixing those in your consciousness by tapping.
These represent only some of the myriad ways that you can clear your
chakras. There are many ways that you can heal, balance, and awaken your
chakras. The primary method that is used is daily meditation. We will discuss
ways that you can meditate a few minutes a day that will go a long way
toward healing the chakras.
Chakras can also be healed using yoga, daily affirmations, and by the proper
use of colors. Many people also use crystals because of their vibrational
characteristics and ability to store and transmit vibrational spiritual energy.
The vibrational frequencies that are associated with the chakras are related to
the spiritual components or essence associated with the meaning of each of
the chakras.

Breathing
Deep breathing exercises can be done independently or in conjunction with
meditation and yoga. Deep breathing helps to calm the nerves and open up
the flow of energy in the body.

Vocalization and Sound

There are many ways to associate a sound with healing the chakras. For
example, you can use single tones or mantras. You can also say daily
affirmations that will help to “reprogram” your subconscious mind and help
you to reach your goals. Music can also help assist you in your efforts.

Colors
Each of the seven major chakras is associated with a given color that reflects
the vibrational energy level. When you are working on a given chakra, you
can surround yourself with the colors associated with it. This can be done
with clothing and crystals that you wear, carry with you, or use in your
meditation. It also includes colors that are used to fill the home and a location
you use for meditation and/or yoga exercises.

Essential Oils
Another way to help you heal your chakras is to use essential oils. Each
essential oil is also vibrating at a specific energetic frequency. You can apply
essential oils to the skin or breathe in the smells.
 Chapter 8:
Affirmation for Chakras

Since each chakra is responsible for a specific region within the body, it is
also responsible for our feelings and emotions. For example, the root chakra
gives one the feeling of security and safety while the sacral chakra is about
your enjoyment of the life around you.
When chakras are blocked; the thoughts and emotions are affected. Thoughts
and feelings are also able to affect chakras too. When thinking negatively and
always worrying about the world around you, you are closing off your
chakras. If you change the way that you think, you can change your actions
and influence your life for the better. Saying affirmations can change the way
that you think but only if you let yourself believe it rather than say the
affirmations but complain for the rest of the day.
Training your mind to think positively can bring good change into your life
but this means reprogramming your mind and not just by saying a couple of
words, you got to put your feelings into it too. Being able to feel and believe
what you are telling yourself is how you will be able to retrain your mind.
If you simply say the words and go forth about your day without thinking
about them or acting like what you said to yourself, then those words have no
context and no meaning behind them. It will take so much longer if you don't
put your heart and soul into it. Affirmations are only made easy if you choose
to believe in those words, believe in change, and in yourself.
Saying and feeling the affirmations are only part of the process. They are like
a seed within the soil that you need to constantly water for it to grow.
Watering the seed is like adding onto your words within your life. You are
building up towards that affirmation.
For example, if your affirmation was something to do with your confidence
in yourself then you would not only go forth about your day thinking
confidently but you got to put a bit of work too, you got to act confident. This
is how change happens. Affirmations work by strengthening and healing any
part of your life but it is also up to you to help along that process for it to be
more effective and work at a faster pace.
When working with chakras, you are bringing attention to that part of your
emotions or thoughts that you wish to change, you are granting that chakra
focus and attention, and only the good kind of energy. Eventually, the chakra
begins to open as you take on that form of a confident individual that you
only wished you'd be.
You have to believe in your affirmations and in yourself before you can
expect to open your chakras. Make a habit of repeating to yourself an
affirmation when you wake up, first thing in the morning to set your mind
into the right mindset and to know your goals for the day.

Root Chakra Affirmations:

"I am enough as I am."
"I am in touch with the earth and the universe"
"I am always safe and happy"
"I love myself and my body"
"My future is financially secure and I have nothing to worry about"
"I am open to change"
Sacral Chakra Affirmations:
"I embrace my sexuality"
"I am beautiful and happy the way that I am"
"I am comfortable in my own skin"
"I am safe"
"I am open to expressing myself in creative ways"
"I am deeply connected with my soul"

Solar Plexus Chakra Affirmations:

"I am beautiful and confident"
"I can achieve anything I set my mind to"
"My body is healthy and strong"
"I feel motivated to pursue my dreams"
"I understand that everything is a lesson to my spiritual journey"
"I value myself"

Heart Chakra Affirmations:

"I love myself for who I am"
"I embrace the love for myself"
"I am open to new and healthy relationships"
"I am able to give and receive love"
"I am grateful for everything that I have"

Throat Chakra Affirmations:

"My thoughts are positive"
"I am able to express myself positively, clearly, and truthfully"
"I think before I speak"
"I am able to say 'no' when I want to"
"Everyone listens to what I have to say"
"I listen to my heart"

Third Eye Chakra Affirmations:

"I understand the lesson behind the situations in my life"
"I trust my intuition"
"I can see the deeper truths and connections in life"
"My third eye is open"
"I am connected to the universe"
"I let my intuition guide me"

Crown Chakra Affirmations:

"I understand and I know"
"I feel a connection with other beings"
"I am one with the universe"
"I understand the deeper meaning behind everything"
"I experience love, joy, and peace in my life"
"I am light, I am love and I am joy" "I have a high frequency and vibration
 Chapter 9:
Kundalini Awakening and the Chakras

Ascension is a word used to describe the process of letting go of all of your

hurts, history, personal limits, old thought patterns and beliefs that you have
adhered to your whole life. It is how you describe the process of clearing all
of your chakra energies to have an enlightenment of the soul. The purpose of
ascension is to guide your soul into the light of your whole being as your
truest self and to begin that process requires a great untangling of all of the
problems you have had in life and all of the limits your mind has placed on
your ability to live as a whole soul of light.
We all want to know how we truly live when we are whole, and ascension is
the process of breaking the mold you built from a life lived through other
people’s thoughts, beliefs, attitudes, values, and even the demands of culture
and society. We are born into families with their own perceptions and unique
stories. Everyone has chakras, including your mother and father, and when
they have blockages that keep them in lack or hiding from their own true
nature, you are the person born into their beliefs and you inherit their wounds
and energetic blocks.
In the concept of chakras detailed in the Vedas of Hindu belief, there was a
concept that sprang up and had its greatest affiliation with yoga practices to
promote the energetic balance of all life through the lessons of Kundalini.
Kundalini is a Sanskrit term used to describe the life force of an individual. It
has been represented as a coiled snake that lives at the base of the spine and
has a life spark to engage you with the ascension journey to reach
enlightenment of the self an all the energy of life.
Kundalini awakening, as it is usually called, is that process by which the
snake is awakened into life and begins to lift up your spine, connecting to
each chakra to promote harmony, balance, and clearing of old wounds and
beliefs that keep you away from your soul truth. Kundalini practices have
come to the West and are usually considered a yoga practice that helps the
chakras heal and uses a lot of energetic movements, postures and breathing
exercises to open the chakras to their full potential for ascension and flow.
The ‘snake’, or rather the coil of dormant energy, is sparked awake and has to
travel through each chakra, from the root to the crown and back down again.
It is like a flow of energy that cuts through a lot of your history and pain to
bring to the surface all the things you have hidden in your chakras, from
emotional hurts to physical pains, from embarrassing moments, to your
deepest shame. The journey of this Kundalini energy is how your chakras lift
into awakening one at a time and how you begin to relive your hurts to purge
and release them. When you go through this process, you will have a lot of
upheaval in your life as you begin to relate your personal heartache to the
choices you have made on your life path.
The purpose of Kundalini awakening is to open your chakras to free
themselves from all of your life traumas. The Kundalini experience hasn’t
been well documented on the internet or in books to show how it works and
why it is so important a process in our human evolution. The chakras gain
momentum through the awakening of the Kundalini life force and it has to be
triggered open, or awake by circumstances, challenges, life problems,
addictions, or through devout spiritual work. It can take years of energy
healing and balancing to perfectly align your chakras once you have opened
your Kundalini energy.
Many people believe that once they have an obvious life opening or energetic
release, that they are finished with their ascension process but this is far from
the truth. You have to unravel years of mental programming, thought
patterns, beliefs about the self, institutional programming that comes from
culture, society and schooling, parental or caregiver influences, traumatic
experiences, and simple wounds and hurts that can occur through your whole
life. It is a long process that requires patience and an attitude of self-love.
Your desire to heal yourself through opening your chakras is only the
beginning of the journey and has a life of its own once you begin to ascend
into your true self.
One important thing to note is that you don't have to work with the concept of
Kundalini Awakening to heal your chakras. Awareness of your energy
through your chakra system and promoting healing and growth in these
centers is enough to begin to ignite an ascension or awakening journey. A lot
of people assume that you must first begin your Kundalini awakening journey
to begin healing your chakras but this is not true at all.
Living your life with new knowledge of how your energy system works is a
beautiful opening in itself and has a way of connecting you more deeply to
your experience. Kundalini rising, or ascension will come when it is ready
and cannot be forced. It lives inside us all and has its own way of bringing
you into contact with your right path forward.
Ascension will always occur for those who are willing to do the work and
look at life from a new point of view. The point of view of chakras and
healing your energy is a way for you to begin purging, cleansing and
releasing all of the energetic blocks that keep you from having the life you
are ready to live. When you work on your healing with chakras you can live
your life in harmony and balance on a daily level and will not have to
struggle to find your purpose, truth or joy.
It may be a long road to healing your soul but it is what we are all looking to
find as souls and working with your chakras, whether you are going through
Kundalini ascension, or whether you are just beginning to learn how to
understand your chakra system, is the way toward love, peace, joy, harmony,
balance and abundance.
 Chapter 10:
Crystal Healing and the Chakras

Everything in this world is made up of vibrations, crystals are no different.

Each crystal has its own vibration, its own energy. Crystals can be used for
healing, as decorative jewelry, to amplify the energy in a room, or as an
elixir.
When used for healing the crystal works on the subtle energy system, the
aura and the chakras. By placing crystals on the chakras you are amplifying
the healing process. Crystals can also be used during a Reiki treatment or as a
stand-alone treatment. They will amplify the healing ability of any therapist
and therefore make the healing session more powerful.
There are times when a crystal will not want to work with a healer, a client or
when worn as part of a piece of jewelry. You will know if this happens to
you. When worn as a piece of jewelry something will feel not quite right. It
could be that the crystal is too powerful for you at that particular time or the
vibrations do not feel right for you. The crystal has to compliment your
individual vibrations.
Some crystals vibrate slowly and others much faster. The more sensitive you
are to the energy the more you will pick up on the subtle vibrations of the
stones. Below I have listed just 2 crystals which can be used to aid healing on
each of the major chakras. There are many others but I do not wish to confuse
or overwhelm you if you are a beginner. In addition, it is not the knowledge
or use of hundreds of crystals that is important but the ability to work with a
few stones on each of the chakras to amplify the healing process.

The Root Chakra: Ruby or Jasper

Ruby: Aids the reproductive system, helps re-energise and balance the blood
sugar levels.
Jasper: This stone helps balance all of the chakras, so it could be used to
balance any of them. Jasper is especially beneficial to those with liver, spleen
and pancreatic problems.

The Sacral Chakra: Moonstone and Amber

Moonstone: This stone is ideal for balancing the digestive system,
eliminating toxins (especially from the liver), and for women who suffer
from PMS.
Amber: Ideal for the stomach, liver and spleen.

The Solar Plexus Chakra: Yellow Topaz and Citrine

Yellow Topaz: Supports the nervous system, the endocrine system and the
liver and the gallbladder.
Citrine: Helps to relax and calm a person down and to support the nervous
system.

The Heart Chakra: Rose Quartz and Green Jade

Rose Quartz: This helps to support the emotional body and to release feelings
of hurt and anger and other negative emotions. It helps to promote feelings of
peace.
Green Jade: Supports emotional release and supports healing.

The Throat Chakra: Aquamarine and Lapis Lazuli

Aquamarine: This is an excellent stone for those who have thyroid problems
and frequent sore throats. It is ideal for promoting self-expression and helps
to reduce stress and anxiety.
Lapis Lazuli: This stone promotes harmony and self-knowledge. It helps
reduce feelings of stress and supports the immune system.

The Third Eye or Brow Chakra: Indigo Sapphire and

Turquoise
Indigo Sapphire: This helps to promote psychic awareness and it helps to
keep negative energy away from the aura and energy system.
Turquoise: This helps to support the immune system, reduces feelings of
depression and also helps to protect against psychic attack.

The Crown Chakra: Clear Quartz and Amethyst

Clear Quartz: This stone can help balance all of the chakras. When used on
the crown chakra it will help remove negative energy and promote a person’s
psychic abilities.
Amethyst: This helps a person on their individual spiritual journey. It helps to
remove negative feelings and to reduce headaches. Clear Quartz Stones: You
may use small clear quartz stones on all of the chakras as these will help
support and amplify the healing process of the other stones.

How to Carry Out a Chakra Healing Treatment

Preparation
Ensure that you have a quiet healing space.
If you have access to a therapeutic couch then that is ideal, rather than a bed
or similar. A couch is a better option as you will not need to bend and stretch
as much as you would if you used a bed. Using a couch may help prevent
injury to yourself.
Remove any bulky jewelry, belts and shoes and to lie on your back.
Place the crystals on your chakras.
Begin by working on the crown chakra, then the third eye, the throat, the
heart, the solar plexus, the sacral and the root chakra.
Treatment Time
Allow for 15 minutes for the first session gradually building up to 30 minutes
and never any more than 60 minutes. Note: If a crystal falls off do not replace
it. This is because the crystal could be too strong or it may not want to work
with you at that particular time. You may try using that particular crystal
during the next session.
When the session is over, remove the crystals in the order that you placed
them.
Now place your hands a couple of inches above your head on the right side of
the body. Follow the contours of the body all the way down to the feet and
sweep outwards.
Now do the same in the middle of the body and then on the left hand side.
You have just helped smooth out the energy field.
You may wish to spend a few minutes lying on the couch and gather your
thoughts.
You may decide to use different crystals next time. It will take a while to
build up your collection.
 Chapter 11:
How to Awaken the Chakras

If you are new to the idea of using chakras as the foundational source of
inspiration in your life, you should become familiar with the concept of your
chakras needing an awakening. Whether or not you are aware of your chakra
system, it represents a significant source of psychic energy.
The West has acknowledged chakras as part of the spiritual practice of many
people from the region of India. Although modern-day advances in science
and technology have altered our views, even Albert Einstein stressed the
importance of incorporating a well-informed belief system into the
application of scientific exploration.
The universe is composed entirely of energy, and chakras represent the
storehouses of this universal energy. Energy stored in our chakras may lie
dormant unless we take steps to awaken it. A car cannot be driven up a hill
unless it has fuel—instead, it must be pushed. You may be able to function
day to day without awakening the power of the chakras but living this way
requires much more effort and produces far fewer results.
The chakras are the means through life force provides the energy your body
needs to ensure you are healthy and vital in your mind, your body, and your
spirit. Energy pulled in from the bottom of the spine travels upward,
strengthening the energy through the entire chakra system up to the top and
energy enters at the crown, energizing the chakra system back down to the
bottom.
Think of this column as a snake. When your chakras are dormant, the snake
lies coiled at the base of your spine. Though the potential for great energy
and force is present, as long as the serpent remains asleep, you will receive
no benefit. To awaken the power of the chakras, we must begin at the root
and train this Kundalini serpent to slowly uncoil until the power it represents
is fully released, giving you the strength, resilience, and vitality you need for
success and happiness.
All humans absorb energy from others, both positive and negative. If you
absorb negative energy, then you will become bitterly angry, or even ill.
These feelings may be the results of unbalanced chakras but it is solely up to
you to get your feelings under control.
To restore balance to your chakra points, create for yourself a private space
free of noise and distractions. Surround yourself with natural elements or
your gemstones and crystals. You should also imagine color and light auras
surrounding you.
To connect with your spirit guide, say phrases of assurance and prayers.
Remind yourself that you are free to express your true feelings and love and
feel loved as your soul truly feels and desires. You are also completely free to
live life the way you want, with no one stopping you.
Test your chakra points by waving your hand around each point to make sure
each one is working.

Exercises for Chakra Awakening

It takes work to keep all your chakra points opened and aligned especially
since they are not going to activate automatically. There are exercises, both
physical and breathing, used for each chakra to “wake” them up, so to speak.

Root Chakra - Stand in a comfortable position with your feet hip-

width apart. Rotate your hips from right-to-left 50 times, while
breathing deeply. Repeat the step above, only this time you’ll
move your hips from left-to-right.
Solar Plexus / Navel Chakra - Suck your stomach in as far as you
can while breathing deeply 50 times. However, don’t suck in your
stomach too far. It is important that you experience no pain while
performing this exercise.
Heart Chakra - Stretch your arms from side-to-side and in a
circular motion, while breathing deeply 49 times. Then, move your
arms in an up-and-down motion, while taking 3 breaths.
Throat Chakra - Bend your head down so that you’re facing the
ground and roll it to the left, to the back and now forward. With
each head roll, breathe deeply 7 times.
Third Eye Chakra - Raise your eyebrows and take 49 deep breaths.
Then close your eyes and focus on the breathing.
Crown Chakra - Lift up your arms above your head and take 7
breaths.
 Chapter 12:
Meditation for Clearing Blockages

You have likely heard of, or even practiced the concept of meditation already.
There are a lot of types of meditation and many of them have specific
qualities to link them to specific healing experiences. You are a light and a
force of energy that heals with intentions and the direction of your thoughts
allows for a stimulating and positive outlook on life and your lifestyle.

Meditation Exercise for the Root Chakra

Concentrate on your breathing and visualize your root chakra. See its color.
Feel its energy.
Breathe into your root for several minutes and explore how it feels and what
comes up. Let your mind wander and do not try to avoid the thoughts that
arise. Pay attention to your thoughts, feelings, and sensations while you focus
on your root chakra.
Bring your attention to the lesson of consideration. Honor the emotions,
memories, thoughts, or images that arise. Spend time “looking at” and
“seeing” what is inside of your root.
Prepare to let go of these energies by letting your breath get slower and more
controlled, repeating the simple breathing exercise from before.
Say out loud or in your head “I have all that I need right now. I want for
nothing and I am completely secure in myself and my life. I have all of the
things I need to survive and I am letting go of my fears or doubts that I won’t
have enough or that I don’t deserve more. I am ready to release all of the
stories I have told myself that I don’t deserve the life that I want, or that this
is just how it is or has to be. I am happy to release the pain from the trauma I
endured as an infant or a child that come from my caregivers or parents. I am
ready to receive the light and love of all things here in my root. I am open to
healing this part of myself and bring forth all of the insecurities, fears, and
doubts that I carry here to be released. I let go of all hurts and pains, troubles
and difficulties that I have made me feel out of myself and my life. I am
ready to let go of all of that pain and release it for good. I am all I have to be
right here and now. I am everything I ever wanted and I give to myself all of
the love I ever needed and wanted from my life, my family, my friends and
myself. And so it is!”
After speaking these words, come back to your simple breathing exercise.
Focus on the words until you are finished stating them and then return to your
breath.
Relax and allow your mind to clear. Bring your focus to your root and sense
and feel how your energy has shifted. Focus on letting it be however it needs
to be and give space and time for your mind, body, and spirit to adjust to this
meditation.
You can repeat this process several times in a row, or every few days,
depending on your needs.

Meditation Exercise for the Sacral Chakra

Repeat the beginning steps of the root chakra meditation, picturing the orange
energy of the second chakra.
Say aloud or in your head, “I am a soul of light and I have all of the energy of
feeling to live a full life. My emotions are beautiful and a part of my life
experience. I have passion and desire and love all of this about myself. I have
a life of excitement and pleasure that is just right for who I am and I don’t
need another person’s approval to enjoy my body or my sexuality. I have
pride in my love for all things and like to explore myself creatively and
openly. I am ready to release all of the hurts, fears, doubts, and beliefs that I
have carried here that made me feel a lack of sexual interest or drive. I let go
of all of the men/ women who I have bonded with in my sacral chakra
through sex and release their energy to have the freedom of my own energy
here. I live to love and love that I can let go of those other people’s energy
that I have held onto for my whole life. I am not sexually active unless I want
or choose to be. My sex is sacred to me and I decide when it is right to open
myself to my sexual power. I am proud of my desire, passion, sexuality, and
creative life force. I release the wounds of my history with sex. And so it is!”
Repeat the final steps of the root chakra meditation to conclude your
meditation for the sacral chakra.

Meditation Exercise for the Solar Plexus Chakra

For your solar plexus chakra, picture the yellow, sun-like energy of the third
chakra.
Say aloud or in your head, “I am ME. I have the power to understand myself
better than any other soul alive. I have all of the energy I need to thrive and
feel the vitality to surrender to my power as a person. I have all of the
wellness and health I need to move ahead in the direction I want to go and
how I want to live my life. I am ready to release the wounds and hurts that I
have endured through my life that has made me feel like less of myself. I am
ready to let go of the people, places, and things that have made me look at
myself in an untruthful way. I am happy to release the idea that I have to be
better than anyone else to feel happy with myself. I am awesome and I love
that I am ME. I will no longer need to compete with anyone else to feel
approval for who I am. I approve of and validate myself. I am worthy of
being myself and will live more openly as who I am now. I let go of all of the
pain and sorrow that made feel like I couldn’t be who I truly am. And so it
is!”
Conclude your meditation for the solar plexus chakra in the same way as the
previous meditations..
Meditation Exercise for the Heart Chakra
For your heart chakra, picture the green, loving energy of the fourth chakra.
Say aloud or in your head, I am loving and love all that I am. I have the right
to feel love for anyone and everyone in this world. I have an enormous
capacity to feel at home with my sense of love for myself and others. I create
loving experiences in my life to embrace my true nature as a soul of love and
joy. I am ready to release the pain and suffering I have felt in my heart from
many feelings, emotions, difficult relationships, upsetting life paths, and
challenging circumstances. I am happy to release the pain of every single
wound I have endured and felt in my heart so that I can feel free and open to
all love in this life. I am happy to release the lessons I have learned through
my relationships, partnerships, and friendships that have taught me what I
needed to know about myself and how I feel when I am hurt, lonely, scared
and insecure. I am ready to open my whole heart to love myself more and
more every day and I am loving how it feels to love myself so much. And so
it is!”
Conclude your meditation for the heart chakra in the usual manner.

Meditation Exercise for the Throat Chakra

For your throat chakra, picture the blue energy of the fifth chakra.
Say aloud or in your head, “I have a voice and I want to be heard. It is okay
for me to speak my truth to all that is around me in my life. I have a right to
open my voice to all of my lovers, friends, colleagues and family members
about how I think and feel about my life so far. I have all the lessons within
my voice to communicate my truth and my power as a soul of love and light.
I am ready to release the wounds and hurts from my life that have silenced
my true voice. I am ready to let go of all of the painful times in my life where
I felt like it was not okay for me to speak up and use my voice. I
acknowledge that it is my power as a person that I can communicate who I
am through the energy of my voice and have the right to let go of all of the
energy that has held me back from speaking truthfully to myself and others in
my life. I am happy to be open and communicative about how I am and how I
feel and what I want. I will not silence myself anymore. I am ready to be
heard. And so it is!”
Conclude your meditation for the throat chakra in the usual manner.

Meditation Exercise for the Brow Chakra

For your brow chakra, picture the indigo energy of the sixth chakra.
Say aloud or in your head, “I have an ability to see more than I have allowed
myself before. I am full of light and I have the power to see all that is around
me and beyond. I have the power of vision to guide my path and I am capable
of looking through so many ideas to find all of the truth and reality that is not
normally seen by others. I am proud of my ability to connect with the spirit
world and have so many ways of engaging with the world around me through
the sight of my third eye. I am an intuitive being and can perceive things that
are not visible to the naked eye. I am ready to release all of the wounds and
hurts that have kept me from opening myself to what lies outside of the world
of the known or unknown. I am ready to heal my ancient and wise self that
has the ability to look forward and back and through all that is going on in
my life. I am ready to open myself to my psychic senses to reveal a great
knowledge of all life in the universe. I am happy to open my “eye” to the
light of all-knowing energy that comes from within. I have a way of seeing
that is helpful to my life and energy and I am ready to let go of all of the
thoughts, beliefs, and ideas that have told me I am not capable of this ability.
And so it is!”
Conclude your meditation for the brow chakra in the usual manner.

Meditation Exercise for the Crown Chakra

For your crown chakra, picture the violet energy of the seventh chakra.
Say aloud or in your head, “I am connected to the energy of the universe. I
am a being of light and love and always have been and always will be. I am a
part of the universe of all energy and am happy to be in alignment with my
true source energy. I am an enlightened being. I have the power to know what
is right with my energy and with the ebb and flow of all life in this world. I
am ready to release the history of beliefs that I am not a being of light who is
fully capable of enlightenment. I am ready to let go of the belief that I am not
just as powerful as other life on Earth and in the Universe. I am happy to be a
free soul who lives by the truth of my energy and its ability to guide me
through my life journey. I am ascending to my highest good am ready to let
go of all of the energies that keep me from my truth and power. I am healed
by my own light and energy and I am proud to serve energy from within my
soul to become one with the energy of all that is in the universe. And so it
is!”
Conclude your meditation for the crown chakra in the usual manner.
The power of words and thoughts spoken aloud or in the mind as you
meditate on each chakra is what will help you heal, clear, and balance each of
your chakras so that they can function as a whole in the best possible way.
Bring these meditations into your everyday life practice to help you stay
connected to your energy and heal your chakras. They require daily upkeep
and connection from you.
As you get more comfortable with these meditations, try writing, or
rephrasing the ideas and words to make them more attuned to what you are
needing, wanting, and experiencing. You are a unique soul, and no one
knows better than you do what you need to hear from yourself to heal.
 Chapter 13:
Breathing Techniques to Keep your Chakras Open

The breath is perhaps the most important tool to keeping your body healthy
and full of vitality. In this chapter we will discuss breathing techniques to
open your chakras. You will also learn it’s not just the breathing that is
important but remembering how to breathe well. The focus should be on the
intent to enhance the benefits that come with using breathing techniques the
right way. During the practice, it is important to become conscious of the
breath, which is equally vital for your mind, physical body, and soul to be
optimized.

What Belly Breathing Technique Involve?

Belly breathing is a helpful technique to enable you to maximize your health,
increase your energy, and bring more consciousness to your body. Most
effective techniques, such as belly breathing involve the use of your belly to
pass more energy and awareness. It will improve your general wellness and
health if you learn and master this technique.
Attach your index fingers together and your thumbs together as well and
place them below your navel or in the second chakra area just above the
pubic area. Imagine feeling this area as you breathe. Breathing into the belly
will make you feel fuller and deeper. It will also help in giving your breath
the appropriate direction. It is easier to breathe into your belly while you are
either lying or standing up. You can also practice while sitting but it is not
easy because you might fill your chest instead of your belly.
Focus on your breathing to make sure you are filling your belly and not your
chest. It is normal and common to imagine your breath flowing from
downwards to upwards moving through your chest to the crown and out of
our heads. It is the reason why we lift our chest to allow the air inside our
lungs and fill them while breathing deeply. We often calm our nervous
system and reduce stress and anxiety.
However, by breathing up and out, all your good energy or prana is exhaled
out into the air. You will not benefit in strengthening your chakras if you
breathe out. It’s ok if your chakras are already strong and well balanced, you
can then choose to breathe out.
NOTE: For belly breathing, imagine and do the reverse. Instead of inhaling
and breathing out, draw your breath inwards and downwards then draw it
deep into your belly.
In some cases, there are people who are deep chest breather and others who
are belly breather. If you categorize yourself as a deep chest breather, try
minimizing your chest lifting. Allow your belly to collapse as you exhale. It
might not be easy at first but doing more practices will help you master the
technique. It is also ok for you to lift your chest but make sure your belly is
moving fast.
Some people have a tendency to hold their bellies, especially when they are
influenced by the desire to look thin. They unknowingly hold strong
emotions within the abdomen area, which later becomes the second chakra
problems. The holding of unacceptable feelings is placed deep in the core of
our beings. It is these denied and unacknowledged emotions that later come
to haunt us in the form of diseases.
It might be difficult, fearful, or uncomfortable for people who have suffered
trauma to practice belly breathing, and it is important for those facing
difficulty to seek professional counseling.
Steps to Enable You Practice Belly Breathing
First, breathe in and draw the breath deep and down into the belly. To get
more focus, watch your belly rise. You can also focus on your hands you had
placed on the belly rise as well. If you continue practicing more, you will not
need to place your hands in your belly but if you enjoy the practice while
they are there, it’s ok with it.
When exhaling and your hands and belly retract downwards towards your
spine, make sure you are holding your breath in your belly. Don’t allow your
prana to flow out and gather the life force into your being.
To help you fill your belly quick, imagine and picture it in your mind as if
you are filling a store with each breath you inhale and also imagine exhaling
as you keep your remaining breath in your abdomen.
And these are all the necessary steps you need to learn about the belly
breathing techniques. Always make sure you have at least done 10 breaths to
recover fully. If you are used to yoga breathing, belly breathing might be a
challenge because you are used to inhale a little amount of oxygen. You can
just try to breathe the normal way and practice belly breathing as the days
pass.
Practicing belly breathing at least once or twice a day, especially when you
feel your body and mind is dragging. This practice will make you gain more
energy, and you will feel a change.
Sending Your Energy to Specific Chakra Areas after Gathering In The
Belly
Once you have learned and mastered how to gather your breath or energy or
prana in your belly, the next step is to distribute in other parts of your body.
This time around, you will inhale and gather your breath or prana deep into
the belly and as you exhale, direct it to other parts of the body that you are
seeking to heal and imagine it as you practice.
It is especially crucial to practice energy distribution if you are ill, broken, or
stuck. If you have a problem with your throat, for instance, you will send the
life force energy to the throat, and it won’t take before you notice changes. If
you wish to get more feelings of compassion and love, direct your breath
over your heart and down your breastbone and up your throat as you exhale.
Also, when any part of your body is stuck say, your shoulders, or hip, inhale
the air deep into your belly and send energy or prana to your stick shoulder or
hip as you exhale. It won’t take a long time before you experience changes.
It might look difficult to visualize how to hold your breath in your belly and
to send it in the form of energy to different parts of the body but with
practice, it will become easier. Where the breath and mind goes, the energy
and prana go, that is the basic rule when practicing breathing techniques to
heal your chakra.
A Breathing Technique
You can also use the following breathing technique in steps to help heal your
prana:
Sit comfortably, cross your legs, ensure your lips are gently sealed and
breathe using your nose. Put your palms together and keep them raised above
your head.
Draw as much breath as possible as you inhale deeply into your belly. You
can choose to close your eyes or open them wide but either way, imagine
drawing as much light as possible as it passes through your eyes, on top of
your head, your face, and ears.
Whenever your lungs are full, they are also full of prana. Close your eyes,
whether they were open or not, and focus your awareness between your eyes.
Form a sphere of concentrated and bright light at your point of focus, the area
between your eyebrows. You might experience lightning flashes or sparks;
however, you should never lose focus and continue to focus and remain
comfortable.
Watch the light dissolve to other body parts that require healing or balancing
as you exhale. Perform the practice at least 10 or 15 times or more.
Our body is full of energy that we breathe all the time. Besides coming from
the air we breathe, it also comes from the food we eat, the water we drink,
and from sunlight. Practicing these breathing techniques allow us to utilize
the vast amount of prana in our body and heal our chakras. We also heal our
spiritual being, our souls, and our minds. We prevent any physical discomfort
or illness when we help heal our chakras through these breathing techniques.
We also give purpose to our lives, live peacefully with others, make wise
decisions, and have excellent relationships.
 Chapter 14:
Enhancing Life Through Chakras & the Healing
Properties They Hold

There is a lot of information to be attained by reading this chapter. We will

go more in-depth on how to open each one of your chakras and the ways they
can enhance your life. Each chakra will affect different areas of your life and
it is important to know how to keep the flow of energy going.
After that, we will talk about a variety of different exercises that you can do
to help balance your chakras. This can help to bring balance to your mind,
body, and soul. You will notice the effects of this balance throughout your
entire life both physically, emotionally, and mentally.
Lastly, you will be given information on how your chakras can help with
healing. This is healing of every variety. For your mind, body, and soul. Our
chakras do play a part in all things in regard to our health, happiness, and
success in life. Understanding this and figuring out how to work with your
chakras can lead you to great changes. Changes that you have been searching
for, that may seem impossible.

Opening your Chakras

Opening your chakras can truly help enhance the quality of your life. Each
chakra holds a different key element in the way we handle ourselves and
different situation. Therefore, it is easy to see how each one can affect and
enhance our lives in different ways.
Opening the Root Chakra
As with the previous chapter, we're going to start with the root chakra. There
are many different ways to open up this chakra. Being as it is the first of our
chakra system, it is the basis and foundation of the rest of them. If you are
suffering from a blockage in this area, it is very likely that you will also be
suffering blockages in your other chakras.
With an open root chakra, our lives will be enhanced as we will be more
patient. Will be more conscious with our sense of self and we will also be
driven to attain our goals. Instead of living a life of fear, you will be
confident in the ventures that you participate in. Being able to roll with the
punches means that your root chakra is open, and the energy is flowing
freely.
There are different colors related to each one of our chakras. When you focus
on the color red, it can help to open a blocked root chakra. Oftentimes, people
will bring the image of red light to mind during meditation. They visualize it
at the base of their tailbone, where the root chakra is located. This thought of
a red light should be seen pulsating down through your legs and your feet. It
will help to ground you to the earth.
The root chakra is all about helping us stay grounded. Dancing barefoot can
truly help us to open up the flow of energy to our first chakra. If you want to
step it up further, dance barefoot outside where your feet are touching the
ground. Regardless of if you are comfortable dancing or not this is a practice
that can be truly helpful and allow the balance to come to your root chakra.
Turn on some music, pretend as if no one is watching, and sing at the top of
your lungs while you dance. This will help your root chakra, and as an added
bonus, it can also help clear blockages in your throat chakra.
There are almost always yoga positions that will help to cleanse your chakras.
Tree pose is fantastic for helping clear a blockage to your root chakra. This is
one of the more basic positions in yoga but it can be truly beneficial.
Maintaining the thought pattern of that glowing red light throughout your
yoga session can also be advantageous in opening up this chakra.
One other fantastic way to open the flow of energy to your root chakra is to
lose yourself in nature. Take a long walk and concentrate on what is
happening around you rather than the mess that may be going on inside of
your brain. When you provide your mind a break, it can help you reset and
cleanse the root chakra.
Opening the Sacral Chakra
When our sacral chakra is open and balanced, you will find that being
friendly is exceptionally easy. our relationships, in general, are better when
this chakra is open. You will not find yourself being bothered by small digs
from coworkers, they will simply roll off your shoulders. In addition, you
will feel connected to the people around you, as well as, the earth. It is one of
the most influential pieces to our emotional sides.
Maintaining the open flow of energy in your sacral chakra will ensure your
most important relationships keep going smoothly, at least from your side.
You won’t struggle with attachment issues or the trust issues that could drag
you down if you were experiencing a blockage in this area. As with all
chakras, there are some great and easy ways to ensure it stays open to the
positive energy that we need to flow through it.
When participating in yoga practices, you want to use postures that open up
your hips. Not only is physical tension held in our hips but so is emotional
tension. This will affect your second chakra quite a bit. Participating in a hip-
opening yoga class will allow us to let go of this tension an open up the sacral
chakra. You will also want to focus on letting go of whatever has a grip on
you or simply letting go of the negative energy that may be causing a
blockage to this important emotional chakra.
The suggestion of dancing was also made to help open up your root chakra. It
is an excellent way of opening up your second chakra, as well. You'll want to
let loose like there are no eyes on you. If you're uncomfortable dancing in
front of people, you can simply do it in the privacy of your home. The effect
will have on your emotions and in clearing blockages to your second chakra
is quite amazing.
When we were discussing the root chakra, we told you that you should be
visualizing the color red. For the sacral chakra, you want to focus on the
color orange. Imagining, during meditation, that orange light is filling you up
in the area of your lower abdomen can help to release any blockages that may
be present. This thought of an orange light radiating in the area of your
second chakra can be done not only during meditation but also during daily
activities and during your yoga sessions.
One other fantastic way to deal with a blocked sacral chakra to get into better
shape. As noted, this can be done through yoga but many other exercises will
help you out as well. When we start to tone our bodies, it can be much easier
to let go of the tension that we hold in our hips. Additionally, this can help us
let go and open up the energy flow to the sacral chakra.
Opening the Solar Plexus Chakra
Having a blocked solar plexus chakra is extremely common. it is the one that
is most likely to become blocked among the Seven. When we have a healthy
flow of energy to this chakra, our self-esteem will be excellent. We will have
the willpower and the confidence to take on any task that we need to. It will
allow us to have control over the way we are thinking and our responses to
those thoughts emotionally. A balanced solar plexus chakra will truly allow
you to find peace within yourself.
Yellow is the color that you will want to focus on when trying to open your
solar plexus. Due to the fact that this Chopra is frequently obstructed, it may
take quite a bit of work to truly get good energy flowing. Imagining a soft
yellow light beating in the area of your solar plexus chakra can help aid in the
healing process. In addition, bathing in the yellow light of the sun can have
the same effect.
Aromatherapy during meditation or during a session of yoga can also be truly
helpful when trying to cleanse your 3rd chakra. Essential oils that have a
citrus smell to them will work best in helping to open this area. Many people
prefer to use grapefruit or orange sense when trying to open up the flow of
energy to their solar plexus chakra.
As with pretty much all of your chakras, there are different poses within the
world of yoga that can help promote the flow of energy. Warrior poses are
one of the easiest ones to accomplish when trying to open your solar plexus
chakra. Many have also found that boat pose and sun salutations are excellent
for the same purpose.
Great successes in opening this chakra have also been made through
affirmations. Affirmations are extremely simple, yet they're also extremely
powerful. It is important that you say your affirmations throughout your day.
Oftentimes, people will write them down and stick them to their fridge or a
mirror. Simply putting them in a place that you see them will allow you to
remember to say them. Additionally, adding affirmations into a meditation
session can be extremely helpful.
The solar plexus chakra is related to a healthy sense of self. Therefore, your
affirmations should focus on building you up. Using phrases like “I respect
myself” and “I am worthy of being loved” are great examples of the type of
affirmations you should use to help open a blocked solar plexus chakra.
Opening the Heart Chakra
Clean flow of energy to your heart chakra will result in a high level of inner
peace. You will be able to enjoy everything that is happening around you
including being open to love. Our levels of empathy, as well as, compassion
is directly affected by our heart chakra. When this chakra has the right level
of energy flowing through it the enhancement, we will notice in our
relationships is astounding.
While visualizations are fantastic for all of our chakras, it is one of the best
options when trying to open our heart chakra. Sitting in quiet contemplation
or while practicing meditation is the best time to visualize something that
truly makes your heart swell. This can be a person, place, or thing. When
your heart starts to swell with this overwhelming sense of love, it is likely
that you will be able to clear any blockage that your heart chakra may be
experiencing. This energy will start to consume all of the negative inside you
and radiate off of you.
The color green is associated with our heart chakra. Therefore, partaking in
foods like green beans, spinach, or kale can help to reduce the blockage of
our 4th chakra. Green tea is also an excellent sing to add into your routine if
you are trying to open your heart chakra.
Self-care can also play a pretty major role in helping you open up your heart
chakra. Starting with a bath filled with rose-scented essential oils, you will
notice that your body starts to feel a bit better. From here, continue to pamper
yourself with lotions followed with comfortable clothing and a quiet
atmosphere. While enjoying this quiet atmosphere, work on some breathing
exercises. The heart chakra is of the air element and breathing exercises
alongside loving yourself can help to truly open up this center of energy.
Yoga holds a firm place in allowing us to open any and all of our chakras. It
is simply about knowing what poses will work the best. The cobra, as well as,
the eagle, fish, and upward facing dog positions are all fantastic for opening
up your 4th chakra. Some of these poses are a bit more difficult than others
an may take some practice but they are all advantageous in your effort of
releasing a blockage in your heart chakra.
One other fairly simple thing that you can do to help open blocked heart
chakra is to show gratitude. This can be inward or outward. When you state
what it is in the world that you are grateful for, it can help to release a
blocked heart chakra. If you can do this in the presence of your loved ones, it
will be even more so beneficial in your venture towards opening this chakra.
It is important to note that blockages of our heart chakra could have happened
a long time ago. Reflecting on the traumas of our past and coping with them
can also help to open up our 4th chakra. Forgiveness is an extremely hard
lesson to learn and it is done deep within our own hearts. When you can learn
this lesson, you will be well on your way to truly opening the energy that
flows through our heart chakra.
Opening the Throat Chakra
As discussed, the 5th chakra is our throat chakra. It helps us with
communication and creativity. When we have an open throat chakra, we will
be able to easily be honest with those around us and honest with ourselves. It
helps provide balance in our relationships. When we are trying to express
ourselves in the truest of ways, this chakra is what enables us to do it. In
addition, will be able to listen to ourselves as well as get others to listen to us.
Affirmations are fantastic for opening the throat chakra. As stated before,
hanging your affirmations in places you will commonly see them is
advantageous. This will allow you to say your mantras several times per day.
Working them into a session of meditation will also be helpful. You want to
repeat phrases like “I will not hold on to the fear and negativity that stops me
from saying my actual truths” or “I will use my voice and my words to speak
of the beauty around me”. There are plenty of other affirmations that can be
helpful in opening up your fourth chakra.
Singing is another great way to clear a blockage in your throat chakra. You
can sing at any point throughout your day and help to increase the level of
energy that this chakra is getting. It doesn't matter if you're doing it in the
shower or while cleaning the house; it will have the same effect. It is truly
one of the simplest ways to keep the energy flowing to this very important
chakra.
Blue is the color that is associated with our throat chakra. Focusing your
sights on a bright blue color while you inhale and visualize this color
enveloping the area of your throat chakra can be very beneficial. It is
cleansing. As you exhale, you want to let go of the stress intention that is
likely causing a blockage to this area.

Living a Life of Balance

Before you begin to clear your chakras and align your energy with your
lifestyle choices and living circumstances, we will examine the benefits of
how healing your chakras can improve your life. Chances are you have been
living in a way that has left you feeling depressed at times, low energy,
frustrated with outcomes, fearful of new opportunities or choices for new
directions on your path, anxious about the “what if’s” and uncomfortable
with your lack of personal understanding about your true purpose.
Many of us will hide all of our insecurities and pretend, or delude ourselves
into maintaining the appearance of happiness and success, while under the
surface we are a mess of self-doubt and trauma. It is incredibly common for a
majority of people to hide what they think and feel to become ‘one’ with all
of the other people in our lives.
The pain you feel may have such a deeply rooted grasp on your identity that
you have grown used to existing under these conditions and may not even
realize that you are wanting to shift and change into another way of living
your life. It happens to all of us at some point; you will question your life and
whether or not you feel happy and content with your current situation.
Many people will elect to stay in their current situation out of a fear of
change and how it will affect other people around them. Having a look at
your theories of existence and how you create your experiences is a necessary
part of awakening your chakras and healing the imbalance of your life. You
may have to completely change your living situation, marriage, religious
affiliation, neighborhood, city, clothing style, food choices, and even
friendships when you start to rekindle your true energetic balance.
The process through which you align with your whole self has a long path
ahead of you and will open slowly over time so that you don’t make to make
too many large life changes at once. However, all of the changes that you
make will happen out a need and a purpose to feel like your whole, true being
as an individual. It will take a lot of courage to let go of and release people,
places and things that hold you back from the life you long to live as a soul.
When you live according to your path and journey of awakening to your
energy system you will look for all of the ways you can connect the dots with
all of your life story, not just what is happening in the present moment’s
circumstance. You may be living with with your partner of 10 years who you
have a lot of drama with and have always felt underappreciated for all of the
hard work you do to keep the house in good condition; or you may be living
at your apartment feeling lonely and depressed all of the time because you
have not found another person to share your life with.
These same two circumstances can stem from the same type of childhood
chakra block that comes from an imprint from your caregiver experience.
You may be in a relationship with someone whose energy closely mimics
that dynamic you witnessed between your parents. It is how you learned what
relationships are like: by watching them struggle to find happiness and joy as
themselves in a partnership. You repeat these dynamics in your later life
experiences because you are programmed to understand life from these
earlier experiences, even when you think you have broken away from that
dynamic, your energy has a way of finding it and seeking it out because of
how your chakras learned to ‘feel’ about love and partnership.
If you are the person living alone but longing for love, you could have come
from the exact same childhood-caregiver dynamic but chose to reject
partnerships as a way to protect yourself from the pain that you witnessed
between your parents through their relationship struggle. Despite having a
strong desire to have a healthy relationship, you were energetically
programmed to see relationships through the energetic blueprint of your
parent’s experience of pain and decided to protect yourself from that
experience in your adult life.
These specific examples may not apply to you; however, as you read them
you can understand the concept of how your chakras are directly linked to
how you open yourself to life and the world. You can also begin to see how
these dynamics can train your energy in a certain way so that you are
repeating the same patterns that you inherited from your family, group, or
culture. When you allow yourself the freedom to begin your whole healing
and opening through your chakras, you can start to live as the self you were
always meant to be, cleansed of all of your early life programming and
mental patterns that came from your childhood experiences.
Living your life in harmony and balance is easy enough if you choose to
allow a lot of time, presence and energy to the process of healing but as so
many of us have careers, homes to maintain, daily life dramas, families and
relationships to attend to, we can’t always be 100 percent available to ask our
chakras how they are doing and whether or not we are aligned and balanced.
Everyone has a life to live and when you are going through your healing
experience you will need to devote ample time to healing and balancing. A
good amount of your free time should be devoted to caring for your energy
clearing and chakra balancing as it can take so long to heal from all of your
wounds and learned behavior. The wisdom you seek to heal yourself must
come from yourself and the way that you choose to live your life in harmony
and balance. Having a choice between healing, or not, is essential to your
journey, and when you make the life decision to allow yourself space to heal
and renew your true energetic balance, then you can bring joy and harmony
into your life.
How Our Energies Become Blocked
What can come up for you as you look for this path is a lot of resistance from
the people, or energies in your life that you are used to having around at all
times. A lot of shifts will have to occur for you to allow for healing. Living
your life in harmony and balance with your energy means letting go of what
is keeping you blocked from your ascension and chakra healing. A lot of our
current lifestyle patterns are a great cause for energy blockages and can come
as a surprise to many when they learn about how energy clearing works. The
list below shows a lot of possible examples of how your energy can be
disturbed, influenced, blocked and congested but it is certainly not all of the
ways these blocks can occur. As you read consider some of the ways your
chakras can be blocked daily.

Television in excess of 1-2 hours a day. More than 2 hours of TV

is a block to your energy.
Workaholics - overworking at any job is a serious issue and cannot
be allowed if you want to heal and clear your chakras.
Social Media - looking at all of the links, posts, comments and life
stories of other individuals is a detrimental waste of your energy
and creates serious issues in all of your chakras, not just one or
two.
Junk Food/Fast Food/Processed Food - there is a severe lack of
nutrients in processed foods and low-quality health foods from fast
food restaurants. Healing your chakras requires a daily intake of
whole, healthy and nutritious plant-based foods, animal proteins,
and quality fats. Sugar, caffeine, imitation flavors and sugars,
additives, and genetically modified foods are all energy blockers
and also cause a lot of the diseases that are becoming an epidemic
in American culture especially.
Drugs and Alcohol - neither is a good choice at all for a journey
with healing your energy and your chakras. If you are serious
about going on this path to cleansing your energy you will have to
put all drugs and alcohol aside for a time to allow for a proper
rebalancing and energy purging. Nicotine is included in the list of
drugs also, and will always be a severe cause of physical trauma to
the body as well as energetic trauma to the chakras. Prescription
 drugs are also a serious cause of chakra blocks and many of the
medical conditions that prescription drugs are attempting to heal
are also caused by severe ascension issues and energy blocks in
your whole system.
Sedentary lifestyle - it’s no secret that exercise improves health but
it isn’t widely understood that it also helps clear your chakras and
keeps them in a balance. Moving your body = moving your
chakras to promote a healthier flow. Sedentary life causes
stagnation and a serious lack of energy flow.
Relationships - there are good relationships and bad ones and the
difficulty is wanting to live your life with someone, even when
they are harmful to your life force and energy. Having a
challenging, destructive, or harmful relationship dynamic is a huge
energy block. A lot of relationships already have an issue with
energy form both partners having a need to clear their whole
chakra system. Imbalances are common and unique to each
partnership. You may have to leave a certain love, or friendship
dynamic to allow for whole healing of yourself and your energy.
There are plenty of other ways that you can become energetically blocked in
your chakras and the list above illustrates the most common issues that we
face as a human society today. The contrast of that list is to see how you can
begin to bring a more harmonious flow to your chakra energy daily.
Strategies to Unblock Your Chakras
Here are some ideas for how to shift into a better balance and healthy lifestyle
to promote chakra healing, cleansing, and purging:

Set a time limit for your use of electronic devices, such as TV, cell
phones, tablets, and video game consoles. Avoid television
programs and movies with excessive violence and lifestyle issues.
Encourage programs that will be more healing to your energy,
such as comedies, documentaries about nature, educational
programs and light-hearted romance or adventure stories.
Give yourself a strict boundary with your work hours. Never bring
it home (unless you already work from home); adhere to a
schedule that works for all of your lifestyle needs; leave on time;
take time off every week, whether it is a weekend or days off in
between shifts. You may even have to change professions or
careers as your energy heals and balances. Often times, your
choice of work is not in alignment with who you truly are and how
you want to live your life as a soul.
Limit interactions on social media by giving yourself a set time
every day or week that you communicate via all social media
outlets. Avoid all of the damaging energy that comes from other
people’s blocked emotions, traumas, and wounds that are often
spread all over the internet, and especially social media. Limit
your availability on all platforms so that you can focus on healing
your energy without being overly influenced or disrupted by the
energy of others.
Eat well and eat lovingly for your body. There are a lot of generic,
highly processed foods available and a lot of them are not good for
your health and wellbeing. Many are already energetically low
because of how they are processed, prepared and packaged and
carry that energy into your body, influencing all of your chakras. It
can be a huge life change for a lot of people to dump the fast food
and convenience foods that are so readily available but if you want
to heal your chakras and achieve a life balance and live
harmoniously within your energy, then you will have to consider a
life in which you prepare your food from fresh vegetables,
proteins, healthy fats, simple carbohydrates, fruits, and other
whole ingredients.
We all have a need to live in a higher state of being and when
people are looking for their light inside they often turn to drug and
alcohol use to ‘feel’ that level of aliveness that can come from an
enlightenment experience. Alcohol and drugs are a false reality
and keep you blocked and misaligned with your true self. You
cannot achieve love and harmony within yourself under the
influence of drugs and alcohol. Switching to water, herbal teas,
fresh fruit juices, and other simple and healthy liquids are the way
to go if you want to truly heal your energy system.
Exercise is a healthy choice no matter what you are attempting to
 do on your healing journey. You don’t have to join a gym or take
an aerobics class to find a healthy lifestyle with exercise. Going
for long walks or hikes in nature, swimming in the lake, running
around the block or across a field, dancing, jumping up and down
for a few minutes, all of these activities are just as energy clearing
as lifting weights or following an aerobics instructor. When you
find the exercise that feels right for your soul, then you will have
the best energy clearing experience.
In every relationship, we learn an important life lesson about or
role in love and in harmony with our own selves. Relationships are
a hugely important part of finding yourself and knowing your truth
as a person and as an individual in society. The love between
family, friends, and lovers is a strong connection and has a lot of
energy tied into it. When you are working on healing your chakras
and learning to live in balance, you will have to allow for your
relationships to provide you with the kind of love and compassion
that you need as you grew while you offer the same to others.
If you have a lot of ascensions to go through with a partner or a friend close
by, they might not feel the same way you do about your journey and will
have to decide on their own whether or not they are willing to provide you
with the love and compassion you deserve as you heal your energy. You may
also have to choose another path for yourself and end some of your more
energetically toxic relationships to fully embrace your true self. One thing
you cannot do to live in balance with yourself is to impose your healing
beliefs and methods on your partner or friend; they must choose it for
themselves on their own time. Exploring the diversity of your feelings with
another soul equally interested in growth and healing can be very opening
and healing to your chakras. Finding the right partner for your path to
wholeness can be one of the greatest ways to heal your heart chakra.
This list has a lot of wisdom for how to bring you into a closer connection to
working with and understanding your chakras daily. You don’t have to
choose this advice. You can always choose to watch TV, eat junk food, scroll
through social media, sit on the couch, work in a job that makes you unhappy
and continue to live with your partner who treats you poorly but you will not
heal under those circumstances.
The path to living in balance and harmony with your energy requires that you
take a look at your life and decide what is holding you back and what could
potentially move you forward into the life you would like to live. Opening
your chakras to allow for balance and healing will give you the chance to face
your truth. All you have to do is choose to take the journey toward healing.
 Conclusion

This book has explained the impact of imbalance in each chakra and the way
it can affect your personal, professional, and social life.
Blockages to your chakras are common and they can result in a variety of
physical and mental ailments. When we start to dedicate ourselves to a
healthy chakra system, we can anything that is wrong with us. Energy is
everywhere and controlling the energy inside is pivotal to our lives.
Chakras not only affect your physical health but they also have a deep impact
on your personality, nature, and social appearance. If you learn the art of
chakra balancing, you can change your personality completely.
Put into practice the things you have learned from this book. Understanding
that your chakras play a major role in everything you do and feel is the first
step in leading a healthier and happier life.
Treat yourself well and learn to understand your own energy so that you can
escape from being locked in a self-made cage. Life can be very complicated
but when you start to discover the Chakras system, you learn that your body
is close to nature and has its own intelligence. We should view it like a tree
with roots that provides nourishment to the entire system - the body, mind,
and soul.
As you approach these techniques, you will balance and heal so as to allow
for a great shift in your life. When you open your chakras, you open your life
and can find the direct way to being your whole, unique self into being.
Healing your life through your chakras is liberating, and the freedom you
give yourself to explore your whole being is only the beginning. You will
discover so much more about your energy as you continue to practice the
techniques outlined in this book. Your most difficult moments will come
when you release the difficult, blocked emotions that you have held onto for
too long. You will purge and release everything that holds you back from
being YOU.
Give yourself permission to heal and you can begin the life you are seeking.
Your chakras are the gateway for you to enter to become fully aligned with
your life purpose and joy. You have nothing holding you back now that you
know how to heal your energy and stay in balance.
What a journey it has been! To look upon your light within is one of the
greatest gifts you can offer yourself. You now have the knowledge to truly
connect with your energy to improve your life experience. There is no right
or wrong way to explore your new lessons with chakra healing. Every person
has a uniquely different experience with their healing process and it is up to
you to follow your path and guide yourself using the tools you have learned
in this book.
 THIRD EYE AWAKENING
How to Open Your Third Eye for Spiritual Enlightenment, Psychic
Awareness, Intuition and Pineal Gland Activation. Enhance Psychic
Abilities and Mindpower Using Guided Meditation

By Aura Heal
 Table of Contents

Introduction
Chapter 1: What is the Third Eye
Chapter 2: How the Third Eye is Source of Amazing Abilities
Chapter 3: How to Protect Yourself during Third Eye Activation
Chapter 4: Benefits of Opening the Third Eye
Chapter 5: Enhancing Psychic Abilities
Chapter 6: Important Preparations Before Third Eye Activation
Chapter 7: Shape Your Life with Third Eye Guidance
Chapter 8: Visualization for the Third Eye Chakra
Chapter 9: How to Open your Third Eye
Chapter 10: Chakra Meditation for your Third Eye
Chapter 11: Breathing Techniques to Help in Third Eye Activation
Chapter 12: Re-energizing Your Body and Mind and finding happiness
Chapter 13: Techniques to Awaken the Third Eye Chakra
Chapter 14: Exercises for Awakening Your Inner Spirit
Chapter 15: Yoga Poses to Open and Strengthen the Third Eye Chakra
Chapter 16: How to Use Meditation to Open Your Third Eye
Chapter 17: Best Meditation Practices
Chapter 18: Things Holding You Back from Awakening Your Third Eye
Conclusion
 Introduction

In this book, I want to introduce you to your Third Eye chakra, your Ajna,
and show you the importance of opening your Third Eye and what it can do.
The following chapters will discuss some of the ways your pineal gland, or
the Third Eye in more spiritual circles, can become weak. When the Third
Eye is hindered from working properly, a number of symptoms develop.
These can be physical, emotional and spiritual in nature.
You will discover how important it is to maintain the integrity of your Third
Eye and how regular preventative maintenance through proper diet, exercise
and spiritual development can help improve the power of your third eye. You
will find out how important it is for your overall wellness, both physically
and spiritually, to become fully in tune with your third eye.
It will cover the ways in which you will need to protect yourself. Third Eye
activation is a very positive process, but it also involves venturing into the
unknown. Starting anything so big without ample protection can be risky.
You will be able to understand in detail the steps you need to take to remain
protected from all kinds of negative energies.
We can increase this spiritual relationship by using many techniques, all of
which are described throughout this book. You will learn, for example, how
to decalcify your pineal gland, reconnect with your true self, and with the
endless energy of the world, as well. Your life is special and you were made
to live a meaningful and productive one. Now is the time to do it.
 Chapter 1:
What is the Third Eye

The Third Eye is a mystical, and almost magical part of human nature. It is
also called the inner eye, and it is used for mental clarity. It is often showed
as an actual eye in ancient artworks, specifically in Egyptian and Hindi
cultures. They believed that if you opened your inner eye, you would be able
to see the world for what it is, and that the world as they knew it was all an
illusion.
The Third Eye is called the pineal gland, a small organ located at the very top
of the spine as it enters the brain. It is distinctly in the center of the brain,
between the left and right hemispheres. From the outside, it would be dead
center between, and just above the eyes. An air of excitement and mystery
surrounded this organ as soon as it was discovered. This tiny thing must be
important. Otherwise, it wouldn’t be tucked away so safely within the brain.
What could it be?
The pineal gland is primarily responsible for the production of melatonin, a
hormone that is required for regulating our circadian rhythm. It is this
vigilance of light and dark that allows us to fall asleep and wake up in a
normal pattern. Disruptions in melatonin cause sleep disruption, insomnia,
narcolepsy and general fatigue.
Another curious thing about the pineal gland is that it creates and houses a
chemical that is known to cause so-called hallucinations. Dimethyltryptamine
(DMT), is naturally produced in the body and can be compared to
psychedelic drugs like acid, a man-made version. DMT in large amounts
causes the mind to slip into a trance-like state, and vivid imagery occurs. This
chemical is released in small doses when we sleep, creating dreams.
For those who partake in the use of psychedelic drugs often report being
reborn, awakened into a new life by the experience. This type of drug has
been used for centuries in Native American and South American cultures
(along with many more) for spiritual practice and connection with the gods. It
is hard to ignore the fact that entering such a state opens the mind and has the
potential to connect our inner selves with a higher energy. Could this be the
key to knowing our inner selves?
Although that example is oversimplified a bit, it is our inner selves that attach
meaning and understanding to things. When the brain and soul are not
aligned with each other, it can cause our brain to react without guidance and
wisdom of the bigger picture. We are required to get in touch with our inner
self more often to lead a life with infinite wisdom and guidance.
Awakening our Third Eye without the help of medications is certainly
possible as well. There are many practices we can do on a regular basis that
help open the mind and deepen the connection between our inner selves and
our analytical brains. The world we live in constantly forces us to work
against the better judgment of our inner selves, and so the number of people
being spiritually guided are the minority.
What most people don’t realize, however, is that they are living in a fallacy of
a world in which their physical bodies and analytical minds are at one. The
mind and body are disposable, and what is left after we are gone is our inner
selves, our spirit, to become connected, once again, with the energy of the
universe. We must do the best we can to live out tangible lives through the
needs and desires of our spirit, and not let the worldly needs of the body take
hold. Our souls do not need money or power, they need love and
understanding. Our time here on earth could be made so much happier and
healthier by following the guidance of our inner spirit. Getting connected
with our Third Eye is the key to all of it.
The pineal gland generates hormones like melatonin and serotonin, which
usually play a significant role in controlling sleep cycles and help the overall
mood. Without this gland, the body would not recognize normal fluctuations
in light, which would make it hard to fall and also to stay asleep within a
regular pattern. Also, the body would not be able to differentiate summer
from winter, apart from the change in temperatures. The pineal gland is
present in most vertebrate animals keeps the whole ecosystem running
around the same clock, depending on sunlight.
The Third Eye is a significant part of many cultures, but the description and
what it is varies from culture to culture, and even though the basis of the
concept is the same, there is so much to learn about the Third Eye that it
would be a crime to ignore the differences each culture has. These cultures
are all around the world, and they all have a belief that the Third Eye is the
eye in which you see things that are not seen with your two physical eyes.
Where the differ tends to be on how it works, and what you see with your
third eye.
The Egyptians believed that people could awaken their Third Eye and use it
to come to power. That is why most of the time, pharaohs were depicted with
a Third Eye in the paintings on their tombs. The most powerful Third Eye
users were often known as oracles. One of the most popular oracles crossed
into Greek mythology, and she was known as the Oracle of Delphi. This
oracle often foresaw the fates of many Greek gods, goddesses and heroes.
She was one of the most powerful oracles out there and was so in touch with
her Third Eye that she went blind because she never used her two physical
eyes. Or so the story goes. This was way back before we were even a star in
the galaxy, let alone any time near when this generation was around. This
was back before the time of even Ancient Rome. The Third Eye concept has
been around for more than a little while. It has just returned to modern
society as people are beginning to integrate it into modern media to bring the
awareness back.
African cultures believe in a Third Eye as well. This eye is seen as being
possessed by women after they bear children. It is said that a woman gains
this sight so that she may always be able to keep an eye on her children even
if she is not around. The African women are known for being able to see
through walls it seems when it comes to their kids, and this may have
something to do with them being in touch with their third eyes. This is
something that is a common theme between cultures. The Third Eye being
accessed through love.
In the Hindi culture, the Third Eye is related a lot to Buddhism and
Hinduism. In fact, Buddha is often depicted as a large man with three eyes
and six arms. This is because Buddhists believe that you must open your
Third Eye to succeed in life, and get anywhere past a mediocre level (theme
with the Egyptians, anyone?) Buddha is an all-seeing deity that guides you to
finding yourself, and seeing the world for what it is. They believe that they
are destined to find themselves using the third eye. In their beliefs, a person
must be able to truly find themselves before they can ever even think of
finding their way in the world.
The new age Third Eye culture is all about being more self-aware and
environmentally and emotionally conscious. It is less about trying to see the
future, or trying to see the world around you, but more about finding
yourself, and keeping from destroying the planet. The new age culture is
surrounded by seeing through fake people as well. While there are some
people who still follow the ancient culture, a lot of people have revived and
revamped the Third Eye ideology to bring it back to life, which is a great
thing.
Your Third Eye forms a natural part of you as a person as well as every other
individual. We can perceive it more like an unusual or unique "organ" that is
made of your mind as well as other senses working collectively as a bigger,
more robust sensory organ in connection with the pineal gland that acts as the
central point to bring about the vision. The Third Eye makes up a very clever
part of natural evolution that enables you to view your life patterns. Even
more interesting, your Third Eye has the ability to show you these patterns
superimposing this information over your other five senses.
Usually, people will make the vision of the Third Eye to appear as a
supernatural power because they have the ability to foresee future happenings
or see current happenings or any other things that are not available
physically. However, it a completely authentic and palpable skill.
Due to the fact that so many things are dependent on your ability to decipher
results, chances are that there will be a lot of mistranslations between
actuality as well as what your Third Eye relays to you. In addition, the fact
that there are disparities in how everybody sees things, it might not be easy to
share what we have seen with other people. For instance, whenever we hear
the word 'light', everyone might have a completely different visualization of
light. Whatever one person sees is completely different from what another
person will see.
Obviously, there are cases where interpretations may be similar. We are all
human beings and our nature and form aid in pushing us towards the same
measure of experience. Nonetheless, the fact that each one of us is unique in
their own way also makes sure that we view the world from different
perspectives. Therefore, it should not come as a surprise that there are
numerous supernatural practices to scrutinize different views of the world we
hold.

Your Third Eye Could Be Already Open

Most of the time, the problem is usually not figuring out how to open the
third eye, instead, it is coming to the realization that we see way more than
we realize we are. On the other hand, some other people choose to
unknowingly ignore it completely. For a section of people, the Third Eye is
something to be completely afraid of therefore the majority of them try to
ignore it whenever it manifests itself.
The secret behind the Third Eye is learning to appreciate its existence and
then taking up the initiative to make sense of what you see over time.

Using Your Third Eye

There are many things that you can use your Third Eye for, if you combine
the ideas of many different cultures. If you think about it, there is a
possibility that you can use it for everything that is mentioned, as cultures
adapt things to what they need it for, and if there are that many differences,
then there is obviously a reason for it.
The Third Eye can be used according to history and culture, for so many
different things involving the psychological world. Let us look at some of the
more prevalent things that are mentioned.

Prophecy: Throughout ancient times, people seeing visions and

being able to tell the future has been a common theme, however
for a while these people were hunted and put into mental facilities,
so it seemed to die off for over a hundred years.
Self-Awareness: This is something that a lot of cultures use their
Third Eye for. Self-awareness is the act of learning about yourself
entirely. Being aware of the things you do and knowing what your
character is. The only person in the world who can truly know
everything about you is you, and if you become self-aware you
will learn so much more about yourself and be able to develop
skills that you didn't even know you had.
World Vision: This allows you to see things that are going on in
the world that other people are blind to. You have to think about
the things that go on in the world to truly allow yourself to be free.
Freedom only comes when one opens their eyes to the truth. This
is a great thing to use your Third Eye for, and in using your third
eye, you will see so much of the world that you will begin to feel a
little overwhelmed at first.
Entirety: This is the ability to see the truth. To see things for what
they are. This is different than world vision because it deals with
deception. You want to be able to see past deceptive facades and
understand and know what lies beneath the exterior, or else you
can have the wool pulled over your eyes. People of the world
today are very deceptive, they would rather take advantage of your
kindness, and then spit in your face later on in life.
Connection to the Earth: This is an important thing to have, as it
will help you be more environmentally conscious. You want to be
 good to the Earth so that it will be around for many generations to
come. This is one of the most important things to think about.
With all of the waste that is going on in the world today, it is
imperative that people start realizing just how wasteful they are
being. You have to think about the environment and what is good
for it.
The Third Eye is an important part of your life. It is even scientifically
proven to be a possible entity that everyone possesses. You want to utilize
every tool in your life. Do not let this be one that you let slip because the
concept seems out there. The truth is, everything is not what it seems.

Why Open Your Third Eye

If you are skeptical about the process of the third eye, you are probably
asking yourself “why would you need to open your Third Eye anyway?” The
truth is there is no absolute need to. No one needs to. It is all on a want to
basis. You have to want to open it for it to even open. If you are planning on
trying to open it just so you can prove it will fail, you will fail. No one is
forced to open their third eye, and that is a wonderful thing, because not all
people are strong enough to control it, and that is okay. So you have the
choice to decide if you want to open your Third Eye or not.
However, there are a lot of good reasons to open your third eye. These
benefits go beyond what you can do with your third eye. You can see so
much when you open your third eye. However, there are some cons as well,
and they will be talked about later in this chapter. There is always good with
the bad, which is part of your third eye, you have to have balance. So what
are the reasons to open your inner eye? Let's see.
Peace
This can bring you inner peace if you use it to see what is bothering you, and
you use it for self-awareness. Peace is something that we should all strive for,
because when you have peace with yourself, and peace with the rest of the
world, that is one less angry person in the world. The more people who are at
peace, then there would be less fighting. If everyone held peace in their heart,
then the world would be a beautiful place. However, there most likely always
will be angry people. You do not want to be angry, though, because the more
anger you hold, the higher risk you have for health problems. You have to
make sure that you are healthy, so it is best to try to find your inner peace as
soon as possible to stay happy and healthy.
Truth
Not everyone tells the truth. In fact, anymore, it seems no one tells the truth.
It seems as if everyone has something up their sleeves, and that is sad,
because you want to be able to trust people, but in this generation, it can be
hard to do. If you want to know the truth, most of the time you will have to
find that yourself. Truth is not always pretty though, so make sure that you
are prepared for the truth. You want to make sure that you are ready to handle
the ugly side of the truth, because it is not always pretty. However, the truth
is something that we should all strive to know, because the more people that
know the truth, the less people can lie, because they will know it won't work.
You can use your Third Eye to uncap the truth in everything. The truth lurks
in even the darkest corners, if you only open yourself up to it.
Can Spot Liars
This goes hand in hand with the truth, but a little more in depth. Not only can
you spot the truth in the world, you can also tell when someone is lying to
you. You do not want to be at the mercy of someone who lies to you. You
have to be able to tell if someone is not telling the truth, so that no one takes
advantage of you. Especially if you are a kind person. There are so many
people in this world that are good, but they are shadowed by the people that
are not good, and the ones that use people for their money or what they can
do for them, and then dump them for a more useful person. You have to make
sure that you are protected from these people. The people who will lie to you,
and tell you that they are worse off than they are, just so they can get a little
extra of something that you may need more than they do, but you are too kind
to let someone in need go without. These are the worst kind of liars.
Clean Living
You will be alerted to the way you are living to make sure that you are living
a lot better than you were. You want to live a clean life because if you live an
unhealthy life, it is bad for you, and the earth. Whether you decide to go
vegetarian, or recycle more, opening your Third Eye will make things so
much easier. You need to see the damage you are doing on the earth to make
the changes that you need to for your health, and for your sanity as well. You
want to live clean because it is good for everyone involved, and the more
involved you are in clean living, the easier it is to steer other people clear of
the dangers of living unclean.
 Chapter 2:
How the Third Eye is Source of Amazing Abilities

You can experience some of these abilities if you have awakened your third
eye.

Clairvoyance (Psychic Visions)

It is the ability of psychic sight. This means that you can see what others
can’t. People have always considered this ability a gift. However, we all have
this ability to some extent. Some young children have stronger clairvoyant
abilities than adults. They can sense spirits, energies, and future mishaps.
Their minds are not fully developed to understand the meanings of some
signals, but they do see things more clearly. As we age, our pineal gland gets
calcified and your psychic abilities become dim.
Third Eye activation also involves decalcification of the pineal gland. It helps
in improving our sense of perception. We can sense the presence of energies,
spirits, and omens better. As our minds are more mature, we may be able to
deduce the correct meanings of those signals.
This is among the most desired psychic abilities of all as it gives you a real
hold of the things happening around you. You can even predict things that
haven’t even happened yet with some level of accuracy.
This doesn’t happen due to magic. Your mind has the ability to feel the
energies. Your body in itself is an intense ball of energy. When your sense of
perception increases due to Third Eye awakening, you can feel these energies
clearly. This heightened sense of perception makes you stand apart among
others. You start seeing things clearly unblemished by the deductions or
judgment of our prejudices. Your sight and experiences become clear.
You can develop clairvoyant abilities by practicing meditation once your
Third Eye has been activated.

Observing Auras
This whole universe is a form of energy. We, being a part of the universe, are
also energy. The characteristic quality of energy is that it radiates itself.
Every living being has an electromagnetic field of energy engulfing the
whole persona. This field of energy is called the aura. Our body is simply not
just the physical form. Emotional, etheric, mental, astral, celestial energies
are also present in the body. All these energies emit specific radiations or
auras in form of colors. These colors can be seen, and they can help in
identifying the kind of energy that dominates a person. This art is called
observing auras.
When your Third Eye becomes active and starts functioning properly, you
can develop the powers to see these auras or energy fields. Most of us have
this power, but it is never very strong. Yet, when you go to someplace or
meet someone you can feel the negative energy or vibe coming. You don’t
need the help of others to tell you this. Third Eye awakening simply
magnifies this ability several times. You will be able to clearly distinguish
auras without opening your eyes. You will be able to feel auras that don’t
even have a physical body. You will be able to see energy, dark or light in its
most vivid form.
This ability starts developing naturally when you meditate and activate your
third eye. You will be able to feel the presence of negative or positive
energies. The vibes coming from people will be very clear and strong. You
wouldn’t need an introduction to know the basic traits of a person. If you
want to develop this ability, then meditation and focus are the main ways to
do so.

Astral Projection or Astral Travel

Astral Projection is a way to have out of body experiences. This is, again, an
ability that we all have to some extent. At times of near-death experiences,
traumas, illnesses, people may feel like they have left the body and traveled
far. However, such experiences are never voluntary.
‘Dreaming while awake’ is a better description of Astral travel. We are made
up of energies. With the psychic abilities provided by the third eye, you can
make your energies leave your body and travel at will. Although astral travels
last for brief periods, your experience can be very, very long, because as in
other dimensions, time is not relative. You can communicate with other
energies that do not hold a body of their own. You can travel far away and
return. You remain in complete control of yourself. You will be able to see
the world from a completely different perspective. Your view of the world
would completely change.
Although the projection looks very mystical, it is a reality. We all are not just
this body. This body is a very insignificant part of our actual being. We won’t
simply die when this body stops functioning. On the levels of energy, we will
continue to live forever. You can develop the powers of astral projection by
awakening your Third Eye and making it powerful by doing meditation
regularly.
All these powers are real; we have all of them in dormant forms as we do not
exercise them regularly. You can make them stronger by practicing them
regularly.
However, it is important that before you start to practice these powers, you
strengthen your powers fully. All energies around us are not positive and
harmless. The world is full of negative energies and they will try to interact
with you or influence you. If you do not have enough protection, you may be
influenced by them and bring harm to yourself.
Meditation is one of the best ways to activate your Third Eye and strengthen
its powers. You will be able to develop the desired powers with meditation
and keep them in your control. If you remain dedicated and focused, there is
nothing that will stop you from achieving your goals.
 Chapter 3:
How to Protect Yourself during Third Eye
Activation

Third Eye activation is a powerful process. It makes you more receptive. You
will attract energies around you. However, you cannot have real control over
the kind of energies with which you may come in contact. You simply
become the receiver of energies. This can pose a problem.
The positive energies will bring peace and tranquility. They will make you
strong and blissful. However, negative energies can have a stronger but
negative impact. To this end, you must protect yourself. You must become
aware of the energies around you. You must choose the place of practice
carefully. You should also work to seal your aura to get better protection
against negative energies.
Neglecting these important aspects can have serious consequences on your
physical, mental, as well as spiritual health. Enabling psychic protection
against negative energies is the best way to avoid these issues.
The places of meditation, the lifestyle you follow, and even the kind of
clothes you wear have important roles to play in your protection. Proper
attention to all these aspects will help you in ensuring proper protection. We
will now discuss the main things that you need to take into consideration.

The Place
There are positive energies that help us in our endeavors. There are negative
energies that push us down or corner us. The whole concept of things and
places being lucky or unlucky isn’t just a misconception. When positive
energies in a place are dominant, that place becomes lucky. It helps you in
becoming successful. You become more energetic and alive. Your
entrepreneurial skills get sharp. Your risk-taking abilities become stronger.
Your ability to judge people, things, and circumstances gets better. You feel
rejuvenated and healthy. However, if the place is dominated by negative
energies, things are exactly the opposite.
Therefore, ignoring the significance of the place is not a very prudent thing.
We are not the first to roam on this earth. Several people have walked, lived,
and died in the same place where we live at present. A part of their energy is
left behind. Accumulation of such energies has a profound effect on the
nature of that place.
Earth ray lines have been known to be a reason for several health issues. Our
ancestor's associated cot deaths with such ray lines. People sleeping on these
ray lines are known to be prone to joint problems, heart conditions, migraine
headaches, and other such ailments. Frequent and unexplained bed-wetting is
also attributed to these ray lines. If you are constantly having bad dreams
while sleeping in the same place, then changing the direction or position of
your bed can help. Insomnia or difficulty in sleeping can be due to this
problem.
Such energies also impact your meditation and its results. While you are in a
meditative state, your aura expands, and it starts communicating with the
energies around it. Excessive influence of negative energies can lead to fear
and visualization of negative imagery. It can leave you in a fearful state and
make longer meditations difficult. That’s why It is important you find a place
that is more conducive.
Once you start meditation, your sense of perception will become sharper.
You will be able to feel such energies strongly. If you feel that meditating at
any particular place is getting difficult, you must change the place. You can
also take the help of professional dowsers, house healers, or Feng Shui to
balance the energies.

Work on Yourself
A healthy body and a balanced mind are the best defense
Attacking the weak is the best strategy and we all know this. Negativity will
engulf the weak of mind and body first. You must always focus on having a
healthy body and a balanced mind. If you remain healthy and sane, negative
forces will not be able to influence you easily. You must adopt a healthy
lifestyle to remain protected.
A balanced lifestyle and mindset are the first requisite for any such practice.
If you are stepping into your practice with a negative outlook, the results
won’t be very promising. Your journey would remain bumpy, and you would
face several impediments on the way.
A healthy body is a strong foundation for success. You will be able to face
your fears with strength and overpower the roadblocks easily. The protection
techniques will work in any condition, but a healthy lifestyle will help you in
many ways.
Third Eye activation is a spiritual journey, but it has to be carried out through
your physical body; and therefore, you can never ignore the importance of
your physicality. You must take steps to ensure that you remain healthy and
focused. Following a healthy lifestyle will take you a long way in this
process.
Sleep and rest are important
An exhausted body is weak and prone to the influence of negative energies. If
you are taxing yourself too much or not getting enough sleep, then you will
become empty. This state will be easier to overpower. Some people start
meditation and want to achieve things very quickly. They undermine this
important concept and face dire consequences.
You must ensure that you are getting ample time to rest and have proper
sleep. Lack of rest and sleep will make you weak. Your energy field will also
get weak, and your protection cover will fade away.
A balanced diet
This is among the key reasons that the monks have very simple, yet healthy
meals. They focus on supplying a healthy mix of macronutrients to their
body. They eat the foods that can be easily processed by the body.
In this modern way of life where processed food has taken over the natural
diet, it would be unwise to prescribe any strict eating regimen. However, you
should stay away from an unbalanced diet. You must always eat the right mix
of macronutrients that supply you with needed energy. Following diet plans
or strict calorie control will expose you to negative energies as you become
weak. It is a very unwise thing to do. You can also get the same results by
having a diet that supplies all the required nutrients and eliminates the junk
food that leads to excess weight. Whatever the diet plan you follow; you must
ensure that it is nutritious.
You must focus on foods that have a lot of antioxidants and help in fighting
free radicals. Eating easily digestible food is always the best way to remain
healthy and fit. Complex foods, especially red meat, take a lot of time to
digest. It also promotes the growth of negative energies in your body. You
should try to avoid it as much as possible.

Remain joyful
Sorrow or grief are dark emotions. They attract negative energies a lot.
Somewhere deep down there is a grudge building up. The development of
positive energies becomes difficult in such a state. Happiness, laughter, and
positivity, on the other hand, keep the dark energies at bay. You become
strong and remain protected.
You must cultivate happiness. Try to remain cheerful. If you are unhappy
about a few things in the past, try to forgive and forget them. Moving on will
be easier for you. Moving on the path of Third Eye awakening with baggage
from the past is not a healthy thing. Joy and peace are important in life. In
fact, happiness has been the ultimate goal of the majority of people who have
walked on this earth. Sadness and depression only weigh you down. Make
your choice prudently.
Don’t intoxicate yourself
The intoxication of any kind may give you a temporary relief from the
problems of this world, but it cannot be a permanent solution. In fact, it isn’t
a solution at all. Problems generally become bigger when you come out of a
hangover. You must stay away from avoid this scenario.
Drugs and alcohol have become quite popular. They cause hallucinations and
make you see an imaginary world which you may like. However, they take
you far away from reality.
Drugs and alcohol can be dangerous while you are on the path of Third Eye
activation. You may hallucinate and have false visualizations. They also
make you weak and incapable of exercising any control. You become weak
and may become influenced by negative energies. You must stay away from
them to remain protected.

Some Effective Ways to Manage Energies

Choose your colors wisely
The color you wear will have a profound impact on the amount of energy you
absorb. Light colors do not absorb energy. This will help you a lot in staying
safe from the influence of negative energies. This is one of the reasons whites
is the preferred color for meditation. It reflects negative energies.
Dark colors attract and absorb energy. If you are wearing dark colors while
doing your meditation, then the chances of coming in contact with the dark
energies increase.
Find a positive place for meditation
The place of meditation has a very strong impact. A place with an excess of
negative energies will always give you a hard time in meditation. You will be
able to feel an intense pressure. There will be distractions and you will find it
difficult to concentrate for long. If you find yourself in any such situation,
then the chances are that you are sitting on a fault line. Shifting the place of
meditation even by a few feet can make a lot of difference.
Wash your hands
Once you start meditation, your sense of perception of the outside energy
forces increases. You can feel their interaction with your body. You will be
able to feel the extra pressure on your hands. You will become aware of
energy building up around you. These realizations will become common. All
this happens because you start attracting more energy toward yourself.
Whenever you feel any such pressure in your hands, you must wash them
thoroughly under running water. It will increase your perception. It will also
keep you safe from such energies.
Purify the room
The presence of negative and positive energies is beyond your control in any
place. However, managing as best as you can is always in your interest. If
you feel that your home or the place of meditation has a high concentration of
negative energies, then you can take some proactive steps to balance these
energies.
Burn incense or candles
Burning incense or candles have a positive impact on the energies. You can
make the positive energies stronger by this method. It also helps in purifying
the room. It gets filled with positivity and smells great. You will be able to
meditate for longer.
Hot and cold treatment
Creating a temperature variation in the room is also a way to deal with the
flow of energy. You can use heaters to make your room as warm as possible,
and let it become cold afterward. Creating a temperature difference in the
room helps immensely.
Get in sync with the lunar cycle
The moon has a deep impact on the energies on the earth. It generates a great
force. Even the oceans and currents do not remain unaffected by the influence
of the moon. The behavior of energies varies on the full moon and new
moon. You must consider this factor.
A full moon night is the best time to meditate. You will feel an explosion of
energy during this period. It is a very suitable time for intellectual realization.
The chances of Third Eye awakening are very high in this phase of the
month. You must make the best use of this time.
 Chapter 4:
Benefits of Opening the Third Eye

Freedom from Anxiety, Stress, and Worries

With every meditation session, your consciousness level increases. You will
start achieving higher states of consciousness. The light inside you
illuminates you. It takes away your insecurities and fears. Our worries are a
product of our worldly burdens. With every step we take in our lives, Karma
has its effect. It keeps on piling up. We fail to recognize the impact of Karma
and keep fretting over the results. Meditation gives us the power to ponder
upon our actions and the resultant Karma. It all starts making sense and you
can make amends. Clear thoughts give birth to reasoning. We also start
giving weight to cause and not just the results. This helps in balancing the
effect of Karma.
The illumination also makes you realize the importance of various things in
life. You can prioritize things better. We do many things without setting up
clear priorities. This creates a lot of backlash in form of pending mortgage,
student loan, or unpaid credit card bills. These keep haunting our thoughts.
Once you can see clearly inside yourself, you start understanding that most of
the actions were unnecessary. You can also get out of them once you reason
and align them properly. This is the best way to come clear from this vicious
cycle of debts and liabilities.

Astral Travel
Astral Travel is often described as “dreaming while awake”, and many
consider this concept to be like having an out of body experience. Astral
travel is your mind’s ability to experience your surroundings without being
limited to your physical body. Astral travel allows your soul to be free from
your physical body to travel the universe freely. Everyone is born with some
minute amount of psychic ability, and if you do exercises to strengthen your
psychic abilities anyone can become capable of astral projection. When the
astral body is projected from the physical body, the two remain connected by
the astral cord (or silver cord) which can stretch to almost infinite length and
cannot be severed (with the exception of the occurrence of death).

Increased Creativity
Third Eye Awakening is also extremely beneficial in reenergizing your
senses of imagination and creativity. Opening your Third Eye allows you to
problem solve with ease since your mind had been relaxed and open to all the
available possibilities and solutions. The awakening of the sixth chakra
enables you to be more receptive to greater details, which not only results in
an increased sense of creativity but also an increase in the frequency of vivid
dreams.

Space Order
The concept of space order is widely discussed as one of the common results
of Third Eye Awakening. This can be described as an idea similar to “you get
what you give”, as space order is similar to the universe’s form of Karma. By
opening the Third Eye, you give off more positive energy and so you, in turn,
become a sort of magnet for receiving more positive energy in the form of
positive events, experiences, and meetings with other individuals.
Victory Over Emotions
One of the biggest reasons for our distress is our emotions. Love, hatred,
dislike, and affection are some of the free-flowing emotions. We attach undue
importance to things. The negative energies and emotions accumulate and
make us sad. Most of these emotions and energies are avoidable. When you
look deep inside yourself, you find that most of your outbursts were
unreasonable and uncalled for. You could have avoided the negative energies
by suppressing them. These eventually lead to sadness. Your inner light will
give you the wisdom to introspect. This time is entirely yours. In this
moment, you are unchallenged. There is no victory or loss. You are in
complete control. There is no ego or tussle. You take rational decisions. This
leads to the birth of positive decisions. You can shun negative energies. It is
relieving and light. You become happy from within. You get mature and
become affable in real terms. You can take proactive steps towards improving
your health and relationships. You can make prudent decisions towards
strengthening your career and financial situation. The intuitive power of the
Third Eye will help you in assessing your future course of action.

You Start Changing from Within

Now, we know that meditation helps you in self-introspection. You
understand the impact of Karma. You also understand the impact even the
small steps would have on your life. You can predict the consequences of
those actions. This knowledge helps in shaping up a new you. You become a
better and improved human being. Your thought process starts changing from
the root. Your worries and insecurities vanish slowly and gradually. This
makes you more confident and stronger. As your Third Eye opens up your
physical, emotional and mental well-being improves. This starts reflecting in
your overall personality. You mellow down. You become calm yet confident.
Your path to success becomes clear. Your goals become clear and the path
leading up to them also gets crystal clear. There is no confusion. The mind
makes its way through the darkness. It is no more just an entangled structure
of nerve cells. It gets illuminated.
You start realizing the power of your mind. It is a powerhouse. It gets
illuminated and you know the things in place. Once the light comes the path
gets clear. The challenge lies in bringing the light. The pineal gland or the
Ajna chakra needs to be illuminated and activated. This requires focus,
dedication, and discipline. You will have to work your way till here with
meditation. You will have to open your Third Eye inwards. This will need
patience and determination. It is a doable task. You will just have to dedicate
yourself to it. The path is not tough. It only requires you to keep walking on
it. The journey is calming and rewarding. You only need to take the first step
towards it. It will lead you from there.

More noteworthy Awareness

The powerful arousing of your 6th chakra opens our eyes from otherworldly
laziness. This enables us to start to see "Reality" that encompasses us. This
means you start to see the world all the more obviously.
You will most likely feel a longing for opportunity and to live in a world
loaded up with adoration, empathy and truth. Inevitably, you will feel and
see the interconnectedness with everything around you in nature and build up
a solid bond with the Universe. This is a profound sense that enables you to
see the magnificence no matter what and to understand that your physical I
isn't your actual nature.

Mystic Powers and Empathy

Your senses are as a balanced compass that focuses you in the "right" bearing
to accomplish what your spirit is searching for. At the point when the Ajna
awakens, you can peruse instinctual signs far simpler until they become
practically like another sense, subsequently the term intuition is gotten from.
It's practically similar to you recognize what will occur and what will be the
consequences of specific occasions. That is the reason a few people believe
that the most eminent prophets within recent memory had an open Third Eye
constantly. The inclination that we are all piece of a similar entire
additionally turns out to be clear and you are equipped for sympathy with
others, realizing that they are a piece of a similar all-inclusive awareness.

Laws of Attraction
Because of enlivening the Muddy Pellet (another name of the third eye), the
Brow chakra is initiated, which thusly encourages to adjust your seven chakra
framework. At the point when you are stimulated and in amicability with the
Universe, you resemble a monster magnet for occasions, individuals,
circumstances and so on.
By outfitting the intensity of the positive plan, appreciation and love, you can
show substantially more excellence in your life. You will become mindful
that the quantity of valuable "incidents" will extraordinarily increase.

Clear Dreams and Lucid Dreaming

Since your pineal organ directs your rest cycles, you will find that you rest
much better and that your fantasies are progressively distinctive. You could
likewise be clear dreaming.
This implies you will feel that you can control your fantasies and you will
have the option to understand your actual interminable self and the unending
potential outcomes that exist in a condition of rest.
Also, you will understand that this universe of dreams is equivalent to "this
present reality" wherein we live. For instance, the way that we have
boundless potential outcomes and we are generally bosses of our own
universe.
 Chapter 5:
Enhancing Psychic Abilities

Third Eye awakening results in the enhancement of several psychic abilities,

the most common of these being increased learning ability, increased
creativity, clairvoyance (psychic vision), clairaudience (psychic hearing),
clairsentience (psychic feeling), increased the feeling of intuition, and the
increased ability to see or sense others’ auras.
The Third Eye, or sixth chakra, is most commonly known for its clarified
abilities of perception and clear vision. The Third Eye expands universal
consciousness and allows one’s feeling of belonging to the universe. One
may wonder why it is important or why they should be interested in the
enhancement of their psychic abilities, and the answer is very simple: psychic
abilities help us to avoid unpleasantness or unnecessary suffering in our lives.
These various psychic abilities can be utilized to clearly see which path in life
should be taken to reach success and to also make the best decisions possible.
Psychic abilities are not a gift that only a select few possess, everyone has at
least some amount of psychic ability and can strengthen that ability.
Some techniques (other than meditation, of course) for developing and
enhancing your psychic abilities are compiled in a list for you below:

Practice Psychometry: practicing psychometry is an excellent way

to enhance your existing psychic abilities and works very similarly
to intuition. In practicing psychometry, you are attempting to read
an inanimate object’s energy. To do this, hold an object firmly in
your hand (preferably the object will be metal) and close your
eyes. Concentrate your sole focus on the object in your hand, and
try to use your intuition to sense information about the object’s
owner.
Use Zener Cards: Zener cards are an excellent tool in working to
greatly enhance your psychic abilities. To use Zener cards, ask a
friend of yours to choose a card and (without showing you or
telling you which card they hold) memorize which card they have
chosen. Then ask them to try to project the card image to you
mentally, as you use your psychic abilities to receive the card’s
image telepathically.
Visit an antique store: Antique stores are filled with many older
items that have years of history behind them. Simply being in an
environment filled with so many past connections can help to
benefit your psychic abilities. Visit an antique store in your area
and try to see what you feel by being immersed in this
environment using your natural intuition.
Telepathy Phone Call: This exercise can be fun, and cool once
your psychic abilities are strengthened enough to do it
successfully. Using only your mind and your psychic powers,
relax and focus all your energy on a specific friend. In your mind,
concentrate on asking this specific individual to call you within 24
hours. After you feel you have focused your energy on this task,
wait and see if your friend’s intuition was able to pick up the
signal and call you based on a feeling they had.
If you are interested in developing and enhancing your psychic abilities,
please see Chapter 11 for some meditation exercises that can help to
strengthen your psychic abilities.

The most effective method to Detoxify and Decalcify Your

Pineal Gland
Your pineal organ isn't secured by the blood-mind hindrance, which implies
that it has no additional guard against poisons that may enter your circulation
system. Manufactured calcium and engineered fluoride, specifically, appear
to unfavorably influence the pineal organ, debilitating its capacity to process
photons of light and produce synapses. Note that the worry is manufactured
calcium and fluoride, not supplements that normally happen in vegetables,
for instance.
To start to completely enact your third eye, at that point, you should initially
free the pineal organ of these poisonous synthetic compounds that keep it
from working accurately. You can start to do this by drinking cleaned water
and suspending any nutrients, supplements, invigorated nourishments, and
toothpastes that contain manufactured fluoride and calcium.

Nourishment for Your Pineal Gland

Notwithstanding detoxifying your pineal organ, you ought to consider
likewise how to effectively sustain your pineal organ with your dietary
decisions. This can bolster a definitive opening of your third eye.
To start, you ought to be aware of eating natural plants and creature items.
Some would suggest that you seek after a vegetarian diet just, maintaining a
strategic distance from every single creature item.
There are explicit nourishments accepted to invigorate the pineal organ.
These include:

Apple juice vinegar (unpasteurized)

Beets
Cacao beans
Grass juices
Green vegetables
Reishi mushroom tea
Turmeric
 Chapter 6:
Important Preparations Before Third Eye
Activation

The Third Eye has garnered a lot of attention in recent years. It has emerged
as a great scientific resource that opens the door to new dimensions of
knowledge and power. This concept has made it mystical. A race has begun,
and many individuals have started a treasure hunt for the third eye. This is a
mistake. It will become the biggest impediment in activating your third eye.
The more effort you put in and the desperate you become to activate the third
eye, the more difficult it will become for you.
The Third Eye is a doorway to knowledge, consciousness, awareness, and
spirituality. Other powers like the psychic abilities, heightened perception,
and awakened sixth sense are simply the by-products of the process. The
activated Third Eye will increase the sense of perception in you. This is a
power beyond all powers. It is an enlightening experience where you can
know and see things much better than others.
The Third Eye is present in all of us. However, it remains dormant or inactive
in most of us. Calcification of the pineal gland and lack of knowledge are
some of the common reasons for not paying attention to it. In recent years, a
lot of research has been done and the effect of activating the Third Eye on
consciousness and wellbeing have been registered.
However, while there is a budding curiosity in people about activating the
third eye, the process is still not clear. You can view thousands of videos on
YouTube and read material on the internet about the third eye, but nothing
gives you a coordinated way to activate the third eye. This leads to a lot of
confusion. People start trying to activate their Third Eye in an improper
wrong manner and the results are poor. In some cases, this can be
disadvantageous for the practitioner in many ways.
You must understand the reason for this ambiguity in the procedures. The
first reason is the metaphysical nature of the subject. The Third Eye is not a
physical eye. It does not have and “on” switch to flip. There are processes
that can help in activating the third eye, but different people may take a
different amount of time to activate their third eye. It is not be the same for
everyone. This leads to a sense of desperation in some people. They become
disheartened and stop practicing. Some start looking for the shortcuts and get
lost in the way.
It is a process that requires great devotion as it opens the path of
consciousness. If you are looking to be enlightened, you must not be in a
hurry.
In the normal course of life, our experiences are limited. Physical and
psychological experiences are the only two kinds of experiences we know.
These are the only two dimensions in which our whole life revolves. This
limits our perception. The Third Eye opens a whole new dimension for us.
We become more conscious and aware of the things that we have not been
able to feel till now. This can be a bit too much to handle for some. The Third
Eye will increase your sense of perception, and this means you will be able to
feel things that others generally don’t feel.
This can be a bit of a scary experience for many. It also works as per your
current state of mind. If you are in a negative state of mind, then you are
more likely to attract negative powers. If you are afraid, don’t expect to
become brave through this experience. In fact, Third Eye activation can make
you more fearful. You can start experiencing your worst fears with greater
intensity. It is due to the fact that fear leads to negative energies. You will
attract more negative energies in that case.
To remain safe and free from such fears, you must do your preparation well.
Do not jump in right away to activate the Third Eye before you enable
yourself to handle the power well. You will have to build enough protection
around you to handle higher powers efficiently. Remember, activating the
Third Eye chakra is a process that involves activating many other chakras,
too. You shouldn’t rush the process. It will not only come in the way of the
results, but it can be harmful too.
Trivial struggles of the mind will come to an end, and you will be able to see
this world from a different perspective. You will be able to clearly see inside
your mind and the outside world, too.

Cultivate Consciousness
We all consider ourselves to be conscious. You may not have an iota of doubt
about that fact. Walking, eating, sleeping, working, and other similar
activities to run this life are a part of being conscious. However, we seldom
ponder over the fact that we are not doing these things consciously but that
we simply play a part in the greater design. We all are the cogs of the wheel.
We are not conscious of the things happening around us and the reasons for
their happening.
We are not even conscious of the simple things happening in our lives that
are so very important. We talk about the world, politics, global issues,
violation of rights, exploitation, and several other such burning issues.
However, we fail to realize that we may have a part to play in those things in
many ways. We even fail to remain conscious of the good things as they
happen in our lives.

Don’t Be Desperate
Desperation most often than not leads to failures. It brings hopelessness in
life. Desperation while walking on an undefined path can be a tough
proposition.
Awakening the Third Eye is a tough process. The thing that makes it even
tougher is the fact that you can never be sure of the extent of awakening in
the initial stages. Showing desperation in such a case will only make you feel
more defeated.
When you start the process of awakening the third eye, you do not need to
fret. Forcing yourself to start paying too much attention is not required. You
simply need to become aware of the things around you. If you start taking
note of every tiny change in and around you, you’ll get mad and it won’t help
your cause.
The only thing that you need to do is widen your perspective. Start thinking
above yourself. Start appreciating the things around you. Do not fret over the
small stuff in life. Activating the Third Eye chakra also involves balancing all
other chakras in your body. If you start forcing yourself toward the Third Eye
chakra, you may create an imbalance.

Don’t Let Imagination Overpower Your Sight

One of the biggest problems in activating the Third Eye in real terms is an
overemphasis on its abilities. The sudden hype about the Third Eye has led to
several misbeliefs. Some people say that they see angels, demons, lights, and
other such things. The grapevine does the rest for the world. The moment you
start meditating to activate your third eye, your prime focus becomes to look
for such imageries. However, this is not a problem.
Your mind is a very powerful and efficient machine. In fact, it is hundreds of
times more powerful than the most powerful supercomputer ever built to
date. You start with a belief that once your Third Eye becomes activated, you
will start seeing some particular things and ‘lo and behold’ even before you
get a grasp of things, you start visualizing them. The problem is that this
doesn’t mean that your Third Eye is activated. It might be your mind playing
tricks with you.

Experience the Change

The true measure of an awakened Third Eye is your experience. As your
Third Eye gets activated, your experience of life will change. You will be
able to perceive things in a better way. Your outlook for things will change in
a positive manner. The activated Third Eye is a state of heightened
consciousness. In this state, you will be able to see life with greater positivity.
It is a state of greater consciousness in which you get intellectually realized.
In this state, the worldly affairs will affect you less. This doesn’t mean that
the world starts functioning in a different manner. It doesn’t. You simply start
reacting to it in a different manner. You may start meditating for longer. You
may start feeling a calmness inside you. You may stop getting agitated by
small things happening around you.

Avoid Overanalyzing
We have a discerning mind. We analyze things. We hypothesize about things.
Perception is a completely different approach. Our rational mind is always up
on analyzing things. You will need to give your mind a little rest here. If you
remain focused on deducing everything on the way to activate the third eye,
you might never reach your goal. You will need to focus more on experience
than on analysis.
You must stop judging yourself and your experience on every step of the
ladder. It will have far-reaching consequences on your experience.
Activating the Third Eye involves a lot of meditation. You will sit in a state
of stillness with a calm mind. This state of mental quietness is the hardest to
achieve even for the most profound practitioners. You might achieve this
state only for brief moments. If you keep analyzing yourself and your
progress excessively, you may never truly achieve this state.

Practice
Regular practice is also very important for making you more receptive to new
experiences. The more you practice, the more aware you will become.
Practicing various techniques like the breathing exercises and meditation will
help you in stabilizing your body and mind. You will be able to control your
thoughts and sit for longer timeframes. It also improves your ability to
perceive the energies in a better way.
Make a routine for your practice. Fix a place in your home where you
practice daily. Do not change your position regularly if you have found the
right place, as that place will have a high concentration of positive energy.
Fix a time of the day for practicing daily so that you do not have to fight with
yourself every day. This is the best way to get the most out of this routine.
Do Not Procrastinate
Procrastination is the biggest sin in this world of action. Our actions are the
only things that make or mar us. Not taking any action is the biggest wrong
we can commit. When it comes to meditation or any other such practice,
people keep putting it off for a tomorrow that will never come. You must
understand that the only thing that you don’t have in abundance is time. The
moment you are born, the clock starts clicking. You can put off anything in
this world, but you can’t do that with death. It will come in due time. The
longer you procrastinate, the shorter you will have to do achieve your goals
in life.

Enjoy the Process and Find New Joy-Filled Ways

Third Eye activation can be a great journey. Not only the destination but also
the journey can give you immense joy. Third Eye awakening is an experience
that will take your consciousness above the regular experiences of joys and
sorrows. It helps you in becoming relaxed and calm. It is a state of intense
peace. You will be able to feel the stillness in and around yourself. However,
this goal isn’t the only good thing about Third Eye activation.

Awakening Your Higher Self

The higher self is a part of you that connects you to the spiritual realm. It
transcends our consciousness. It is infinitely wise and eternal. It stays in
touch with the Divine since it is a part of it. Gaining knowledge of the higher
self and all its wisdom is the goal of the spirit in all its different disguises.
Every one of us connects to the Divine. The higher self-transcends all
understanding of the conscious mind. This is the power that all teachers and
geniuses have accessed. It is the place of miracles and magic that is in our
lives.
Here are some steps to contact it:
Expectation and Belief
You must first believe that you have a higher self to communicate with. Then
you need to expect that every day this communication will improve as you
focus on inner growth. Without these two essential necessities, it will be hard
to achieve anything in life. These two qualities are necessary for inner
growth. Set a goal to make contact with your higher self, review it daily, and
maintain this purpose with determination until you get success.
Transform your World View
We are raised in a materialistic world that neglects the Spirit. To establish a
close connection with the spiritual realm, you must have the whole being
agreeable with the goal. In all major goals, you need to make rules as to how
the game will be played. Contacting the higher self is exactly the same. Find
teachers and writings that can expand how you understand the universe as a
fundamental being of the conscious mind.
Solitude
Take time to be completely alone. Make sure it is a quiet place. Sit quietly
without any expectations. Do absolutely nothing. This might feel strange or
uncomfortable at first. Keep going. Take the time for the inner voice to be
heard. It will do it during the quiet time or sometime during the day. An event
will happen, someone will give you the information you need, or you might
get an insight. All the wonderful geniuses in history found time for regular
silence and solitude. You need to, too.
Meditation
With meditation, you will work to discipline the inner chatter and silence the
mind. You make a clean vessel that the higher self will fill. Follow your
breath is a great meditation discipline since it concentrates on a candle flame.
Visualize a gold ball in your solar plexus that will fill your entire body with
healing and energy. There are many different practices that you can use.
Journal
Keep your insights, dreams, emotions, and feelings in a journal daily. This
will get you closer to your inner intuition. You can ask your higher self-
questions and then record what answers you receive. If you do this with
expectations, you will receive answers.
Inner Dialogue
Have regular talks with your higher self. For 40 days, decide to stay in
contact through the day. Tell your higher self that you know that it’s there
and you will pay attention to it. Ask it to speak to you and guide you. This
dialogue might be one-way at first. Remember you have not been in touch for
a long time. It will take the time to clear out the cobwebs. Continue to talk
just like you are talking to friends, share your hopes, ask questions, and just
chat. Don’t forget to listen for answers. You will get them.
Life Lessons
Look at life as a mystery. Believe that your entire life has been constructed to
teach you what you must know now. Approach life like it was created to do
good for you. When something happens whether it be good or bad, ask
yourself what lesson you learned. Unpleasant situations and people have been
put there as a challenge. When you can view life as a drama where you play
the main role, the higher self will become evident in your life. Write the
finding in the journal.
 Chapter 7:
Shape Your Life with Third Eye Guidance

It is entirely possible to reshape the entirety of your life with guidance from
your inner self. Now that your Third Eye has been awakened; use the
information it is giving you to make informed decisions about your future.
No matter how much time you have behind you, it is possible to make the
future, starting with this very moment, a completely different and wondrous
life. If you could have the courage to start the life you have always imagined
leading, why wouldn’t you? If you knew that leading yourself down a new
path would eventually lead to feelings of happiness, security, and love,
wouldn’t you start today?
The great news, it is all possible, and the wisdom carried by your inner self is
all you need to achieve your dreams. So what are they?
The process starts with a bit of vivid imagery. It is necessary to have a clear
picture of what it is you want in your head to make a great game plan. Think
about making a business plan for your life. First, you must define your goals,
then figure out a plan to get there.
If you are like most people, your daydreams of your fabulous life are often
cut short by the draws of your current reality. Now is the time to give those
daydreams the attention they deserve. Explore what they look like. Are there
physical things there? A house? A car? What do these tangible things
signify? Security? A happy home for your family?
Next, focus on these feelings and compare them to where you are now.
Although your current reality might not look exactly like the one in your
mind, it is possible that you already have everything you need to be happy
and secure right in front of you. Before you begin on a new path, make sure
the one you are on isn’t something you will be missing.
If you are feeling uninspired about your true inner goals, don’t worry. This
probably means that you have been too bogged down with life to consider
this question. Knowing what you want takes time and experience. This step
may take a while, even a number of years, to know what you want.
In the meantime, let your inner intuition guide you. Begin to tune into your
intuitive thoughts and play with them. If your inner self is drawn to attend a
certain seminar, go ahead and sign up. If it is prompting to move your body
and try a new exercise, go with that too. By giving in to your desires, you
attract joy and positivity to your life. Every time you loosen the reigns, your
spirit is allowed to grow and flourish. Sooner than later, it will reveal your
true inner purpose, but only when you are ready.
One of the most interesting places to use your intuition is with starting a
business. Sure, you may have an idea of what your business plan looks like. It
takes quite a bit of networking to get any business off the ground. You will
be meeting new people, all with spirits as driven and joyous as yours. Let
your intuition draw you to positive people and ideas that will help your
business flourish.
With any business venture or otherwise, It is important you keep an open
mind, and allow your Third Eye to see the goodness in front of it. Staying
optimistic allows you to explore ideas for new facets of life you formerly
knew nothing about. You just never know when a great idea that changes the
face of your business may come about.
Here is a little more concrete advice. Each day take stock of your goals. Do
you want to go back to school? Start an exercise routine? Eat healthy? No
matter the goal, set your inner self loose with the plans. If exercise is on tap,
dig deep and ask your spirit and your body how it would like to move. Does
running speak to you? Maybe dance? Is there a class downtown you have
always wanted to try, but were too shy to sign up?
Making a concrete plan to accomplish your goals is a great and necessary
step to success. Sometimes you need to push yourself through the things you
don’t truly enjoy doing for the sake of progress. However, if you begin to feel
like you are pushing every day, forcing it, you may not be on the right path.
Take a step back and listen to your intuition.
Everyone needs a break now and then, so take a couple days to think, relax,
and renew your interest in the project. Schedule in time to be more creative
and follow the lead of your intuition. For example, if you own an art studio
and you have been dealing with the financial aspects of the company a lot
lately, take a break and teach a creative painting class to renew and feed your
spirit. Making time for what you want to do reminds you why you are doing
it in the first place. When it is no longer fun, the ambition is lost.
Your intuitions are the only thing in this world that have your best interests in
mind. After all, it is the true you inside telling you where it wants to go. Trust
that it is taking you in the right direction and use it to your advantage. Your
inner self is after joy and will do anything to get it. Redefine your definition
of success to include overall happiness and joy, and you will never be steered
in the wrong direction.
 Chapter 8:
Visualization for the Third Eye Chakra

According to science, the brain cannot tell if what you see or feel is real or
only something that is imagined. Hence, whether you look at a real candle or
simply visualize a candle in front of you will have no difference to the brain.
This is given the presumption that you can visualize properly and effectively.
Just like anything else, the faculty of visualization can be developed as you
continue to develop your Third Eye chakra.
Here is a question: Should you believe what you visualize? This is a matter of
personal preference. There are those who do guided meditations and strongly
believe that what they visualize is a reality while others know that it is just a
fantasy, and yet they all benefit from doing a meditation. Whether or not you
want to view it as a reality depends on you. However, to increase the
effectiveness of the meditation, many suggest that you should believe
whatever you visualize to be a reality, or at least do so even just during the
meditation itself.
How do you use the faculty of visualization effectively? Visualization is just
like imagining something, but it takes it a step further. Guided meditations
become more powerful when you use more senses. Also, by doing this,
whatever you imagine takes the form of reality. Remember that the brain is
not good at distinguishing reality from fantasy, so this is a good way to take
advantage of that weakness and turn whatever you imagine into a new reality.
A common misconception is the idea that only a few chosen people have a
third eye. As a human being, you should know that you are blessed with a
third eye, as well as other chakras. However, a common problem is that most
people have an underdeveloped Third Eye chakra. This is because they do not
do anything to empower or develop it. But, the truth remains that everybody
has a third eye. You have a Third Eye that is waiting to be tapped and
harnessed. Once you can use the power of you or third eye, then you can
create positive changes in your life. However, developing your Third Eye
takes time and practice. You cannot just take it as a hobby. Rather, you have
to be fully committed to it. Do not worry; it is all worth all the efforts that
you give it.
The third eye, being the seat of intuition and the great power of sight, it will
allow you to draw positive energies into your life and turn negativity into a
more creative and positive force.

Your Intention Matters

When you use your third eye, you should also know how to use the power of
intention. Your intention lies in the mind. As you go through the guided
meditations in this book, I will ask you to visualize things. You must have
good intentions for doing these exercises. You should not develop your Third
Eye for the purpose of evil; otherwise, you will be attracting negative forces.
Instead, you should focus on positive things and pursue these meditations in a
spirit of kindness, gentleness, peace, and love.
This power of intention is important not only on why you want to develop
your third eye, but also during the meditation proper itself. For example, if I
tell you to visualize a ray of healing energy, then you must intend that the
light has the quality of healing. Intention is just a matter of "knowing." It is
not difficult to do.
Your intention is also important when directing or controlling energy. What
is energy? Well, we will discuss that later on. For now, think of it as what
comprises anything and everything. It is not limited to the formula given by
Einstein for energy but goes far beyond it. Intention is closely related to the
will. If you want for something to happen, then you intend for it to happen.
This is not difficult to do, especially when you engage in guided meditation
as I will guide you through the process. All that you need to do is listen to my
voice and follow everything that I tell you. Do not worry; you will not
visualize anything that is scary or sad. Instead, by the time you finish any of
the exercises in this book, you will be rejuvenated, refreshed, and
empowered.

Continuous Practice
The meditation practices in this book will stimulate your Third Eye chakra
and strengthen it. However, just like any other form of meditation,
continuous practice is a must for you to experience the wonderful benefits of
these guided meditations. The Third Eye chakra is like a muscle; if you stop
using it, then it gradually loses its power. Hence, engaging in regular practice
should he your priority.
Ideally, you need to practice at least one guided meditation every day. Some
of the meditations in this book are fast and easy to do, so you may want to
use them several times. With continuous practice, your Third Eye chairs will
be well developed, and then you can start making positive changes in your
life. In case that you miss a meditation session for a day, then try to do more
the next day. The important thing is to keep on practicing.
Developing the Third Eye chakra is not hard. But you need to work on it
continuously. If you can, try to spend at least an hour doing guided
meditations on a daily basis. The more that you work on it, the faster it will
develop. However, you should also avoid straining your Third Eye chakra.
You should work on developing your practice gradually. For example, you
can start by spending around 15 minutes in meditation daily, and then make it
20 minutes, and then 30 minutes, and so on. If you feel tired, then give
yourself time to relax. You should not engage in meditation when you are
physically exhausted as that will only make you fall asleep. In a guided
meditation, the body may be still, but the mind is very much active and alive.
Continuous practice is very important because without it, then you may not
achieve a significant level of success. Even if you know everything on how to
develop your Third Eye and even if you have the best meditation techniques,
you will not benefit from your meditative exercises unless you practice
meditation regularly. Hence, before you even start with the actual practices in
this book, it should be noted that you must be committed to the work at hand.
Do your best and meditate often.
It is worth noting that the practices in this book are not exclusive. There are
other guided meditations that can help develop your third eye. However, what
this book offers is a series of powerful and time-tested meditation techniques
that can effectively empower and develop your third eye. This book offers the
keys, and it is up to you to use them and unlock the door to happiness,
success, peace, good health, and love. A well-energized Third Eye chakra
will give you spiritual awakening, spiritual enlightenment, enhanced psychic
ability, expanded creativity, and so much more.
Although you will most probably experience the benefits of meditation on
your first few attempts, it should be noted that you will gain more significant
benefits only if you persist in the practice of meditation. Now, in case you do
not experience any benefit or end up disappointed after giving it several tries,
just relax and calm down. Remember that meditation is not hard. You just
have to keep on practicing. Once you get the hang of it (and surely you will),
you will be the one who will make time for meditation. When you reach this
realization, you will know that the practice of meditation itself is highly
rewarding.
 Chapter 9:
How to Open your Third Eye
Meditation is among the most efficient tools to aid you in opening your third
eye. If you take a moment to completely concentrate on your thoughts, you
will be able to have unclouded access to the clarity of the mind that is usually
linked or interconnected to the third eye. The key purpose of meditation is to
direct the concentration of the mind on one object or thought. It is critical to
settle for surroundings that give you some form of comfort whenever you
begin meditation.

Prepare Your Posture

If you usually sit on a chair, make an initiative to get used to sitting on the
floor every day until you get used to it. As time goes by, it will feel more
natural and it will be easy to concentrate on your meditation.
If you cannot be comfortable at all when sitting down, you can resort to what
is referred to as walking meditation. For instance, some people find the
rhythmic sound of their footsteps very calming. Walk-in slow motion and use
a familiar path so that you do not have to worry about where you are going.

Choose a Meditation Object

An object of meditation could be a physical object or a thought. You have to
only settle for one because it will be much easier for you to concentrate. It
will also shield your thoughts from wandering off and it will also increase the
benefits of your meditation.
In most cases, lit candles are used as the most preferred object of meditation.
The manner in which the flame flickers is east to set your eyes upon and it
offers comfort to many people.
Also, note that your object of meditation does not necessarily have to be
physically present Just ensure that you create a vivid picture of the object.

Come up with a Mantra

A mantra simply refers to a phrase or word you will use repeat during the
meditation process. You have the choice of saying the mantra out loud or
internally. Make sure that your mantra is something that is meaningful to
you.
Make sure that your mantra is something that you desire to incorporate into
your awareness or mind. For example, you might settle for "I want to be
happy" as your mantra. This will strengthen the idea that your focus will be
on feeling happy throughout the day.
You could also opt to choose a single word like "growth" and repeat it during
your meditation.

Make it a Routine
Meditation is an exercise that requires practice. Probably the first time you
decide to meditate, it might not be successful because your mind might
wander off or you might even doze off. Learning meditation is a procedure
that requires time.
Incorporate meditation in your daily life. Kick off with shorter sessions,
probably two or five minutes. Thereafter, as you get comfortable with the
process, you will be able to meditate for longer periods of time.

Meditate Using Crystals

You might have heard about crystals being used as spiritual instruments. It is
not any different in case you want to open your third eye. Whenever you
meditate, you should try to place a crystal on your Third Eye and then direct
your concentration on how you breathe.

Become More Mindful

Comprehend What It Means to Be Mindful
Being mindful generally means that you are more consciously aware of what
is taking place in your surroundings. You are actively concentrating on your
physical sensations and emotions. Mindfulness helps you connect with the
universe around you.
As you make more observations, try to restrict yourself from making
judgments. Simply observe and give your acknowledgement without coming
up with an opinion of whether something bid good or bad.
Go Outside
Spending more time outside can be very important in making sure you
become more mindful. Mindfulness can help you open your Third Eye
because you will be aware of its presence. Therefore, it is advisable to take a
stroll every day with the aim of interacting with nature for a while.
Be Creative
Mindfulness can enable you to connect better with your creative side. A lot of
research suggests that meditating cures writers' block as well as blocks that
other artists go through. Mindfulness can help in opening the gateway to your
creativity.
You can take up the initiative to experiment with your creativity for instance.
You could commit to learning how to play a new musical instrument or take
up a painting class. Opening the gates for your creativity to come in will
enable you to have a comprehensive in-tune feeling with yourself and
consequently help you to open your eye.
Focus on the Subtle Things
Everyday life can be very volatile and overwhelming. Mindfulness has the
ability to make you feel better and calmer. This puts you in a better position
to make use of your third eye. Direct your attention to every aspect of your
environment and routine.
For instance, when you are in the shower, actively take note of the physical
sensations. Observe how the warm water feels on your body or even the
smell of your soap.

Other Ways to Open Your Third Eye

Sharpen Your Instincts
This is because the Third Eye is the pathway to elected levels of perception
and intuition. Simply put, we can refer to it’s using the phrase: fake it until
you make it. This means that you should take up the initiative to learn about
techniques of intuition. As time goes by, these practices that initially
appeared to be esoteric will make more meaning to you and you will
consequently strengthen your abilities.
Do not even stress yourself or give this too much thought. As a matter of fact,
the opposite is advocated for.
Purpose to Eat a Nutritious Diet
It might not sound serious, but the fact is that opening your Third Eye is not
easy at all if all the food you ingest is junk food. The type of foods you
choose to eat is very crucial in the process of chakra alignment Your choice
of foods greatly determines your energy. Taking up the initiative to eat
healthy foods like eggplants, grapes, purple sweet potatoes, and cabbage will
balance and boost your third eye.
In addition, other foods like vinegar made out of raw apples as well as
vitamin D can help in detoxifying the pineal gland and consequently enabling
you to stand a better chance of opening the Third Eye as well as the abilities
that come with it.
 Chapter 10:
Chakra Meditation for your Third Eye

The chakra meditation is different depending on the person and the time.
Chakras might appear in different ways. What gets highlighted are places that
have separation, numbness, cloudiness, density, or constriction. They may
feel like they are pulling back from the other chakras. They won’t feel like
they are moving. They might feel like they are trying to protect itself.
Try to sense which chakra is struggling and notice what area of the body it’s
in. This can help you be aware of the beliefs that are related to a certain
chakra.
The chakra colors are the same colors and in the same order as a rainbow.
With red being at the base and violet being at the crown. We are walking
rainbows. If you hold a crystal in sunlight, it will display beautiful rainbows.
We have been told that when we get upset, it is due to something happening
that caused us to be upset. This is the opposite. When a bad event occurs like
disease, discomfort, or pain within your body or another event like losing a
relationship or job, this occurrence reflects the upset we feel within us. This
is what a person can see with conscious awareness.
Your chakras will reflect this, too. Usually in the heart or solar plexus. It can
affect the first two and the throat chakras, too. The cells and organs in these
parts of the body are related to the chakras that rule them.
There are a corresponding body sensation and emotion that is tied to the
separation. A chakra meditation is needed to simply allow this sensation and
give it permission to be here.
When you can stay with that sensation, the associated chakra that needs
healing will begin to heal and open by itself. The chakra will clear
automatically. Our bodies have the power to heal itself. You just have to
allow it to happen.
With chakra meditation, if we can embrace whatever arises, the trauma inside
the chakra will begin to release. This is done by letting it work and spin along
with the other chakras. This will bring balance and harmony as your energy
field shifts to make a unified whole. When your energy field becomes
aligned, healing will begin automatically. Our inner knowing can take care of
our emotions, body, and mind when we can learn to turn towards conflicts
instead of running away.
There are two different ways to approach chakra clearing, healing, and
balancing. The first one covers focusing on the cause of the imbalance.
If we don’t address the cause, feeling distressed and upset will persist in our
emotions, mind, and body. What is causing all the suffering and distress?
Suffering is caused by assuming we’re separate instead of whole.
Compare this to a wave in the sea that is trying to locate water. It doesn’t
realize that it is water and one with the whole ocean it appears in. If it
continues identifying itself as being a separate wave, it will suffer.
Identifying that we can create our own belief system. If we continue to
believe we’re separate, we will believe that we are incomplete and
inadequate. In turn, our beliefs control our bodies, emotions, and thoughts.
They will also make a whole movie about our experiences.
If we can start to experience that we are pure awareness, our lives,
experiences, emotions, thoughts, and beliefs will begin to show the peace that
we know we are.
To have a chakra meditation that will help your chakras to balance and heal,
you have to use a meditation the helps you to bring attention to yourself.
Imagine and focus on your current light, and then release everything that is
standing in the way of your wellbeing and love.
You don’t have an inside or an outside, you are only pure awareness that
doesn’t belong to a single location, and you will work with everything that is
outside on the inside.
Chakra meditation that focuses different effects levels. As we become
accustomed to ourselves as being pure awareness, you can use different
chakra mediation variations to help ease the problems that were caused by
identifying as being separate and isolated instead of the whole we are.
Use visuals and music that helps to relax and calm your nervous system.
To ease the side effects of beliefs that are painful, you can use some variation
of light that you could incorporate like:

White diamond light that aligns and purifies energy fields.

Green emerald flame that transforms and restores your physical
body.
Violet flame which combines gold of Christ Consciousness, the
Divine Feminine rose pink, and the sapphire blue of the Divine
Masculine. These colors come together to form the pure violet
flame that helps to release painful memory attachments
Pink rose light will infuse your being with love from the Divine
Mother and makes a protection shield around and in you. This is
perfect if you are in need of inner child protection and healing
Yellow sunshine ray arises in our awareness as our feminine and
masculine polarities become balanced and are associated with
Christ Consciousness. This ray has both Divine Wisdom and
Illumination.
Gold light is slightly darker than sunshine yellow. It will bring you
 true peace. This energy healer helps to nurture and stabilize energy
fields. This is what you call after you have finished energy work to
bring light in and complete and balance yourself.
You can also experiment with different variations of these while you meditate
and find the ones that speak to you. Your intuition might bring other colors to
you. You might find that you are drawn to a different light during different
times.
As you begin resting with your pure awareness and turn loose of past trauma
and beliefs, follow your inner guidance and check out healing modes you
have been drawn to. There are lots of therapies out there that can help you to
ease painful beliefs that appear within your mind, emotions, and body. Your
inner guidance will help to show you what model is best for you
Chinese Medicine, acupuncture, and yoga are helpful because these approach
healings as a whole, unlike western medicine that treats parts and not the
whole.
As you start meditation healing, you must know that you are opening your
awareness that can increase awareness of unconscious materials that have
been dormant just under the surface for possibly many lifetimes.
You might notice some uncomfortable sensations and feelings. This is you
being aware of the energy that is growing, and not the energy itself.
Healing goes slowly. You have residue that releases layer by layer. You
won’t need to dig around to find them. Just notice anything that is bothering
your daily life, and that will provide you with what your need to heal. This
gives you an opportunity window.
While you continue on with your chakra meditation, your healing will
continue to unfold in divine timing While you are continuing to dream this
dream, the healing process will continue with each layer, as we awake fully
into realizing the pure awareness that we are.
 Chapter 11:
Breathing Techniques to Help in Third Eye
Activation

Learning how to activate or bring into use the Third Eye is a very big
achievement for everyone, and fortunately, it can be learnt.
Breathing is a critical activity. It infuses life into the body. However, we
always remain oblivious of this important process. We take it for granted.
Meditation involves becoming conscious of everything. The first step in the
path of activating the Third Eye is to become conscious of your breathing
process. You will need to be aware of your breathing and feel it.
Find a suitable place in the room for meditation. Sit in a cross-legged posture
and keep your hands on your thighs. The palm of your hands should face
upward. Now close your eyes and open your mouth a bit and breathe.
You do not necessarily need to breathe from your mouth. You can keep
inhaling from your nose and your mouth. However, you must take deep
breaths and feel the vibration the air created at the back of your throat. This in
itself is a powerful process.
You will become aware of the breath you take and the vibrations it makes as
it passes your throat. Breathing in this manner will help you in attaining a
higher state of consciousness.
Breathing in this manner can, at times, cause irritation or dryness in the
throat. However, there is no reason to worry. With practice, this problem will
go away. You simply need to focus on breathing and feeling the vibration of
the breath at the back of your throat.
Keep your neck straight and vertical in position. Your jaw should remain
relaxed and you must not put in any extra effort. The whole exercise is meant
to relax your mind and make you more conscious.
Breathing in this manner for some time will tune your mind. You will be able
to focus in the center of your eyebrows. This area is the seat of the third eye.
It enhances your psychic abilities and your sense of perception improves.

How to Activate the Third Eye by Breathing

It is essential first to know the location of what you are trying to activate. The
Third Eye is found in between the face skull and the brain. It is essential to
access the Third Eye so that it then becomes more comfortable for you to
activate it. The way to get yourself there is by to focus your mind in that said
location, eyes closed and relaxed and with a relaxed face as well. The head
should be let loose such that there are no tensed head muscles. Let loose
everything by allowing the head and face risk so that your only focus will be
the area where the Third Eye resides.
You might likely get distracted, but there is a way around this, and that would
be by trying to get your images together. Imagining a specific thing or spot
where you will put all your imagination is essential. You could visualize a
small dot and put all your thoughts on the dot, try very hard to ensure that
you concentrate on that space. At that time of your concentration, do not
allow any other thoughts to take you away from your point of focus. When
you have been able to gather all your thoughts at that particular spot, you are
now ready to focus even with your eyes wide open.
When you feel that you are totally comfortable and that you are now in
contact with your third eye, you may start to increase your visualization. Start
slowly, as you go up, do not pressure yourself to reach the peak when you are
not ready.
Take your time to visualization whatever it is you want to deal with, do not
be afraid if the process is taking too much time, and be gradual but sure. It is
essential not to forget to let loose. Relax with every level of visualization;
being tense will only distract you further. Try reaching the Third Eye with
your eyes open imagining the process, the journey, and how you feel
connecting with it. The mind is also found in the third area location and helps
the eyes and the brain to relax.
When you have relaxed the eyes and the brain, the Third Eye then becomes
stronger and much clear to understand. This process is also the process that
we use to let in the warmth from the sun to get into our body system and
freshen up the entire body give us new energy levels. If the process feels
uncomfortable and even starts to hurt your head, it’s good to relax or let go
and you can always do it another time when you are more relaxed.

The Breathing Process

The first step is to have a normal breathing process without forcing anything.
Understand your breathing by paying attention to your breathing pattern.
When you are sure you have mastered the pattern, try controlling into small
breaths. Smaller than how your normal breathing was.
Secondly, you need to take very deep breaths. Let the breaths be so deep that
you will find them inside you; you will feel as if there is consumption within
you. The deep breaths should be taken in with through the nose and exhaled
through the mouth. Let this last for a while and be sure that you are feeling
every single breath.
Lastly, one is supposed to take rapid yet deep breaths for a few seconds. This
is to try reducing the air trapped in the lungs and the belly. The air inhaled
should be held inside for some seconds before carefully letting it out again.
By regularly exercising like this at least every day, you will get a calmness
that will gradually give your body and mental relaxation, before finally
opening your third eye. Sometimes the only way around achieving a positive
spirit is by grounding yourself. Taking grounding breaks to overcome
something. You may need a little more of over a day to use different
strategies over an emotion finally. Take time to inhale because as when you
complete the breathing process you get the third eye. The Third Eye will
improve your intuition so that whenever you are about to feel low, you and
stop yourself before it becomes severe and beyond you. Intuition from the
Third Eye will help you predict situations that are most likely to affect your
feelings and emotions. Therefore, you will find yourself avoiding these
situations more often. The Third Eye also encourages calmness that will
become a personality trait when handling all matters. There is also wisdom
attached to the Third Eye that will give you the right judgment on issues.
While without the Third Eye wisdom you would have reacted to situations
with hostility, you now find yourself being calm and collected about it. As
you take the breathing exercise, it is essential to remember all that you are
trying to achieve from it. Focus on it so that you do not end up doing just
regular inhaling and exhaling of air without any accomplishment. Remember
to make the routine as consistent as possible until it becomes a habit.
Sometimes our most strong negative feelings are held deep down with us, and
the only way to let go of them is exhaling it out.

Humming
Making a humming sound is the best way to continue this position for a long
time. It creates strong vibrations in your throat, and your concentration also
remains unwavering.
You do not need to say any particular word or chant any mantra. Simply by
making the humming sounds of the bees, you can focus your energies in the
right direction.
Try to experience the vibrations that originate while you make the humming
sound. Stop for a while in between and feel the difference. Continue
breathing while humming. This process will help you in the initial stages of
your meditation to build a strong focus.
Most people believe that opening the eye is the most difficult part of the
process. They fail to understand that even the path can be treacherous if you
are not following the right procedure. Even attaining great focus can be one
of the most difficult tasks.
In the beginning, as soon as you close your eyes, your mind will race toward
an innumerable amount of thoughts. The mind chatter will become incessant.
You will find yourself unable to focus. You will have distracting thoughts,
and they will weigh you down.
This breathing exercise will help you in forming great focus and staying
away from such thoughts. It will help you in getting into the meditative state.
You will be able to calm yourself faster.
 Chapter 12:
Re-energizing Your Body and Mind and finding
happiness

One of the most effective ways to reenergize your body and mind is to relax.
This might sound counterproductive, but remember when your mind and
body are calm, they are better able to heal. A mind and body that have healed
are healthier and when healthy, they are reenergized. The techniques needed
to relax and promote more mind and body energy are simple. In fact, as soon
as you finish this chapter, you can get started with them.
These include:

Engage in conscious breathing to help overcome overwhelming

feelings and stress. When things are hectic or hard, taking just a
minute to breathe consciously grounds you and allows you to find
your center again.
Get in some exercise to reenergize your mind and body. This is
effective because it allows you to release emotions that are
building up while also alleviating stress. Any exercise that you
prefer will work.
Stretching your body helps you to center yourself, reflect and
alleviate muscle tension and stiffness. As you are stretching, you
can also incorporate conscious breathing.
Both meditation and prayer, depending on your preference, have a
similar effect. You are nourishing your soul and working to quiet
your mind. Just make sure that no matter which you choose that
you are in a calm and quiet place.
Always make sure to get good and plentiful sleep. A tired mind
and body can have negative effects on all areas of your life.
Take time every week to pamper yourself. Even if you only have
an hour per week this will be sufficient. Lie around watching a
movie, get a massage or apply a mask to your face at home. Find
the pampering method you prefer and use it.
Take the time to travel to new places. You can go anywhere from a
great park 30 minutes away to a completely different continent.
Getting out of your normal environment gives your body and mind
a new flood of energy.
Consider adopting a new hobby that you have always wanted to
try. Those with a creative angle are the best choice since this also
plays into healing certain chakras and allowing you to improve
your intuitive abilities.
Make sure that you are actively exercising your mind. Just like
your body, you can strengthen your mind when you make it work.
Read more, do some puzzles or play games that require you to
think. This can aid in improving concentration and focus, as well
as essentially giving your mind a reason to always be as active as
possible.
Start writing more often. Maybe you enjoy writing poetry, or you
have a novel idea you have been wanting to get on paper. You can
also consider starting a blog or writing in a journal. The method
you choose is up to you because any form of writing will provide
the same benefits.
Meditation Instructions
Life is challenging, and it can be difficult to keep up with all of your
responsibilities. This meditation works to remind you what is important and
can aid you in making better choices concerning your productivity.
Sit or lie comfortably in a quiet space. Begin by taking a few deep breaths
and your compassion for yourself. Forgive yourself for not getting it all done
each day. Remind yourself that you are only human, and it is okay to not
achieve perfection. Now, visualize yourself going through your normal day.
As you visualize, think of tasks that can be delayed or ways to make certain
tasks easier. Now, sit or lie comfortably for a few more minutes. Let your
thoughts and visualizations sink in. Slowly come out of your meditation.
Meditation is an exercise that cannot only energize the entire system of
chakras, but it can also help you obtain a happier lifestyle that originates from
within. Opening or awakening the Third Eye will bring to you a positive
sense of peace and happiness that will result in your having a positive
perception of the other areas of your life.
Many people who regularly incorporate meditation into their daily lives have
claimed that since they have begun the practice of meditation, they have
experienced an increase in happiness in their lifestyles. How can this be true?
How can doing one activity for a short period each day have an impact on
your life as a whole?
There are many reasons why meditation can be explained as resulting in a
general and even prolonged feeling of happiness. The first branch of
explanation can be summarized as simply as stating that, by meditating, you
project positive energy. In projecting and embracing more positive energy,
you gain a more positive perspective overall and can experience greater
happiness. Meditation not only allows you to see your life in a more positive
manner, but it also helps you to view yourself in a more positive light.
Having the ability to view yourself in a positive way will, in turn, result in
increased confidence.
Third Eye Awakening asks you to focus on pushing out or completely
eliminating (if possible) negative energy from your life. In eliminating the
negative energy from our daily lives, we are left only with positive thoughts
and positive energy. Eliminating the negative not only results in an increase
in positive energy but it also greatly reduces anxiety which allows us to live
happier, more relaxed lives. The way that you meditate will also greatly
affect the amount of happiness that it can bring to your life. By meditating
first thing in the morning, you begin each day relaxed and readier to be
productive. Setting even a small portion of time each day aside for Third Eye
awakening (or the alignment of all seven chakras) can enable you the chance
to not only relax but to sit with your thoughts and prepare for the day ahead.
Rather than waking up last minute in a panic and rushing out of the house, try
to begin each morning with a short meditation session. You are guaranteed to
be more relaxed and happier in your daily life if you begin the morning in a
happy, stress-free state of mind.
 Chapter 13:
Techniques to Awaken the Third Eye Chakra

Awakening the Third Eye is very important as it helps a person become wiser
and improve on their instincts. Sometimes it’s so hard for someone to awaken
the Third Eye because you need some skills to be fully aware of its abilities.
You cannot awaken something you do not know exists, and that is why it is
essential for someone first to discover the abilities of the Third Eye so that a
person can then try to awaken it.

Developing the Third Eye

Look for Silence
It is very important to give your mind some silence. The way to achieve this
silence is by meditating. Sitting somewhere quiet where all you can see, and
feel is the nature around you. Nature always has a way of bringing some
sense of calmness that gives someone unexplained peace and that is what
silence of the mind is all about. You can also achieve silence by being
absorbed in what you love doing.
Sharpening Your Instincts
The Third Eye is attributed to great intuitions, excellent imaginations, and
extremely high wisdom. A person with the Third Eye can easily realize their
life goals, tell their dreams, and understand the meaning of the dreams.
Everyone needs to understand their dreams; it would make life so much
easier. Therefore, by involving the Third Eye means that you are adding
wisdom and brightness to already existing instincts within you. By
sharpening your instincts, you can gain confidence in your Third Eye
instincts, and therefore be better.
Boosting Your Creativity
Do not be afraid to grow your creativity, imagine yourself doing great things
and do anything you can to help yourself. Go for that thing that you have
been imagining yourself doing because you can always learn. You do not
need to be a natural at something, and neither do you have to be perfect at it.
Just allow yourself the opportunity to try and you might surprise yourself
with excellent results. What creativity does is that it sharpens your
intelligence. You get the intelligence to understand between right and wrong.
You get the intelligence that controls your actions so that while you would
have done something that would have brought you down, you end up doing
better. Your rational mind takes charge of your actions and allows your
creativity to improve.
Grounding Yourself
Being humble is always a great virtue of helping accomplish everything in
life, and so does it help in exposing our abilities got from the third eye.
Humbling ourselves will help us start from the bottom so that we get to
appreciate every step of our way up. Grounding oneself gives the foundation
that will provide you with a better understanding and ability to interpret
things more clearly. The Third Eye needs a person with an excellent
comprehension of stuff because of its complexity. Clarity is achieved when a
person grounds themselves and starts from the bottom to understand the third
eye. For a person without clarity, the information sent by the Third Eye might
not be understood and may even be a bit more disturbing to them. Being
grounded helps us overcome some of the negative Third Eye effects, such as
disorientation and confusion.
Exercising the Third Eye Chakra
Exercise with your insight because it is what the Third Eye is all about.

When there is moonlight, it is excellent to relax under it and have a

self-reflection as that is similar to the light needed for your
 intuition.
Practice silence so that you may experience wisdom. The Third
Eye will whisper wisdom into, so you have to be quiet to hear it.
Build up your first chakra and throat chakra energies.
Have regular divine practices
Work on your dreams, do not let them pass for just ordinary
dreams, take time to understand what the dreams and what they
could mean.
Open your mind to big imaginations. There is nothing wrong with
having big imaginations; nothing will go wrong if you allow
yourself to be more imaginative; no one will get hurt from it.
It is also good to understand different symbols and what they
represent. Different cultures have different symbols or similar
symbols with different meanings. Explore, get to know more after
all knowledge is power.
Absorb the nature and try to understand it. Be curious about what
surrounds you and get to know the deeper meaning of what nature
means to you and what you could do to help protect nature.
Listen to the inner voice and obey it. Sometimes there is so much
we know at heart but ignore it or do not take time to listen. Listen
to that spirit inside you; the message being passed to you could
mean everything to you.
Learn your physical abilities and potentials and explore them. Do
not assume weakness when you have not tried and proved yourself
otherwise.
Allow things to flow freely as they should. Do not try to control
things beyond you; they will only stress you.
By practicing these exercises, you will experience an energy boost that will
help with the third eye.

Pineal Gland and Its Involvement in the Awakening of the

Third Eye
The Third Eye in the human body can be found above the eyes and in
between the eyebrows. It’s mainly attributed to being all about insight and
wisdom. However, in the biological science of the human body, the center of
energy is said to be the pituitary gland. This gland is the primary gland
scientifically as it dominates all the other glands in the body. The pineal
gland, on the other hand, is found at the center of the brain. The pineal gland
is positioned at the same level as the eyes. This gland is, therefore believed to
be where the human soul sits and also where the soul matures. Therefore, the
gland is said to be the source of human spiritual perceptions and magical
abilities. The gland is also said to control a person’s sleeping system and
even in charge of our sexual fulfilment. Its functionalities can be compared to
the revolution of the light and darkness.
Here are ways to let the pineal gland assist in the eye awakening.

Expose yourself to the natural warmth by going outside to

sunbathe.
It is also good to eat foods that help the pineal gland be more
active in its functionalities. The foods and supplements should
include apple ciders and also iodine.
Assist the pineal gland by actively practicing meditation.
Meditation helps the nervous system to and strengthens the brain,
which in return helps the pineal gland be more active.
It is also good that sometimes you stay in a dark room without any
source of light. Being in full darkness helps encourages the gland
to be more productive, and therefore it performs better. There is a
connection between darkness and the Third Eye that awakens its
functionality.

Activating the Third Eye

With an open third eye, chakra improves a person’s level of concentration,
attention, and insight. It is therefore essential to ensure that the Third Eye
stays alert if you intend to reap of these benefits. Here is how to achieve this:

Breathing – having good breathings brings a sense of calmness to

the mind which then clears the way for the Third Eye to open up.
This means for every breath you take; you have to think and feel it.
Having mindful breathing gives stability to the chakra system.
Giving color to your Third Eye – the Third Eye is usually
considered to be indigo in color. Indigo is a color combination of
violet and a deep blue which closely comes off as purple. The best
way to expose your Third Eye is by painting the two colors
everywhere you are likely to spend your most time. It is a good
idea that the first colors you expose yourself to are the two. This
will help in healing the sixth chakra and also could be the right
way of improving the flow of your energy. You can also use the
two colors for your clothes, jewelry and even anything else that
handles every day.
Practicing meditations - imagine either of the two colors between
blue and purple and also meditates on the same. This will help in
activating the sixth chakra, and it is very easy to achieve this. All
you need to do is sit in a quiet place, with eyes closed, imagine
either of the two colors in the shape or form you want it to appear.
Concentrate on the shape you were imagining and automatically,
the sixth chakra will be activated. Keep concentrating on the
image as this helps in opening the energy center, eliminates any
form of imbalances and also heals the chakra.
Dreaming – the Third Eye plays a significant role in the dreams
and even in the remembrance of these dreams. Most people dream
but never remember their dreams. We must assist the Third Eye in
the remembering of our dreams. The way to support the Third Eye
is by having a daily updated journal and recording every dream
you can remember. When you keep this journal, the Third Eye will
help in the interpretation of dreams. For people who struggle to
understand their dreams, this is a very significant way to achieve
this.
Working out the theta brainwaves – theta brain waves help change
a reality you are trying to escape from. By working out on the
theta and alpha brainwaves, and also striving to maintain them,
you get to prepare the brain to more open-minded on everything.
You then can accept harsh reality without stressing because the
brain has been attuned to be more flexible. A person whose Third
Eye has not been awakened will find it very difficult to accept the
reality. Such a person will find himself worrying about things
beyond his control.
Surround yourself with great scents – take showers with great
perfumes surrounding you, spray the house and even your body.
Great scents are magical when it comes to unlocking, cleaning and
also balancing the chakras. There are a few recommended oils that
are believed to work wonders. These include myrrh, grapefruits,
sandalwoods, and nutmegs.
Eating and drinking – even in what you eat and drink, it is
recommended that you eat and drink foods and drinks that have
blue and purple tones. Foods with these colors give the Third Eye
positivity. The beverages include juices made from fruits such as
grapes and blackberries. The fruits attributed to these positive
energies include blueberries, black currants, eggplants, beetroots,
prunes, and rainbows.
Practicing yoga - yoga is essential in helping open the third eye.
The breathing experience when one is doing yoga is very good for
cleaning the chakras. The physical movement involved is also
equally very important as it creates room for calmness for the
chakras. The yoga also gives someone concentration that helps
balance the chakra.
 Chapter 14:
Exercises for Awakening Your Inner Spirit

Getting your body moving is one of the best ways to clear your pineal gland
and get in touch with your inner spirit. We know that when we exercise, our
muscles expand and contract, creating physical movement. What you may
not realize is that physical exercise also moves energy around the body. The
increase in this energy flow helps you connect your mind and body, as well
as your mind and inner spirit.
Any type of physical activity will do. Starting a regular routine consisting of
cardiovascular activity like walking or running will get the blood pumping
and will keep your heart healthy. Adding weight training will improve
strength, preserve bone mass and burn more energy. Any type of activity will
raise your body temperature, get your energy flowing and will clear a blocked
pineal gland.
There are exercises that focus more on the mind and spirit connection, which
may fit better into your overall goals. Practicing yoga is a great place to start.
This exercise combines the benefits of strength training and stretching with
relaxation and meditation.
If you are not familiar with yoga, it is a guided practice in which specific
yoga ‘poses’ are completed. The movement is generally slow, and the poses
are meant to work your muscles and stretch your tendons in a way that would
not normally be possible in daily life. You may feel muscles and tendons you
didn’t know existed after your first class.
Practicing yoga should not be an intimidating task. Although you may be
surrounded with other people in a formal class, the idea is to only compete
with yourself. Your strength and flexibility will improve with practice, and so
you are only trying to improve upon yourself, not compare yourself with
others. It is not a game or a competition.
There are many different styles of yoga, ranging from a more regimented
class, like Bikram, which uses the same set and combination of poses.
Bikram is also often done in a hot room, more than one hundred degrees to
add a more cardiovascular component to the practice. This will be too intense
for a beginner, but for a seasoned yogi, provides increased flexibility and
more spiritual connection. The heat requires the mind to focus exclusively on
regulating heart rate and maintaining temperature. With the mind preoccupied
on that, it becomes a lot easier to enter a meditative state.
If you are practicing on your own, there are a number of poses to include that
will help engage your Third Eye specifically. Any pose that rests your
forehead is benefitting the pineal gland. Mountain pose, in which you bend
and rest your forehead on your knees is a great one, although it may take a bit
of time to increase your flexibility to this level. Staff pose is similar but a
little easier from a seated position. Dolphin pose, a modification of
downward dog, is another beginner-level pose. Child’s pose is perhaps the
easiest of all. The forehead and Third Eye become grounded to the floor.
More classical meditative yoga is also available, in which the focus is more
on the breathing process rather than the physical aspect. Either way, you will
be moving your body, increasing energy flow, relaxing and meditating. Yoga
is great for helping connect all of your entities, physical, emotional and
spiritual. Regular yoga practice will strengthen the body between all three.
Yoga can certainly be a challenge for people who don’t move around easily.
Although regular practice will improve range of motion, starting with a
different type of exercise may be helpful. Practicing Tai Chi is another
exercise that has the same meditative properties, but the methods are a bit
different.
Tai Chi, although it originated as a form of martial arts, focuses on different
poses as well. Instead of being intense and effective for defense, it is a
choreographed, graceful movement, constantly flowing from the body. It also
focuses on breathing, creating a meditative practice along with the physical
exercise. Each pose flows flawlessly into another, with no static pauses,
unlike yoga.
Tai Chi is low impact and therefore is open to a greater variety of people. It
does not include weight training and does not put a great deal of stress on the
cardiovascular system, unlike running or jogging. It is a great practice if you
are just beginning an exercise routine. Regular practice has been shown to
increase aerobic stamina, increase energy, reduce stress and increased muscle
tone.
These benefits are achieved with regular practice, just as with any exercise
routine. It is important you maintain a routine to truly feel an improvement in
your body and mind. If you are new to Tai Chi, finding a beginners’ class is
your best bet. Learning the fluidity of the movement takes a bit of practice,
but once you get the hang of it, the movement will flow, and you will see
more of the meditative benefits.
Regular exercise is mostly about reducing stress when it comes to your third
eye. The movement of energy releases tension and increases flow during
times of rest. When you are stressed, your body produces stress hormones
like cortisol and adrenaline. The goal of these hormones is to raise your heart
rate and stimulate muscles to physically flee from danger. This response
dates back to the very existence of humans when there was more incidence of
physical peril.
These days, our stress comes from late meetings, work schedules and the like.
We are not expending the energy given by those hormones, and it builds up,
blocking flow within the energy system. Exercise helps relieve some of that
tension so that we may be more relaxed overall.
No matter what exercise you decide on, choose something to do regularly that
you enjoy. The true benefits of exercise come when you like what you are
doing, and you are not just going through the motions. Switch up your
exercise routine to keep it interesting, and don’t forget to take rest days when
your body is feeling fatigued.
 Chapter 15:
Yoga Poses to Open and Strengthen the Third Eye
Chakra

Yoga is a form of exercise and meditation that offers many benefits. It

contains all the elements needed to cleanse and balance your chakras. You
have to learn how to practice yoga if you are intent about opening and
healing the energy centers of your body. It is important you practice the
physical movement involved, deep focus, and breathing.
Yoga comes from the Sanskrit word, yuj, which means to bind or unite. Its
male practitioners are called yogi and the female practitioners are called
yogini. Yoga has a lot of aspects but in opening and strengthening your third
eye, it is vital that you get engaged with the asana program. The latter is
composed of physical postures aiming to purify one’s physical attributes and
maintain your energy and strength to finish the meditation.
The practice is a step-by-step process. You can begin with the basics and
gradually try the more complicated poses that will give you more health and
spiritual benefits as you go on. You can allot an hour per session twice or
thrice a week in the beginning and gradually add more hours and days in
performing the practice until it becomes part of your lifestyle.
For the first part, you have to learn the right warm-up sequences to help the
different parts of your body prepare for the rest of the movements. Here are
some warm-up sequences that you can follow for the different areas of your
body:

For the shoulders:

1. Start by doing the Easy Pose. Sit with your buttocks on the floor and your
legs crossed. Place your feet below your knees. Put your hands on your lap
with the palms facing downwards or upwards. Press your hip bones to the
mat as you reach your hands-on top of your head. Gently drop your shoulders
as you push your chest in front. Allow your face and stomach to relax as you
breathe through your nose. Keep the pose as long as you can.
2. Breathe in as you push your arms in the direction of the ceiling. Intertwine
your fingers and extend your palms upward. Breathe out and arch your body
to the left.
3. Breathe in as you push your palms to the ceiling while keeping your hips
grounded to the mat. Breathe out and arch your body to the right.
4. Breathe in as you reach your palms upward. Breathe out as you round your
spine by pressing your hands to the front.
5. Breathe in as you reach up your palms. Breathe out as you bend your right
elbow on the back of your head. Repeat the step, but this time, work on your
left elbow.
6. Breathe in as you push your palms to the ceiling. Breathe out as you slowly
put your hands down.
7. Breathe in as you make slow and large circles when you roll your
shoulders up and down to the front, and then to the back. Breathe out as you
lay your knees to the mat.

For the neck:

1. Begin the sequence with any seated pose. Lay back your shoulders, extend
your spine, and keep your chest open. Breathe out as you lay your chin to
your chest. Breathe in as you put your neck back to the middle.
2. Breathe out and lay your head backward. Keep your shoulders down as
you lift your chin and allow your mouth to relax. Breathe in as you put your
neck back to the middle.
3. Breathe out as you move the lower part of your left ear to your left
shoulder. Breathe in as you put your neck back to the center. Repeat the step,
but this time, do this on the other side.
4. Breathe out as you extend your chin to your left shoulder. With your body
faced in front, gently twist your neck and look at any point behind you.
Breathe in as you put your neck back to the center. Repeat the step, but this
time, do this on the other side.

For the whole body:

Make sure that your movements are gentle and fluid, and your breathing is
slow and deep.
1. Start in Easy Pose or Sukhasana. Sit with your buttocks on the floor and
your legs crossed. Put your feet below your knees. Lay your hands on your
lap with the palms facing downwards or upwards. Push your hip bones to the
mat as you reach your hands on top of your head. Gently drop your shoulders
as you push your chest in front. Allow your face and stomach to relax as you
breathe through your nose. Hold the pose as long as you can.
2. Breathe in as you extend your fingertips in the direction of the ceiling.
3. Breathe out and allow your palms to rest on the mat.
4. Repeat step 2 and when you breathe out, twist your body to the left. Repeat
the step, but this time, twist your body to the right. Repeat the step and when
you exhale this time, arch your body to the left. Repeat, then arch your body
to the right. Inhale and put your arms behind you and breathe out as you lay
your hands on the mat.
5. Bring your spine to a neutral pose, with the shoulders down, the spine
extended and your chest open. Repeat the warm-up before you begin doing
other yoga poses.
Basic Asanas for the Third Eye Chakra
Asanas pertain to yoga positions. It comes from asanam, a Sanskrit word that
means seated posture. There are yoga poses that will help you in fine-tuning
your perception and make it clearer to see life as it is.
Here are the yoga poses beneficial in opening, balancing, and healing your
Third Eye chakra:
Child’s Pose (Balasana)
This resting pose can be performed between the more challenging poses. It
relaxes the brain and relieves neck pain, backaches, stress, and tiredness.
Coming from the Table Pose, breathe out as you lower your hips to your
heels and your forehead to the mat. Keep your knees together, but you can
also set them apart if you are uncomfortable. You can keep both palms under
the forehead and lay your arms at the sides with the palms facing up.
Breathe in and out in a slow and deep manner. Push your belly to your thighs
as you breathe in. Hold the pose for up to 12 breaths. Release the pose by
placing your palms underneath your shoulders. Breathe in and go back into a
seated pose.
Supported Shoulder stand (Salamba Sarvangasana)
Lie with your back on the floor, with your feet and knees hip-distance apart.
Breathe in and push your feet down as you begin lifting your hips. Turn on
your shoulder tops and use a block to support your sacrum. Your sacrum is
the triangular bone that is situated at the base of your spine. Place the block
under the sacrum, making sure that you are comfortable with its height.
Put your hands to your sides and push them to the floor. Move your chin in
the direction of your chest, making sure that you don’t move your head from
side to side. As you breathe out, pull your right knee to your chest. Breathe in
and stretch your right leg.
Take 5 breaths. Breathe out and pull your right knee back in. Breathe in and
move your right foot back to the floor. Breathe out and pull your left knee to
your chest. Breathe in and stretch your left leg upward. Count to 5.
Breathe out and pull your left knee back in. Leave it there as you pull your
right knee to meet with it. Both your feet now will be off the floor. Keep your
focus on the support from your hands and the block under your sacrum. As
you breathe in, begin extending your legs upward. Hold the pose for 5
breaths.
Pull both knees to your chest and allow them to come down as you breathe
out. Breathe in and put both feet on the ground. Press your feet firmly to the
floor, lift your hips and remove the block. Gently allow your body to go back
to the earth and take your moment until your spine has settled.
Yoga practice is beneficial to your overall health. The postures involved will
boost your strength and flexibility while nurturing the core of your energy
system.
 Chapter 16:
How to Use Meditation to Open Your Third Eye

Getting Started
The best time to meditate is when everything is quiet and you will not be
disturbed. Hence, you will have to consider your lifestyle and your
environment.
Some people discourage practicing meditation in bed. This is because the bed
signals the mind that it is time to sleep. But there are many mediators who
meditate on their bed without a problem. Just try it if you want. If you have
no issues with it, then feel free to meditate on your bed.
It should be noted that you do not have to practice all the guided meditation
techniques in this book in one session. It is suggested that you try them one
by one, and then pick those that work best for you. Not all meditation
techniques work the same way, and each technique may have a different
effect on you. Regardless which of these guided meditations you chose to do,
rest assured that all these techniques effectively develop your third eye, so
there is nothing for you to worry about. Also, do not allow these techniques
to limit you. If you want, feel free to make changes and modifications. As
long as you do not include anything that is negative in nature, then there is
nothing for you to worry about.
Now, before meditation proper, you may want to ask, "Is it safe to do guided
meditations?" The answer is yes, it is safe to do guided meditations especially
if you know what you are doing. Still, just to be more secure, it helps to offer
even a short prayer before you start any meditation. You can ask help from
God, your guardian angel or spirit guide, or others. Another practice of
protection is to surround and mark your meditation space with salt. Hence, if
you will meditate on your bed, then sprinkle salt around your bed. Salt tends
to cleanse and fend off negative energies.
The time that you give for meditation should be spent for meditation. This
means that when you meditate, you should not worry and think about the
food that you will cook for dinner or the project that you left hanging at
work. All your thoughts and energies most be devoted to the meditation
practice. You need to give it 100% focus.
By now, you already have the knowledge that you need about the Third Eye
chakra and the practice of meditation. It is now time to put that knowledge
into actual application.

5-Minute Meditation Sessions

It is now time to engage in some real meditation sessions. It is good to start
with quick 5-minute yet effective meditation techniques. This is an easy way
to experience one whole session and be familiar with the actual practice of
meditation. However, if you want, you may skip this part and go straight to
the meditation technique of your choice. After all, all the meditation
techniques in this book are safe to use and very effective. You can also
practice these meditation techniques as many times as you want. Just
remember to ground any excess energy.
Just a quick review: For safety and protection, always say a prayer before
engaging in mediation. Ask for protection and divine guidance. Another
common practice is to surround or sprinkle the area where you intend to
meditate with salt. Another simple option you have is to keep a glass of
saltwater beside you. These are just some simple things that are very easy to
do that can work as a form of psychic self-defense. Again, after doing
meditation, to ground excess energy (if any), simply place your hands on the
floor and willingly send the excess energy down to mother earth.
Before you do any of the meditation techniques in this book, it is a requisite
that you first relax yourself. A good way to do this is to assume a meditative
position. Breathe in; and as you breathe out, feel and visualize all negative
energies and emotions leaving your body. Breathe in positive energy and
breathe out negativity. You should also relax your whole body. In meditation,
it is important for your body to be relaxed, and allow your mind to be active.
When it comes to relaxing the body, you may start with your toes. Breathe in
positive energy of love, joy and peace; and then breathe out negative energy.
Relax your toes and then focus on your knees and do the same. Continue to
do this gradually until you reach the top of your head. Relax every muscle
and body part. Soon, your whole body will feel very light and relaxed.
Release all the day’s tension and stress and relax yourself completely. Once
you are fully relaxed, then that is the time for you to assume the meditation
exercises in this book.

Energy Healing Meditation

Relax and breathe in positive energy. Think of love, peace, and harmony. As
you breathe in, visualize and feel as if you are breathing in positive energies
from the universe. Let this positive energy fill your entire being. As you
breathe out, visualize negative energy leaving your system. Gently in, and
slowly out… Now, visualize a ray of pure white and divine light descending
from the heavens and entering the top of your head through your crown
chakra. See and feel how this brilliant pure light of energy enters your body,
filling every inch and every crevice of your being. This is a pure light and
energy of positivity, love, harmony, and peace. Let it fill your entire being.
As you inhale, draw more of this pure energy of love and kindness. As it fills
your entire being, see how it heals your chakras and your whole body.
Imagine negative energy fading out and being replaced with positive energy.
This light is healing you, removing away all negativity, diseases, and hatred.
See and feel how pure and white this ray of energy is. It is powerful, and you
are absorbing it every time you inhale. Now, say a little prayer to God and
ask him for healing. Now, relax and just let be and let go. You are drowning
in an ocean of healing, light, and love.
When you are ready to end the meditation, visualize the ray of light slowly
fading away. Now, think of your physical body, and gently open your eyes
with a smile. Do not forget to say another prayer and thank God for all his
love and blessings. You are healed; you are cured; and you are empowered.

Grounding
Grounding is a basic skill in Wicca. It is a way of cleansing your body from
all negativity and being connected to mother earth. If you are feeling stressed
or depressed, then you may want to try this meditation. Another benefit of
this meditation is that it will allow you to draw earth energy. Hence, if you
want to have stability in your life, then this is also a good mediation for you.
This is also a good meditation for healing, as well as for self-empowerment.
Here are the instructions:
Assume a standing or sitting position. This time make sure that your bare feet
are touching the floor. Since this meditation is about connecting to mother
earth, it is advised that you do this outdoors. However, if such is not possible,
then you can do this even in the comfort of your room.
Now, once you are relaxed enough, imagine roots like those of a tree
extending from the soles of your feet and send them down into mother earth.
Continue to send them gently as deep as possible into the earth. You are a
tree whose roots are finding home and stability in mother earth. Allow your
roots to have a natural stop. When they stop, then just relax and feel how
connected you are to mother earth. Remember that you have always been a
part of the earth even when you were in the belly. You have been swimming
in the earth’s great energy all your life. Hence, you are not a stranger to the
earth. No matter what you do, you are always enveloped in the earth’s
energy. Now, as you breathe out, imagine all your stress and all other
negativity leaving your body. See and feel the negative energy being drained
away flowing through your roots and into mother earth. Do not worry; all
negative energy sent to the earth will be neutralized. You can never harm the
earth. Continue to do this until you feel that you are cleansed from all
negativity.
Now, the next step is to fill yourself with positive energy — the earth’s
energy. The color correspondence of the earth is green, so you may want to
visualize the earth’s energy as something green in color. As you inhale,
visualize and feel drawing energy from the earth. With your roots, seep and
absorb the earth’s energy and drink from mother earth. Let the energy flow
through your roots and into your body. Feel the invigorating energy of the
earth. Allow it to fill your whole being and empower you. Continue to do this
until you feel very much recharged.
When you are ready to end the meditation, simply visualize pulling your
roots back into the soles of your feet. Also, do not forget to thank mother
earth. Think of your physical body and slowly open your eyes with a smile.

Purification Meditation
This is an excellent meditation exercise to purify yourself and your energy
field. This meditation uses white light and positive memories to conjure
positivity.
Assume a meditative position and relax. Now, think of a happy memory. Try
to re-experience this memory in your mind. See yourself smiling and happy
with it. Do you feel your heart chakra being activated? The feeling is just
amazing. Now, imagine a ray of white light descending from the sky and
entering the top of your head, filling your body. As it fills your body and
purifies it, think of the happy event. Using your intention, let the happy event
charge the ray of white light that you absorb in your body. You are full of
happiness and positive energy. Fill yourself with this white light until you are
glowing brightly. Now, extend the white light of purification from your body
to your aura. Allow yourself to glow up to five feet. Continue to draw energy
and mix it with the happy memory. You are glowing, and you are full of
divine light and happiness.

Night Watch Meditation

This is an excellent meditation that you can do just when you are about to
sleep. Do you sometimes wonder what certain noises might be coming from
in the middle of the night? Well, instead of opening the window or the door,
why not check it out psychically? Here are the instructions:
You are in bed, and you want to rest. However, you also want to know what
is happening around you. Wouldn’t you like to know what is going on across
the street or the next neighborhood? Just relax. Now, visualize yourself
slowly getting bigger. Keep your eyes closed. You are expanding. You are
about to be as big as your house. Look around you; what do you see? What is
happening in your neighborhood? Continue to expand and grow big. Do not
worry; you do not affect physical objects. But, being made of energy as you
are, you have limitless potential. It is not your physical body that is
expanding but your soul. The more that your soul expands, the more love you
have. You are now bigger than your house. What is happening around you?
Look down and tell me what do you see? Look at the sky, the moon and the
stars.
Take note in your mind what you see during the meditation. Pay attention to
small details. Now, when you are ready to end the meditation, simply
visualize your soul gradually returning back to its normal size, until you are
back and contained again in your physical body. Now, think of your physical
body and smile.
Note: The next day, you might want to check the small details that you saw
during the mediation to see if you got them correctly. If you are just starting
out, you may commit some mistakes. However, as you get good at doing this
meditation, you will realize that there are some things that you see during the
meditation that closely or precisely reveal the details of the physical plane.
The more that you practice, the more that your inner sight or inner mind will
see clearly. This is also an excellent exercise for improving clairvoyance or
the ability of clear-seeing.

Inner Light Meditation

This meditation can be used to open yourself to receiving visions. Regular
practice of this meditation can lead to lucid dreaming and astral projection.
The steps are as follows:
Close your eyes. In this meditation, all that you need to do is to focus on the
light. With your eyes closed, consider everything that you see that is not
black as light. Just gently focus on the light and think of nothing. Now, other
thoughts may distract you as you focus on the light. Gently ignore these
thoughts and keep your focus on the light. This light is your mantra — your
point of focus in this meditation. I will leave you now, and I want you to
focus on the light. Soon, you may see other visions. When this happens, turn
your focus on the visions. For now, focus on the light. Nothing exists but the
light.
To end the meditation, gently return to your body. Think of your physical
body. Move your toes and fingers, and gently open your eyes.

Blessing Meditation
It is a common teaching that if you want to be blessed, then you should be a
blessing to others. This meditation is about blessing other people, not for the
sake of getting blessing in return, but only to spread goodness in the world.
This is also an effective way to lower stress and reduce anxiety. By being a
blessing, you raise your vibration. Here are the instructions:
Think of a person whom you want to bless. The person may be your loved
one, a stranger, an enemy, a friend — anyone whom you want to share
positive energy with at this very moment. Now, close your eyes and imagine
the person standing in front of you. You should visualize him or her as
clearly as possible. Take as much time as you want. What is he wearing?
What is he doing? Do not worry; if you do not “see” the person clearly, your
intention to bless this specified person is enough. Whisper the name of the
person five times. Now, raise your hands in a blessing position. Imagine your
hands lighting up with white light of blessing. Now, feel the compassion that
you have with the person. See and feel the white light of blessing building up
in your hands. Your hands are now glowing brightly. It is now time to bless
the person. Visualize and send the light coming from your hands to the
person whom you want to bless. See a powerful ray of light as you send the
blessing to the person. Fill the person with the energy of blessing and
positivity. See him smiling as he is being filled with the energy of blessing
that is coming from you.

Spirit Guide Meditation

This is an excellent meditation that will allow you to meet and talk with your
spirit guide. It is believed that every person has a spirit guide who assists him
in this life. A spirit guide may or may not have been human. Hence, your
guide may take a human form or even animal form, or others. Take note that
your guide is a pure spirit, so he can take any form or shape. The best way to
know more about your guide is to meet with him or her and have a
conversation. When engaged in meditation, your guide will most likely
converse with you using telepathy (via the mind), but you may also see your
guide talk to you in a regular way. This will depend on your level of spiritual
maturity and how your guide prefers to communicate with you. Either way,
the important thing is to receive messages from your guide and be able to talk
with him. Let us begin the meditation.
Assume a meditative position. Close your eyes and relax completely. Now,
whisper that you want to meet your sprit guide. Your spirit guide sees and
hears you no matter what you do. Now, imagine that you are standing in your
room, and in front of you is a staircase going down into the unknown. There
are ten steps down. Slowly take a step and feel yourself getting into a deeper
state of consciousness. The more you take a step the deeper into the mind you
journey. Slowly take another step, and then another. Slowly and gently walk
down the stairs and finally you reach the last step. Take it and relax.
Now, imagine that in front of you is a big forest. There is a pathway that
heads straight into the forest. Take this path. Walk slowly and appreciate the
beauty of the forest. Just walk straight and do not take any turns even if you
feel tempted to do so. This way you will not lose your way in the forest. Do
you see and hear the birds chirping? Look at the tall and green trees; feel the
soil under your feet. As you walk and take this path, you see a huge clearing
ahead. In the center of the clearing stands your spirit guide. What does your
spirit guide look like? Is he or she even human? Continue to walk towards
your spirit guide. Your spirit guide smiles at you and you come to greet him.
Now, spend some time with your spirit guide. Ask your guide any questions
that you want. Also, feel free to share your life with your spirit guide. If you
have problems, then you may talk about that, too. Your spirit guide is happy
that you have taken this step. You have ignored your guide for so long, and
so he or she is very happy about this meeting. Stay with your guide as much
as you want.

Chakra Alignment and Empowerment Meditation

This meditation is for chakra balancing, alignment, empowerment, and
healing. Since it works directly with the main energy centers of your body, it
also heals you and empowers you as a person. This helps in reducing stress,
cleansing, and self-empowerment.
Assume a meditative position. Imagine all your chakras. Now, see and feel a
ray of brilliant white light descending from heaven. Let it touch and fill your
crown chakra. Do you feel your crown chakra being energized? Visualize
your crown chakra being cleansed and empowered by this pure ray of divine
energy. Do not stop until your crown chakra is glowing brightly and fully
empowered. Now, let the ray of light descend down to your Third Eye
chakra. Again, repeat the process as with your crown chakra. Direct the ray of
light to cleanse and energize your Third Eye chakra. Take as much time as
you need. Feel your Third Eye chakra being empowered that you can see
everything through time and space. Your Third Eye chakra is now glowing
and is full of divine light. Next, we move down to your throat chakra. Allow
the ray of light to charge your throat chakra completely. Take as much time
as you need. Now, let the ray of powerful light to go to your heart chakra. Let
it fill your heart chakra. Allow it to cleanse away all emotional pain and
regrets in your life. See your heart chakra being healthy and full of love
again. Now, let the ray of light descend to your solar plexus chakra. See and
feel the ray of light cleansing and empowering your solar plexus chakra. You
are full of life. You are strong as the earth and the sky. Now, let the ray of
light heal and purify your sacral chakra. Do not stop until you see your sacral
chakra fully energized and cleansed of all negativities. See and appreciate
how your sacral chakra is pulsating with life. Last but not least, let the divine
ray of white light charge your root chakra, the chakra of stability and
foundation. See your root chakra glowing brilliantly and powerfully. You are
as stable as the earth. You are powerful and mighty. Now, see, feel, and
appreciate the beauty of having all your 7 main chakras empowered and
cleansed. You are full and complete. Life surges through you. Life and
power, are you.
When you are ready to end this meditation, simply visualize the ray of light
slowly fade away. Gently move your fingers and toes, and slowly open our
eyes with a smile.

Outer Space Meditation

This meditation will allow you to venture into the infinite space, mingle with
the planets and stars, and make you realize and experience how infinite and
powerful you are. This is also a good way to heal yourself, as well as to
reduce stress and make you feel more powerful. If you want to take control of
your life, then this is the meditation for you.
With eyes closed, take a deep breath. As you exhale, let go — let go of
yourself. See yourself floating on top of your body. Look down to your body.
Now, take another breath and rise up into the air. Look down and see the city
beneath you. You will rise and fly away into space. You are a powerful and
infinite being, and you will join the stars. Are you ready? Continue to rise
and rise upwards. Now, you are in outer space. See the planets and the stars,
bright pulsars greeting you. You are an old soul who has survived thousands
and thousands of centuries of war. Stars died so you can live. See the light of
infinite stars filling you and empowering you. You are cleansed, and you are
charged with divine energy from the starts. Look at the planets and greet
them. Now, it is time for you to journey to other galaxies. Fly away and see
these galaxies still unknown to the people of the earth. These galaxies know
you and adore you. For centuries, they have kept watch over the evolution of
your soul. Now, it is time for you to light up like a powerful star, for such is
what you truly are. Allow your light to mesh with the planets and the stars.
You are one with the universe. You are the universe. When you inhale, you
inhale the power of the whole planets and the stars; and when you exhale,
you share with them positive energy. Continue to charge yourself and share
energy with the universe. Experience your divine power and know for certain
that nothing is impossible. Spend as much time as you want in this deepened
state of consciousness. Feel free to explore other galaxies and planets. Fly
and fly away into the mystery of life.
When you are ready to end the meditation, simply think of your physical
body and desire yourself to go back to your body. Take a deep breath and
slowly move your fingers and toes. Now, gently open your eyes with a smile.

30-Minute Guided Meditation

This meditation session uses guided imagery to help relax the mind, open the
potential of your inner spirit and bring a sense of calm to your life. Use it
anytime you need a pick-me-up, and on a regular basis to maintain good
mental and spiritual health. Let’s begin.
Find a seated, comfortable position in a quiet room. Settle in, relaxing your
hip flexors, back, and shoulders. Roll your shoulders and neck gently back
and forth, releasing any tension that may have built up. Close your eyes.
Take a deep breath in and out, pushing your anxieties out with your exhale.
Take a few breaths to clear yourself of all of your negativity. It is now gone,
and you now have space to accept calm, positive thoughts.
Imagine that you are perched comfortably on a smooth, dark rock by the side
of a large pond. The rock is almost soft to the touch, and the curve of the rock
gently cradles your bottom and legs. The warmth from the day’s sun warms
your body as it comes in contact with the rock. Feel the warmth on both
hands as you rest them on the rock.
Now, look out onto the pond, clear and deep in the middle. It is so pristine
that you can see every rock and branch that specks the floor. You see a few
fish here and there, milling around, also soaking in the mid-day sun.
A light breeze touches your skin with the warm air and causes the very
surface of the water to gently sparkle. You are the only one sitting by this
pond, and there are only the sounds of the water trickling in from the nearby
spring, and the birds chirping in the trees around you. Look up to see the tips
of branches reaching out from the forest, harnessing the energy of the sun, the
life-giving force.
See the light, transparent through the round, oblong leaves. They rustle
lightly in the warm breeze. You take a deep breath, soaking in the smell of
fresh air, and the earthy aroma of the forest.
Across the pond is a grove of pine trees, whose silhouettes remind you of
pipe cleaners, almost fluffy looking. The light shines through the needles,
creating a soft glow. You see a single bird, flitting about the branches of one
of the trees, likely searching for a mid-afternoon snack. It flaps its wings,
effortlessly hopping from branch to branch. The energy in this tiny bird is
envious, something you hope for.
Yet, at this moment, you are soaking in all of the energy you could need. The
warm sun bombards you with positivity, and the gentle breeze brushes
negativity away from your spirit. There is a sense of calm here unlike any
other.
At this moment there is peace and quiet, no responsibilities or worries. It
energizes you to your very core, creating a sense of urgency to feel this way
forever. You imagine your life looking and feeling like this every day. You
vow no matter where you are in life, to imagine in your mind that you are
here, at this moment, relaxed as can be. You see the green water, feel the
warm, smooth rock, feel the sun kiss your face. In every moment going
forward, there is only this feeling.
Open your eyes and carry this image with you. Now is the time to live your
best life, go forth with the energy given by the sun. It is eternal and never-
ending. Simply harness this image any time you need a little pick-me-up.
 Chapter 17:
Best Meditation Practices

Now, let us discuss some of the best practices of meditation. These practices
will help you to stay focused, develop more quickly, and have a better
meditation journey.

Have a meditation journal

Although not required, it is strongly advised that you should keep a
meditation journal. Do not worry; you do not have to be a professional writer
to keep a journal. However, you do need to update it regularly and be
completely honest with everything that you write in your journal. Your
journal should contain your experiences, mistakes and lessons, and others,
relevant to your meditation practice. Did you get a message from your spirit
guide or the universe? You may want to take note of that, too. The important
thing is to be clear and honest.
Your meditation journal will allow you to view yourself from a new
perspective. This way you will be able to identify lessons and mistakes more
easily. It is also a good way to appreciate your developments in your
meditation practices.

Relax
The more relaxed you are, the easier it will be to meditate. If you feel fear or
any negative emotion, then it will only make you defensive and prevent you
from journeying far beyond the physical plane. To free yourself, you have to
relax. Forget about all of your problems and just enjoy the meditation
practice.

Having expectations
Expectations can ruin your meditation. When you expect something, you
manipulate what happens instead of experiencing the moment. Therefore,
drop all your expectations. Also, do not expect to become holy or witness
psychic phenomena. Although such things can happen, they usually appear
only to those who have dropped their ego and have pure intentions. Do not
have expectations. Instead, just be present in the moment and experience the
journey. Do not expect to see or feel anything. Just be yourself and learn how
to feel and just enjoy the moment.

Regular practice
Regular practice of meditation cannot be overemphasized as it is the only
way to truly develop and improve as a mediator. Regular meditation is one
that is continuous and often. Ideally, you should meditate daily. If you are a
beginner, then 15 minutes to 30 minutes would be fine. But, as you learn and
develop, then you can meditate for an hour or even hours. Do not worry; as
you will see for yourself, once you get deep in meditation, you will not be
able to notice the time. In fact, an hour may seem just like five minutes; other
times, five minutes may seem like an hour. When you get deep into
meditation, you will realize that time does not exist.

Continuous learning
Do not allow this book or anything else to limit your development. Feel free
to read other books, articles, and other writings about meditation and the
Third Eye chakra. There is no end to learning. Strive to be the best version of
who you are. Just a word of caution about acquiring too much information:
Sometimes having too much knowledge can be bad for your development as
having so much information will give you lots of things to wonder about as
you meditate. Be careful with the information that you feed to your mind.
Strive to learn but also choose the quality of the knowledge that you absorb.
Also, do not quickly believe everything that you read. Do your research and
let your actual meditation experiences teach you the truth.
 Chapter 18:
Things Holding You Back from Awakening Your
Third Eye

There are many things that contribute to blocking your Third Eye. You will
need to avoid fluoride consumption in all forms. You should also stay away
from harmful chemicals and base metals in your food items. However, these
are not the only things that stand in the path of your Third Eye awakening.
Your mind, habits, and rigidity can prove to be major roadblocks in the way
of your success.
Some major hurdles in the way of your Third Eye awakening are:

Giving Up Easily
One of the biggest problems in achieving anything significant in life is the
attitude of giving up easily. This is a fast-paced world, and things have
become a bit too easy. You can obtain a majority of material things just by
ordering them. However, it’s not that easy when it comes to developing
abilities. You need to work persistently and remain patient. If you raise your
expectation levels too much and start expecting fast results, you may end up
being frustrated very soon. You must remain steadfast and keep working on
your abilities. The power is within you, and only you can harness them with
your perseverance.

Oversimplification
If you have a simple perspective of black and white, then you may find it
difficult to open your Third Eye effectively. This world has a great amount of
grey. We must often read between the lines. It won’t happen that one day
your Third Eye pops open and you start seeing ghosts walking around you. If
you keep waiting for that moment, it may never come. People with such
tendencies fail to work on their power of perception. You have to start
looking for signs, and work on enhancing the power of understanding those
signs. Do not oversimplify this complex world.

Wasting too Much Energy

When your Third Eye starts opening, a lot of energy exchanges place. Your
internal energy starts interacting with the energies around you. It may not
interact only with positive energies. This can be a pretty exhausting
experience. You may not feel it directly, but it can lead to disappointment.
There is something in us which starts telling us that the whole activity is
futile. You need to be strong to handle this intense energy exchange. You
must focus on the right things and not let your mind stray. If you allow your
mind to stray, you will waste a lot of energy and end up feeling exhausted. In
such cases, you will never come to know that your Third Eye was open and
working.

Getting Lost
People easily get lost once their Third Eye starts opening. They start mixing
reality with imagination. Either, they start trying too hard or do not make the
right attempts. The Third Eye is not the power of imagination. It is a point
where you will need to make a distinction between fact and fiction. Do not
imagine things. If you rely heavily on emotions and desires, you will never be
able to focus in the right direction. You must remain aligned. Your aim
should be clear, and you must not make things up in your mind.

Rigidly Rational Attitude

Being skeptical is a good thing. It prevents you from falling in traps.
However, there are areas where this rationality doesn’t work. The Third Eye
opens a new dimension about which you know nothing. You can’t prove or
disprove anything of that dimension as you have no knowledge about it. If
you start dissecting it with the knowledge of this world, you will develop
inaccurate conclusions. To open your third eye, you will have to open
yourself to new experiences.

Ignoring Messages from Your Own Body

When your Third Eye starts opening, you will get messages from your body.
You will need to listen to those messages and make adjustments accordingly.
If you fail to do so, you may not be able to adjust to this new reality. Do not
ignore the messages from your own body. Try to feel even the tiniest
changes. The more you listen to it, the more you will respond to your opening
third eye.

Distractions
The human mind is very powerful and has infinite capabilities. However, this
powerful mind can become self-destructive when it is not focused in the right
direction. Distraction is one thing that can harm your goal of gaining true
insight. People start looking for powers and abilities even before they have
started walking down the path. This will only cause desperation and will not
lead to the development of any kind of ability. Your Third Eye will never
open fully if your approach would remain limited.
 Conclusion

Thank you for taking time to read my book. The next step is to take action
and begin uncovering the true power of your third eye. Doing so will help
guide your life in the direction of your deepest desires and purpose in life.
Decision making will become easier as your inner self will give you the
guidance necessary to navigate through life.
It is important that whenever you practice strengthening psychic abilities or
meditation exercises, you be sure to leave it as a fun and stress-free activity.
One of the most vital parts of strengthening psychic abilities, increasing
psychic awareness, Third Eye awakening, and meditation is the elimination
of stress.
If you do not want to meditate but do so because you feel you have to, it will
be less beneficial to do so than skipping it altogether because your mind will
not be willing to easily concentrate on your inner energies and chakra system.
Be sure that you are in a place mentally where you can relax and be free of
stressors for the time being so that you can get the most from the tips
contained in this book.
This book has been designed to help you understand the role of the Third Eye
in your life and the ways you can activate it. There are plenty of materials
available on the internet on this subject, but it creates more confusion than it
helps.
It has been observed that although people embark on the journey of Third
Eye activation with great zeal and enthusiasm, they end up frustrated and
disillusioned. The reasons for their failure are not difficulties of the path, but
a lack of attention paid to the small concepts, preparation required, and the
protection they need to consider.
This book has tried to explain all the major concepts in detail. I wish you the
best on your journey and life and hope you will apply what you have learned
in this book to open your Third Eye and see!
CRYSTALS FOR BEGINNERS
The Complete Guide to Crystals and Healing Stones
to Increase Your Spiritual Energy, Balance Your
Chakras and Expand Your Positive Mind Power
to Heal Your Body and Soul

By Aura Heal
 Table of Contents

Introduction
Chapter 1: What Are Crystals?
Chapter 2: The Power of Crystals
Chapter 3: Crystals and Stones to Get Started With
Chapter 4: Amazing Ways to Use Your Crystals
Chapter 5: Protecting Yourself with Crystals
Chapter 6: Connections Between Crystals & Chakras
Chapter 7: Preparing to use crystals
Chapter 8: The Healing Properties of Crystals
Chapter 9: Crystals for Stress-Relief
Chapter 10: Crystals to improve your life
Chapter 11: Cleansing Auras with Crystals
Chapter 12: Crystals and Emotional Healing
Chapter 13: Meditations with Stones and Crystals
Chapter 14: Reiki and Crystals
Chapter 15: Crystals for Prosperity
Conclusion
 Introduction

Unless you balance all dimensions of yourself, you cannot truly be healthy or
happy. One aspect of yourself will always overcompensate the deficiencies of
another aspect. The most wonderful thing about crystal healing is that it is
holistic. This is important because as human beings, we are more than just the
sum of our parts. We are the result of intricate energy systems all working
together to achieve and maintain harmony.
Understand that healing crystals carry within them the energy of the earth,
thus, to harness the healing power of crystals is to tap into the unlimited
power of the earth. And all these are offered to us for free. Healing crystals
have been used by men of magic and medicine since ancient times. It’s time
to go back to our roots.
Crystal healing is all about ensuring that all seven levels of the human energy
field are functioning and working together as a whole. Through this book,
you’ll learn all about energy and vibration and chakras and their relevance to
your health and happiness.
If you do not develop your ability to heal yourself, then nothing in this world
will. Mother Nature has gifted us all with the power to mend ourselves. This
is what crystal healing is all about: bringing the body to its optimum state of
wellness so that it is capable of healing itself, thus, making it free from
dependence on non-natural drugs.
It’s time for you to become an amazing and whole being. Use this book to
guide you in selecting the appropriate crystals for stress-relief and for each
specific health concern. Use it to learn how to psychically heal others who
need your help, as well.
These special stones aren’t simply just for looks, although they are very
pleasing to the eye. Crystals all contain various charges and functions that
border on powers of the divine, with both mental and physical effects that are
equally daunting. Through this book, you’ll learn the proper care, treatment,
and use of crystals to fit any situation you choose!
This book will hopefully give you insight on the usage and proper care of
these special stones, and an accurate description of their effects. With this
book, you will gain new knowledge of how and why they work, and their
connections to the body’s seven energy centers called chakras. Crystals are
stunning gems that are traditionally been used for healing and divination for
centuries. It's been found to be effective to help alleviate stress and heal the
body. They can magically enable and enhance every part of your daily life.
Everything from easy relaxation techniques to finding past lives and healing
health problems.
Crystals can help you in clearing the mind from any anxiety. Some take a
crystal while driving to maintain safety. Crystals have a power to safeguard
your loved ones and friends, keep the evil away, to and draw decent luck,
riches. These stones not only promote your self-esteem, but they also boost
your clarity of intention.
Crystals are powerful energy sources that can be utilized to promote healing.
Healing with crystals works with psychological, spiritual, and physical issues
by taking away the disease at ease on your own and making you. Choosing a
crystal for a specific reason focus on it and that motive allows your intuition
to decide on the proper crystals.
You can carry an energizing crystal in your purse for more money and
prosperity or place a calming crystal under your pillow for a better night's
sleep. You can use crystals and minerals to calm your mind and improve your
mood.
The size of a crystal doesn't always reflect its strength and working
consistently with them will intensify their benefits as your energy interacts
with them. Have fun and be a positive influence when enjoying your stones.
 Chapter 1:
What Are Crystals?

There are several ways that crystals form. The general process is called
crystallization. The most common form of crystallization is growing it from a
liquid. As a liquid filled with minerals and other matter molecules condenses
into gas form, the mineral molecules will remain solid and start packing
themselves together in an attempt to remain stable, and a crystal is formed.
The more the water condenses, the more the molecules will be packed
together and the larger the crystal becomes. Not all molecules will form
crystals, and the type of minerals present in the liquid will determine the
color, density, shape, and type of crystal.
Another way crystals are formed is by cooling liquids. In much the same
way, different types of molecules cluster together in a repeating pattern to
form the crystals. The most common occurrence is molten lava cooling down,
which forms crystals within the rocks, which is one of the reasons why
crystals are often abundant in areas with many volcanoes and tectonic plates
nearby.
In some rare occasions, crystals can be formed by compressing gas into a
solid form. This requires incredibly large amounts of pressure and usually
takes hundreds of years to form a decently-sized crystal. Diamonds are
formed by compressing carbon in this way, and it is because of the rarity of
the right conditions and the amount of time it takes to form a diamond that
makes them so incredibly expensive.
Outside factors such as general temperature, available space, available
minerals, cooling speed, and humidity, as well as many other minor factors,
will help determine the type of crystal that will form.

Where Do Crystals Come From?

Different crystals can be found in various regions due to the specific minerals
and other elements available, but there are certain types of places where
crystals tend to grow. Crystals generally form in rocky areas and under the
ground, especially if these places remain undisturbed. Most of the earth’s
bedrock is one form of a crystal or another. As mentioned above, some
crystals are formed within cooling lava, and this is where most of the world’s
crystals and gemstones are found. Lava comes from beneath the earth’s crust
and is sometimes pushed through to the surface, forming layers. The
movement of the earth’s tectonic plates have a similar effect, and this is how
new crystals are created. Some crystals are formed immediately as the lava
on the surface cools quickly, but others take much longer to form further
down where the lava cools at a much slower pace. The speed at which a
crystal is formed usually determines its size.
In some cases, the movement of the lava or earth creates empty spaces where
water vapors are condensed into a mineral-rich liquid which will eventually
grow into different crystals. Many underground caverns are damp and
desolate enough that large clusters of crystals can grow for hundreds of years.
In some areas that have mineral-rich earth, it is possible to find small crystals
scattered about or in the uppermost layer of the ground. The area will
determine the types of crystals that can be found. Individual crystals are more
likely than clusters, and many of these crystals will go unnoticed in their raw
form. In some sandy areas, it is possible to find crystal formations such as
desert roses and sand crystals. There are also a few places in the world where
the sand consists of tiny crystals that are worn down. Quartz is an important
mineral in sand formation, and it is often found that many sand grains are, in
fact, quartz crystals.
There are also a few types of crystals that are grown from organic matter,
such as amber, which is crystallized tree sap, or calcite and aragonite, which
are produced by most mollusks.

Crystals have healing powers.

Crystals are energy in solid form as is everything on the planet and in the
world. Why are crystals so helpful to us? Well, our body is made from
electromagnetic systems, also referred to as power systems.
Nature has created crystals to be perfect conductors, they interact perfectly
with our system. Crystals have been used by cultures throughout the world
for centuries for balancing and healing the human race. They have been
found to take vibration which triggers the energy centers within our system.
Crystals in Egypt were utilized in temples to connect more deeply with the
infinite, to cure their own bodies and to help individuals transform emotions.
Each crystal has a distinctive vibration and we can use them for areas of the
body, or to soothe and activate organs.
You can learn how to use them easily with a bit of help from the right brain.
The brain is the one that works everything out, the brain is the intuitive one,
the one that gets hunches. Relax and let us find out a little more about our
healing crystals.

Crystal Shapes
A big part of crystal identification is the shape. The crystal lattice determines
the potential types of shapes which can be identified by the number of faces,
faces that mirror each other, and the basic symmetry of the crystal.
Although most crystals don’t form geometrically perfect shapes, and crystals
of the same type will not be identical in shape and size, they will conform to
the same basic shape type. There are eleven basic shape types in which
crystals can be classified.
Monohedron
This shape is also a pedion, and it consists of an undetermined number of
faces that are each geometrically unique. None of the faces are parallel or
mirror each other in any way. This shape is the result of a triclinic lattice.
Parallelohedron
This shape is another result of a triclinical lattice and can also be referred to
as a pinacoid. This shape has two faces that run parallel to one another and
are geometrically the same shape. These two faces might be a reflection or
inversion of each other, but they are not perfectly mirrored.
Dihedron
A dihedron contains two faces that geometrically match and can either be
related to each other through reflection or rotation. If these two faces are a
simple reflection or rotation on only one axis, the dihedron will form a
roughly dome-shaped crystal. If the two faces run along more than one
rotational axis, the dihedron will form a more sphere-shaped crystal. The
dihedron shape is caused by a monoclinic lattice type.
Disphenoid
The disphenoid shape consists of two sets of faces that are geometrically the
same in shape and size, but they do not run parallel with each other. These
shapes share symmetry through rotation and are connected by one of their
edges. An orthorhombic lattice can result in a rhombic disphenoid, while a
tetragonal lattice can result in a tetragonal disphenoid.
Prism
A prism consists completely of sets of mirroring faces that are both
geometrically identical and run parallel to each other. The two faces of each
mirroring set are on opposite sides of the crystal, and all the sets are reflected
around the same axis. Usually, one set will form the base, which can be
almost any basic shape, such as a square, triangle, or hexagon, while the other
sets will all be rectangular. These rectangular faces that meet the edges of the
base face at 90-degree angles will form a tube-like shape for the crystal.
Prisms are a result of a monoclinic lattice system.
Pyramid
The pyramid shape consists of a base face and a set of three, four, six, eight,
or twelve faces that do not run parallel to each other but meet in a point
instead. Usually, the crystal will have a base face that can have one of several
shapes, such as a square or triangle, with triangular shapes along each edge
that will meet each other at the apex of the crystal. The shape of the base face
will determine the type of pyramid and the number of faces in the set, and it
is determined by the lattice type. The hexagonal, tetragonal, and
orthorhombic lattice types are capable of producing pyramid-shaped crystals.
Dipyramid
This shape consists of two pyramids connected base to base with an apex at
both ends. The two pyramids share the same base in the middle of the crystal
and are a reflection of each other. A dipyramid shape can have a hexagonal,
tetragonal, or orthorhombic lattice type, and the shape of the shared base will
determine the type of dipyramid shape of the crystal. Each of the faces of a
dipyramid will be triangular in shape as well, and a dipyramid will have twice
as many faces as a pyramid with the same base.
Trapezohedron
A trapezohedron looks similar to a dipyramid but has significant differences.
Firstly, a trapezohedron does not have a shared base between the two apexes
of the shape. Rather than triangular shapes, each face will have a trapezoidal
(four sides that are not perpendicular) shape. The type of trapezohedron will
be determined by the amount of faces on each side (i.e. a trigonal trapezoid
will have six faces in total, with three at the top and three at the bottom). A
tetragonal trapezohedron will have four faces on both sides for a total of eight
faces, and a hexagonal trapezohedron will have six faces on both sides,
resulting in 12 faces. This shape can have a tetragonal or hexagonal lattice.
Scalenohedron
Like a trapezohedron, the scalenohedron resembles two pyramids but will
have no base shape in the middle of the crystal. Unlike the trapezohedron,
however, each of the faces of the crystal will be in the shape of a scalene
triangle, meaning two of the corners of the triangle are smaller than 90
degrees and the other is larger than 90 degrees. A scalenohedron will have
either eight or twelve faces that are grouped in symmetrical pairs. This shape
can be the result of a hexagonal or tetragonal lattice.
Rhombohedron
This shape consists of six diamond-shaped faces and looks like a cube that is
turned to stand upright on one corner and has been flattened or elongated
along its diagonal axis. This shape can have a rhombohedral or hexagonal
lattice type. An important trademark is that opposing sides of the
rhombohedron are geometrically the same in shape and size and run parallel
to each other; they are not a reflection of each other along a vertical or
horizontal axis.
Tetrahedron
The tetrahedron is a shape composed of four triangular shapes. The lattice of
the crystal will determine the type of tetrahedron and the shape of the
triangle. A tetrahedron with an isometric lattice will consist of four
equilateral (all three sides are the same length and all three corners are 60
degrees) triangles that are identical. A tetragonal lattice system will result in
four identical triangles that each have two sides of the same length, also
known as an isosceles triangle. A crystal with an orthorhombic lattice will
have two sets of matching isosceles triangles.
Opacity and Transparency
When discussing the appearance of crystals, terms such as opaque,
translucent, and transparent are bound to pop up. These three terms have
everything to do with how much light passes through a crystal or how much
light it reflects back. If a crystal is transparent, it means that all light passes
through the crystal and you can see right through it with perfect clarity, just
like glass. An opaque crystal reflects back all light and isn’t see-through
whatsoever. The term translucent is used when a crystal lets some light pass
through but not all. These crystals can be partially seen through and are
usually blurry.
The translucency of a crystal is mostly determined by the elements it is
formed from but, once again, outside influences can have an effect on this. In
some cases, it is even possible for one crystal to have varying degrees of
translucency. Agate is a good example, as one ring can be completely
transparent while the next can be only slightly translucent, bordering on
opaque. Some crystal types have very reflective surfaces, though they do not
fall into a classification of their own. Crystals with reflective surfaces can
still be transparent, translucent, or opaque, depending on how much can be
seen through the crystal beyond the reflection.
Stripes and Rings
Many crystal types such as tiger’s eye, agate, and malachite are most easily
recognized by their various layers of stripes and rings, and the intensity in the
variations between the layers can often influence the value of these stones.
All crystals, no matter how big or small, are formed in layers which are
usually not noticeable by the human eye. Severe changes in the environment,
such as temperature changes, the sudden appearance of new minerals, or a
change in pressure, can cause small changes in the properties of a crystal,
resulting in the current layer being a little bit different from the previous
layer. Some minerals, such as chalcedony, are more sensitive to these
changes and will form clearly varying layers more easily than others,
becoming beautifully layered agate. The most common differences between
layers are a change in the exact hue or intensity of the crystal’s natural color
or a shift in the opacity in each layer. Radical changes such as a blue and red
layer in the same stone are not a natural occurrence. Many of these striped or
ringed crystals are cut and polished in a way that will show off these layers as
much as possible.
Imperfections
Growing crystals is a very complicated and precise process, and it’s only
natural for a few mistakes to be made here and there. Imperfections can have
a large influence on the appearance and structural integrity of a crystal and
make them either more or less valuable. Certain impurities can even have an
influence on the healing properties of a crystal. There are different types of
imperfections, namely impurities, interstitial defects, vacancy defects,
displacement, and twinning. Impurities occur when an unwanted or incorrect
type of atom is present within a crystal. A good example is lapis lazuli; this
crystal is mostly made out of lazurite, but clusters of calcite and pyrite cause
white and gold speckles. In the case of lapis lazuli, these impurities are
preferred and make the crystal more valuable.
Interstitial defects happen when there is an extra atom within the lattice of the
crystal where it doesn’t belong. In opaque crystals, this is simply noticed by a
small part that is a bit harder than the rest. In transparent and translucent
crystals, this defect is more easily noticeable. Depending on the frequency
and placement of these extra atoms, it can create misty swirls or darker veins
within the crystal. Impurities can also be a type of interstitial defect if a
different type of atom is squeezed into a space where no atoms belong.
A vacancy defect is the complete opposite and happens when there is an atom
missing in the lattice pattern. A large number of vacancies spread throughout
the crystal can cause it to be softer and more fragile than usual, but this is
very rare. In most cases, the vacancies are small, and the structure of the
atoms surrounding the vacancy will assure that the crystal does not collapse
in on itself.
Dislocation occurs when there is a sudden shift in the lattice pattern of a
crystal. This usually means that there is a partial plain or row added or
removed from the pattern, and the rest of the lattice then moves slightly to
maintain the stability of the crystal. In some cases, this can cause faint bends
and wobbles in normally flat and straight surfaces on the crystal. These are
usually so small, however, that they can’t be seen by the naked eye.
Twinning happens when crystals of the same type are clustered too closely
together and grow into one crystal. These are individual crystals that share
some points in their lattice. A good example is pyrite, which has a cube
shape. In the case of twinned pyrite, you will be able to see each individual
cube, but they will be intersecting. These squares can either simply share a
face, in which case they will simply look like two cubes roughly glued
together, or they can penetrate each other, causing corners and edges of one
cube to disappear into or grow out of the faces of the other cubes.
Cutting and Polishing
Crystals aren’t always sold in the same state they are found in; they often go
through a cleaning, cutting, and polishing process. When crystals are found
or mined, they are treated beforehand to enhance their appearance, especially
if they are destined to become jewelry. There are many different methods to
cut and polish gems, but almost all involve the use of other, harder gemstones
and crystals. Special tools such as saw-blades, grinders, and sandpaper are
reinforced or created using incredibly hard crystals like diamond to cut and
polish crystals into different shapes. Certain shapes also have special
meanings and powers when used for healing. There are certain types of cuts
that are used on more precious gemstones to show off their best attributes.
However, in many cases, it is popular to leave gems and crystals in a more
natural shape. In these cases, the crystals are cut along their existing faces to
remove any unattractive and extra bits or to reduce them to a more
manageable size. It also often happens that these crystals are only very lightly
polished or skip this step completely to achieve a very natural and rugged
look. These crystals are called rough crystals.
A popular method of shaping and polishing crystals is a process called
tumbling. Tumbling involves turning larger stones in a rotating barrel full of
other, smaller crystals and stones. The smaller stones will begin softening the
edges and smoothing the surface of the bigger crystals over time. The stones
in which the crystal is rolled are regularly replaced with smaller and finer
stones to get an even smoother look and feel. This process brings forth
crystals with very interesting and beautiful organic shapes and can last for
days, weeks, or even months. The longer the process lasts, the smoother and
more rounded the crystal will become.
Crystals can still be bought in their original form, especially in stores
specializing in their sales. These ones look quite different from their polished
counterparts and can have a very interesting appearance. Crystals that aren’t
cut or polished are called raw crystals.
 Chapter 2:
The Power of Crystals

Crystals have always had incredible power and have been used as aids in
healing and for rituals by hundreds of cultures all around the world. There are
many who believe that this power is nothing more than superstitious
nonsense, but the fact that the art of crystal healing has spread so far and
lasted so long is proof that there is some truth behind the superstition

What Is Crystal Healing?

There are many different ways in which crystals can help you heal and
improve your life, and there are hundreds of different crystals to do different
things, so much so that you can fill a whole library with all the available
knowledge on the subjects. To use healing crystals most effectively, it is best
to receive proper training or receive the help of someone who has been
properly trained and who has had ample experience using healing crystals.
Don’t worry, though, because even if you have no training or experience in
crystal healing, there are still a lot of things you can do to use crystals to heal
and improve yourself and your life. Crystals can also be a very effective first
aid tool in emergency situations.

How Does Crystal Healing Work?

Although crystal healing looks, feels, and acts like magic, there is an
explanation of how it works. The keywords here are energy, vibration, and
resonance. It may not look like it, but everything in this world is made up of
energy, including people and crystals. The atoms that form the building
blocks of everything vibrate at different frequencies, producing a certain type
of energy. The energy within a crystal will react to and resonate with similar
types of energy in the world around them, including the energy running
through our body. Crystals can help change or improve that energy. The
minerals within each will determine the type and frequency of its vibration,
giving it its specific properties. Some crystals are good for conducting
electricity and light and are used in manufacturing electronics like
cellphones, while others are good at transmitting sound and are used for sonar
scans and other tasks.
Quartz has an energy that is great for keeping time, and it’s always involved
in the creation of watches. Healing crystals react to the different energies
inside the body. This is why certain types of crystals will have particular
effects on a person, such as blue or green stones that tend to be used for
healing. Some crystals radiate strong vibrations that affect the energy in the
brain, and having these crystals in a room can influence the mood and state of
mind of those near to them. A great benefit is that you don’t have to be aware
of the crystal for it to work, and even if a visitor in your home thinks it’s just
a decoration, they can still feel the calming effect of the beautiful blue agate
displayed on your mantle.
There are many different ways to use crystals, and some methods are more
effective with certain types, but all methods can be effective to some extent.
It is, however, very important to have an open mind and positive attitude
when using crystals to heal, as a negative mindset will influence the energy in
your body and cancel out any positive effects the crystals may have. It’s
perfectly fine to be a little skeptical and unsure, but with an open mind, you
may be pleasantly surprised. If you try crystal healing with the thought “this
is stupid and it won’t work” strongly in your mind, the crystals won’t do you
any harm, but they probably won’t do you any good either.

Colors in Crystal Healing

Below are some basic colors and their healing abilities:
White and colorless crystals tend to encourage peace and purity, meaning
they are useful for cleansing the body and spirit and in creating peaceful
vibes in an area or around people wearing these types of crystals. They are
usually easy to work and connect with and can sometimes be used to help
cleanse other crystals or boost their effects. This color association is quite
common and has become a strong symbol in many cultures, such as a white
wedding dress or white flag. The most common types of white and colorless
crystals are clear quartz, opal, fluorite, moonstone, and white opal.
Blue crystals tend to have calming effects and can help with communication.
These types of crystals can make it easier for people to express themselves
and communicate with others. They encourage the ability to speak calmly
and express ideas and truths, and they are a good tool to aid you in dealing
with other people. Lapis lazuli, amazonite, sapphire, turquoise, and topaz are
some of the most commonly known types of blue crystals.
As with the color in general, green crystals represent growth and life,
making them perfect for healing. Green crystals can also be used to help
develop and nurture new relationships and can keep you focused on your
work. Many green crystals also boost fertility. Good examples of green
crystals are emerald, malachite, jade, aquamarine, and peridot.
Pink crystals help boost romantic emotions and attractions and can help in
developing and maintaining romantic relationships. They can also encourage
more compassion and kindness in a person. The color pink represents love for
a reason, after all. Pink crystals can help you overcome heartache and get rid
of emotional baggage. These crystals are also believed to be effective against
heart diseases. Your most common pink crystal with these abilities is rose
quartz, but rhodonite and pink tourmaline are also good examples.
Yellow crystals are great for helping you feel good and happy. These crystals
encourage positive energy, confidence, optimism, enlightenment, and a better
understanding of self. They can also help you perceive things differently.
They also bring a sense of warmth and joy into your life. Good examples of
yellow crystals are labradorite, citrine, and yellow jasper.
Orange crystals are ideal for artists, as they boost creativity and confidence
and encourage freedom of thought. They can also help support and manage
big changes in your life and be useful aids when it comes to making
decisions. Many reports and studies have shown them to help in dealing with
stomach problems. Carnelian, amber, sunstone, and tourmaline all fit into this
category.
Purple crystals are associated with spirituality and mystic energy. They are
best suited to help develop the third eye or to simply help you find new
inspiration and purpose by tapping into the divine. Purple crystals are often
associated with royalty and strong religious figures and were the most often
used in magical rituals throughout many cultures. These crystals are great
tools to use for deep relaxation or meditation. The most prominent purple
crystals are amethyst, spirit quartz, and lepidolite.
Red crystals tend to be strong and encouraging. They provide energy and
passion, help develop courage, and encourage you to take action. They are
great for curing apathy and listlessness and can give you a much-needed
boost if you are in a negative emotional state. Many red crystals can also
speed up your metabolism and help you burn fat a little more quickly. Ruby,
red jasper, and garnet are some of the most popular red crystals.
Brown crystals help garnish stability and inner energy. They assist in
keeping you grounded in a busy, chaotic world and can help you regain and
maintain your composure. Brown crystals can also help you feel more at ease
and comfortable with your surroundings and help you reconnect with the
earth and nature. Brown stones can also help treat ADD. Some of the best
examples of brown crystals are tiger’s eye, smoky quartz, and bronzite
Black crystals are the guardians of the crystal world, as they provide a sense
of security and protect you from negative energy. They tend to alleviate the
fear of physical harm, provide mental fortitude, encourage you to keep
negative elements out of your life, and help you connect to the physical
world. Many black stones can encourage a sense of well-being or make you
feel more physically powerful and daring, and they are a great comfort to
have with you when you are concerned about your physical safety. They also
provide additional healing against immune diseases. Black crystals are also
often called barrier crystals because of their protective properties. The best-
known black crystals are onyx, obsidian, jet, and hematite.
There are many other colors to be found in the crystal world, all with their
own traits and abilities, but the majority can be divided into one of the basic
color groups mentioned above. In some cases, such as with dalmatian jasper,
beryl, and certain types of agate, two or more colors are very prominent, and
the crystal will usually have a combination of the abilities associated with
those colors. These color groupings are a great factor to think about to help
decide where to start with buying healing crystals, but if you have the time
for it, it is advised to find out a bit more about the properties and abilities of
the specific crystals you are buying.

Crystal Placement
Although placement doesn’t have a direct impact on the effects of a crystal,
you must carefully consider where to put a crystal in your home. Every room
in a house has a specific purpose, and the shapes, effects, and abilities of the
crystals within a room should mirror that purpose. Crystals with calming
effects should be placed in rooms that need peace and quiet, such as a library
or study. Crystals that enhance focus and determination are more suitable for
workplaces, and crystals that improve communication and provide relaxed
and comfortable energy are a great addition to dining and living rooms,
where guests are usually entertained.
Having a crystal in the wrong place can have undesirable effects. A good
example is placing a crystal that boosts intense emotion and provides energy
in a baby’s bedroom, when crystals with soothing, relaxing, and protective
effects would be a better choice. Another thing to consider carefully when
placing crystals is the different types of crystals that might end up sharing the
same space. Combining crystals by putting them together or close to each
other can be a great way to manage their abilities and effects in a space with
more precision, and wonderful things can happen when you have the right
crystal combinations. Unfortunately, bad combinations are also a possibility,
and the energies in different crystals can clash with one another and have a
negative effect, or they can completely cancel each other out and render each
other virtually useless.
 Chapter 3:
Crystals and Stones to Get Started With

The different kinds of special stones, all containing various properties and
connotations, have been lumped under the common name of “crystals.” Their
colors can range from a pure translucent white to a dark red or blue. Most are
crystalline and have multiple sides, are hard, and reflect light, though some
look like simple rocks of different shapes and sizes.
Size of crystals generally determines the amount of energy it can hold, as
well as if there are any smudges or cracks in the crystal. When looking for
the size of the preferred crystal, one might first examine what its use will
likely be; is it used for helping to sleep, or to help with work? Is it used to
help ground yourself, or protect your home from negative energy? If the
stone is being used for things that can be done while stationary, it is wise to
keep the crystal in a set location. If not, and it is used more often and for
more various tasks, keep the crystal close, preferably on a pendant, bracelet,
or simply in a pocket.
There are hundreds of different types of crystals with varying colors, degrees
of hardness, and properties. It would take far too much time to describe all, or
even most of the crystals that exist. However, the chief crystals mainly
associated with different shades and colors (Aquamarine, Garnet, Amethyst,
and Sapphire) are easily catalogued and described. These are a few of the
more common stones you can find to get started with.

Amethyst
Amethyst is a valuable crystal that ranges from dark to light purple in hue. It
is one of the few varieties of quartz that exist and has a few “brothers” that
share this distinction. Amethyst is a symbol of strength and self-control, said
to bring many kinds of wealth and a clear head. It can also be a good
protection stone, as it’s often used to repel negative energy.
Amethyst is great to help with physical conditions and emotional issues. Its
healing powers are mainly used to cure ailments of the nervous system,
especially of nightmares and insomnia. It is very calming and soothing
feeling while meditating with this crystal.
Amethyst supports our mind; it reduces anxieties that are followed up by
headaches and migraines. Hold it when getting stressed, angry or tough
situation is just too overwhelming.

Agate
Agate is a stone that looks as if it has several rings surrounding a usually
smooth surface of brown. Agate is a potent stone used for healing and
protection, and often used for amulets.
This crystal is beneficial to the heart and blood vessels. Just wear it on a
pendant in the middle chest area, aiding the cardiac muscle.
Agate improves operation of our mind, boosts concentration and analytical
thinking. It heals emotional disharmony and can be useful for any kind of
trauma.

Aventurine
Aventurine is a stone ranging from light to very dark green in hue. Its
domains range from luck in finding love to the achievement of dreams. The
stone is meant to promote harmony.
It is especially supportive to people with circulatory issues and is fantastic
while recovering from surgery. It may aid in lowering cholesterol and
preventing heart attacks.
Aventurine’s energy balances and harmonizes emotions. It soothes emotional
wounds, calms irritation and anger. It stimulates a sense of hope and joy.

Bloodstone
Bloodstone is a very powerful healing stone, looking like plain, smooth,
metal stones of darker colors. Bloodstone is used to detox and cleanse the
body and mind and is also a popular stone for strength and energy.
It improves immune system, eliminating toxins from the body and purifying
the blood. It has been used to alleviate lower back pain and to soothe
mosquito bites.
Bloodstone’s powerful energy enhances strength and courage. If the illness
can’t be cured and there is a need to face the reality of death and human
mortality, bloodstone helps to move forward in those times.

Clear Quartz
Clear quartz is a stone that is generally translucent in appearance, without
many impurities. Quartz is often associated with helping energy to flow more
smoothly throughout the body, and for obtaining mental clarity.
It is considered as a master crystal and can be used for any physical
condition. It treats motion sickness or dizziness. If used in a form of an elixir,
it eliminates all kinds of toxins from the body, and helps with problems in the
digestive system.
Clear quartz enhances positive thoughts and clears the mind from any
negativity. It provides clarity in thinking and improves awareness, gives a
better view on some of the most common problems people face every day.

Garnet
Garnet is usually a dark red stone that sometimes is translucent. It is often
associated with helping energy flow, creating joy, and helping deal with
depression while promoting physical activity.
It improves body regeneration, purifies the blood and treats spinal disorders.
Garnet helps with assimilating vitamins and minerals into the system.
It is very useful in times of crisis, in those situations garnet strengthens the
mind, bringing great courage. Kept under a pillow, it is thought to alleviate
nightmares.

Hematite
Hematite is a smooth, hard stone that ranges from silvery gray to dark gray in
hue. It is used to help keep the body balanced and to assist with breathing
deeply. Hematite is known as an excellent grounding stone.
It aids in blood conditions, enhances and regulates supply of the blood in the
body. Helps with assimilation of iron and creation of blood cells. Treats
cramps and assist with healing fractures.
Hematite is a very strong crystal for supporting the mind. It enhances
willpower, survivability and boosts confidence. It aids in overcoming all kind
of addictions and compulsive behaviors.

Jade
Jade is another smooth, hard stone that is usually a lighter green or a sea-
green. Jade has a huge significance in many Asian cultures. Jade has been
used to motivate achieving dreams, and helps foster long lifetimes.
It is one of the most powerful cleansing stones, perfect for kidney issues. It
removes toxins and balances the body fluids alkaline ratios.
Jade soothes the mind, keeping your thoughts out of any negativity. It boosts
confidence, and it helps to find the courage in very humiliating
circumstances.

Lapis Lazuli
Often shortened to Lapis, Lapis Lazuli is usually a deep blue in color, and
rather smooth. Lapis Lazuli is one of the oldest stones on the planet, some
saying it was there from Earth’s very beginning. It alleviates hearing issues
and other ear and nasal complications. After a good soak in sunlight, lowers
bruising and aids in skin conditions.
Lapis Lazuli gives a better awareness of beliefs, and clearer mind of entirety
of life. Unveils emotional limitations and at the same time shows
opportunities to enhance abilities.

Malachite
Malachite is a green and black smooth stone, the green usually taking the
form of large, wide rings on black surface. Malachite is used for purification
and is often sought after as a stone to help cope with negativity.
It regulates the menstrual cycle and cramps. It resonates especially strong
with female organs, treats all kind of sexual diseases. It is well known to
lower blood pressure, successful in treating epilepsy and travel sickness.
Malachite encourages any positive, emotional change. Alleviates shyness and
inspires to express strong feelings. It helps with fighting against depression
and finding the strength within to overcome fears.

Obsidian
Obsidian is a smooth, black glass-like stone often found around active and
inactive volcanoes alike. Obsidian helps to control dark impulses like fear
and is used as a significantly powerful grounding stone. It is used as a stone
of protection, repelling all the emotional negativity and helps you to move on
after tough breakups.

Onyx
Onyx is silvery black and smooth, often looking like a misshapen marble in
appearance. Onyx is a powerful grounding stone, and, like obsidian, is very
useful to control worry and doubt.
It gives strength to the wearer, providing support in hard circumstances and
tough times of high mental stress. It can help to view the future and be the
master of your destiny.

Peridot
Peridot is a smooth, unclear stone that ranges from light yellow to light green
in color. It is often used as a stone to help the transfer of energy through the
body and is seen as a symbol of happiness and purity.
It balances the endocrine system, which conduct the health of the physical
body, and helps to vitalize the entire system, making it stronger and healthier.
It aids digestion, making vitamins and minerals from food and water easier to
assimilate.
Peridot is a great stone to heal emotional side of the body, cleansing and
lessening anger, jealousy, while cultivating one to understand importance of
holding onto people.

Rose Quartz
Rose Quartz is, indicated from the title, a generally smooth stone ranging
from pink to a very light purple in hue. Rose Quartz is used to help mitigate
stress and alleviate tension and is a useful symbol of love.
If applied as an elixir, it can help to clear any impurities on the skin, reducing
wrinkles. It may also aid in lowering the appearance of scars. Rose Quartz is
great for people that went through physical heart issues, skipped beats,
irregular heart rhythm.
Rose Quartz’s beautiful pink hue emanations, soothes and heals the biggest
wounds the heart has suffered, aiding in ability to give and receive love. It
disperses sorrows, fears and worries.

Smoky Quartz
Smoky Quartz is a smooth, often reflective stone that is brown to light gray in
hue. It is a useful grounding stone and a good stone for controlling emotions
and tensions throughout the body.
It has healing abilities to cure bad effects of radiation, like sunburn, or longer
exposure to radioactive materials. It has been used to relieve muscle cramps
and headaches.
Smoky Quartz alleviate fear and stress, lifting our soul to fight with
depression. Teaches to let go of negative feelings, what is no longer helping
with personal growth. It creates great power to change reality and manifest
dreams.
Tiger’s Eye
Tiger’s Eye is a very commonly known smooth stone, with many brown
stripes varying in size. Tiger’s eye is a useful stone for optimistic thought and
is also often utilized for most kinds of healing.
It is used to boost vitality and strength, bringing body balance on all possible
levels. Placed around intimate area, it can stimulate fertility and alleviate
issues from past experiences.
Tiger’s Eye is an enormous ally of emotions and the mind, balancing
extremes and helps dispersed thoughts to come together in a way that they
make sense.
Again, these are a stark few of the precious and semi-precious minerals that
have these properties. Many different names for the stones described exist, as
well as for the others not listed. These stones are by no means the only ones
to look for.
Of these stones, Quartz is the greatest in number, as there are many different
varieties of it. On top of this, Quartz makes up about one eighth of the Earth’s
crust, which is around 3.5 quintillion tons of mineral. Quartz comes in many
different shapes and colors, with lots of different colorations linked to the
impurities it has. Most common Quartz is white or translucent, and has
multiple flat sides and edges.
A few of these stones are associated with months of the year, such as
Emerald being for May and Garnet for January. These different “birthstones”
would also have something of a personal connection to the user, due to their
association with the very day they were born. This translates to it being a
good idea to hold an Emerald on your person if you were born in May.
Some stones are crystalline, and some are not, and others still look like
simple rocks or metals. Hematite is a smooth, silvery-gray and black stone,
but not necessarily a crystal, though its properties as a grounding stone are
magnificent. The same goes for Jade, as it is typically a smooth green stone,
though not necessarily a crystal.
These are many of the more commonly found stones sought after in different
shops and marketplaces. A lot of them are iconic for several reasons; some of
them are birthstones (Peridot, Emerald, Garnet), and still more have colors
named after them. These stones are considered essential to have for their ease
of access to collecting them, their widespread and versatile uses.
 Chapter 4:
Amazing Ways to Use Your Crystals

Once you know which area of your life you want to work on, and decide on a
crystal, make sure that you always carry it with you. For instance, if you want
to fight anxiety, then you can carry any of the receptive stones with you.
Simply place the crystal in your pocket, wear it as a necklace or bracelet, or
create a new portable item of your very own. You can place the crystal near
your pillow, on the dresser next to your bed, or even under the mattress.
While you are asleep at night; the stones can work their magic.
If you want to improve the level of positive energy in your house or
immediate surroundings, place the appropriate crystals around you. You can
do the same to get rid of any negative energies as well. Make a list of all your
goals and the things you desire. Once you make this list, place the crystal on
that paper. The energy from the crystals can help get rid of any obstacles
which might be in your path. This, in turn, can give you the positive energy
you need to attain your objectives. It is quite similar to the way the law of
attraction works. Essentially, you are sending positive intentions out into the
universe. You get what you give, by giving out positive energy; you are
making room for better in life.
Everyone has an aura. It consists of energy vibrations, and you can use
crystals to cleanse your aura. You can use a crystal wand for this. By adding
gem elixirs to drinking water, you are helping the positive vibrations course
through your body. You can also use a crystal grid for opening up your body
towards inner divinity and positivity. A crystal point is quite similar to a
crystal wand. By directing the crystal point towards or away from you, you
can attract or repel certain energies. Additionally, you can bury certain
protective crystals around your property to ward off any negative energies.

Crystal Grid
Whenever a crystal grid is created, it generates intentional energy that stays
with you even after you set the grid. Crystal grids help harmonize and
combine the energies from different crystals. Essentially, it creates a positive
symphony of energy. You can create a large or small crystal grid. While
creating a crystal grid, follow your intuition. Allow your intuition to help you
understand the energy you want the crystals to give out. There are no hard
and fast rules about creating crystal grids. You can proceed in any manner
that seems right to you. The usual practice is to place a crystal point in the
center of the grid. You can also use a grid cloth to ensure that your crystal
grid is symmetrical. While you are selecting stones or crystals for the grid,
select a strategic collection of those that are in sync with your needs or
intentions.

Crystal Elixir:
Obtain a bowlful of natural spring water
Submerge the crystals then place the bowl under direct sunlight. The sunlight
activates the memory of the water so that it may absorb the crystal’s powerful
pattern.
Leave it there for a couple of hours
Next, get the concentrated essence and keep it in a glass bottle. This is known
as the mother essence. Just be sure to fill only half of the bottle.
The other half should be filled with brandy
Place a few drops of the mixture into a new glass bottle. Afterwards, add
drinking water until the bottle is half-filled.
After that, pour brandy into the glass bottle until it’s filled.
Drink tiny sips of your crystal elixir throughout the day. If you don’t wish to
drink it, you may opt to simply inhale the crystal essence.
Decorate your home or your work space with crystals
Arranging crystals around your home or office will not only brighten and
beautify it, but also cleanse it. Crystals can neutralize the negative energies in
any environment. More than that, their repeating pattern has the power to
inspire harmony. Opt for bigger raw crystals as décor because compared to
smaller ones, they are better in maintaining the integrity of their own energy.
Thus, they can absorb and trap in negative energies more effectively. As a
consequence, they require less cleaning in the future.
Synthetic materials (ex. plastic), electricity, radio waves and microwaves all
pose a threat to one’s internal and external wellbeing. Manmade substances
tend to interfere with natural frequencies. As a result, the earth’s natural
energy is diminished. We are inevitably exposed to these harmful substances
on a daily basis - from our gadgets to our furniture to our simulated lighting.
With the use of healing crystals, you can boost your personal energy field,
thus, shielding you from the undesirable effects of these energy
contaminants.

Talismans
Talismans are believed to be good luck charms. They are usually small items
or articles that are used for repelling any negative forces, or conversely, for
attracting positive energy. Making a talisman is quite easy. To make a
talisman, you will need to start with a physical base. A talisman can be made
of a stone that complements your astrological sign or any other crystal you
want. The stone or crystal you select for the talisman must be according to
the function you want to talisman to perform. The trinket or article you
choose can be anything as long as you can easily connect with its weight,
smell, or presence. For instance, if you like to gamble, then you can make an
amulet made of dice and wear it as a talisman.
Carrying Them with You
Perhaps the simplest way to use crystals is by carrying them with you.
Carrying crystals is a good way to unlock their power because get to spend
more time with the stone as it helps in aligning your energy with its
frequency. For instance, if you need to do something that is extremely
important such as attending a job interview, you can carry a crystal to give
you more confidence. You can also grab a crystal and stick it in your wallet,
purse, or even your pocket whenever you are feeling insecure, low on energy,
or are having an off day. As long as you keep the crystal close to you, you
can reap its benefits.

Use crystals to boost the power of your meditation.

During meditation, you can achieve stillness and inner peace much easier
with the aid of crystals. You may clasp the stones inside your hands or simply
set them in front of you.

Concoct gem water or crystal elixirs.

Procedures for making gem water:

Obtain natural spring water and keep it in a glass bowl.

Submerge the crystals overnight.
Keep the gem water in a dark tinted glass bottle with a sprayer and
use it as a mist. Alternatively, you may instill a few drops into
your bathwater.
Note: Not all crystals are safe to use. There are those that are highly toxic,
thus, they are not recommended for use when making gem water. Some
crystals should not be absorbed by the skin, let alone be ingested. Some
crystal essences, however, are safe enough to be taken in small and diluted
amounts.

Infuse Your Bath

A bubble bath, in its own right, can be quite relaxing after an especially tiring
or hectic day. Crystals can make it even more relaxing. Light a couple of
candles run a bubble bath, and infuse your bath water with crystals to
improve your mood. Water not only helps amplify the frequency of crystals,
but it is also a good conductor of the crystal’s energy. Take crystals into the
bath with you so that the bathwater can absorb the energy. All this, in turn,
will ensure that you feel ultimate relaxation and calmness. Adding a crystal
of rose quartz to your water will help you feel better about yourself.

Sleep with Them

As mentioned in the previous section, you can tackle insomnia by using
crystals. If you are already sleeping for six to seven hours a night, then you
might as well make the most of the sleep. If you sleep with crystals near your
bed, under your pillow, or even at the base of your bed, you can reap the
benefits of these crystals. Sleeping with crystals can help enhance the quality
of your sleep, keep away nightmares, and reduce nighttime anxiety. You can
keep crystals of lithium quartz near your nightstand or the bed to make sure
that you have good dreams at night. You can also use lepidolite to improve
the quality of your sleep.

Meditation
Using crystals while meditating is quite helpful. You can use crystals to
awaken your third eye chakra. Hold these crystals in your palms or place
them close to your body while you’re meditating. In fact, you can improve
the power of a crystal by combining it with a clear stone or crystals like the
clear quartz. Use an awareness-enhancing stone such as labradorite, lemurian
quartz, angelite, or any other crystal associated with the third eye chakra. Lie
down on a yoga mat or even on the ground. Now, place this crystal on your
third eye chakra and start meditating.
By doing this, you can effectively unlock your third eye chakra and balance
its energies as well. Try to relax your body and mind. Start visualizing that
the energy of the crystal is helping you unlock your third eye chakra. Pay
close attention to the energy that is radiating from the crystal and into your
body. This is a great way to relax.

Crystal Pendulum
Crystal pendulums are often used for removing any imbalances of energy in
the body. Depending on the type of healing that you want to perform, the
crystal that you use for the pendulum will differ. For instance, you can use
quartz to promote overall healing, while other crystals can be used for healing
a specific part of the body.

Cleansing Ritual
Crystals can help you cleanse not just your energy, but also the aura and your
surroundings. There are some crystals such as carnelian, selenite, and clear
quartz, which help with cleansing. They’re not only good for cleansing your
aura but also for cleansing other crystals as well. Place these crystals in your
surroundings and enjoy better levels of energy. You can also wave these
crystals over yourself to achieve the cleansing of your energy and your aura.
Much how sage is burnt to cleanse the surroundings, crystals can do the
same.

Blocking Negative Energy

Most of us spend a lot of time on various devices like phones, laptops,
tablets, and so on. Excessive exposure to EMF can harm your health. There
are different healing crystals like malachite, black tourmaline, and shungite,
which help absorb unnecessary EMF and reduce its harmful effects. By
keeping certain crystals close to these electronic devices, you can effectively
mitigate the EMF emitted by them. Place malachite near your laptop or
television, just to be safe.

Divination
There are certain crystals, which you can use for divination. One of the best
ways to go about doing this is by using a crystal pendulum. If you have a
crystal pendant or a weighted stone, hang it from a string, and use it to
answer your questions. The pendulum can be used for answering yes or no
questions or even for pointing you in the right direction. Crystals can also be
used as scrying devices. Scrying is nothing more than gazing upon a crystal,
allowing your mind to relax, and letting your inner psychic open yourself to
the cosmos or divine energy. Scrying can enable you to enter a state of trance
and move onto an astral plane. Usually, clear quartz or obsidian and are used
for this.
Better for Plants
Another way in which you can improve positive vibes in your indoor space is
by placing crystals in potted plants. They can also help the growth of plants.
Make sure that the crystals you’re using don’t have an adverse effect when
water is poured or sprinkled on them. If the crystals you want to use cannot
get wet, you don’t need to cast them off altogether. Merely ensure that you
remove the crystals when you water the plant and place them back in the pot
after the top layer of the soil is dry. As mentioned earlier, you can attract
positive energy and get rid of negative vibes by using crystals. If you want to
bring in wealth or attract money-enhancing vibes, you can place pyrite in the
pots.

Make Jewelry
Crystals are certainly quite gorgeous to look at. Why don’t you turn them into
jewelry? By wearing jewelry embedded with crystals, you can ensure that
they are on your body at all times. They not only make for great accessories,
but also provide you with good energy. You can easily fashion jewelry into
earrings, bracelets, pendants, or anything else that you can think of.
Crystals can be easily incorporated into your life. Now that you are aware of
the different ways to do this, why don’t you start using crystals? You can
only improve your overall wellbeing by doing this, so what’s to lose?
 Chapter 5:
Protecting Yourself with Crystals

How to Protect Yourself with Stones

Protection in the context of crystal healing means that a person creates a
barrier to keep external forces like energy or other people from entering our
personal energy space. The real idea of protection isn't just about the barrier,
it is the will to find the support and strength for oneself and being able to
trust the world outside and be vulnerable in front of others. The point is that
crystal can't create an actual shield, but it can help focus on the obstacles that
a person needs to overcome.

Severing a Negative Energy Cord

The term “cord’’ is introduced as a part of someone’s energy that is stuck in
someone else’s energy field. It is described as feelings of something blocking
the person in some way, or a feeling of energy being drawn out. When energy
is exchanged between people, which happens every day, it is possible that
some of the other person’s energy sticks to the other. This is usually not
intentional, and it happens in the process of energy exchange. It can even
happen with people who are family or close with the individual.
The first thing to do is to use the environment to cleanse one's energy usage.
One way is to use sounds that can break the energy in your surroundings. For
this kind of cord cutting, it is good to use a Tibetan bell, but any kind of bell
can be used. It is recommended to use bells that are made from different
metals because they use different frequencies. The next step is ringing the
bell around the whole energy field as hearing the sound of the bell helps to
break out of the negative field and enables the user to focus on regaining the
positive energy.
Negative energy cords can be cut with pieces of black kyanite also. Black
kyanite can effectively severe cords from friends, partners, family, co-
workers, etc., but you must obtain this crystal and to have a strong and clear
intent. The next thing that needs to be done is to hold the stone to connect
with it. The black kyanite usually connects to the chakra centers and when
that is done, the holder needs to close their eyes and get in tune with their
body. When the bad energy is tracked, the next step for the holder is to
visualize themselves pulling that energy out - that is how the black kyanite is
used to cut the cords. This process can be finished with the holder visualizing
himself cutting out the energy that has been pulled out before, then replace it
with some positive energy. The process should be repeated until the negative
energy is gone.
On some occasions, this kind of practice can result in physical consequences
such as feeling nauseous. This happens because the body, just like the mind,
is going through the process of detoxification. That is why you must
replenish positive energy after the cords are cut. Selenite crystal, for example,
can be used to infuse the holder with positive energy. The following step of
the cord cutting process is to consider the role of forgiveness. This is
important because when the holder is prepared to forgive others and
themselves, the negative energy will not have a root too deep. This is what
often helps practitioners who are confronting negative cords.
It is also imperative to cleanse the crystals after all that work. Cutting cords
can be efficient and can be done whenever necessary, but it is still a lot of
work and sometimes takes a lot of time and consumes large amounts of
energy. To cleanse the crystals that were used, it is necessary to wash one’s
hands and to clean and purify the stones. Selenite is a good choice in this
situation because it is one of the few crystals that purifies other stones and
doesn't need cleaning. For example, if the black kyanite is put on the selenite,
the selenite will cleanse and recharge black kyanite.

Using Protection Stones In Your Daily Life

Many crystals have protective properties, and they can be used in different
ways and places. As previously discussed, positions of the crystals are unique
and individual, and there isn't one exact rule to follow. The crystals can be
put into the holder’s house, for example, and they can be placed in all four
corners of the house. This is a simple way of providing peace and a quiet
atmosphere in the house. Crystals can be used for stress reduction and
suppression of anxiety too. There are many kinds of stones with a wide scope
of qualities that can help with almost anything in life. Still, the strength of the
protection stone depends on the intent and the specific goal that the holder
has developed in mind.
Crystals for protection can be placed under one’s pillow and used to ward off
nightmares or helps with dreams. For example, if a person wants to
remember a dream after they wake up, jade and kyanite are the stones to use.
The protection stones can be put up in vehicles to cleanse out negative energy
and can help with stress relief or with rage during a drive. Stones such as
amber and obsidian, turquoise and garnet, or even amethyst can be used for
this as well. These stones help with motion sickness too. If a person spends a
lot of time in front of the computer, the protection stone can be placed next to
the computer to protect the holder by creating electromagnetic smog.

Creating a Protection Shield

When it comes to creating a protection shield, strict instruction doesn't exist.
Since crystals work differently for everyone, each holder will have different
requirements, and eventually, intents. When it comes to types of crystals used
to create the protection shield, the previously mentioned black obsidian is
used as powerful protection, but since it is very powerful, black obsidian can
cause the person to fall into a low state. Holders who don’t prepare for the
real strength of black obsidian rock can fall into depression or can become
lethargic. It is not recommended to use the obsidian unless strong protection
is needed.
However, there are crystals that can be used for daily energy protection, and
that don’t have after effects. Whether the person is a teacher or a lightworker,
a pendant made of tourmaline is a perfect fit. It is a practical way to create a
protective shield while doing daily activities without even thinking about it.
Some healers say that a protective shield can be created by calling the spirit
of the Archangel Michael by connecting the pendant with the spirit’s divine
energy. The other crystal that can be used to set a protection shield is sugilite.
This crystal reflects light and creates different shades of purple that define the
levels of protection. The first color is light lilac with a dark magenta. If the
crystal gets wet, it changes to a white magenta color.
 Chapter 6:
Connections Between Crystals & Chakras

Obsidian is a good example of a powerful stone for grounding, which is

directly connected to the Root Chakra. Citrine is meant to repel negative
energy and is associated with Solar Chakra. Loads of crystals and stones are
connected to specific Chakras, and others inspire emotions like love, and
states of mind, for example creativity.
Below is a list of Chakras and stones connected with them.

Root: Hematite, Black Obsidian, Garnet, and Smoky Quartz are

connected to the root chakra. They’re used often as grounding
stones for keeping your body centered and on its foundation.
Sacral: Turquoise, Fluorite, and Copper are largely associated
with the Chakra placed at the naval. They’re used for
 strengthening emotional stability and acceptance.
Solar: Amber, Tiger’s Eye, and Citrine are meant to amplify the
Solar Chakra, and are useful for supporting confidence and self-
esteem.
Heart: Rose Quartz, Aventurine, and Malachite are stones
connected with the Heart Chakra, and are used for strengthening
feelings of love and passion.
Throat: Aquamarine, Amazonite, and Celestite are heavily linked
to the Throat Chakra, and help to foster clear communication and
strong, fair judgements.
Third Eye: Surprisingly few stones are commonly connected to
the Third Eye Chakra, the most popular ones that has been
discovered are Azurite and Lapis Lazuli. These stones help to
support the ability to focus and thinking with clarity.
Crown: Topaz, Amethyst, and Selenite are commonly associated
with the Crown Chakra. When used properly, these stones can help
with spirituality and contentedness.
Several more stones are used for the transportation of energy throughout the
body as well, such as calcite and citrine. Others help to create different, more
positive emotions; rose quartz and black tourmaline are commonly sought
after for this purpose, and stones connected to the Sacral, Solar, and Heart
Chakras all have some success from their general connection to the Chakras
that foster emotional response.
Clear quartz is said to be masterful at healing physical and mental
debilitations. Amethyst is widely renowned for the multitude of purposes it
has in almost all areas of the body and mind. Several more of these special
stones exist for different purposes and attributes and deserve consideration
for their uses.

Chakra Alignment with Crystals

Using clear quartz
If you don't want to start right away by using several crystals, then the one
crystal that you must purchase is clear quartz. To perform this method of
chakra alignment, you will need two pieces of clear quartz. Here are the steps
you must follow:
The first step is to cleanse the quartz. After you cleanse it, program it. Since
you are using quartz to help align your chakras, you can use a phrase such as:
"I am using these crystals to realign my chakras," or "these crystals will help
rebalance my chakras."
Now, lie down on your back. Place one quartz crystal just above the crown of
your head and the other just below the root chakra on the bed or the ground.
Concentrate on your breathing and start visualizing that a stream of energy is
running down from one piece of quartz to the other. This energy is passing
through all your chakras. Do this for 10 minutes or more.
 Chapter 7:
Preparing to use crystals

Choosing the Right Crystals

The first thing you need to do when buying a crystal is to decide what you
want it to do. Buying a crystal with a specific purpose in mind is a much
better idea than simply choosing a crystal for the sake of owning one. You
have an idea of which types of crystal have the right abilities, so keeping your
mind focused on what you want to do with the crystal, walk through the store
and let your intuition choose for you. Don’t think about it. Feel it.
A specific crystal might catch your eye for no specific reason, or you might
feel one of the crystals pulling at you. That is a good indication that that is the
crystal for you. Hold the crystal in your hand and focus your energy on it.
You should feel something from it, like sensations of hot or cold, pulsations,
or simply just a sense of rightness. If this is the case, you’ve found your
crystal. If you don’t feel anything from the crystal you’ve selected, your
search continues.
Spotting a crystal through this sense can be difficult at first, but it becomes
easier with practice. Sometimes it’s simply the color of the crystal or an
interesting shape that draws your attention, and that’s okay. The crystal
chooses you as much as you choose it. Just listen to your instincts and you
shouldn’t have a problem. Beyond crystals won’t work for you, there are
even crystals that will work against you. There is nothing wrong with you or
the crystal. It just means that the energy in your body vibrates at a frequency
that clashes with that of the crystal.
Owning a crystal like this can have a very negative influence on your crystal
healing process, but a simple way to see if a crystal will reject you is to close
your hand around the crystal and hold it against your stomach. Close your
eyes and focus on the crystal. You’ll feel the crystal pushing against you,
trying to get away from your energy. In many cases, you can even see the
crystal pushing your body away slightly if the clash is strong enough.

Shopping for crystals and where to buy them

Today there are an endless number of options you have when it comes to
shopping for crystals. There are many great options, none of which will lead
you astray.
Unsurprisingly, the absolute best way to shop for crystal is to go into a
physical store that has lots and lots of options for you. This is because, as
discussed above, the best way to choose a crystal for yourself is to Felix
physical vibration and let it draw you to it. The best way to do that is to be
near it in person. There are many advantages to shopping in a brick-and-
mortar crystal Store. not only will you be able to better pick up the vibration
of the specific crystals, but you can manipulate it, feel it in your hands, see
the way the light plays off of it, and let it affect you in that moment. These
are also advantageous because often there is such a wide selection that you
truly we'll get a good feel of which crystal is most right for you because you
have the entire selection to choose from.
Of course, in today's world, there are an infinite number of Internet retailers
that are also selling crystals online. The great thing about buying crystals
online is that you can still find one that you are drawn to, the same as if you
were in a store. There are a few differences when being drawn to something
online. As discussed in the first chapter, the vibrational energy of the crystal
will still be able to reach you even though you are not in the same physical
room as it, because all energy in the universe is connected. That being said,
there may be a few tricks of the trade that online retailers use to alter or
miscommunicate what a crystal looks like how large it is, the intensity of its
color, or it's finished, among other things.
When buying crystals from the internet you should do your research in trying
to find a seller with a good reputation. You will want to know exactly what
you are buying before you do so. Make sure they tell you the size, weight,
shape, color, the price, and finish of a crystal before you purchase it. Ideally,
there will be numerous pictures of the exact crystal you are buying, not just a
stock photo of the type of crystal you are purchasing from them. It is also
important that you find out the shipping and handling costs of getting the
crystal to you before you finalize your purchase. Because some crystals can
be very large, be very heavy, or come from other countries, there is a chance
that this aspect of the purchase will be prohibitively expensive.

How to spot real and fake stones

Unfortunately, many companies out there today can produce fake crystals
that appear hyper-realistic. Thankfully, there are a few ways you can spot the
difference to determine if you are about to purchase the real thing.
The first thing you can look for is if you are purchasing them online, make
sure that you get absolutely all of the information about the crystal. If the
website is kg or doesn't mention some specific aspects of what the crystal is,
if they call it a name that you've never heard of before or isn't listed in this
book, and if they don't have pictures of the specific crystal that you are
purchasing, these are all signs that the cellar is not necessarily trustworthy.
You should also be somewhat wary of retailers who have a seemingly endless
supply of all types of crystals. Crystals are a finite resource that has to be
found, therefore, if someone has an endless supply that means they are
creating them themselves, which means they are not real. Along those same
lines, if they are selling the crystals for a very low price, especially in
comparison to other sellers you found for the same type and size of crystal,
which is a big red flag that the crystal is fake.
If you are in a store and you come across crystals that you are unsure about,
there are a few ways to tell the difference in person. If you can touch your
hole to the crystal, you can tell by the way it feels. Crystals should feel cool
to your skin. If it feels as if it's holding heat, or if it feels the same
temperature as your hand when you touch it, it is most likely fake.
It is also much easier to tell in person if the coloring and patterning are
consistent with what you would expect from that type of crystal. If the
geometry and pattern seem to exact or repeats amongst multiple crystals,
that's a good indicator that it is a manufactured fake. If the color is too
saturated or comes in a shade that you have never seen in nature before,
which is also an

Find crystals in nature

If you are interested in searching for your own crystals in nature, you should
research what types of crystals AR naturally occurring in your region. This
can easily be found on the internet, but also some places are known for
certain types of finds. You should also research what the rules and laws are in
your area about taking crystals that you might find, or where you are allowed
to go to search for them. If you live in an area that is well known for having
crystals and gemstones, there is a high likelihood that there are places that
you can pay to get access to their locations for your searches.
Then, depending on what type of crystals you know might be present in your
area, you can research what they will look like in their natural form. In very
rare instances, you will be able to find a crystal that is visible and who is
coloration catches your eye, but that is highly unlikely. You won't be looking
for polished and saturated purple amethyst or rose quartz, rather you will
need to be looking for stones and rocks. These will all look different
depending upon what type of crystal is inside of it based on where you live.

Caring for your collection

It is also important that you properly store your crystals so that they do not
deteriorate. They were formed because of Nature, and the environment in
which you live can also affect them. Ideally, your stones will stay in a place
that is not too humid, to Dusty or dirty, and is free from Salt in the air, such
as near the beach.
While it is perfectly fine to leave almost all crystals out throughout your
home and yard, if you have one that is especially fragile or expensive, you
may want to keep it put away. In that instance, you will want to use some sort
of container that is plastic that will not have any kind of chemical reaction to
your stone, or your stone on it.
You can also store them and various types of fabric, most lovingly would be
silk, velvet, or other soft materials. This will help prevent them from fading
due to sun exposure and getting beat up from daily wear-and-tear.

Clearing your crystals

Because we are asking these crystals to take care of us, we must take good
care of them. Whenever you come into possession of a new stone, the very
first thing that you will want to do is to clear it. Depending upon how you
acquired this crystal, there may or may not have been many other people who
have used this Stone, weather for healing purposes were as a manufacturer or
seller of the Stone. To cleanse the stone of its past and make it most effective
for your purposes, you will want to clear it.
One way to do this is to submerge it in a bath of warm water and sea salt. If
you are familiar with Herbal Magic and that is something you work with, you
can also add herbs to increase the potency. Leave the crystal in this sea salt
bath overnight, and in the morning, you can remove it and leave it out to dry
and it will be fully cleared
The other way to clear your stone, which is especially helpful if you are
crystal wood or does begin to crumble and water, is to use another crystal.
Cleansing crystals such as quartz are so powerful that if you place them
overnight together in a bag, in the morning the clear quartz will have cleared
your new stone.

Recharging your crystals

Here are a few ways to recharge the crystals:
The first way is to place the crystal in sunlight for a few hours. This
technique is used to recharge most stones. After leaving it for some time
under the sun, the crystal will have a brighter color. For a full and complete
recharge, the crystal should be placed on the earth so it can connect with the
sun, the moon, and the stars.
The second way to recharge a crystal is to leave the stone under the moon,
ideally a full moon. The moon has a great influence on the stones and gives
them an even greater charge.
Crystals can be charged if they are put out in some dynamic weather
conditions. If the crystal is charged during a thunderstorm, for example, it
would give the stone a strong electromagnetic charge.
Crystals are fragile so you must treat them with care. They can chip and get
damaged, so it is recommended to have a separate bag for them if you are
traveling. If the holder wants to unlock their full potential by using the
crystals outside, stones should be handled with care and put on some silk or
satin material. The location must also be carefully selected. Use the crystals
in a dry area; there should not be moisture, or you should not be in conditions
that could damage or break the stones.
If the holder has crystals that are really expensive and hard to obtain, they
should use boxes built from materials that are acid-free, otherwise, there is
risk of a chemical reaction. Small fragments that are fragile should be kept in
separate containers - an economical way would be to use egg cartons for
storage. You must keep the harder and softer stones separate as the harder
stones could damage the soft ones.
All crystals are unique. They should be handled with care because they
represent one point in time and one stage of earth’s geological development.
Some gemstones are more expensive than others, but that doesn’t mean that
their spiritual worth is lesser. They are all a part of the process and should be
treated as such.

Activating your crystals

This is very simple, and it simply requires that you spend time with the
crystal on your person. Whether this means holding it in your hands, caring it
in your pocket, or if it is a larger crystal, simply laying your hands on the
crystal. Depending on what you are using the crystal for, you might also want
to do this in a specific location. For instance, if you are planning on using this
crystal for more of a grounding purpose, then activating your crystal while
outside in nature will prove beneficial.
Programming your crystals
After you have cleared, charged, and activated your crystal, but before you
begin using it, you will need to program the crystal. It is most effective to
make sure that the crystal is being used for the exact purpose that you are
intending. This means that it will dedicate all of its energy to the change you
were trying to make.
This is a ritual that helps to focus and cement the intention of the power.
There are a few ways to do this. First, you will figure out, decide, or be led to
the thing you need help in changing. Then you will figure out which crystal is
best for that purpose. Then you can hold it near your body; various chakras
might be more effective depending on what you are trying to use a crystal for.
If you are seeking help with a relationship issue, for example, you might hold
it over your heart or your heart chakra. If you are seeking wisdom or Insight,
you might hold it over your third eye chakra.
Once you have established these three thanks, your intention, your chakra,
and your crystal, you will close your eyes and begin to program it. Imagine
there is a string connecting between your crystal and your chakra. It is an
energy force that is real and tangible between the two of you, and in your
mind's eye, you can physically see its existence. Picture this for a few
moments and once it feels real, then you can state your intention. This can be
done silently in your head, but there is even more power behind speaking
your intention allowed. Repeat three times your intention for using this
crystal in as clear message as possible. This can be completely made up by
yourself, or you can find words to say from other sources.
After you have programmed the crystal by connecting it to yourself and
communicating your desires for it, you should close the ritual by sending
gratitude and appreciation to the universe and the crystal for its assistance.

Cleansing your crystals

There are many different ways to recognize when a crystal needs to be
cleansed. Some stones such as quartz tend to become cloudy. Some crystals
lose their brightness and clairvoyance, while others manifest other physical
changes, for example, they become heavier. The crystals that are placed in
the house or used as accessories have to be cleaned often, and that also
depends on how much are they used. This kind of stone, when charged,
doesn’t emit any special energy, it just provides the feeling of willpower and
the decisiveness to succeed. When this happens, cleanse the crystal, and the
crystal will feel just as brand new as before.
There are a few methods for cleansing crystals, here are some of the most
common ones:
The first one is to cleanse the crystal using the energy of the holder. This kind
of cleansing is achieved through clear intention and a focused mind. The
holder needs to visualize that the crystal is immersed in the white light while
holding the crystal and keep visualizing the purification of bad energy as well
as its recharge. This process should last for a few minutes, and when
completed, the energy inside the crystal will have transformed into a positive
and pure one and that the crystal now has its full potential.
Another way is to cleanse the crystal is with water. The crystal should be put
under a tap, and it should be washed with cold water. For the process to
work, the holder must visualize that the negative energy is dissolved in the
water and that it is washed away from the crystal. The visualization should
continue by imagining the transformation of dissolved negative energy into
the positive, healing one. When the water has washed away this visualized
energy and transformed it into the positive one, the impurities of the crystal
should have disappeared and the crystal is once again, ready to use. If the
crystals, however, are washed in the rain or somewhere else in nature, you
must keep in mind that the stone must be dried naturally - the best way would
be to put them in a sunny spot.
There is a third way to cleanse the crystals, and it is mostly used by dedicated
practitioners who enjoy exotic scents and understand the importance of
crystal care. The crystal is cleansed by using the smoke of herbs that are
considered to be sacred. In this case, those herbs can be lavender, sage, cedar,
and so forth, and their smoke is used to smudge the energetic matrix of
crystals and consequently, cleanse them.
Crystals can be put on a rock salt bed for 48 hours and cleansed by the
purifying rock salt. They can also be cleansed slowly by being buried into the
soil. This process lasts two to seven days.
Crystals should never be washed with hot water. Water should always be
from a tap and washing under water is not recommended for crystals such as
opals, pearls, or turquoise since they can be damaged in the water due to their
structure. It is also recommended not to use chlorinated water since it can
also damage the crystals.

Prepare Your Space

One of the magnificent things about crystals is that they are portable, and you
can use them anywhere, even on the go. That being said, if you want to make
a dedicated space to do your crystal work, there is a way to prepare that
Space to help it multiply the effectiveness of your crystals.
First, you will need to decide exactly what the parameters of the space are.
Again, this can be a temporary on-the-go location, or it could be a dedicated
room in your house. It does not matter; this is effective for absolutely any
place you choose. To Mark the parameters, you will do a sacred cleaning of
it. If it is indoors, you will want to open all windows and doors, if possible, to
allow the air and energy to flow through it. Part of doing a secret cleaning
also means doing a literal physical cleaning. Vacuum, sweep, scrub, and dust
the area so that it is visibly clean. Then you will do an energy cleaning in any
way you prefer. This can be burning sage, praying, lighting a candle, or using
a crystal to spiritually cleanse the space.
Then you need to collect all of the things you plan on using in this specific
session. As this will be your altar for the moment, you want to have all of
your paraphernalia at the ready. If this is a dedicated space that will remain
your altar for an extended time, you can certainly store all of these objects
here all of the time, if you wish.
You can also incorporate anything else that makes this space feel
comfortable. If that means lighting scented candles, melting scented wax, or
using essential oil diffusers, these can all be beneficial if they are in
alignment with your purposes and they make you feel good in a space. The
same goes for sounds. Perhaps you would prefer silence, or maybe you would
like white noise, meditative music, or nature sounds. Finally, you can also
bring in any other aesthetic accouterment that you desire. This is your space
that you will be dedicating a powerful part of yourself to for a while, so it's
can and should reflect you as much as you want it to.
 Chapter 8:
The Healing Properties of Crystals

Agate is a crystal used to strengthen sight. This stone balances the energy of
the mind and the body and it also influences emotions and spirit. Agate can
be very helpful for receiving thought transmission.
Amazonite is a crystal used to relax the nervous system. This stone
strengthens the heart and dispels negative energy. Amazonite is helpful in
retaining the pure energy of universal love. It is used to synthesize and
harmonize chakras of the heart and the throat, and it also helps with
balancing male and female energies. This crystal brings the holder power and
helps them come back to their center. Amazonite is used to provide stamina,
and it enhances faith and feelings of compassion. It is said that Amazonite is
one of Virgo’s stones.
Amber is considered a very powerful crystal. This stone has an enormous
amount of both organic and cosmic energy, and it is used as an amplifier due
to its fossil attributes. This crystal is considered as a symbol of time and
longevity and through mythology, it is connected to the Goddess Freya, who
used this stone for love and sexual magic. Amber is not like most of the so-
called passion stones because it is only activated spontaneously in the right
moment. Amber is not a crystal that will influence insignificant relationships,
but it is believed that amber will influence those who are destined for each
other. Amber is also called the "good luck" stone because it brings powerful
energies together. This crystal is used for purification and revitalization of the
sun’s force and it draws out and transforms the body’s diseases. It is said that
amber is one of Leo’s and Sagittarius’ stones.
Ametrine is a stone activated through the combination of amethyst and
citrine. Ametrine increases the power of these stones. This crystal is mostly
used in grids and for meditation. If Ametrine is used while meditating, it
helps rise into a higher state of mind.
Apache Tear is a crystal used to provide comfort when a person is in grief. It
is a stone used to release toxins from the body and to aid in alleviating pain
from muscle spasms. Apache Tear crystals protect the person from emotional
and physical harm.
Apatite is a crystal that used to stimulate the intellect. This stone helps
people with creative blockages and increases their expression. Apatite is used
to heighten the psychic ability of people and also to heal the energetic
systems of one's body.
Aquamarine is a stone that helps with banishing one’s fears and phobias. It
is said that this crystal makes a person feel at peace and calm and that it gives
them courage. Aquamarine provides improved vision; not literally, but with
the vision of the mind. When it comes to health, Aquamarine alleviates
retention of fluids, and it is used to help with the alignment of the chakras.
Aventurine is a crystal that helps with body cleansing. It is used to provide
support when a person is feeling stressed or has anxiety attacks. This stone
also balances masculine and feminine energies, and when it comes to
enhancing individual abilities, it is useful for increasing leadership qualities.
Calcite is a crystal that aids in concentration while studying, especially in art
and science subjects. It is considered to be a teaching stone that can help
everyone. When it comes to health, Calcite helps people who have kidney
issues or issues with the spleen and pancreas, and can also help with
decalcification of the bones and calcium levels in the body. This crystal is
used to reduce stress and to provide emotional balance.
Emerald is a stone that brings security in relationships. This stone allows
access to one’s heart and enables one to express their heart’s greatest desires.
It is said that Emerald has great power for those with psychic insight, and
brings about energies of hope, abundance, and encouragement. Emerald is
used to help with eyesight and to help those who have speech impediments.
These crystals have a tranquilizing effect on the people, they summon a
person's mind and their heart. It is said that this is one of the stones of Taurus
and Gemini.
Garnet is a crystal of health. This crystal is used to strengthen and purify a
person’s bloodstream. It is also used to stimulate the pituitary gland and to
activate the power of love and enable protective influence. This is a stone that
enhances devotion to others and to oneself. It awakens the creativity of the
person and amplifies the ability of regeneration and balance. This crystal has
the ability to draw negativity away, especially from the chakras. Garnet is a
stone that is used to inspire passion and love and to attract good luck. It can
be used as a protective stone and defend a person from depression or
personality disorders.
Howlite is also sometimes called the Tranquility Stone because of its ability
to evoke calmness, and to provide a balance of emotions. Howlite is a crystal
that encourages sincere and open communication and dissolves a person from
feelings of fear and rage. These crystals give people patience and discernment
and encourage enthusiasm.
Jade is a highly used crystal that gives a person confidence. It makes people
feel self-assured, self-reliant, and self-sufficient. When it comes to health
issues, Jade aids in heart and lung disorders and is helpful with kidney and
spleen issues too. It improves the immune system and enables cleansing of
the blood. This crystal can have an effect on fertility and it can help with
female health issues. Jade is a strong emotional balancer and it emits the
feeling of unconditional love. It enhances values such as courage, justice, and
wisdom. Jade can successfully dispel negative energy and it has a strong
healing affinity.
Jasper is a stone that people usually wear for protection. Jasper is helpful in
maintaining or bringing high energy levels. It calms the nerves and it has a
high value to Shamans because it is considered to be a sacred stone. Jasper is
known for providing protection for those who use astral projection and it
brings the sun's energy to aid the body. This crystal helps in tissue
regeneration and it is considered to be one of Leo's stones.
Kyanite is a crystal that does not need cleaning since it doesn’t retain
negative energy. It has an unlimited source of energy and unlimited
application of it. Kyanite helps with treatment of the muscles, neurological
system, and the throat. This crystal is used to form a bridge between matter
and the mind, and it acts as a strong tool for awakening. It emits high
vibrations that help clear all chakras and align them. It is one of the most
frequent stones used in meditation and it is said to be one of Taurus’ stones.
Lapis Lazuli is a crystal that is used to release the tension of the body and
mind and to suppress anxiety. This stone influences creative expression and
gives the user a clear insight into things. Lapis lazuli has very strong healing
abilities and it is said that this stone represents awareness and that it is a good
psychic facilitator. It was used in Ancient Egypt as a tool of access to sacred
knowledge. Like many others, this crystal is also good at cleansing negative
energy and strengthens the immune system. This crystal is one of Sagittarius'
and Aries’ stones.
Malachite is known as the stone of transformation. It is a crystal that clarifies
emotions and reduces tension and stress. Malachite is used to help with
eliminating pain and to cleanse and activate all seven chakras.
Moldavite is a stone that can help people access high dimensional realms.
This crystal is believed to illuminate the path for those who are traveling
‘’home". Moldavite is the crystal used to prepare the holder for the process of
transformation, and it is said that this stone can channel numerous beams of
healing energy.
Moonstone is a crystal known to be helpful with female hormonal and
menstrual issues. Like many other crystals, Moonstone is used to feel calm
and to help relieve stress and anxiety while being an emotional balancer. It is
said that the moonstone is the stone of wishes and intuition. It is connected to
new beginnings and rebirth and helps the user with feelings of support and
absorbs illnesses and pain. This is a stone of regeneration as it helps
regeneration of the organs and tissues and helps with the healing of the
reproductive system.
Obsidian is a crystal that enables a person to see their flaws and what needs
to be done to improve themselves. Obsidian helps with stress reduction and
has powerful healing abilities. This stone can be used as an anchor and helps
dispense negativity.
Onyx is a crystal primarily used for self-control. This is a stone that enhances
the feeling of happiness and brings good fortune. Onyx draws its needed
energy from the universe and is very inspirational. It helps with stress relief
and the path of self-mastery. Onyx is especially significant as a guide through
dreams and meditations. It is believed that Onyx can reveal one’s own duality
and that it balances Yin and Yang traits. When it comes to health, this stone
helps with epilepsy and cell damage.
Opal is a stone known as the bringer of change and happy dreams. It is used
for blood purification, and it is also helpful with eye disorders and fevers. It
is said that the opal is the stone of visionaries and that it intensifies the
feeling of being. Opal strikes the user with flashes of inspiration and
surrounds them with an aura of charisma and mystery. These crystals can be
used to heal infections and to balance the user’s metabolism.
Peridot is the crystal that opens doors to new opportunities. It is used to
purify the body and it can balance the body and the mind. This stone is also
used to reduce stress and it helps the user by enhancing their abilities for
personal growth. Peridot is a stone for protection and it has fair healing
abilities. It provides feelings of happiness and friendship and it can be used to
make a tonic to cleanse the body. This crystal stimulates healthy growth and
helps with organ regeneration. It is connected to bio-rhythmic balance and it
is also a good negative energy repellant.
Rhodochrosite is a stone that enables balance and love on all levels of the
body. If this crystal is used to make an elixir it can help with sinus
inflammation and internal infections. It can be also useful for skin issues and
for stress relief. Rhodochrosite is used as a unifier of male and female
balances externally and internally. It is a crystal that inspires healthy self-love
and enables the user to learn the power of love.
Ruby is a crystal connected to spiritual wisdom. It is used for good health, an
increase in knowledge, and obtaining wealth. Ruby is known as the shielding
stone that releases spiritual blockages. This crystal is often called the "queen"
of all gemstones and it acts as the stone of love and beauty. Ruby protects the
user from physical harm and negativity, and on the other hand, it attracts
stable and loyal people. Throughout history, it was believed that as long as a
person possesses a piece of ruby, they will be wealthy.
Sapphire dispels all unwanted thoughts. It is a crystal that brings joy and
peace of mind to the user, and it is known as the stone of prosperity. Sapphire
helps the glandular system and helps with excessive bleeding while it
strengthens the veins’ walls. It is believed that Sapphire attracts a divine
destiny for the user, and it fills them with faith and joy. Sapphire is a crystal
that doesn’t need its user to focus healing energy on the one in need.
Selenite is mostly used as a stone for cellular structure regeneration. It is used
to fight light sensitivity, wrinkles, or even tumors. It is a stone of stability and
helps with epileptic disorders and extends one’s life span. Some people call it
"The Magician's Stone” because it is believed that Selenite enables time
traveling via meditation. It is a crystal that allows users to see inside of
themselves and deal with problems.
Sodalite is a stone used to strengthen metabolism. It is a crystal that balances
the endocrine system and has grounding energy. Sodalite is also used to
enhance communication.
Tiger’s Eye is a crystal that helps with softening stubbornness. It is said that
tiger’s eye balances both hemispheres of the brain and enhances night vision.
This stone is used to create order out of chaos and establishes harmony. By
balancing emotions, tiger’s eye brings clarity and focus to the mind of the
user. It is a stone of stability and instinct. It increases psychic abilities and
attracts beauty and abundance while developing practical wisdom.
Topaz is a stone used to strengthen the nervous system, help cell
regeneration, and to detoxify the body. Topaz is considered to bring health
and wealth to the user. It is also called the "Stone of the Sun" and allows the
user to focus their wishes into it. It is the stone of intentional creation and the
crystal that emanates light and warmth. Topaz has a powerfully magnetic
force that helps absorb pain, tension, and disease, and helps with breaking up
the stagnation of energy in the body.
Tourmaline is a crystal that is used to align the body and mind. This crystal
is helpful in enhancing sensitivity and understanding of oneself. It helps with
sleeping problems and it brings healing powers to the one who uses it. This
stone is an excellent balancer for both hemispheres of the brain and for all of
the chakras.
Zircon is a stone that strengthens the mind and helps with bowel problems. It
is a crystal that creates a balance for the pineal gland and aligns subtle bodies.
Zircon enhances self-esteem and emotional balance as well. This crystal has
similar properties to diamond and influences all chakras.
 Chapter 9:
Crystals for Stress-Relief

When your body is experiencing high levels of stress, its natural defenses are
weakened, making you more vulnerable to developing physical, mental, and
emotional illnesses. Thus, stress reduction plays an important role in
preserving your wellness and prolonging your life. Simply put, the wisest
thing to do would be to use healing crystals before any disease has the chance
to manifest.

Stress Reliever Crystal Pattern for the Chakras

Now that you understand where your chakras are located, it should be easy
for you to follow this method.
What you’ll need:
4 Clear Quartz
3 Amethyst
2 Black Onyx
1 Rose Quartz

Assume a comfortable lying position.

First, lay one amethyst on your third eye chakra. One of the amethysts should
be on the palm of your right hand while the other should be held in the palm
of your left hand. Its purpose is to ground you and calm you. Furthermore,
the positioning of these crystals is essential in guiding the energy up towards
your crown chakra then later, back down again to your base chakra.
Next, place one onyx on the sole of your right foot then the other one on the
sole of your left foot. The purpose of this is to take away and release the
negative energies from your body that are responsible for causing stress.
Place the rose quartz on your abdomen. You need to do this to maintain
balance between the female and male energies that all of us possess. Also,
place one of the clear quartz on your abdomen, just above the rose quartz.
The second clear quartz should be laid above your head. Place the third
beside your arm on the right side. Meanwhile, put the other on the left side.
The purpose of these clear quartz crystals is for aura detoxification and
chakra cleansing.
When you’re done, you would’ve successfully created dual triangle energy
zones with the positioning of the crystals.
Relax your muscles. Close your eyes. Concentrate on your breathing.
Remain in a meditative state for at least 10 minutes or as long as you need.
When it’s all over, you may use these crystals as your worry stones. Place
them in a silk pouch and bring them with you wherever you go. Each time
you feel the familiar symptoms of anxiety creeping in, just reach into your
pocket or into your purse, massage the worry stones with your fingers, and
draw strength from them.

What can I Do to Lessen Stress and Anxiety at the Workplace?

One of the many purposes of healing crystals is to help you cope with
everyday stresses. While it’s impossible to completely escape exposure to
daily stressors, healing crystals can help minimize their negative effects to
your body, your psyche, your emotions and your spirit.
The following stones are highly recommended in reducing stress in the
workplace. They also help increase your productivity. More than that, they
aid in smoothing your professional relationships.
If you’re after career success, then consider owning an emerald. This crystal
is often used to attract abundance. More importantly, it will help you achieve
mental clarity, thus, helping you in figuring out your goals. Keep it on your
desk and use it as a visualization tool during brief office breaks.
Some people struggle with establishing healthy professional relationship
boundaries. The result is that they get taken advantage of or are treated with
less respect than they deserve. In such cases, keeping an amber crystal is
recommended.
If you’re dissatisfied with the circumstances in your workplace and are
striving for change, then you may choose to carry an amethyst with you.
Draw power and courage from it so that you can control a challenging
situation at work.
For individuals who are suffering from lack of productivity, a garnet is
advised. Not only will it boost your energy but also those of your colleagues,
team members, or subordinates.
If communication is not your strength, then a blue lace agate may prove to be
immensely valuable. This will aid you in effectively expressing your ideas
with your clients, bosses and co-workers. This crystal is also recommended
for individuals who feel like they are looked over, underappreciated and
misunderstood.
The larimar is another stone, which is effective in clearing pathways of
communication. When you find it difficult to understand others, then use this
crystal.
If you have to work in front of the computer all day long, then consider
placing a purple fluorite beside it. This way, you’ll be protected from the
harmful effects of the computer’s electromagnetic field.
Is someone taking advantage of you at the office? Is your horrible boss
siphoning your soul? Is your toxic workmate pulling you down with him? If
such is the case, then carry a smoky quartz. This crystal will prevent these
emotional vampires from drawing off every last ounce of your energy. If
someone in the office is shattering your ego, then this crystal will help
increase your self-confidence.
If you feel like you’re stuck in a rut, a bloodstone is great for feeding your
creativity. It also helps in increasing your motivation to work. Meanwhile, if
you wish to enhance your problem-solving skills, own a citrine.
Missing meetings? Having difficulty remembering deadlines? The rainbow
obsidian is recommended, especially if you want to have a sharper memory.
 Chapter 10:
Crystals to improve your life

Abuse
Lapis lazuli is a crystal that can be used when you are ready to help you
speak your pain into the universe so that you do not have to carry that burden
alone. It also helps to protect from any further negative energy returning to
you once you have expelled it.
Obsidian helps you to get through difficult sorrowful moments. It can
eliminate the weight of grief whenever you are ready to do that. Due to its
ability to instill hope, it lifts the spirit.
Pink tourmaline can be used to help you remind yourself of the love that you
deserve and is available in the universe to you always. It also is known to
provide strength during extreme situations.
Abundance
Citrine is known to bring abundance, being connected with the sun and
giving off warmth and energy. It attracts successful feelings as well as profit
and luck.
Emerald is well known to bring an abundance of prosperity into your life, as
well as the empowering strength to overcome mental and emotional blocks. It
opens your heart up to accept all of the abundance coming to you.
Green Jade is well known for its association with abundant wealth. However,
it is also used to free up any knots or barriers in your energy to allow for
abundance to flow freely to you.

Acceptance
Pink calcite is good for increasing energy to your heart, thereby opening it for
whatever changes May Come. It sends loving energy out to accept whatever
maybe.
Labradorite is used to instill your third eye, helping you to understand
intuitively and intellectually that these changes are coming and that things
will be okay. It also prepares you for transitions.
Moonstone is good to remind you of the cycles of changes as well as the fact
that there can be multiple sides to all events, and it’s okay to accept both the
dark and the light.

Addiction
Amethyst is a great crystal for addictions, due to its powerful nature in
healing. It helps you to balance your energy and thoughts, so that you are less
tempted to seek out harmful patterns to self-soothe, as well as harmonizing
your emotions.
Garnet is used to eliminate patterns that do not serve you anymore. It also
helps to ignite your heart and courage to keep you on a clear path.
Hematite assists by grounding you and putting your mind into harmony with
your soul. By bringing a Consciousness to your compulsive behaviors, you
will have better La cats controlling them.
Anger
Aquamarine is used to open up your communication chakra so that you can
healthily express yourself, as well as opening up your heart chakra to both let
love Inn and send love out.
Blue lace agate is helpful when you are having difficulty accepting your own
emotions. All emotions are okay to have, including anger. By accepting this
you will bring a level of calm into your heart.
Peridot is helpful in its ability to increase your perception of your value as a
person. This manifests itself many times in a type of anger that is directed
outward do to your own negative self-View.

Anxiety
Lepidolite is a great Stone to balance all of your chakras, which is often a
cause of anxiety. By bringing all parts of your body, Mind, and Spirit into
alignment, you will feel more Harmony in your day-to-day life.
Black onyx can turn negativity into strength, which will assist you when you
are trying to overcome anxiety. It improves emotional and physical ailments,
most pointedly when under a lot of stress.
Black tourmaline is used to prevent negative energy from getting to you, as
well as sucking out the negative energy that is already in you. For this reason,
it can calm and ground you.

Balance
Sodalite is used for emotional balance to help you examine your own life as
well as when managing group interactions. It allows you to use both your
heart and your head to come to reasonable and sustainable emotional
conclusions.
Amazonite is used for a masculine and feminine balance, serving as both the
yin and the Yang, the grounding and the spiritual, the dark and the light of
energy. It brings everything into balance.
Smoky quartz helps provide a physical balance within your body, as well as
between your body and the Earth. It is well known to relieve pain and anchor
yourself after a spiritual journey.
Boundaries
Pyrite is a great crystal to use when you need assistance asserting yourself
and being considered an authority figure. It's used as a type of force around
you protecting the line you have drawn in the sand.
Ruby is great to protect your heart and root chakras, making sure that you
have the love, passion, and energy for yourself. It also serves as a motivator
to establish hard lines.
Garnet has long been used as an amulet to protect over the centuries, because
it activates a sense of urgency and importance when you use it. It is
considered a stone to enlighten, which will give you courage in difficult
situations.

Compassion
Turquoise embraces the nuances of Life, helping you to give compassion to
those around us. It helps you to recognize the good and bad in yourself,
which allows you to forgive, forget, and support others.
Lapis lazuli is known as the stone of Truth, which helps you to understand
others and the difficulties all of us go through, allowing you to reach out with
compassion. It can help you listen in ways that are deeper than just with your
ears.
Malachite is useful when you need to let go of negativity and past
transgressions to forgive and offer compassion to another. Patterns can
change, but you must let go of them to recognize that a new pattern is being
created in your relationships.

Confidence
Carnelian is known to activate you are first, second, and third chakras, giving
you on energy jolt that instills confidence and the ability to take action.
Citrine is useful for giving life and energy when feeling sluggish, as well as
increasing positivity. By elevating these things your confidence will soar.
Orange calcite brings joy and warmth to your sense of self, as well as
unblocking any stagnation that may be happening in your energy flow.
Confusion
Appetite can knock away any extraneous thoughts and energies that are
causing confusion, as well as creating a balance to clarify.
Chalcedony helps create a rational perspective and discern the important from
the trivial. This allows Clarity to take over rather than confusion.
Fluorite also eliminates distractions and uncluttered the mind when
overwhelmed by too many thoughts. This allows you to work more quickly
because you are no longer confused.

Courage
Carnelian is well known for its ability to instill courage, by focusing your
mind to eliminate extraneous information and increasing your physical
prowess.
Ruby clears, protects, and energizes your heart chakra, which gives an
unexpected boost of Courage. Because your emotions are more stimulated yet
safe, this allows you to be freer.
Topaz helps to clarify your connection with your truest self, you are root, and
your spiritual side. This gives a level of clarity and understanding which
provides courage.

Creativity
Chalcedony is great for opening up your mind to be receptive to new ideas. It
allows a sense of fluidity and positivity as well as improving communication
skills to share your creativity.
Lapis lazuli increases creativity because it connects you with your ability to
express yourself more confidently, which allows you to feel free with your
endeavors. Its ability to help you know yourself better also provides you with
the knowledge that your Creations are unique.
Botswana agate helps to Kickstart creativity buy calming any anxiety or
negative energy that you may feel while also encouraging you toward
Healthy and productive means of self-expression.

Denial
Selenite is powerful and its ability to protect you from Outer negative
Energies. This creates a boundary that allows you to look ATS the hard
situation you are facing without feeling defensive.
Azurite combines the ability to use logical thought process along with a sense
of self-care and acceptance which allows you to gently come to terms with
the reality of the difficult situation, rather than ignore it.
Yellow fluorite helps bring a level of understanding to the true self, getting
past the pretenses and facades of emotional protection. It also brings
Harmony to Healing.

Emotional trauma
Clear quartz is the ultimate in healing, this is true for Spiritual, physical,
mental, and emotional ailments. It's is the major player in cleansing
negativity and attracting positivity, such as hope, joy, and balance. It is well
known for its ability to calm during high-stress moments.
Lepidolite can transform the traumatic experiences that are stuck in your
energy centers into free-flowing vibrations that travel up to your 6th and 7th
chakras, giving you a new-found understanding and education.
Moonstone is popularly used to calm intense and angry emotions, which help
to instill a sense of, and word thought rather than outward judgment. This
brings you to a place of balance to move on with your life.

Envy
Aquamarine is effective in calming intense negative emotions such as Envy,
which is all that envious. It is an emotion that is trying to blur you are real
truth. By balancing your 5th chakra, aquamarine will help you with what you
are truly searching for a.
Peridot is great for healing your 4th chakra and bringing positivity into your
heart and mind. This fills the void you think you are experiencing, which is
causing Envy, but it is always a red herring.
Carnelian helps to eliminate feelings of Envy by keeping you grounded and
focused on the current moment and your knowledge of your own innate self-
worth. By preventing negative thoughts coming in, it's making sure you are
focused on what matters rather than Envy.

Fear
Jet is used to create a powerful protection level around you, preventing an
influx of negative energy from coming into your life. It is so strong and
powerful, that it alleviates feelings of fear and worried.
Obsidian is useful in untangling any knotted up energy flows that are
preventing light from moving freely through you. This heals any type of
collection of negativity that is stuck in one of your chakras, as well as
bringing the truth to the surface, which is the ultimate solution to fear.
Picture Jasper is wonderful for getting to the root causes of fear by grounding
you with the Earth and understanding the past reality of the situation. By
knowing you are connected and your history, you can move forward without
fear.

Forgiveness
Rose quartz opens up your heart chakra to let love in and out. This ability to
feel compassion towards others still sympathy which allows you to easily
forgive another.
Volcanic black obsidian brings hope into one's heart, allowing you to move
past any grieving you are feeling too become supportive during sorrowful
moments. This transforms negative energy into compassionate forgiveness.
Selenite gives a level of Peace, Harmony, and balance to your spirit, which
allows your higher self to take over and eliminate the petty human emotions
that prevent you from forgiving.

Gratitude
Pink sapphires are great for teaching you how to feel gratitude by opening up
your heart chakra and letting in the soothing peace, love, and appreciation. It
helps you to recognize the beauty all around you so that you feel it in your
soul.
Aventurine helps achieve a state of unity and harmony with the universe,
which allows you to feel gratitude for all that you experience. It helps to
understand that every moment, no matter how difficult, is beneficial to you.
Malachite transforms energy is very easily, so it can take the negativity and
turn it into an appreciation, which is what gratitude is. It's is very powerful,
so it also brings deep and hidden Wells of appreciation to the surface.

Grief
Amazonite helps to see all angles of a situation, which can assist in
overcoming a sense of grief. It also brings a sense of peace during transitional
moments by soothing traumatic situations.
Emerald is known to increase the sense of joy, possibility, and motivation.
That combined with the fact that it is a way to communicate undying love
means that it helps to channel your grief into beautiful healing emotion.
Lapis lazuli can help you connect with the spirit plane and communicate
psychically. This can give you a sense of continued relationship when
someone is lost.

Grounding
Amber is very well known for its ability to ground, bringing you into
harmony with Mother Earth. Whether it is physically, spiritually, or
emotionally, by using Amber you are becoming one with the soil upon which
you were created.
Smoky quartz brings the energy of the Earth to your physical and spiritual
Energies. It is also especially helpful in group settings to get everyone on the
same grounded plane.
Hematite is a very powerful grounding stone that helps to eliminate
negativity and stressors. It is especially helpful for the first chakra in
cleansing and eliminating toxins.

Happiness
Citrine as well known for its ability to increase happiness, bring joy, and
attract success. It turns negative energy into good luck and sends happiness
out of itself.
Pyrite is a stone that protects from negative energy while increasing joy and
prosperity. It helps you to manifest happiness into your life by connecting
your first 4th and 6th chakras.
Sunstone brings the warmth, joy, and energy of the sun into your life. It
cleanses your fourth chakra to allow sluggishness and depression to exit your
body.

Inner peace
Lithium quartz is useful in helping one to relax and be gentle with
themselves, allowing you to find the self-worth and love inside of yourself. It
is very powerful and helps to relieve stress.
Aragonite Helps to stabilize your spirit and releases you from anything that is
attached to you. It increases the energy vibration of your chakras, especially
you were first, second, and third.
Emerald helps you to find peace within yourself by allowing you to find face
in the future and your own worthiness. It helps you connect with love and the
universe.

Loneliness
Opal helps you to feel strength in your relationship with yourself, by helping
you to understand your purpose and motivation in life. It connects your
spiritual and psychic planes.
Rose quartz Springs love into your heart and space. It helps to heal when
your heart chakra is scarred or knotted. It relieves emotions that have been
stamped down.
Snowflake obsidian gives the spirit a calming balance and focuses and
centers your Energies on the harmony of yourself. It also helps to break
negative thoughts and behaviors.

Love
Chalcedony helps to instill a sense of love and appreciation to all things in
the universe, because it helps you to connect to the fact that we are all one.
It's connected to your 4th and 6th chakras, allowing your love to reach a level
of wisdom beyond just your emotions.
Strawberry quartz allows your energy to come up to the highest level of your
heart, whether that be from your past or the spirit plane. It is a warm energy
that gives you the wisdom of love on the deepest level.
Pink calcite is understood to be from the love of angels, meaning it is a
spiritual experience to share this type of understanding and joy with others. It
brings peace and honesty to two relationships.

Motivation
Epidote is great for giving you the inner strength to move you into action. It
helps to overcome fears and reach your goals. It gives you the knowledge that
Success with It is within your reach.
Apatite helps to move things from your mental realm into the Physical
Realm, manifesting thoughts into reality. It aids in developing resilience and
Clarity.
Onyx helps to keep your motivating energy from being sucked out by other
negative entities. It gives you the stamina to Soldier on during difficult times
by connecting you with the knowledge of your future Fortune.

Negativity
Black tourmaline is a very powerful protector that clears out any negativity
that is already come to you. This can be in the form of energy, patterns, or
behaviors. This also works for both your physical and spiritual being.
Amethyst is so powerful that it can transform negative energy into joy and
love. It does this by opening your 6th and 7th chakras, allowing positivity
into your being, which is more powerful the negativity.
Selenite helps to clear out negativity by helping you to connect with a higher
spiritual plane, which brings you above the negativity of this Physical Realm.
It shows you such a beautiful possibility that it negates the negative energy
you existed.

Patience
Aragonite is a wonderful grounding stone that increases the vibration of your
entire energy and body. It helps you to focus on the pursuit of spiritual
understanding, which connects you deeply with the Earth and Sky High. This
helps you to release the past which is weighing you down.
Obsidian helps you to bring intense truths and emotions to the surface and
become unblocked, which takes time to move through. It gives you the
patience to work through it healthily to truly clear this blockage. A
Azurite helps to calm and eliminate stress. It also provides you with spiritual
guidance and communication, which gives you a sense of never-ending space
and time.

Phobias
Turquoise is one of the ultimate healing Stones, which imparts a sense of
calm serenity and protection from negative Energies. It is well known to be
an amulet throughout the centuries, because of its ability to protect and heal.
Aquamarine is used for protection to keep you prepared for unexpected
situations. It also helps to break unhealthy patterns if they are not serving you
well.
Citrine attracts positive energy to it along with helping to clear the mind. This
assists in overcoming repetitive behaviors that suck your energy and
positivity out of you. It also transforms negative energy into Joy.

Prosperity
Jade is well known for its association with prosperity, bringing abundant
energy into your life. It's also assisted by helping you to recognize the wealth
that you already have manifested.
Aventurine brings Prosperity by helping you to recognize an opportunity as a
chance for abundant growth. It attracts love and positive energy as well as
creative Endeavors.
Garnet brings Prosperity by igniting within you a sense of passion and
commitment. When you have this stimulant behind you, it brings forth all of
the wealth and abundance you seek.

Regret
Moonstone is well regarded in its ability to help you find a balance in your
life. Regret is simply an overabundance of intense emotions focusing on one
thing, when in reality Moonstone will help you to recognize it as simply one
drop in the bucket of life. It eliminates judgment that hurts yourself.
Aragonite is useful when you need to let go of past emotional ailments that
are dragging you down. It helps to ground you as well as raise up your chakra
vibrations. This allows you to heal emotionally and physically.
Labradorite helps to explore and understand past emotional issues, as well as
encourages healthy transitions. It helps to prepare you for ascending to a
higher level of yourself.

Rejection
Magnesite helps to soothe your negative vibrations, assisting with getting into
a meditative state. It also helps your mind to better hear the words your heart
is speaking. This helps you to come more into balance with all of your
chakras. This increases your vision of your own self-worth.
Agate helps resolve relationship concerns that may be nagging at you. It
helps to balance out your emotions so that your passion and sadness does not
get out of hand. It also brings compassion to your own heart.
Turquoise improves your communication, which assists you with the lifting
of the weight off of your shoulders. It improves your ability to understand
and transmute your emotions into helpful healing.

Self-control
Zircon is a very intense crystal that brings you into spiritual conjunction with
yourself. It balances all of your chakras and magnifies any energy that is near
at Spirit. For this reason, it helps your ability to have self-control because it
feels that within you. It grounds you and gives you the energy you need to
stay organized.
Topaz helps you to stay on the true path that is most beneficial to you. It
brings wisdom and the ability to see the larger issue at hand rather than
getting distracted by short-term Rewards. It also brings joy to your path.
Lepidolite helps bring a balance to your mind and different levels of
consciousness for you to stay on the center of your path. It helps to eliminate
any stresses that come along with transition, which help you on your journey
of self-control.

Shame
Fuchsite is a stone of intense healing and balance. It helps you to have a deep
level of compassion for yourself, helping you to be understood and accepted.
It also magnifies other healing stones, creating a massively intense amount of
energy.
Quartz is one of the best stones for this as it clears away any confusion about
your self-worth. Aligning all of your chakras will allow energy to flow
throughout your body, helping you get a better understanding and perspective
on your feelings.
Amethyst brings a level of healing and peace to your soul which allows you
to delicately deal with your emotions. It connects your heart with the higher
plane of being, helping you to understand your emotions better.

Stress
Calcite is very efficient at cleaning out any negativity that is contained in a
space or a person. This makes it great at eliminating stress for yourself to
heal. It calms and amplifies other positive Energies.
Lapis lazuli is helpful in your 5th chakra, which controls manifestations of
stress. It helps you to communicate better which gets your emotions in check
and helps to solve any problem that is causing you stress.
Opal helps you to understand a situation better, which helps to eliminate the
stress from confusion. It also eliminates fear and creates a level of comfort in
stressful moments.

Trust
Variscite Brings a level of Joy, peacefulness, and harmonious to your fourth
chakra. It connects you with the larger truth that the universe is all connected,
allowing you to feel a level of trust in situations. It also repels negative
energy.
Fluorite helps to stabilize and protect, which gives you the ability to feel
confident when going into new situations. It connects your 6th and 7th
chakras, giving you insight to trust the universe. It also helps you to set your
intentions.
Epidote helps you to solidify and reach a goal and be successful at it. It
endows strength which will help you feel a higher level of trust in unknown
situations.
 Chapter 11:
Cleansing Auras with Crystals

An aura is the field of energy that surrounds your body. An aura has seven
layers to it. It isn't necessary that all these layers are perfectly aligned one on
top of the other. Instead, they all seem to blend together. All living beings
have energy, and therefore, they have an aura. From plants to your furry little
friends, aura come with each and every one of them.
The human aura tends to extend a couple of feet around the body. Your aura
is essentially an energy map of your body. It tells a lot about your state of
mind and your physical health. If your aura is vibrant and shiny, it means you
are happy or joyful. Likewise, your aura can also tell when you are depressed
or tired. The color of the aura and the intensity of the shades tends to vary
with the emotion that you are currently experiencing. An aura which is full of
intense emotions means that you are experiencing intense feelings. Your aura
can be vibrant and healthy, or it can look unhealthy and have certain holes in
it. Chakras and auras tend to vibrate and work together. Are you wondering
what makes them work together? Chakras, as well as auras, are made of
energy. Energy is the thread that binds them together.
For instance, you tend to think and feel certain emotions every day. You try
to reason with yourself, gather information, and then you come to
conclusions. All of these things affect your chakras, and in turn, your aura.
Whenever you are feeling happy or positive and making decisions easily,
your chakras are spinning, and the energies are flowing effortlessly. When
this happens, your aura comes alive with a lot of shimmer.
To be fair, you might not feel like this daily. You will probably face
obstacles. You might feel like you are stuck. You will experience some issue
or the another from time to time. Whenever you experience any of these
things, your chakras tend to slow down, and they don't spin actively.
Something might be blocking the energy flow from your chakras. When this
happens, your aura tends to lose its vibrancy and healthy glow.
What can make the chakras and aura look less healthy? The low levels of
energy are often due to your thinking. Negative thinking patterns can suck the
energy out of your aura and your chakras. Your aura is nothing but a mere
extension and externalization of your thoughts, feelings, and mood. As
mentioned, your aura has seven layers, and each of these layers is denoted by
a specific color.
The etheric layer is the first layer, and it corresponds with the first chakra.
The color of this layer is red. The second layer is the emotional body, and it
is related to the sacral chakra, making it orange. The colors applicable to each
of the seven chakras are associated with each of the seven layers of the aura.
The seven layers and their corresponding colors are as follows:

Etheric layer: Red

Emotional layer: Orange
Mental layer: Yellow
Astral bridge: Green
Etheric template layer: Blue
Celestial layer: Indigo
Ketheric template layer: Violet
By healing your chakras, you can quickly heal your auras as well. So taking
time to address them is worth the time and effort.
Crystal Healing Techniques
There are different ways in which you can use crystals to heal yourself as
well as others. The simplest means is to just carry the crystals around with
you. It can be as simple as wearing a crystal locket or even a crystal ring. In
this section, you will learn about certain techniques, which you can use to
heal others.
Crystal wand
A crystal wand is shaped start that it is pointed on one hand while the other
hand is flat and smooth. Energy healers traditionally use these wands, which
come in various sizes. The shape of the crystal wand is quintessential because
it helps focus the energy in a straight line. This wand can also be used
effectively for massaging the body for further relaxation.
Crystal wands can be used for removing any negative emotions or energy
from the body. You can use a crystal wand on yourself or on others. Here are
the steps you must follow if you want to perform a healing ritual using a
crystal wand:

The first step is to make the patient lie down and you will sit next
to him.
To help the patient relax, you can use the smooth side of the wand
for releasing tension from any tense muscles. Move the wand in
slow and small circles over the tensed area.
To start the healing ritual, begin at the patient's feet.
You must hold the wand with its pointed head directed towards the
patient and start rotating it in an anticlockwise direction.
Now, slowly move the wand along the length of the patient's body.
There will be certain parts of their body wherein the wand will
start to feel heavier. You might also feel that the wand is tugging
you in a specific direction. Allow the force to guide you and adjust
your motion accordingly. Once this tug or pull disappears, return
to the original motion for a couple of minutes.
Once you reach the head, it is time to reverse the positioning of the
wand. Hold it in such a way that its pointed end faces inward.
 Now, move the wand downwards towards the feet of the patient.
This time, you must move the wand in small circles but in a
clockwise direction. By doing this, you are essentially recharging
the energy field of the patient.
Before you start the healing ritual, make sure that the patient is
truly relaxed. The healing process will not be effective if the
patient is tensed. Before you start the process, spend some time
massaging any tense areas on the patient's body.
Crystal pendulum
Crystal pendulums can be used for removing any imbalances of energy from
your body. According to the kind of healing you want to perform, the crystal
you choose will differ. You can use quartz for overall healing, whereas other
crystals can be used for healing specific parts of your body. Here are a series
of steps you must follow for using a crystal pendulum:

As a healer, you must seat yourself next to the patient while he lies
down.
You must hold the pendulum between your thumb and forefinger.
The pendulum must be positioned such that it is in alignment with
the central axis of your body and rests just below his feet. The
pendulum must be suspended a few centimeters above the patient's
body.
Swing the pendulum to and from in a slow motion. This is referred
to as the neutral swing of the pendulum.
Now move the swinging pendulum along the central axis of the
patient's body from his feet towards his head.
At any point, if there is an energy imbalance in his body, it tends
to swing away from its neutral swing. At such places, hold the
pendulum until it returns to its neutral swing.
Finally, repeat this process on each side of his body.
You as well as your patient must be calm and relaxed. Don't tense up because
your energy also influences the power of the crystal and the effects on the
patient.
Sacred eights
Sacred eights are often used for balancing any excess electromagnetic
frequencies present in the body. They can also be used for restoring balance
in the energy levels of any of the chakras in the body. If you have issues with
a specific organ or an area of your body, then sacred eights can be effective in
restoring the balance.
If you're concentrating on chakra healing, then ask the patient to lie down and
relax his mind. Then, you must place a crystal at each of the chakra points. It
is time to move each of these crystals to form the shape of eight.
Alternatively, you can also place the crystals around the person in the form of
the number eight.
Depending on the chakra you want to rebalance, the type of crystal needed
will also change. You must move the crystal in figure eights to heal that area.
This simple exercise helps in restoring clarity of thought. It also helps in
improving the energy balance in a chakra. You can easily perform this
exercise on yourself too.
If you experience any issues with your third eye chakra, then you can move
the concerned crystal on your forehead in the figure eight pattern. The theory
behind this ritual is quite simple: It is believed that one group of eight is
related to Yin and contains Yin energy, whereas the other represents and
contains Yang energy. When you complete the figure eight, you are uniting
the forces of Yin and Yang. Once the force of Yin and Yang are united, it
restores balance to the body.
Sitting and holding crystals
One of the easiest ways in which you can use crystals is by simply holding
the specific crystals. Intuition is quite important when it comes to crystal
healing. Your choice of a crystal will also therefore be guided by that same
intuition. You can spend anywhere between 10 to 20 minutes holding the
crystals in your hands. Alternatively, you can place these crystals around you.
If you're performing a healing ritual, then make the patient sit in between a
circle of different crystals. You can do this as many times as you want or
until you feel like the healing ritual is working. You can use quartz crystal
points for directing the flow of energy. Depending on whether you want to
direct the energy towards or away from your body, the point of the crystal
must be placed accordingly.
Meridian lines
Another technique that you can use for crystal healing is to trace the median
line with crystals. While doing this, you must stop at all the acupuncture
points in the body. It is easier to perform this ritual on someone else than on
yourself. One example of a meridian line is the one that starts at the pubic
bone and ends just below the lips. You must move the crystal along this line.
By doing this, you are essentially balancing all the energies that exist along
this line. If you are familiar with acupuncture, then you can easily use
crystals to balance those points instead of using needles.

Crystal Healing for Love

Love is one thing that everyone craves. Regardless of whether you are
looking for your one true love, or you want to maintain love in an existing
relationship, love is on our minds. Unfortunately, it is quite common that
people feel bogged down by all the negativity that shrouds love.
You probably haven't realized this yet, but the only one standing between you
and your chance at eternal happiness is your own thinking. One common
mistake that everyone who's had a bad experience in love tends to make is
that they tend to think negatively about themselves. You might think badly
about the way you look, think, or just blame yourself for your inability to find
your partner. Negativity creates more negativity. No good will come out of
this thinking. Don't let these feelings hold you back. You deserve better than
what you think you do.
When you acknowledge the fact that there is indeed more room for love in
your life and you deserve that love, it is time to fill up your thoughts and
actions with infinite love. Flood your thoughts with the warmth of love. Tell
yourself that you are lovable and that you are capable of giving love as well.
Be grateful for what you’ve got. Feel blessed for all the love that you have in
your life. It could be in the form of loving parents, friends, family members,
or even your pet. Regardless of how much or how little love there is, just be
grateful for it. Be grateful for everything. This will help you to attract more
love into your life.
You can use crystals to welcome love into your life. Sadly, it doesn't mean
that you can use crystals to make your soul mate materialize in front of you.
Instead, crystals will help open up your mind and heart to the possibility of
finding your soul mate. Don't let your search for love turn into an unhealthy
obsession. Don't try to force something to happen. Instead, open yourself up
to the possibilities that life and love have to offer. When it's meant to be and
the time is right, it will happen. The cosmos is working in your favor; you
need to believe in it. If you don't keep an open attitude toward love, you
might not be able to recognize it when it finds you. The law of attraction is
quite real, and it works. There are different types of stones and crystals you
can use to get the clarity you need. This clarity can come in the forms of
emotional and mental clarity. By using crystals, you can attain it all.
In this section, you will learn about certain crystals that you can use for love.

Amber can be used to find love in relationships and marriage.

Emeralds can be used to find your true passion.
Garnets are used to find romance.
Jade is used to finding love in all forms.
Kunzite is used to heal blocks in any relationship, as kunzite is all
about unconditional love, such as the bond between a parent and a
child.
Lapis lazuli is used to help with any spiritual or marital issues.
Larimar radiates love and gives you the courage to communicate
openly and freely in relationships. It can also be used for attracting
your soul mate.
Moonstones are generally used to heal any kind of problem
associated with love.
Opals are used to heal all issues related to love.
Pink mangano calcite can encourage self-love. If you don't love
yourself, it can become rather difficult to find others who love
you.
Pink coral is another stone that is used for love healing.
Red coral is used to help remove any blockages related to
 romance.
Red muscovite prompts unconditional love and helps you open up
to the ideas of not just loving others, but also receiving love.

Crystals for Luck

There are people out there who have wonderful lives, and those who could
have better lives. One thing tends to be common amongst the ones that have a
better life: They often lack gratitude for all that they have. This lack of
gratitude will prevent them from receiving more and will leave them feeling
unsatisfied. Regardless of how bad someone's life is, there must be one thing
or another that they could and should be grateful for. Complaining about
what you don't have will just create more problems. Gratitude will help in
creating abundance.
Good luck is something that has been desired by man for centuries. Everyone
in this world needs or craves good luck. Good luck doesn't always manifest
as wealth. It can be a change in lifestyle or habit that subsequently makes
people feel better. It involves anything that makes life better.
There are various stones that are considered lucky:

Sunstones enhance opportunity, innovation, freedom, and good

fortune. They are also used to disperse negativity and reduce
stress.
Citrine is an unmistakable stone of progress. It is useful in
increasing wealth and luck.
Green aventurine promotes inventiveness, autonomy, vocation
achievement, tranquility, and equalization. It will enable you to see
the greater part of your conceivable options and possibilities.
Malachite is often associated with wealth, fulfilling one's dreams,
and drawing out negative energies.
It is believed that ruby is one of the luckiest gemstones and as long
as you hold onto a ruby, luck will never abandon you.
Garnets are usually used to secure luck in a professional capacity.
It can help promote healthier and better business relationships.
Carnelian and red jaspers bring out your artistic side. In addition to
artistic benefits, these stones also incite confidence in the wearer.
Tourmaline quartz can be used to improve luck in any situation. It
is a super lucky stone because it contains the luck energy of both
tourmaline and quartz.
 Chapter 12:
Crystals and Emotional Healing

Here are the different crystals you can use to promote emotional healing:

Amazonite helps in soothing any emotional processes and also has

the ability to pacify one's worries, fears, and aggravations. It is an
excellent choice for children and those who are suffering from any
neurological problems or those who have a bad case of nerves.
Amethyst is believed to help in releasing any negative thoughts
and also facilitates the clearing away of any emotional blockages.
Clearing these away helps to allow you to incorporate the energy
from your surroundings and also helps you to sense, with the help
of your emotions, how you can proceed into a state that is fully
conscious and one that will allow you to see not just the emotional
responses exhibited but their cause too.
Apache tear helps you by removing barriers and emotional
obstacles that are limiting your own self. Apache is suited for
lifting away any sorrow and grief.
Aquamarine is supposed to help an individual with facing and
reducing their fears, phobias, and anxiety. It helps people to
release their expectations and also eases and stabilizes them from
any discomfort.
Aventurine has the ability to tranquilize nerves and the emotional
body too.
Bloodstone helps in lifting anxiety and troubles. As it addresses all
that might bother an individual it is therefore a useful supportive
method.
Blue lace agate relieves spiritual and emotional tension.
Agate helps soothe out any repressed emotions within the self, and
it is a very good option available to smokers to help them calm
down their nerves.
Calcite is used to clear the chakras by colors. This stone be a very
gentle medium for cleansing any emotionally harrowing
experiences and can also help you overcome any emotional
hurdles
Carnelian helps in reducing any extreme states of negative
emotions such as envy, jealousy, fear, rage, and sorrow. This stone
will help you connect yourself with an energy higher than anything
else. It helps by reducing but also by cleansing your emotions.
Celestite helps in reducing any unnecessary emotional energy and
is also believed to be a gentle emotional cleanser.
Chrysocolla helps in strengthening oneself with respect to
emotions, balances one's expression and the paths of
communication, and frees one from feelings of guilt and distress.
Chrysoprase helps in fighting off alcoholism and also helps in
easing away the feelings of depression. This crystal will help you
take modest steps towards recovery, and you will achieve success
in the small matters that come together to form the bigger picture.
Chrysoprase will help you to be more patient and bring about a
positive change in your life.
Citrine helps in calming one's fears, elevating happiness, and
positive feelings. It also helps in releasing trapped energy.
Clear quartz helps in removing any hurdles that close you off from
positive energy, and it removes all negative dispositions present.
Emerald is believed to have the ability to soothe one’s frayed
emotional nerves, and all those matters that trigger anxiety. Instead
of getting carried away by negative emotions, emerald will help
you in focusing better and also remind you of your purpose in life.
Fluorite will help you calm your emotions and overcome any
emotional barriers.
Hemimorphite helps in purifying your intentions and developing
your self-esteem. It helps in reducing hostile emotions towards
others.
Kunzite helps in settling emotions quickly. It encourages positive
feelings, namely serenity and well-being, both at the emotional
and the mental level.
Lapis lazuli helps in providing insight and mental clarity. It helps
in overcoming all of those potential hurdles that can act as a
barrier to self-acceptance.
Lepidolite helps in the reduction of stress and also facilitates the
provision of ‘flyaway’ emotions.
Malachite is believed to have the ability to remove all negative
emotions and is ideally made use of in combination with rose
quartz to increase synergy of all of the emotions.
Moss agate helps in repairing a wounded self-esteem and ego. The
positive traits present in a person are strengthened, and it is
extremely useful for the healing and nurturing of women
specifically.
Obsidian helps in releasing any negative emotions and all the old
energies present within you. It helps in transforming all the
blocked energy into white light.
Onyx helps in getting rid of confusion and also absorbs grief.
Opal helps in making the bad moods go away and also elevates
your attitude. It helps bring hope and the ability to discern the truth
from the false.
Peridot helps target negative feelings such as jealousy and anger,
and the goal of it is to restore some sense of inner balance.
Petrified wood helps in calming down jittery individuals and those
who tend to worry a lot about everything.
Rhodochrosite has a very soothing effect on one's emotions, and it
can be used during periods of emotional stress to dissolve any
feelings of guilt.
Rutilated quartz breaks down all those complex emotional issues
and removes the blocks faced by chakras to release all their
positive energy.
Selenite helps in allowing you to transcend your emotional state
and achieve unity with a greater force.
A smoky quartz is best suited for those who do not want to let go
of all their negative emotions and helps in healing any disturbed
energies.
Snakeskin agate encourages inner peace and cheerfulness and
simultaneously removes worries.
Tourmaline helps by removing any emotional blocks and by
keeping the circuits of energy open in the body. The pink-colored
stone helps in activating and soothing the emotions related to the
heart.
Turquoise helps in focusing on your accomplishments and elicits a
certain degree of emotional detachment so that you can work
towards your goals, without being tangled up in others or other
thoughts.
 Chapter 13:
Meditations with Stones and Crystals

Meditation is a simple matter. Have you ever tried it? If you haven’t tried it,
rest assured that these guided meditations will be very accommodating and
straight forward. A tip for effective meditation is to find your center. What
this means is that you have to resolve distractions that may be occurring
outside of your body and focus your energy and intentions inward. You may
hear a variety of thoughts, checklists, reminders, and so forth, emerge in your
mind during your relaxation process and that’s okay. It won’t matter
eventually and as you relax, the thoughts will begin to dissolve as you push
past them and continue to find your center.
In the same way that crystals and stones can have an impact on the
transformation of your energy, so can meditation. When you enter a
meditative state, you are giving your body, mind, and spirit an opportunity to
hit the reset button and recalibrate. It doesn’t take long to accomplish this and
as little as ten minutes a day is enough to powerfully shift your energy into a
better balance and healthier state.
Meditation is a powerful tool for healing and alignment, just like crystals and
stones and in this chapter, we will bring the two together for an even more
impactful healing journey. These guided meditations are step-by-step
instructions to help you feel rested, rejuvenated, relaxed, and refreshed. You
can use them as often as you need to and each one will use one or more
crystals for a specific healing purpose.
Once you have a general overview of simple meditations you can do with
these wonderful tools, you can begin to create your own meditations for
whatever your needs might be in your everyday life.

Healing Heart Meditation

You will need one or more of the following crystals or stones for this
Mediation:

Clear Quartz
Jade
Kunzite
Malachite
Rhodochrosite
Rose Quartz
I recommend using Rhodochrosite or Rose Quartz if you are only using one
stone for this meditation. You can use all of them if you are able and adding a
piece of Clear Quartz will enhance the power of all of the other crystals and
stones used in this guided healing meditation.
This meditation is all about opening the heart and protecting it at the same
time. We don’t want to be subject to being hurt by being overly
compensating. This meditation opens you to living openly from the heart
while still maintain a strong capacity for loving the self and standing strong
in your ability to be graceful and serene in how you express love to
everything and everyone around you.
Find a comfortable position lying on the floor or on a bed or mattress. Make
sure that you will be undisturbed and can focus for about 30 minutes for the
length of the meditation. Have your crystals and stones within reach so that
you only have to reach your hand out to pick them up and place them where
they need to go. They should be right next to you when you are beginning
your meditation.
In your lying position, begin by taking some deep inhales and exhales. As
you breathe in, count to ten slowly. Hold your breath for a count of five, and
then exhale for a count of ten. Repeat this cycle ten times.
After you have connected to your breath, continue breathing normally.
Starting at the top of your head, notice any tension that may be stuck around
your neck, your forehead, and your ears. Make sure your eyebrows are
relaxed. Relax your eyelids, your chin, and your jaw. Let your tongue relax as
your breath in through your nose, and out through your nose.
Move slowly down the body, looking for more tension to release. Release the
shoulders, the chest, and the elbows. Release the arms, hands, wrists, and
fingers. Notice any places that you are holding onto and let them melt into
release.
Continue through your belly, your hips, and low back. Release any tension in
your thighs and knees, your calves and ankles. Let go of anything that is
tense in your feet and your toes until you are fully released and relaxed into
the floor and just breathe in this position for a few moments.
Now that you are fully relaxed, pick up your crystals and stones and lay them
over your heart chakra. Try to maintain your relaxed state while you do this.
You don’t even need to open your eyes. Move slowly and gently.
Align the stone, or stones at the heart center and encircling it. If you have
multiple stones, arrange them all around a large, central stone. It doesn’t need
to be fancy or pretty, and you should try to keep your eyes closed if you can.
With the stones in place, you can now begin to use your original breath cycle
to connect with the energy of the stones. Breathe in for ten, hold for five, and
breathe out for ten. Repeat this cycle five times and let the energy of the
stones connect to you. Feel their vibration as you lift them up on your chest
with your breathing.
Imagine as you are doing this that the stones are radiating soft pink and green
light that is gently swirling around your heart. See the light filling your heart.
As the light expands in your heart, let it fill your chest. Continue breathing
and see the light extending and growing int your head and through your
whole torso. Watch the light fill your hips, legs, and feet.
As this colorful light fills you, see it reaching outside of your skin and
enveloping you, like a soft, warm blanket of pink and green hues. Hold this
image in your mind as you continue to breathe and relax.
Bring your focus back to the stones and feel their weight on your chest. Since
the healing light of the crystal energy all around you and repeat the following
mantra in your head, or aloud if you feel comfortable doing so:
“I am open to living a life of love and compassion.
“I am strong and capable of loving all of myself, no matter what.”
“I will always give love to others who are in need, as well as to myself when
I am in need of love.”
“I am open-hearted, caring, and tender and will offer my kindness and
support whenever I can if it is a feeling I am inspired to offer.”
“I have the right to love and be loved.”
“We are all in need of love and I put the energy of love into the Universe
with my heart open.”
Allow yourself to smile softly and bring your focus up to your crown chakra.
Feel the light surrounding your body collect inside of you and begin to leave
your body through the crown chakra, infusing the Universal energy around
you with healing love and light.
Take a few more deep breaths and meditate for as long as you need to with
their energetic feeling. When you are ready, you can begin to remove the
stones from your chest and breathe a few more times before getting up.
To enhance the energy that you have just shifted inside of yourself, continue
to do tender and loving things for you and others throughout the day. Take a
day off of work and go for a walk in the park. Make a soothing cup of tea and
enjoy your garden. Talk to an old friend or loved one over the phone or in-
person and have a nice connection. Take a soothing and relaxing bath.
You can modify this Heart Healing Meditation as you get more comfortable
and experienced with it. You may find new ways to creatively visualize the
healing experience. Have fun with it and open your heart every day!
Personal Power Meditation
You will need one or more of the following crystals or stones for this
Mediation:

Amber
Carnelian
Citrine
Peridot
Sunstone
Tiger Eye
You can add a piece of Clear Quartz to enhance all of these stones’ power.
Try to have at least three of these stones for your meditation. You will want
to find a comfortable place to lie down before you start and have your
crystals at hand.
In your lying position, begin by taking some deep inhales and exhales. As
you breathe in, count to ten slowly. Hold your breath for a count of five, and
then exhale for a count of ten. Repeat this cycle ten times.
After you have connected to your breath, continue breathing normally.
Starting at the top of your head, notice any tension that may be stuck around
your neck, your forehead, and your ears. Make sure your eyebrows are
relaxed. Relax your eyelids, your chin, and your jaw. Let your tongue relax as
your breath in through your nose, and out through your nose.
Move slowly down the body, looking for more tension to release. Release the
shoulders, the chest, and the elbows. Release the arms, hands, wrists, and
fingers. Notice any places that you are holding onto and let them melt into
release.
Continue through your belly, your hips, and low back. Release any tension in
your thighs and knees, your calves and ankles. Let go of anything that is
tense in your feet and your toes until you are fully released and relaxed into
the floor and just breathe in this position for a few moments.
With your body fully relaxed, you can now begin to place the stones on your
abdomen. Arrange them so that they are going from the solar plexus down to
the root chakra to help ground your lower chakra energies.
Once you have the stones aligned, take several deep inhalations and
exhalations to connect to the energy of the stones. If you want, you can use
the cycle of “In for 10-Hold for 5-Out for 10” and repeat 5-10 times, or you
can simply spend the next few minutes taking deep powerful breaths.
You will not repeat this mantra out loud because you want the vibration of
the words to remain inside of your body for full empowerment. Say the
following affirmations in your mind and as you do so, see the light of your
lower chakras blending together into a nice, bright-orange hue:
“I am present.
“I am myself and my power is strong.”
“I have all I need to exist.”
“My will is my own and I strive forward with courage.”
“I am passionate and empowered.”
“I thrive in all situations.”
“I am a creative source of light.”
“My needs are mine to meet and I meet them on my own.”
“I will give my light to this world.”
“I am a light in this world.”
“I am present.”
This mantra can be repeated more than once and as you are stating it to
yourself, you can see the orange light from your red root, orange sacral, and
yellow solar plexus chakras blending together. Let it grow bigger and bigger,
like a big sun, your internal sun, reaching out into the world around you.
Lie with this vision of light expanding from within to the outside of you. This
would be a good time to call upon your power animal. A power animal is
anything that comes forward to help you meet your true, inner nature.
Look through the wilderness in your mind and notice what animal pops up
first. This is probably the animal with the strongest message for you. Keep in
mind that not all power animals have to be lions, tigers, and bears. Some
power animals can be much smaller and offer a specific message you need
right now in your life. If a mouse shows up, there’s a good reason. You can
find out more about Spirit Animals and their meanings from a variety of
books and online resources.
For now, just see the animal who has come forward for you to offer you
support. Let them be bathed in your orange power light and incorporate them
into your feeling of power.
Spend a few more minutes in this position before returning to the rest of your
body, mind, and sense of the world around you.
Remove the crystals and stones and give yourself a few minutes to “wake-
up.” Feel your new sense of power and take it out into the world with you!
Enhance this energy with a warming Ginger-Turmeric hot tea and some
invigorating exercise, like dancing or aerobics.

Visions, Dreams, and Psychic Sense Meditation

You will need one or more of the following crystals or stones for this
Mediation:

Amethyst
Clear Quartz
Fluorite
Labradorite
Moonstone
Pyrite
Selenite
Turquoise
You will need to lie down for this meditation. Find a comfortable space
where there will be room for you to lay stones around your head as well as on
top of the third eye. This meditation is to open and clear the channels of
psychic abilities. The more often you perform this meditation, the more open
your channels will be and the more you will notice a heightened awareness,
psychic dreams, and prophetic visions.
Arrange your crystals and stones around your head. You will need at least
four stones for this meditation. You will place one stone at the crown of the
head, one next to each ear, and one on the third eye. Once you have the
stones and crystals placed, you can move to the next step.
In your lying position, begin by taking some deep inhales and exhales. As
you breathe in, count to ten slowly. Hold your breath for a count of five, and
then exhale for a count of ten. Repeat this cycle ten times.
After you have connected to your breath, continue breathing normally.
Starting at the top of your head, notice any tension that may be stuck around
your neck, your forehead, and your ears. Make sure your eyebrows are
relaxed. Relax your eyelids, your chin, and your jaw. Let your tongue relax as
your breath in through your nose, and out through your nose.
Move slowly down the body, looking for more tension to release. Release the
shoulders, the chest, and the elbows. Release the arms, hands, wrists, and
fingers. Notice any places that you are holding onto and let them melt into
release.
Continue through your belly, your hips, and low back. Release any tension in
your thighs and knees, your calves and ankles. Let go of anything that is
tense in your feet and your toes until you are fully released and relaxed into
the floor and just breathe in this position for a few moments.
Once you have released all of the energy from your muscles, organs, and
body parts, turn your attention and focus to the energy around your head and
on top of your third eye. Breathe air into these areas and let yourself relax
fully into the energy of these crystals and stones.
Release the urge to overthink what will come up. Only relax into the visions
or information that will be updated into your mind. To help you focus, begin
by seeing an orb of violet light surrounding your entire head. Open the crown
of your head to receive the Universal energy and light from outside of you.
As you visualize the violet light surrounding your head, see a shaft of silver
light coming from the cosmos pouring into your mind. This light is safe and
clear and ready to help you open your mind. If you feel like you need to you
can think to yourself, “I ask only for positive energy, frequency, and
guidance to pour into me. I repel all negative energies and allow only positive
energy into my crown.”
Let the silver light pour into you and fill your whole body. Continue to notice
the energy of the crystals and feel the vibration of violet light around your
skull. From here, just breathe and relax. Let go. Let your mind wander far
away. Let your mind discover what lies beneath.
Spend several minutes in meditation, at least 10, while you connect to the
third eye and the crown chakras to awaken your visions and spiritual
guidance. Whatever comes up is a profound message for you on your healing
path. You may want to keep a journal of your experiences when performing
this meditation regularly.
Give yourself plenty of time to relax when you feel like the meditation has
come to a close. Take your time getting up. You may feel light-headed so
having a few minutes to sit and drink a glass of water and eat a small snack
will help recharge your energy after such an intense meditation.
Be careful not to overdo this meditation. It will help you to balance it out
with other meditations that will connect you to your lower chakra energies as
well. It is important that we all stay grounded while we are exploring the
more cosmic realities of life.

Master Healer Meditation

You will need one or more of the following crystals or stones for this
Mediation:

Clear Quartz
Turquoise
This meditation is very simple and only requires two stones. It will be a
useful meditation for anyone who is in need of a deeper healing experience or
who has a specific area of the body, mind, or soul that needs effective relief.
If you have a growth, abscess, or tumor, you would want to lie in a
comfortable position that will allow you to comfortably lay the crystals on
top of the affected area.
In your lying or sitting position, begin by taking some deep inhales and
exhales. As you breathe in, count to ten slowly. Hold your breath for a count
of five, and then exhale for a count of ten. Repeat this cycle ten times.
After you have connected to your breath, continue breathing normally.
Starting at the top of your head, notice any tension that may be stuck around
your neck, your forehead, and your ears. Make sure your eyebrows are
relaxed. Relax your eyelids, your chin, and your jaw. Let your tongue relax as
your breath in through your nose, and out through your nose.
Move slowly down the body, looking for more tension to release. Release the
shoulders, the chest, and the elbows. Release the arms, hands, wrists, and
fingers. Notice any places that you are holding onto and let them melt into
release.
Continue through your belly, your hips, and low back. Release any tension in
your thighs and knees, your calves and ankles. Let go of anything that is
tense in your feet and your toes until you are fully released and relaxed into
the floor and just breathe in this position for a few moments.
Place the stones in the desired location on your body. Spend several minutes
just feeling the vibration and energy of the stones as they connect with you
and your energy.
Depending on what you are healing, your visualization will be different. If
you are working to shrink or dissolve a tumor or growth, you will need to
spend several minutes seeing the growth lessen in size until it is no longer
existent. If you are dealing with a blood circulation remedy, you will want to
picture a healthy heartbeat and fresh, oxygenated blood pumping to all areas
of your body. Spend time working on your visualization and devote 15
minutes or so to this practice.
Continue breathing deeply as you picture the significant changes in your
energy. See the parts of you that need healing dissolving, or rejuvenating.
Practice your visualization methods so that you are being very detailed and
specific with the way you are healing the wounds.
If your wounds are mental and emotional, see those parts of your life-
changing. Picture yourself how you want to feel. See yourself happy. Imagine
the life you are asking to create and move forward towards.
Spend as long as you need to with this meditation before recovering and
returning to your sense of the world around you. Be gentle with your energy
for the rest of the day. Avoid chaotic places, or negative people and
vibrations. Get some good sleep and drink plenty of water.
This meditation can be changed to heal anything in your body, heart, and
soul. You are not limited to anything from the writing of the meditation.
Modify to accommodate your specific needs. The main point is that you are
using Clear Quartz and Turquoise and that you are resting with breath while
you see your healing take shape.
These four guided meditations are only the beginning of what you can begin
to do with crystal healing. From all of the practices in this book, you can
begin to structure and create the healing methods that work the best for you,
your lifestyle, and your preferred stones and crystals.
Spend time researching even more stones and crystals that you can bring into
these meditations and above all, have fun with it! It is such an exciting and
unique way to participate in your own healing journey and all it takes is a bit
of your time and a handful of crystals.
 Chapter 14:
Reiki and Crystals

The term Reiki derives from two words, the first one is rei, meaning
‘universal’, and the other one is ki, meaning ‘life force energy’.
The healing process of Reiki is done by hand. Hands channel the energy
called ki that is guided by the Spirit of the Universe called rei. The practice of
Reiki is about bringing harmony to the body and making it feel relaxed.
It is said that ki is a form of intelligent energy and that the energy itself
knows where healing needs to take place. You must keep in mind that this
healing energy does not come from the Reiki practitioner as the practitioner is
just a channel for it. Benefits of Reiki include many things, some of them
include emotional, mental, and physical balance, development of personal
awareness, increase of inner peace and improved creativity. Reiki also helps
with pain relief, headaches, and respiratory problems. Many people believe
that Reiki should be used as an addition to traditional medicine and not as an
alternative method. In Reiki, the energy is channeled through the person to
empower them for healing. Since they don't use their own energy, they are
not deprived of it.
Practicing Reiki protects and prevents those who use it from picking up
negative energy from the people they heal. There are few forms of Reiki, and
knowledge of it is passed down from Reiki masters to Reiki students. Even
though they have some differences, the basic concept of channeling energy is
the same for all of them. There are different symbols that are used in Reiki
practices, but some of them are trained to use more than one kind of Reiki.
The main principle of Reiki is to unify the forces of the higher self and inner
self, and that is why Reiki masters have ways of tuning chakra points to
manifest one’s energy to its fullest.
When it comes to a Reiki crystal session for healing, the first step is stone
selection. In this step, the Reiki master listens to the user’s energy and then
chooses the stones that are best suited for them. Then, the Purification
Ceremony comes afterward, where the Reiki practitioner cleanses the crystals
that he chose for the user. The next step is Reiki Stone Attunement, which is
receiving a crystal healing session for chakras that will empower the user.
This process is different for every Reiki practitioner. After this, the Reiki
master does an Auric Sweep that cleanses all negative energy by sweeping
the aura of the user using hand gestures while holding the crystals.
Crystals vibrate in perfect sync with the universal energy that is used by
Reiki practitioners, and that is why they have complementary healing
abilities. For greater effectiveness, it is recommended to hold crystals in the
palms of the hands. The art of healing known as gemology is the separation
method in which the gemstones are used in unison with color therapy. It is
said that crystals are capacitors of energy, whether that energy is positive or
negative. Crystals produce a piezoelectric effect which is the mechanical
movement used in quartz watches. Since they are used as energy storage,
Reiki can use them for constant emission.
 Chapter 15:
Crystals for Prosperity

One of the most common things people want to use crystal healing for is for
wealth and prosperity. There are various crystals used for improving the
wealth and prosperity of people.
Some of them are listed below:

Citrine is known as the money stone. It is considered to be the

stone of success as it promotes success in business and money. It
is also considered to be the merchant's stone of wealth. It is known
to bring good fortune even when fortune is not expected. It
vibrates with prosperity in all forms. Therefore, it not only helps in
acquiring wealth, but it also helps one to maintain it. It is a
powerful money stone. It helps in the manifestation of abundance
and is associated with the solar plexus chakra.
Green aventurine has been widely used by gamblers to help with
their winnings. It brings good fortune, money, abundance, and
happiness. It is also referred to as the money stone by gamblers. It
attracts not only money but also luck, which is why it's a gambler's
favorite. This crystal is associated with the heart chakra. The heart
should radiate positive energy to do well financially.
Pyrite is known as the traditional symbol of money. It helps in
connecting the left side of the brain with the right. It also blocks all
negative energy. It is associated with the third eye chakra.
Peridot is a money stone. When used along with citrine, you are
guaranteed to see an increase in your financials.
Amber allows you to accept change and helps you follow your
dreams. It is associated with the crown chakra. It improves your
thought process and aids in making correct choices. It converts
negative energy into positive energy and improves self-confidence.
Bloodstones are used to instill courage. They balance the base,
navel, heart, and sacral chakras. It helps people see things in a new
light. It makes them see a change in patterns and thus is extremely
useful when investing.
Calcite is a psychic amplifier. It doubles anything that is wanted
by the wearer. It controls power, wealth, health, strength, and
prosperity. It also enhances intellect.
Cat's eye is used for increasing wealth and confidence. It is
associated with power.
Chrysoprase is considered to bring prosperity and good fortune.
Emeralds are known as the ‘Queen of the Heart.’ They are
connected to the spirit of the Earth. Emeralds personify luxury and
opulence on earth.
Green tourmaline is the stone of success. It helps with creativity,
abundance, compassion, and prosperity.
Jade has always been considered to be the stone of prosperity,
health, wealth, and happiness. It is the all-round stone. It satisfies
all the connections between the physical needs and spiritual needs.
Malachite is an abundance stone. It can create an open path to your
desired goals whatever they may be.
Moss agate is used to relieve exhaustion and to enhance you
chance at victory and your overall luck. It is useful for locating
lost money and treasure.
Mother of Pearl attracts prosperity. It heightens intuition and
imagination. Historically, the mother of pearl was often associated
with money. There is no doubt as to why talismans for wealth are
usually made out of this stone.
Opal is a stone of inspiration. It enhances creativity. It also
enhances memory. It is a spiritual stone and helps in the process of
change, which can be useful when rethinking your financial
situation or starting a new job.
Pearls are associated with prosperity.
Ruby is the stone of wise decisions. It is good for making a sound
decision regarding finances and investment.
Tiger’s eye is the stone of focus, determination, and patience. It
has been used to stimulate wealth and prosperity.
Topaz aids in the success of all endeavors. It helps in the
manifestation of a person's desires. It is especially powerful when
combined with amethyst.
Turquoise is the stone of truth. It helps in analytical thinking. It
absorbs negativity and is associated with the heart chakra.
 Conclusion

I hope this book has provided you enough information to enable you to
understand the basic concepts of crystal healing. Once you start following the
different tips and steps given in this book, you will see positive changes in
yourself.
Crystal healing is a simple form of alternative therapy, which can be
practiced by anyone. When armed with the right information and the proper
mindset, crystal healing encourages a holistic approach towards healing your
body, mind, and soul.
All the information you need about various healing crystals, and the
techniques used, are now at your disposal. Using them, you can certainly
improve your health, wealth, and prosperity. By getting rid of any negative
energy and replacing it with positive energy, it makes it easier for you to
think clearly and make better decisions. Crystal healing certainly works, but
don’t expect it to work overnight. It takes time, effort, and patience.
The next step is to go out and get your first crystal. Ideally, that will mean
going into a store and having the crystal call to you so that you feel an
attraction to it. Remember, it does not matter what the purpose of the crystal
is or what it is supposed to do for you, your body and intuition will draw it to
you, so that means you need it in your life.
From there you will be amazed to find the changes in your life that have
happened since you acquired this crystal. You can research what kind of
crystal it is, what it is supposed to, and other ways to use it.
Don’t try to focus on several things at once; instead, start healing one part of
yourself at a time. Patience is a virtue that comes in especially handy in all
aspects of your life. Crystal healing is not an exception.
Thank you, and good luck!
 REIKI HEALING FOR BEGINNERS
The Complete Step-by-Step Guide to Reiki Meditation and Self-
Healing Secrets to Find Balance and Increase your Positive Energy,
Overcoming the Daily Stress and Anxiety

By Aura Heal
 Table of Contents

Introduction
Chapter 1: Reiki Basics
Chapter 2: The Origin of Reiki
Chapter 3: Principles of Reiki
Chapter 4: How to Get Started with Reiki
Chapter 5: How to Do Reiki on Yourself
Chapter 6: How to Practice Reiki on Others
Chapter 7: Diseases and Imbalances for Reiki
Chapter 8: Reiki and Body Energy
Chapter 9: Reiki Techniques for Self-Healing
Chapter 10: The Reiki Healing Techniques
Chapter 11: How to Practice Reiki with Crystals
Chapter 12: Reiki Symbols
Chapter 13: Reiki and The Chakras
Chapter 14: Benefits of Reiki
Chapter 15: Reiki and Meditation
Chapter 16: Training to be a Reiki Master
Chapter 17: The Power of Attunements
Conclusion
 Introduction

Reiki is a simple healing technique that helps channel the universal life force
present around you to heal yourself. It is based on the simple premise that
illness is often caused by the presence of negative energy or the imbalance of
energy present within. Reiki not only makes you aware of the energy flowing
within you but also teaches you to harness this energy and heal yourself
through it. There is energy present everywhere in this universe. By
channeling this energy, you can start treating yourself.
Reiki is a powerful curing method that allows a practitioner to place his or
her hands on the customer without controlling the body. It makes Reiki an
excellent healing method for people suffering from physical and emotional
problems of all kinds. Most clinics now provide Reiki healing as a treatment
for their patients.
Whoever is willing to practice it without proper initiation will not be using
Reiki energy and will be compromising his own energy with harmful results
for his health. To use the Reiki technique, it is essential to find a trained
teacher first. Reiki is a spiritual practice that anybody can learn from a
qualified teacher. Learning what is commonly referred to as Japanese Reiki is
simple, but like most good things in life, it requires time..
In this book, you will study how your energy bodies collects, processes, and
expresses everything that happens inside you, as a response to outside
experiences.
Whether you’re suffering from fatigue, chronic illness, mental illness, or
overall emotional and physical pain, this book will help you find out the
exact causes. Unlike other books about spiritual healing, this book is devoted
to helping you understand that the spiritual and physical realm are
interconnected in a tangible way and within the grasp of reason.
This book will also help you to understand your energy bodies and how they
communicate with your physical body. With this understanding, you will be
able to see how your past experiences and everything you learned, starting
from the earliest days of your childhood, affects your relationship with the
world. You will learn what caused you to disconnect from the people around
you, the Divine, and your own body.
You will also be given tools to test and discover how your energy already
feels if you haven’t been attuned yet by a Reiki Master and some helpful
ways for you to discover the healing power of your energy. You are about to
learn about a powerful healing method that has helped so many people all
over the world discover the true power of energy work. You will not need to
go very far to know what it means and how it works because the answers are
all right here for you in this helpful guide to self-healing.
 Chapter 1:
Reiki Basics

Close your eyes and imagine the most blissful version of yourself. Everything
about your life, your day today, your long-term vision has come to fruition,
and everything is in perfect harmony. There is no aspect of your being that is
out of sync or needs to be improved upon. You are eternally grateful for
every part of your life, and there is nothing you can find to complain about.
These may seem like mere fantasies to you now. However, this is the life that
is possible and open to you. While that will look different for every single
person reading this book, the fact of the matter remains that your biggest
fantasy and living a happy and successful life is something within your grasp.
Perhaps you have learned the lesson that a hard life has taught you, or
perhaps adulthood is more difficult than you imagine, or perhaps you thought
you were on the right path to success but woke up one day and realized this is
not where you want to be. No matter the reason for where you are now, the
answer to where you want to go lies in the art of Reiki.
Everything in life and the universe is made up of energy. You put energy into
your job and you get things from it. You get a paycheck, you get experience,
you get knowledge; but if it is not the right job for you, then you also get
negative things from it, whether you realize it or not. Everything in life is
made up of energy and the transference of that energy from one thing to
another.
What if I told you that you had the ability to use that energy however you so
choose? What if I told you had the ability to change every aspect of your life
with that energy? What if I told you your greatest dreams could come true by
simply using your mind and energy to change things in the world? You
already know you can change things as simple as your job, where you are
traveling on your bike, and more. So why wouldn't that be true of every other
part of your life?
Have you been conditioned to think that you have little to no power in your
life? Have you been taught that the effects of your actions are not related to
you? Have you learned through repetition that nothing in the world changes
so you should not even try? What if I told you that Reiki is the antidote to this
illness? Reiki can alter things that you thought were unchangeable.

What is Reiki?
The beginning of our journey to learning Reiki healing is understanding what
it is we are working with. A basic understanding of Reiki and all of its
elements is crucial to putting it into practice and perfecting your healing
skills. So what is Reiki? Reiki is an art of healing, both spiritual and
therapeutic. While it is spiritual, Reiki does not have any particular
association with any one type of religion, so it is applicable and important to
all people across the globe, regardless of anyone’s religious beliefs. This art
of healing specifically uses the energy of all life on Earth by using one’s
hands as conduits to direct the energy.
Where does the word Reiki come from? It is Japanese in origin, being a
combination of the words for “energy” and “ultimate knowledge.” It is with
this creation that the basic knowledge of what Reiki truly is can be
understood. Reiki is the art of using the ultimate knowledge of the energy of
the universe to heal.
The way Reiki is traditionally performed is by using hands to guide, direct, or
alter energy around a person. Because there is energy flowing throughout
everything in our world, including ourselves, there are times when energy
through a person is not flowing as effectively or as harmoniously as it should.
It is in these instances that the art of laying of hands can help to correct any
imbalances, blockages, or deficiencies in that person’s energy.
Signs and symptoms that one’s life force energy needs to be altered can
include feeling stressed out, sluggish, sick, injured, or even depressed, among
other things, which we will discuss more in-depth throughout this book.
When your source energy is high, that will manifest itself in an enjoyable and
healthy life.

How Does Reiki Work?

You must be wondering how exactly Reiki works. Well much like the general
universal life force that is flowing around us at all times, it is impossible to
say exactly how it works, as it is a force much larger than we can possibly
imagine. Its inner workings are beyond our full comprehension, and thus it
gives us a scope to sit in awe of. It is for this reason that we come to it to heal
ourselves. Although we may not have a full grasp on how this energy works,
this does not mean we do not know that it is there and working. Much like
gravity or the wind, it is invisible to our human eyes but we can see the effect
it has. Perhaps this energy is something we will be able to understand and
perfectly explain in the future but for now it is bigger than us.
Because Reiki uses only the life force of the universe surrounding us, this is
an all-natural type of healing. Perhaps even the most natural source in the
world. For this reason, it is completely safe.
To truly understand Reiki; however, is to let go of a concrete idea and the
ability to nail down specifics. This art is something we channel from a source
that is more expansive than ourselves, and therefore there will always be an
element outside of our human understanding. Let us take a look at the deeper
meaning of the ultimate knowledge of the energy of the universe. Because
this is something too grand to comprehend, the ultimate knowledge is not
something that we can possess but instead we simply acknowledge its
presence. It is not that anyone person has the ultimate knowledge; it is a deep
knowing that an ultimate energy exists in and around us. It requires a faith in
knowing something that cannot be seen. It is, the energy that is present in all
things, animate and inanimate, across all time.
To that end, Reiki is a source of knowledge just outside of our grasp, yet a
vessel through which we can practice an art of healing through. The
knowledge is all-encompassing and only requires that we recognize it and ask
for it to be present to use it to our advantage. It is this overarching wisdom
that has created everything that is, that was, and that will be. On our human
plane, it is a source of support that allows us to use its power to assist the
universe in achieving an equilibrium in all energy transference.
This energy that fills all of us and all things is what makes us alive. Whether
it be us humans, the trees, the Sun, or animals, every single thing has an
energy life force inside of it. On top of that, every single thing we come in
contact with throughout our life also has this force. The wind on our skin, the
sun in our faces, the nutrition from food, and even the dreams in our sleep
have their own energy that affects us.
Thankfully we do not have to focus our energies or efforts on where energy
comes from or goes to. With Reiki we simply must ask it to be. Because it
comes from an omnipresent source, it knows all, including where it is, where
it is going, and where it is needed. You can think of it as a type of overseer if
that makes sense in your mind, or you could simply imagine it as a form of
osmosis, spreading itself out amongst all things in all of the spaces available.
Because we as humans cannot control it, there is no way for us to use it
negatively. Reiki is above the human foibles and greed that so many powerful
people fall prey to. Reiki has its own intelligence and is fully autonomous.
The amazing thing about Reiki is that it is the one energy source from which
all other energy sources flow. For this reason, it can never be used up, can
never be depleted, and is always available. It is an infinite well from which to
draw upon.
The power of the art of healing with hands is so impactful because it is an art
that is available to everyone. The energy lives in everyone, so everyone can
use it. The ability to learn is easy, and does not require any especially
difficult training, nor do you need a special aptitude to learn it. People all
over the world, of all ages, of all skill levels, of all life experiences have
learned the magnificent art of Reiki and have changed their lives because of
it.
All of these advantages lead to one simple answer to most of the world's
troubles: use Reiki to heal. Why spend money on solutions that will not
work? Why spend effort on solutions that do not live up to the hype? Why
put ourselves in difficult positions trying to outsmart something when we
have the answer in our own hands? Reiki has been used to heal physical,
psychological, and emotional troubles for over a hundred years.
It is with this Universal life source that you will become able to heal yours,
your friends and loved ones, and even the world's woes. Things that this book
will teach you how to heal include
ailments of the body. Injuries, diseases, maladies, and general lackluster
organ performance can all be healed by harnessing the universe's energy and
conduit fitting it into yourself.
It can also heal relationships. Not only are our bodies is made up of energy
but even two humans in a relationship is, at some level, nothing more than
energy exchanging. For this reason, it is applicable to use Reiki to improve
your connections with other people.
Supernatural abilities. The use of Reiki his use of a supernatural ability. It is
supernatural not because a select few possess it but because not everyone
uses it. The point at which everyone on Earth uses their ordained ability to
harness the universe's energy, this will no longer be supernatural. However,
until that time comes, using this energy source will give you powers that
most people do not understand or comprehend.
Personal growth. An important part of recognizing and using Reiki is simply
your ability to quietly reflect inward on yourself. The ability to harness the
universe's life force requires that you have some sort of personal growth
journey, both to begin as well as further down your path. This art is about
becoming a better version of yourself to show up to a better version of the
world.
Service. Beyond just improving your relationships with other people, this art
is also a way to serve the universe that has been so generous to give you the
life you are using right now. Not only that but all of the inanimate world
around you even beyond the other humans. You can affect every part of the
universe around you.
Signs That Your Soul Needs Reiki
Before we begin, please take a look at the list below. If any of the
‘symptoms’ seem familiar, it means that you could likely use some Reiki in
your life.
You feel like you’re ‘lost’, have reached a dead end, and cannot find your
way out of a situation:

Sometimes you feel like a failure or a loser. Everything you touch

seems to fall apart.
You seek support, understanding, and acceptance but you can’t
seem to find it, not even from your loved ones.
From time to time, everything seems meaningless and you feel like
quitting and giving up on everything.
There’s always an annoying bustle in your life, a never-ending list
of things that need to be done. This leaves you feeling like you
have no time for yourself.
You're tired. You can barely get up in the morning. You feel like
you have no strength, no energy, no ideas, and no inspiration.
You have an urge to heal yourself, to seek an escape from
everything, or to spend time alone with yourself, to listen to the
sound of silence, and hear the whisper of your soul.
With all the spiritual practices and the knowledge you have
acquired, all of them seem to fall short of helping you cope with
situations in your life.
You are experiencing bouts of obsession, anxiety, fear, or you feel
let down all the time.
Do any of these symptoms feel familiar? If then you are definitely on the
right track by reading this book.
Another good thing is that Reiki therapy helps you connect with your soul
and find a way out of practically any situation in your life. And it does so
without the need for you to fall out of the rhythm of life you’re used to, or
requiring you to hide in Himalayan caves for years.
Reiki is an affordable and relatively straightforward method by which to
significantly improve your overall wellbeing and condition on both a physical
and mental level. The practice helps you to find harmony within yourself and
establish positive contact with the world around you — affording you the
opportunity to realize what the meaning of life is.

The Mystery of Reiki

Reiki practice has a very deep history. To be succinct, the system was
traditionally used for healing in ancient Japan.
Although healing is still the main focus and purpose of the system, Reiki in
the modern world is still surrounded by the controversial (and often disputed)
question: “Is Reiki a sect?”
Arguments over this issue have persisted for many years. And, since the
attitude towards this practice is rather ambiguous, the theories surrounding
the origins and purpose of the system has spread like a wildfire of gossip and
conjecture.
An example of one of these doubt-inducing practices is the fact that people
who have undergone Reiki initiations go on to hold regular gatherings, and
the master who performed the original ritual ascends to the role of spiritual
mentor of the recipient.
There are many organizations that seek to earn a lot of money by promoting
Reiki, promising miraculous healings from various ailments, including
cancer. Because of this, many people have grown to view Reiki as a sect.
However, the practices of Reiki can be done by yourself too, allowing you to
gain all the benefits of the system, and doing so completely free of charge.

Reiki Philosophy
The doctrine of Reiki is practiced in all corners of the Earth, and every year
the number of people who join the practice increases.
Depending on the person’s abilities and the duration of their practice, three
main levels of Reiki exist. And each time, there is an initiation process held.
At each step, new opportunities are opened up to the practitioner of Reiki.

Stage 1: The first stage practices and teaches mastery of what is

known as ‘The laying of hands’. At this stage, the practitioner is
taught how to lay their hands in a way that can transfer and
concentrate the energy in your body, into living beings.
 Stage 2: At the second stage, the practitioner studies the symbols
of Reiki and learns to work with the past and the future. At this
stage, the practitioner begins to learn how to utilize the energy of
the universe to impact emotional and physical change. This stage
is where the practitioner begins to unlock the power within the
Reiki system and methodology.
Stage 3: At the third stage, the practitioner is considered a Master,
and they are now free to teach and conduct initiations.

Reiki Psychology
The modern world constantly keeps us in a state of flux. We seem to always
be chasing something, whether it be financial goals, wellbeing, comfort or
other benefits. We can get tangled in the chase and forget about the
important things that are needed for happiness and a sense of inner harmony.
By studying the beautiful art of Reiki and learning how to apply what you
learn from the system, you gradually free yourself from the invisible shackles
that modern-day life seems to routinely imprison people with. We gain this
freedom by becoming realigned with what our true values are, and
remembering the true selves that we lose touch with during the ‘rat race’ of
day-to-day life.
The meditations found within Reiki also help you to isolate yourself from any
problems — bringing you perspective — and allowing you to find yourself
and your inner peace.
Regular practice of Reiki gives you a chance to get rid of psychological
problems too, setting you free from your emotional calluses, and ultimately
allowing you to change your life for the better.

Reiki is a Journey
Anyone can learn Reiki practices but you need to be aware that it will take
time and effort to develop the necessary knowledge and skills.
When you study in a group or with a Reiki master, the process usually begins
with learning about the history of the schools and the biographies of the first
masters. This helps you to understand how the Reiki method was born, and to
proceed to the next stage more consciously. After that, the initiation itself is
carried out — the process where the master changes the internal 'settings' of a
person, thereby preparing their body for practice. This procedure lasts 10-15
minutes. Then, the master teaches the beginner how to properly activate the
energy channels that are located in the center of the palms. For this purpose,
you should recite the following text: "Energy of Reiki, I am open," and
visualize special characters. Many people say that during this act they feel the
heat coming from their hands, crown of their head, and feet. This indicates
that everything is done correctly, and the body is ready to perceive energy.
The special Reiki symbols are usually studied at the second stage of training.
Each drawing has its own meaning and purpose. Symbols are usually drawn
in the air next to a sore spot on a person’s body or simply visualized.
 Chapter 2:
The Origin of Reiki

While Reiki is a Japanese term that was started by a doctor in Japan, the
original history of this form of healing is thought to trace back much farther
in time. In previous centuries, traditions and information were not written
down and instead required oral transmission to be passed from person to
person. This form of retaining information has unfortunately meant that some
records and accounts are no longer remembered, and the history of some
topics is murky and untraceable.
With Reiki, some believe that it traces all the way back to ancient India,
during the time of the Buddha. While it did not go by the name Reiki, the
concept of energy healing is thought to have existed, and some believe that
this was practiced by the Buddha when he helped people and trained monks
and nuns. Other historical, spiritual figures, such as Jesus, are also thought to
have practiced energy healing, and it is one of the explanations for how he
was able to perform his miracles and heal the sick and dying. There are other
scholars who believe energy healing goes back even farther in time to the
start of civilization and the early humans who roamed the earth.
Unfortunately, the original starting point will never be known with certainty
but we can at least know that it has existed for much longer than modern
times.
Over time the art of energy healing became lost in translation, and the oral
tradition of passing down its teachings became forgotten. Luckily, during the
19th century, a Japanese doctor by the name of Dr. Mikao Usui rediscovered
this ancient art and was able to breathe light back into the practice of Reiki.
There are many myths and legends that surround Dr. Mikao Usui, and
although they have been proven to be false, they still exist when reading
about his life and what inspired him. Many books will refer to the fact that he
was a lecturer at a university in Kyoto, or that he was a Christian monk who
sought out to be more like Jesus. There is also a myth that he studied in the
United States in Chicago but like with the other rumors, records have shown
this to be false.
What is true; however, is that Dr. Mikao Usui was born into a very spiritual
family who had been practicing Zen Buddhists for many generations. He was
brought up with strong spiritual beliefs and understood from a young age that
energy exists within all of us, and connects us to a higher level of
understanding.
During the mid to late 19th century, the world experienced many breakouts of
cholera, a fatal disease that is frequently linked to contaminated water
supplies. Nowadays, in the developed world, cholera is easily treated, and the
symptoms rarely progress to the point of death. But, back in the mid-19th
century, medicine was not as advanced, and symptoms could cause severe
dehydration that resulted in many people losing their lives.
It was during a cholera outbreak in Tokyo that Dr. Mikao Usui ended up on
the path of Reiki, as he ended up contracting the virus and becoming
extremely ill. Close to death and unable to heal himself, he ended up having a
spiritual experience in which it is said that his ancestors spoke to him and
told him there were ways to heal outside of modern medicine. This
experienced changed Dr. Mikao Usui’s life, and upon getting better, he set
out to join a Zen monastery and begin learning the ancient teachings of his
ancestors.
Dr. Mikao Usui spent many years studying at the monastery, where he was
able to discover references to various forms of energy healing. He learned as
much as he possibly could while there but everything that he was doing was
only teaching him the technical side, and he understood that simply knowing
about it would not benefit anyone. Instead, Dr. Mikao Usui decided that to
truly understand these teachings he would need to put them into practice, so
he left the monastery and set out to the holy mountain of Kurama.
It was here that he engaged in 21 days of meditation and fasting, and on the
last day, while praying for a sign, he was overtaken by a bright and powerful
light. This vision was exactly what he had been searching for, and it was on
this last day that he decided to return down the mountain. On his walk, he
accidentally stubbed his toe, causing it to bleed. Out of instinct, he reached
down to touch the area he had hurt, and instantly the pain subsided, and the
bleeding stopped.
After 21 days of fasting, Dr. Mikao Usui stopped to get some food on his way
back to the monastery, and even though he had gone so long without food, he
was able to indulge in his meal without any pain or repercussions. It was also
there he encountered a young girl who was in pain due to a toothache. He
placed his hands on the girl’s face, and using only energy, he was able to rid
her of the pain. Finishing his meal, Dr. Mikao Usui made his way back to the
monastery, and there he found his friend laid up in bed due to arthritic pain.
Once more, he was able to use his hands to heal him, and this was the fourth
miracle performed that day. It was from here that his teachings began to
spread.
Although he never studied in America, during his adolescence he became
fascinated by Western culture but he never had the opportunity to travel
outside of Japan. Instead, his only real contact with the Western world was
through the doctors that he studied with while learning about allopathic
medicine, otherwise known as modern medicine. Any stories that differ from
this account are simply white-washing history so that it appeals more to
Western readers.
The truth is, Dr. Mikao Usui and his teachings of Reiki were very much
rooted in Eastern culture and practice, and for many years it was limited only
to Japan. It wasn’t until much later that Reiki began spreading and that it
made its way over into the Western world.
How Reiki Spread to the West
For the remainder of Dr. Mikao Usui’s life, he spread his knowledge of Reiki
and trained others to be able to perform this ancient art of healing. Before he
passed away, he managed to train and initiate nineteen of his students,
including one by the name of Dr. Chujiro Hayashi. Upon his death, Dr.
Chujiro Hayashi was appointed the next master of Reiki, and he became
responsible for training and initiating the new group of students.
Dr. Chujiro Hayashi worked hard to expand the knowledge of Reiki, and he
set up the very first clinic in Tokyo. Here he taught students, worked with
patients and worked on developing new techniques to assist with his healing.
From special diets to whole-body treatments, Dr. Chujiro Hayashi expanded
energy healing into the practice that we are familiar with today.
It was at his clinic in Tokyo that the woman responsible for the spread to the
West came to know of Reiki. Born in Hawaii, Hawayo Kawamura was an
American woman who experienced many hardships in her years. After
getting married and having two children, her husband unexpectedly passed
away, and she was suddenly left on her own as a single mother. The
heartache and stress were unbearable, and it ended up taking a toll on her
mental and physical health causing exhaustion as well as respiratory issues
and a diseased gallbladder. Already struggling severely, it was compounded
when her sister passed away, and she was left with the responsibility of
traveling to Japan to inform her parents who had moved back there. Already
very ill, Hawayo Kawamuru made the trip but ended up requiring
hospitalization shortly after her arrival. It was at the hospital that they
discovered even more health issues, such as a tumor, appendicitis, and drastic
weight loss.
Doctors were insistent that she required immediate surgery but she was
hesitant due to the fact that her respiratory issues increased her risk of
complications during anesthesia. Thinking it over that night, Hawayo
Kawamuru opted to ask her doctor if there were any other options besides
surgery, and it was then that she was pointed in the direction of Dr. Chujiro
Hayashi’s clinic.
For the next four months, Hawayo Kawamuru received treatment at the clinic
in the form of Reiki healing. By the end of this period, she found herself
completely healed from all of her prior ailments, and she was so astounded
by this that she decided to learn this art for herself. Over the following year,
she worked and trained at the same clinic, and following this, Dr. Chujiro
Hayashi decided that she had learned enough that could move on to
becoming a level two practitioner, which is the advanced degree.
Upon returning to Hawaii, Madam Hawayo Kawamuru opened up the first
Reiki clinic in the Western world, and it was here that she worked and taught
for the next year. Later, Dr. Chujiro Hayashi made the journey from Japan to
Hawaii and came to visit Madam Kawamuru’s clinic. Seeing the work, she
was doing and testing her knowledge, he decided that she was now at the
point where she could become a Reiki master. She ended up becoming the
very first woman master, as well as the first foreigner to ever be allowed to
do so.
Before Dr. Chujiro Hayashi passed away, he declared that Madam Hawayo
Kawamuru would be appointed as his successor, making her the third Grand
Master in history. In Hawaii, she continued teaching and working out of her
clinic, and ended up initiating an additional twenty-two Reiki masters before
her death.
After her death, two appointed Grand Masters were put in place to continue
the teachings but this change from having only one ended up causing issues,
and the two Grand Masters went their separate ways and began their own
ways of teaching. From here, the art of Reiki became tainted by the ego of its
practitioners, and many started changing the system or claiming it as their
own.
Reiki is taught by many teachers, some of who follow the true spirit of it, and
others who are only looking to profit. But, the art of Reiki is one that is
divine in nature, and it cannot be claimed by any one individual as it was
knowledge passed down from ancient wisdom. True Reiki is one that is
solely about healing and embracing this ability, and thus it is very important
that one seeking to learn or be healed turn only to masters who are qualified
and who have the correct intention.
If you decide to pursue the path of Reiki, understanding history can help
guide you in staying on the proper path and should be turned to whenever
you have doubts or concerns about the practice. The original teachings that
were handed down to Dr. Mikao Usui are pure and should be the ultimate
goal for any energy healer.
 Chapter 3:
Principles of Reiki

We could all do with a little balance and perspective in our lives. To do this,
you can use the five basic principles of Reiki. You don't have to abide by
these principles strictly. Instead, you can think of them as the broad
guidelines to get rid of any unnecessary stress from your life. Think of these
principles as a means to improve your outlook towards life in general. If you
want, you can start following these principles one at a time. There is no
pressure, and you don't have to start following them all at once. After all,
making a change is never easy, and if you want to stick to it in the long run,
then change must be gradual. These principles are quite simple, and by being
mindful of your thoughts and actions, you can improve the quality of your
life. The key to a better life lies in your hands.

Letting Go of Your Worries

Just for today, don't think about your worries. It might not be easy to let go of
your fears but it is essential for your mental peace. The more you worry about
something, the greater is the stress you experience. Letting go of unnecessary
stress and anxiety can make you feel lighter and better. An imbalance in your
body, mind, and spirit is often caused because of stress and anxiety. People
usually end up getting anxious or stressed whenever they face obstacles
challenges of life.
Life seldom unfolds the way you want it to. Obstacles are a common part of
life, and learning to deal with them is crucial to be successful. When you are
faced with obstacles, you either allow it to overwhelm you, or calmly think
about how you can overcome it. For the sake of your mental peace, it is a
good idea to approach any obstacle or challenge you come across as a
learning opportunity. Once you take control of your emotions, you will be in
a better situation to think of solutions. Try approaching all situations in your
life with a positive attitude. After all, positivity breeds positivity.

Regulating Your Anger

Forget about everything that has happened in the past; let go of your anger.
All you have is the present moment and learn to live it to the fullest. Don't
allow your anger to take away any happiness from your life. Let go of your
anger, just for today.
To use this Reiki principle, you must understand about anger and its triggers.
Anger is an extremely powerful emotion, and if you are not careful, it could
effectively guide all the decisions you make in life. Spend some time and
learn about your anger triggers and how you can regain control of your
emotions. Whenever you get angry, keep in mind that you are essentially
giving away control to someone else or even a situation. Never let others
control your actions. There is always a choice, as long as you're aware of it.
Once you respond to any situation positively, no one or nothing will ever take
your power away from you. Every situation or even a person must be
approached with some compassion. Understand what might be happening and
what happened to prompt the other person to act the way they did. There's
always more to life than what meets the eye. Learn to see things from other's
perspectives. Don't allow any negative thoughts to get a hold of you. A
simple way to improve your quotient of positivity is to surround yourself
with positive people.
Honesty
Concentrate on the work you do, and promise yourself that you will work
honestly. Every little task you perform in your life is essential. It might not
seem significant at the moment but everything does matter a lot. Therefore,
start concentrating on the work you do. Forget about the consequences and
try to do your best. Do your work to the best of your abilities and stop
worrying about the things that can go wrong. If you know you have any
beneficial talents or certain skills, start sharing these with others. Don't hold
yourself back, and don't allow others to hold you back. Trust your abilities,
and do the best you possibly can. By allowing others to keep you back, you
are essentially cheating yourself on the gifts you have been blessed with.

Gratitude
Today, make a list of things you are genuinely thankful for. Start counting
your blessings instead of worrying about things you don't have. Most of us
are often unsatisfied with what we have and are always trying to acquire
more things. It is time to start expressing gratitude for all that you been
blessed with. The thing with wants is that they are unlimited, and there is no
end to them. Once you satisfy one of your wants, you will want something
else. This is a never-ending process.
So, take a moment and appreciate everything you have in life. From the
people, you love to anything else that you appreciate. If you take a couple of
minutes and think about your life, you will realize that you have plenty to be
thankful for. At a point of time, you probably desired something that you
have now. Why don't you take a moment and be grateful for this? Don't allow
the hectic schedule of your daily life to overwhelm you. Instead, stop once in
a while and smell the roses too. There is plenty to be grateful for. Don't just
be thankful for your worldly possessions but be grateful for those aspects of
your life that money cannot buy. It could be companionship or even a good
friend.

Kindness
Start by being kind to your neighbors and all living beings around you.
Newton's third law of motion suggests that every action has an equal and
opposite reaction. In philosophy, the karmic law states that we tend to receive
what we give. be mindful of the energy you give off. When you start thinking
positive thoughts, you attract more positivity in your life. Likewise, the more
negativity there is within you, the more negativity will you attract too. By
keeping this simple principle in mind, you can start becoming more
conscious of your actions as well as the language you use. Not just towards
yourself but others around you. The law of attraction states that positivity
attracts more positivity.
Practice these principles daily. The "just for today" thinking will prevent you
from feeling overwhelmed. It is always easier to tackle life one day at a time.
Don't be in a hurry and stop worrying about your past or the future. You
cannot change your past, and you cannot control the future. However, you
can change the course of your present life. If you opt for one principle, then
ensure that you practice it daily. It requires consistency and some mindful
effort. After a while, it will come to you naturally. Until then, become
mindful of the way you think and act. Learn to live in the moment and savor
every second of your life.
 Chapter 4:
How to Get Started with Reiki
Mindset
When beginning upon a new journey of any kind, it is important that you
open yourself up for whatever path this may lead you down. Your journey
toward spiritual enlightenment and becoming one with the life pulsing
through the entirety of the universe is no different. This is an adventure of
the most epic proportions. One that will require the most finely attuned
mindset. One that may change your life forever and has the possibility to
change the entire world based on your mindset.
When beginning on your path with Reiki you may have discovered this art
thinking it will be a solution to every problem you encounter. As a matter of
fact, this may or may not be true. It is important to have appropriate
expectations from the beginning; however. While Reiki may be able to have a
huge impact on every element of your life and the world, your ability to
manifest its creations will take a lot of time, effort, and practice. So for that
reason, you should not go into Reiki thinking you will be able to instantly fix
all of the problems you see in your life.
While you are well on your way toward acquiring the knowledge and
experience to use the art of Reiki toward affecting all elements of your life, it
is important to remember that this art is not the only tool with which to
change your life and the world. This is not the only solution.
This is merely one of many solutions. Part of understanding this healing is
understanding that it is merely a piece in a larger puzzle. To truly affect your
life, you must make changes across the board. Pulling the energy from the
Earth will only manifests so much. But your ability to use mindfulness
throughout the day, your chakras being aligned at all times, and the aura you
present to the world are all elements of change as well. Much like starting a
diet without adding exercise to your daily routine you will only see very
minimal results. However, once you integrate both diet and exercise into your
life, you will see exponentially greater results. Using Reiki along with other
techniques such as crystals, chakra balancing, and mindfulness, you will see
what a vast collection of tools can do to make a huge difference in the world.
Knowing that, you must begin your education with a beginner's mind. A
beginner's mind is the idea that you are humbling yourself before knowledge
that you do not yet possess. This beginner's mind is crucial throughout your
entire journey. This will neither be your first nor your last act of humbling
yourself before a greater force. Reiki itself is humbling because you are using
the force of the entire universe, so admitting that you do not understand it is
an ongoing fact from here on out. To truly appreciate the art, you will be
learning you must not only admit that you do not know what you do not
know but you also must be appreciative of the fact that you do not know this,
that you are learning this, and that there will always be more to learn. Rather
than feeling shame, guilt, or fear around your ignorance or lack of
knowledge, you must put yourself in the position to recognize that this is not
a flaw but, it is the reason for your future success.

Energy
For the art of healing via Reiki to truly occur there needs to be consensual
giving and acceptance of this energy. To use the laying on of hands to
conduct energy and move energy is not something that can be done
successfully without your permission. Even when working on yourself, you
have to create an area of consciousness to begin performing but you also
must create an area of consciousness around your receiving of this energy.
You must truly believe that you have the power to channel the universe's
energy, and you must also believe that you are worthy of healing yourself.
It is not uncommon to have a mental block around the feelings of worthiness
and acceptance for oneself. The idea of being able to heal another person is
admirable because you're you are in service to another. However, the idea of
healing oneself might bring up very deep emotional reservations for a lot of
people. What a mighty power it is to be able to heal oneself. What a mighty
thing to be in one with the universe. What a magnificent gift it is to give to
yourself to use the life force of the world around you to heal yourself. You
must want to be one with the universe to use its life force to heal yourself.
This is a grand responsibility but one you are already a part of, so it is truly
best to take your role in it seriously.
This acceptance is necessary because you are trying to cure areas that are
restricted. As discussed earlier, energy is flowing in through and around all
living and non-living objects on the Earth. That means it is flowing with or
without your conscious awareness of it. Reiki is bringing your attention to it.
So simply being unaware does not mean that everything is flowing freely and
successfully on its own. No, once you bring your consciousness and
awareness to the areas that are causing you pain, you will realize there are
things restricting the energy from flowing through these places. The reason
the pain is there is because there is an in balance. Once you take this
education upon yourself you will have a responsibility to help alleviate some
of these difficulties, whether in yourself or in two others.

Education
You have already begun your education in the art of healing with Reiki.
However, it is not a skill that you will master overnight. This is not a
theoretical concept that can be fully comprehended by simply reading a book.
While reading this book and learning from it is a necessary part of it, real
learning will happen when you practice it. The art of laying hands is,
unsurprisingly, a hands-on activity. You must try, practice, and possibly even
fail before you succeed.
Depending on how you go about completing the different levels of training,
these could take anywhere from a few hours to years of training. While you
may be able to go to a class or seminar in person that last simply one
afternoon, this does not mean that you will be ready to move on to the next
level the moment you are finished with that class. Most Reiki practitioners
encourage their students to take days, weeks, and months in between
completing the various levels of education. This is because the power you are
learning to work with is overwhelming, and it may take your body some time
to adjust to the forces you are attempting to channel and manipulate. Much
like beginning a new workout routine, you are muscles may be sore for a few
days afterward. As with Reiki, when you are learning new techniques and
abilities, it may take a while for your body to adjust and become settled with
your new skills.
The farther along the levels you travel in your education of Reiki will most
likely increase exponentially the amount of time you spend in each level.
Because level two is a more intense education than level one, it will most
likely take you longer to complete level two, as well as taking you longer to
settle into and recover from your education of the second degree before
moving on to the third degree. If you do move all the way through all four
levels to become a Reiki master, this will almost certainly take you years. Do
not be discouraged. Time will pass either way, so putting your time to good
use and educating yourself in this magnificent practice is a glorious way to
celebrate the time you have been given.
After you have completed reading this book, if you truly want to be a conduit
for Reiki, you can find a Reiki master in person. The reason for this is that
even with all of the knowledge that this book possesses, the practice you will
have acquired by attempting the upcoming instructions, and the altered
mindset and understanding of what it takes to use Reiki, the ability to use
Reiki must be given to you through a personal interaction with a Reiki
master--either in person or via distance. This specific action is called
attunement, and it is a necessary step to be given the ability to practice Reiki.
So an important step after you have finished reading this book is to either
find a good Reiki master near you or simply ask the universe for a Reiki
Master to attune you so that you will be able to begin your practice.

Commitment
As with any new practice you want to incorporate into your life, the only way
that it will become an integral and important part of your life is if you make a
commitment to it. If you want to use the art of healing successfully and
integrate it into your everyday life, you need to make space and time every
day to practice it. The most important things in your life should have priority.
And what can be more important than bettering yourself in all sorts of ways.
Whether you already have a practice of meditating, doing yoga, journaling, or
working out, this is another aspect of taking care of yourself to be the best
version of you today and in the future.
So the first part of committing is deciding how much you want to commit.
Although every day is certainly a great ideal, if you do not think that this is a
commitment you can put on your schedule and achieve, then this is not a
promise you will want to make to yourself. You do not want to tell yourself
you will do it every day and then beat yourself up if you do not get around to
it. Decide how many days a week you want to begin focusing on your
practice. You do not need large chunks of time. These do not have to be
unmanageable events on your calendar.
Perhaps you want to spend 30 minutes three days a week. Find your daily
schedule and block out time for it. Perhaps you want to spend five minutes a
day, every day. Make sure you know what time exactly those five minutes
will occur, or you will not be committing to it.
There is no best schedule for anyone, nor is there any best time of day to
work on it. The absolute best schedule for working on your Reiki is at
whatever frequency and whatever time is best for you to do it. Perhaps you
want to begin your day with it, in which case maybe you want to practice
Reiki yourself first thing in the morning. Or maybe you have difficulty
getting to sleep at night and therefore you could use this focus just before
bed. Maybe you need a midday break during a stressful workday and there
for a lunchtime routine would work best for you. There is no judgment or
preferences outside of what works best for you and you might very well find
that all three are what work best for you.

Prepare
Finally, before you get started with even your very first Reiki session, you
want to be physically and mentally prepared. Every single person will be
different, so exactly what you may need varies from person to person;
however, there are few things everyone can do to best get ready for the
journey they are about to embark upon.
You will want to be the best mindset that you can put yourself in. This means
that to stay focused and not get distracted you will want to have eaten a small
meal about half an hour before you get started. You do not want to eat
anything heavy, as this is more likely to make you sleepy. Nor do you want to
eat anything that is especially difficult to digest, as you will very likely be
distracted by that. Nor do you want to be especially thirsty throughout your
session. You should have some water beforehand but not so much that you
will need to use the restroom frequently throughout. It is advisable to avoid
caffeine, as this will alter your natural state. Along those same lines, you
should not be under the influence of recreational drugs or alcohol. These will
all alter the energy already flowing through you, thereby changing the very
thing that you are trying to work on.
It is important to be rested for your session, because you do not want to
become so sleepy that you fall asleep during the relaxing Reiki session. It is
also important that you use the time before your session to try to clear your
mind of any outside distractions. Rather than thinking about what has already
happened in your day or what is still left on your to-do list, this is a time to
focus on the present and possibly even reflect on why you were at this
juncture in the first place, and perhaps what you hope to get out of this
journey.
It is very important for your Reiki session that you are comfortable. If you are
constantly fidgeting with a pair of pants that digs into your hips, or have your
hair tied so tightly that it is giving you a headache, these are all not only
major distractions but also, they will alter the energy that you are trying to
work with. Some things to consider are what you’re wearing, as well as the
temperature. Be ready to have layers to add or subtract to adjust accordingly
to help cool or warm yourself, depending upon what your location is.
If you are working with a Reiki master, you will want to ask them if they
have any suggestions, recommendations, or rules about how you should
prepare beforehand. A lot of practitioners have very specific rules such as:
eliminating meat from your diet in the days leading up to your first session,
going on a juice cleanse, eliminating alcohol for a few days prior, eliminating
smoking from your days leading up to your session, possibly even going on a
media diet of avoiding any outside media consumption, and in some cases,
spending a good portion of time prior to your session in silence and solitude.
You should also ask what to expect before going into your first session. Most
likely the space you will be in will be a quiet, calm, and inviting space. There
may or may not be music, white noise, or silence. If you have a preference, it
is appropriate to voice these to your Reiki master but there is also a good
chance they have a reason for their own preference, so feel free to ask them
about that. If you will be receiving Reiki from them, you will probably do so
while laying down; however, it can also certainly be done sitting or standing.
This should happen while you are fully clothed and comfortable in your
surroundings. This will include them putting their hands on and near your
body.
However, you should always feel safe enough to discuss with your Reiki
master exactly what you do and do not feel appropriate. Under no
circumstances should it hurt or feel uncomfortable to you. If you have any
areas of concern, perhaps you have an injury, perhaps you are especially
ticklish, or perhaps you certain simply do not want to be touched in a certain
spot, this is something you can and should share with them. If they are not
receptive to any of this information, you should not practice with them.
To that end, there are also a few things you should do the following your first
session, and therefore be prepared for before you even begin. Much like the
preparations, these things include many of the same suggestions but include
more reflection. There will likely be a lot of thoughts and reflections
happening, so being prepared with a journal is a good idea. And of course
being well-rested, well-hydrated, and well-nourished is an important part of
your health, healing, and newly budding Reiki practice.
 Chapter 5:
How to Do Reiki on Yourself

Most people begin their journey of Reiki healing by practicing on

themselves. It is necessary to start with yourself before healing others, as you
must be physically and emotionally healed to be able to accept the healing
energy of Reiki and channel it through your body. Though many people
choose to take courses to ensure they are connecting to Reiki energy and
using it to its full potential, it is possible to learn Reiki for beginners on your
own. If you find yourself struggling, don’t be afraid to look up tutorials or
signup for a class nearby. This can help you take your Reiki connection and
education to the next level.

Step 1: Connecting with Reiki Energy

Creating with Reiki energy is about connecting with a heightened state of
consciousness. In this state, you are aware of your connection to the life
energy that flows through all the universe. It should flow through effortlessly.
Though connecting with Reiki energy is only the first step of practicing
Reiki, it can be the most challenging for beginners. Do not become
discouraged if you struggle with connecting to this heightened state,
especially if you have not practiced any type of meditation before.
There are two parts to connecting to the universal energy. First, you must
speak to the universe, let go of your ego, and open the connection to the
wisdom and energy of the universe. Once you are an open conduit for energy,
you may use a visualization technique to feel the energy flowing through you.
Reiki Invocation
When you enter the state of mind that allows you to connect to Reiki energy,
you are connecting with the consciousness of universal energy. To do Reiki
Invocation, it is as easy as speaking to this energy of the universe and asking
it for permission to conduct its energy as a healing channel. When you speak
to the energy, you should have a calm and clear mind. Beginners sometimes
start their session with a few minutes of meditation to get them in the right
frame of mind. Once you are relaxed, you will be able to speak to the
universal consciousness aloud or silently.
It does not necessarily matter how you ask to connect to this universal
energy. You should choose to speak with the energy in a way that aligns with
your beliefs. However, the overall goal should be to pass on a pure form of
healing and unconditional love. Once you have decided what to say and are
ready to speak to the universe, place your palms together and position your
hands in front of your heart chakra, as if in prayer. This is done using the
heart chakra because healing must come from a place of love
The heart is the core of the emotions and the core of the soul. Once you are
ready, you might say something like:
“I call upon the energy of the universe and the energy of all the Reiki
conduits of the past, present, and future to take part in this healing session. I
call these energies near to me to create a stronger connection to the universal
energy.
I ask that these energies give me the infinite wisdom to channel this energy. I
ask that the power of the universal energy flows through me and allows me to
conduct unconditional love and pure healing, as well as grants me the
knowledge to use and direct this energy where it is needed most.
I ask to be empowered through the blessings and divine love of the
Universe.”
It is important as you ask for this permission that you allow your shift to
focus. You should not be focusing on yourself or your ego being granted the
ability to heal. Instead, you must raise your consciousness and allow your
questions to raise your vibrational energy. You must be in line with the
universal energy so that the energy can flow through you as if you are a
channel for its healing benefits.
Notice how as you speak to the universe, you are asking permission to be a
conduit. You are not asking to be a healer or to make your decisions in
healing but are instead asking to be a conductor for the knowledge and
wisdom of the universe. For this to be effective, you must allow your ego to
float away and align your beliefs with the universal consciousness, which is a
higher state of knowledge and truth. As you settle into this greater power, you
must let go of those beliefs that do not align with the laws of the universe.
Visualizing Universal Energy Entering Your Palms
The universal energy is not something that you can physically see, as it exists
beyond a physical level of reality. This is the reason you must allow your
mind to enter an altered state of consciousness to connect to it. Visualization
can help you ‘see’ this connection beyond the realm of reality. As you bring
that into your mind, you will physically feel the powerful energy of the
universe coursing through you.
Here is an example of a visualization you may use:
Begin by closing your eyes and breathing in deeply. As you let go of this
deep breath, see bluish-white energy beams as they surround you. These
energy beams stretch from the ground, like threads connecting the grounds of
the earth to the sky and beyond, connecting all that exists in the universe.
As you become aware of these connections, feel yourself bathing in this light.
Take another deep breath. As you release it, focus your energy on your
palms, speaking to the universal energy around you. Breathe in the infinite
light and call it into your palms, visualizing the light entering your body. As
it flows through your body and out your palms, they glow with an energy that
has a cool, white color. You should be able to feel the universal energy
radiating through your palms.
As you do the visualization technique, keep in mind that it does not matter
what the energy looks like. While visualizing it can help, you should sense or
feel how the energy appears. Not everyone can physically see this energy but
that does not matter. It is your willpower and your willingness to connect to
the universal energy. It is your thoughts and willpower, as well as your
willingness to be used as a conduit for the energy of the universe, which
creates the reality of your ability to heal.

Step 2: Performing an Aura Scan

The way that people perceive the existence of auras is often incorrect. Your
body does not create an aura or give off a type of visible energy. Rather, the
aura describes a universal energy. This energy surrounds all living things but
it is not around it. A person’s aura is not projected, as it exists within the
body, too. The body is overlaid on the spiritual energy that is an aura.
Your aura is part of your energy system. It absorbs and puts off information,
working much like the brain in the way that it can transmit and receive
signals from the world. Everything that is inherently you exists within the
aura, affecting its overall health. It is a collection of your vibration, as well as
your memories, experiences, thoughts, and emotions. When you are
experiencing a negative emotion, it can distort your aura and affect its health.
For example, some negative thoughts may show up on your aura as a muddy,
dark blob. Once it takes hold, this may present as a physical symptom.
Many people are aware that auras have different colors that transmit
information about the mind and body. In addition to different colors, auras
have properties including size, pattern, shape, and texture. The color also
does not have to be solid, such as the case of certain textures or
discolorations.
Doing an Aura Scan on Yourself
Once you have connected with the universal energy, you should feel the
energy around you. Close your eyes to help with your visualization of this
energy. Then, position your hands so they are just above your head, with your
palms facing your body. You should either use your dominant hand or both
of your hands for this exercise. Hold your hand(s) out in front of you,
anywhere from 2-10” away from your body.
Starting above your head, move your hands down your body. If you would
like, you can stop at the different energy points (chakras) along the body.
Often, you can help yourself understand the specifics of imbalances or
blemishes in your aura by paying attention to the different chakras of the
body and what each area relates to. The first time that you move your hands
down your body do a quick overall pass from your head to your hips. The
base of the spine holds the root chakra, which is the lowest. Notice how you
feel overall to gauge your energy. Then, do a second pass and be aware of the
differences you might feel in different areas. Some areas may feel as if the
energy is thicker or thinner, either speeding your hand along or slowing it
down as you pass through. You may also sense subtle vibrations or
temperature differences. If an area feels cooler, it means that the energy is
flowing out. If it feels hotter, more energy is being drawn inward.
When you do notices differences, it is because your energy may need
assistance or because it is in a state of change. This is when you move onto
the next step using a targeted approach. You will have more success with
aura scanning the more you practice. As you have more Reiki sessions, you
will also find that you are more in tune with your body and what it needs for
your energy to flow freely.

Step 3: Setting Your Intention

Setting your intention is as simple as stating what you want. By knowing
what blockages or disruptions you are experiencing, you can trace this back
to the root problem. By using a targeted approach and directing Reiki energy,
you can heal specific ailments.
Some examples of problems commonly healed during a Reiki session
include:

Achieving spiritual balance

Reduction of pain
Reduced stress
Promote healing of trauma
Promote healing of obesity
Restoration of relationships
 Improved sleep
Connect to a higher purpose
Ability to overcome addiction
Increased positivity in emotional states
You can think of your intention as a message. You are communicating to the
aura, whether your or another person’s. This communication states your
desired outcome and by directing your energy to that outcome, it strengthens
the results. For your message to be heard, it must be clear and strong. As the
universe grants this request, the aura reflects that intention and heals the body
and mind.
Setting your intention can be greatly improved by using Reiki techniques in
combination with visualization. As you are focusing on your intention,
visualize the outcome. Visualize how the outcome will change your life. Feel
yourself becoming happier and focusing on more positive things, like going
out dancing with your friends or having more time to spend with your
significant other. Focus on the pain going away or on resolving whatever is
holding you back.
For visualization to work, it must be incredibly vivid. Imagine how you
would feel if your intention were to come true. Feel the relief of pain,
whether emotional or physical. Imagine how you would look and feel if you
were able to overcome your weight loss struggles or how refreshed and
invigorated you would feel if you were able to get a full night of sleep. If you
are healing someone else, visualize the changes that may come about and
how they would feel if you were able to heal them. Combining visualization
with setting your intention can have profound benefits and increase your
Reiki healing power.

Step 4: Activating Reiki Symbols

Reiki symbols are symbols that you create with your hands that improve your
ability to heal, transmit energy, and more. There are several symbols
commonly used during Reiki, depending on your intended purpose and
whether you are practicing on yourself or someone else.
To learn how to tap into Reiki power on a deeper level, it can be helpful to
learn these symbols. While they will be described here, it would be
impossible to describe how to do them in writing. You can find tutorials,
charts, and other guides online that will help you with activating Reiki
symbols the proper way. You could also take a class or speak with a Reiki
teacher about learning these symbols. The most commonly used Reiki
symbols include:

Cho Ku Rei (Power Symbol) - The power symbol can amplify

many things. It is commonly used at the beginning of a Reiki
session to help amplify healing energy, as well as provide spiritual
protection that people need when they are connecting to the aura
of others to heal them. It may also be used to empower other
symbols or infuse food with energy.
Hon Sha Ze Sho Nen (Distance Symbol) - This symbol is about
enlightenment, peace, and unification. As it unifies, healers
typically use it when they are healing someone across a distance. It
can also be used to send attunements across distances, allowing
people to open their chakras and be receptive to the wholesome,
healing energy of the universe.
Sei He Ki (Mental & Emotional Reiki Symbol) - This symbol is
ideal when you are trying to heal yourself (or someone else)
mentally or emotionally. It is attuned to the energies of love and
wellbeing in the universe. Not only does it create a calmer mental
state but it may also be used to help someone release negative
energies or remove addictions.
Dai Ko Myo (Master Symbol) - As the name suggests, the Master
Symbol is the most powerful in Reiki. Often, it is only Reiki
Masters that can connect with this symbol. It is used to create
wondrous life changes, to heal the soul, and to relieve the body of
disease and illness in the aura.

Step 5: Guiding the Energy

One of the biggest mistakes that beginners in the world of Reiki healing make
is believing that hand positions take priority over the other parts of the Reiki
healing process. Things like being able to connect to the higher
consciousness that allows you to access the energy of the universe and setting
your intention are much more important. However, it is possible to guide
Reiki energy, especially when you are targeting a specific area of the body.
To direct Reiki energy, simply place your hands over the area you want to
heal. Visualize and feel the energy flowing as you state your intention. If you
are doing a full body Reiki session, then simply moving your hands over the
body will be enough. As you guide the healing energy to the areas of your
body that need it most, it is important to state your intention for each
individual area you are trying to heal. Repeat steps 3-5 as many times as you
need to before closing the connection. You will be finished when you can do
an aura scan without feeling blockages or disruptions in energy.

Step 6: Closing the Connection

Another mistake that Reiki beginners often make is failing to close the
connection between themselves and the universe, or themselves and whoever
they are trying to heal. When you fail to close the connection, you may
absorb any negative energy that was released from your aura or the aura of
the person you are trying to heal. If you do not close the connection, you can
carry these emotions around and it may make you feel ill or exhausted.
The key to closing the connection is releasing any of the negative energies
that have accumulated in your system. You can do this easily by visualizing
all the negative energy flowing out of your body through your palms,
releasing any negative energy that is stored in your system and leaving you in
a rejuvenated state. As you connect with your typical energy, you will find
yourself returning to your normal state of consciousness. Many people also
wash their hands with cool water following a session to help them remove
residual energies that may linger behind on the hands.
 Chapter 6:
How to Practice Reiki on Others

“Laying on Hands”
To perform Reiki on others, you will simply use the exact same steps as
outlined above, with only a few differences. For them to physically and
mentally prepare before a session, you will want to let them know beforehand
what those things include. If you do want them to abstain from certain things
in the days are hours leading up to the session, you need to give them enough
time to do so. However, those are not strictly necessary, and only having a
few moments of awareness beforehand will also be fine.
At the end of your session giving someone else Reiki, you will still close the
session by imagining all of the negative energy washing out of their bodies
and closing their energy off, and you will still wash your hands in cold water,
to not absorb any of the negative energy that they have left in the space
outside of them. But you will also have them wash their hands in cold water
for the same reason. You may also want to perform Reiki on the entire room
that you used, the table or chair that they play door sat on, as well, to expunge
that negative energy even further away from your space.
Doing Reiki on others is a new way to conduct your healing energy. While
there are slight differences from performing the healing ritual on yourself,
you will notice some similarities in the actual healing process.

Doing an Aura Scan on Someone Else

To do an aura scan on somebody else, you should begin by asking them to lie
down. This will give you the best opportunity to sense their flow of energy
through the different chakras. After you have opened your mind and body to
the universal energy, visualize a white light that covers your body from head
to toe. This white light will act as your shield, protecting you from absorbing
any negative or unhealthy energy from the other person.
Use your dominant hand or both hands, as you would while sensing your
auras. Begin on the right side of the person’s body and run your hands along
the side, moving gradually but pausing for a few seconds at each chakra
position (you can learn these positions in the next chapter). You will not need
to hold your hands there as long after you get more practice. Make a mental
note whenever you sense a disruption of the other person’s aura. You will
target this area later. If you cannot remember the area, keep a notebook and
hand nearby and jot each area down. Then, do this with the left side of the
body and make a mental note of any disruptions.
Now that you have done the initial scan place your hands over their body on
problem areas, one at a time. Close your eyes as you place your hands over
the block or negative energy and allow yourself to visualize the color, shape,
size, and texture associated with the block. As you visualize the blocks, you
should feel yourself becoming familiar with what is causing the blocks.
These details can point to someone's unhealthy behaviors, recurring mental
patterns, and unresolved emotions. Before a person will be able to clear their
head and allow life energy to flow through their body, they must review and
solve these issues.
Something to keep in mind is that you should not have to strain yourself to
hear these messages. If you cannot understand the meaning behind someone’s
block, do not worry. You will come to understand more and connect to the
universal consciousness more deeply as you continue to practice.

Following Up
After the initial scan when you are working with someone else, you should
talk to them about blockages or disruptions in their energy and what they
could mean. If you have received any messages from reading their aura, you
should discuss them and point them out. While you may be able to heal
someone’s energy temporarily, the same blocks will resurface eventually
unless the underlying problem is dealt with. Reiki can help with this but other
healing work may be necessary for total healing as well.

Healing
Once you have followed up after the aura scan, you are ready to heal. You
can conduct the healing the same way you would with yourself. You must set
your intention, activate the Reiki symbols, and guide the energy. Finally, you
will want to close the connection. This is even more important when healing
others than when healing yourself since you will leave yourself open to the
negativities you have just dispelled from their aura.
Why would you let Reiki be all for yourself anyway? Dr. Usui was on a
journey to find a healing method that would be accessible to everyone. When
he finally made that happen, he decided to share what he created and learned
to other students. And for many years, these individuals became masters and
shared the Reiki energy that they cultivated and channeled it with others.

Developing your Reiki Practice

Once you experience the benefits of practicing Reiki on yourself, you’ll want
to share this practice and the same positive outcome with others.
This can take time to develop and find people who are interested in
experiencing the benefits of Reiki, though, with patience and perseverance,
you’ll find many people are willing to try the benefits of Reiki at least once.
If the experience is positive, they may return for another session.
There are some key factors to keep in mind once you reach a level of Reiki
practitioner, and want to share your healing energy with others:
Gently introduce your new practice to friends, acquaintances, and
co-workers.
Keep it light and brief and be open to a variety of questions and
feedback. Some people will show skepticism right away, while
others will respond with enthusiasm, and others with some
interest.
Receive Reiki treatments from a practitioner to gain a different
perspective.
Without analyzing too much, consider the areas of the session that
seemed to be most powerful and use this as a guide for your
practice.
Keep in mind that what works for you may vary on other people.
Relay your experiences to other people and let them know how
Reiki made an impact on you.
This anecdotal piece may be what motivates someone to try a
session with you!
Don’t think of Reiki as a business but more of a type of service to
your community.
While the practice of Reiki is a popular business that can be
successful for many practitioners, it is done by building strong
connections within your community and avoiding too much
business.
Offer one free session for beginners to Reiki and get used to a
variety of different responses and opinions on the practice itself.
If there are local Reiki schools or health clinics that may be
interested in having someone perform Reiki as a supportive
service to patients, this can be an excellent way to become a
stronger part of the community.
Be realistic with expectations.
Some people may expect to be completely healed of an ailment or
illness because of Reiki or consider replacing their medicine and
doctor’s treatment with Reiki.
 It’s important to advise them, under all circumstances, that they
should not substitute their regular treatment for Reiki, as Reiki is
meant to complement or support their health, not take the place of
medication and other forms of therapy that are medically
necessary.
Once people understand the purpose of Reiki and the realistic
outcome to expect, this will work in everyone’s favor, as they will
have a good reason to place their trust in you, for being honest,
and know what they can expect as a result.
If you are looking to practice Reiki as a source of income only,
and not for any other reason, it will show in time, and people will
discover the lack of insincerity.
Reiki should be practiced by practitioners who have a passion for the
treatment, and this will become apparent in how they share their enthusiasm
and positivity about the practice.
Reiki is not a technical process and shouldn’t be treated as just a novelty item
or just a business-making opportunity.
While Reiki can be successful for many people who practice and teach, it
must be done with selflessness to be truly valuable and effective.
If you have a family open and interested in experiencing Reiki treatment, as
well as pets, you may want to try different techniques on them and determine
which areas of your practice you would like to work on more.
Some people may already have experience with receiving Reiki and can
provide some feedback on what works (or has worked) best for them in
previous treatment sessions.
This is a good opportunity to become accustomed to practicing Reiki and
observing the benefits it provides to others.

Creating a Powerful Reiki Healing Process for Others

When you begin your practice of Reiki on others, you’ll want to give each
person the best possible experience and benefit they can have during each
session.
Even with a high level of energy, you may find that some people don’t feel
the same sensation, or their experience may differ from what they expect (or
you expect).
How can you harness a powerful effect of energy through Reiki for others?
There are some simple, mindful ways to keep your energy levels strong while
maintaining good, healthy habits to support your Reiki practice.
Always keep in mind that people will take note of your lifestyle and habits
and validate them with the principles of Reiki.
For example, if you smoke or eat unhealthy foods, someone may not be as
included to accept an offer for Reiki treatment from you.
While everyone needs to make decisions on how they live, a Reiki
practitioner may be viewed in a special light, as they channel the energy that
is used for healing, and if they present themselves in a positive way (healthy
lifestyle, for example), this will make a great first impression and a good
appearance overall.
There are some practical, easy suggestions for creating and maintaining
strong energy for healing others:

Practice self-care, not only by treating yourself to Reiki (by

yourself or another practitioner) but also by checking in with your
feelings and state of wellbeing.
This coincides with eating well, getting plenty of movement,
exercise, and living a life that supports the principles of Reiki.
Where you practice Reiki is important: the ambiance of the room
and temperature, and the level of comfort.
There should be some options available to choose between sitting
or lying down, depending on the comfort level.
The atmosphere should feel calm and soothing, not too clinical or
sterile. Choose a temperature that is moderate, not too hot or cool.
A moderate temperature can be adjusted according to preference,
which can also create a more positive environment for the practice.
Some Reiki practitioners use smudging to cleanse and purify the
room before practice.
There are various methods for smudging, which is done using a
variety of specific herbs.
Some people choose sage, as this is used in certain aboriginal
ceremonies, there are variations in the types of herbs and practices,
depending on the region and culture.
Avoid clutter and numerous objects in a room where Reiki is
practiced.
A room should be as clear and simple as possible, to allow for
maximum energy flow and activity.
Too much clutter can be a distraction, even if unintended.
To enhance the function of the space in coordination with Reiki,
Feng Shui guidelines on the placement of furniture and items in
the room can improve the quality of the energy level.
Before you practice on someone, prepare with meditation just prior
to their arrival.
This can also be practiced when treating someone remotely, by
sending energy to them and allowing them to relax and calm.
In some practices, this is done for Reiki clients on their way to a
session, so that they feel at ease just before their treatment begins.
Meditating before they arrive allows the practitioner to harness
stronger energy, which can be done with one or more symbols,
drawing the energy or power into the room, in preparation for the
session.
The energy transferred by the placement of hands doesn’t need any
specific wording to work, as long as the energy is harnessed and
present during the treatment.
For example, you could carry on a conversation with the client
during a session that is completely unrelated to Reiki, and the
energy would continue to flow.
To increase or maximize the energy, it’s best to avoid distractions,
and this includes regular conversation during the treatment.
Make the most of the energy channeling by meditating on it as you
guide it with your hands.
In doing this, the recipient of the treatment will appreciate your
intent to focus on the energy and making sure it works as best as
possible for their benefit.
Some practitioners choose to pray aloud or internally.
This can be a welcome addition to a Reiki session, and depending
on the client, the prayer may incorporate their own beliefs or faith,
or simply a way to ask for a blessing for the Reiki treatment.
For some people, prayer is something they may want to include,
and for others, a silent calm or mantra may be the preference.
Some practitioners use guides with Reiki, such as crystals,
mantras, or background music or sound. This can help create a
calm, steady environment, which makes it easier to practice and
allows the client to relax and benefit fully from the treatment.
 Chapter 7:
Diseases and Imbalances for Reiki
Reiki is a holistic healing practice. That means it can heal the physical body,
emotional/mental body, and the spiritual body. When it comes to physical
healing, it is easy to think that the body needs medicine or massage or
physical manipulation to heal physical pain or physical diseases.
This isn’t always the case. Imbalances in the body create disease, which then
leads to physical pain and even illness and disease. While medication and
physical manipulation of the body might offer relief from symptoms, healing
has to go straight to the source for the healing to truly be effective.
Reiki is not a miracle cure. It is not a heal-all method. However, the benefits
that Reiki offers sometimes give the body what it needs to find its balance,
relief, and healing. There are no guarantees but Reiki is powerful and can
accomplish great things in the body.
That being said, Reiki is a wonderful complement to medical treatments as it
can help reduce side effects from medications and therapies, as well as
quicken the recovery process. In the cases of terminal illness, Reiki can
become a huge asset in easing pain, providing comfort, and aiding in the
mental and emotional implications that arise.
For more serious diseases, treatment can be hard and long and painful. Reiki
may not be able to completely cure these diseases but providing comfort and
relieving the emotional, physical, and mental stresses makes a drastic
difference for the patient.
This is becoming so apparent that many nurses are taking Reiki courses and
getting attuned to Reiki so that they can perform it on their patients in
hospitals.
Some diseases and physical ailments that can benefit from Reiki include:

Cancer
Most people know someone who has been affected by cancer. Whether
they’ve lost someone to cancer, know someone who has survived or is in
remission, or have experienced cancer themselves. There are so many kinds
of cancers and they are aggressive, usually fast, and can result in a lot of
physical and emotional symptoms. The treatments for cancer are hard. They
can sometimes result in more horrible side effects than the disease itself.
Patients who are going through cancer treatments can lose their appetite, be
in constant pain, feel depressed, anxious, scared, and sometimes be
completely alone.
When the body is fighting for survival or trying to heal itself, it is so
important to be in a healthy state of mind with emotions and be in a
spiritually healthy place. The body does have an incredible power to heal
itself but if there are imbalances and the emotions and spirit begin to
experience symptoms then the body has to work three times as hard and it
essentially runs out of gas.
When being treated for cancer, the body can be in so much pain that getting a
light, relaxing massage is too much. Since Reiki can be performed by holding
then hands over the body, it offers a pleasant, noninvasive alternative to
therapies that require touch.
There are many documented cases where people who were diagnosed with
cancer chose to stick to alternative therapies. When being treated with Reiki,
many patients go into remission with just the healing power of Reiki. This
doesn’t happen in every case, and Reiki isn’t a miracle cure; however, it has
been known to happen. Either that or a cancerous tumor might show a
significant slowing in growth or even reduction in size as a result of Reiki
sessions.
More importantly, Reiki can relieve the side effects of cancer treatments like
radiation and chemotherapy. Reiki can help stimulate the digestive system
and appetite, curb nausea and headaches, and release negative emotions of
depression, fear, and anxiety.
Sometimes the body and mind benefit more from a relief of the symptoms
than a flat-out cure to an underlying disease.
Some cancer patients went into remission with Reiki sessions and continue to
get Reiki as a preventative measure and have been living with no additional
signs of cancer for years.
In other situations, the toll of depression on the body from going through
cancer treatments is so debilitating that the person may start to deteriorate
faster and get sick faster. Relieving the depression with Reiki then allows the
body to benefit from the cancer treatments.
It can also be beneficial to the family members of cancer patients who are
trying to stay brave and strong but feel depressed and overwhelmed. Reiki
sessions can help relieve their emotional symptoms as they are watching a
loved one suffers. You can see there are multiple ways that Reiki can be
beneficial to cancer patients and their families.

Heart Disease
When it comes to heart disease, there are several underlying causes. These
include blood pressure, cholesterol, lifestyle, and genetics. Reiki can’t heal
genetics, unfortunately. However, Reiki is known to lower blood pressure
and lower cholesterol which contributes to and promotes heart health.
Many heart diseases are a result of long-term imbalances in the body or long-
term unhealthy habits. While it is best to focus on changing your lifestyle to
prevent complications down the road, like sticking to a healthier diet, not
smoking, and reducing stress when possible, Reiki is another good
preventative.
Because Reiki corrects imbalances in the body, it can become a preventative
treatment for diseases and ailments that take a long time to build up. As with
any preventative, adjusting your habits and lifestyle is beneficial as well.
Reiki can start and help maintain the process while you also create shifts in
your life.
Reiki can be used in conjunction with blood pressure and cholesterol
medications. Since it can lower blood pressure and cholesterol, getting tested
regularly while getting Reiki treatments is recommended so the dosages of
medication can be adjusted as needed.

Chronic Pain
Chronic pain refers to any instance of constant physical pain that the body
experiences. Chronic pain can be in any part of the body and can manifest in
many ways. It might be a stabbing pain, burning pain, or a tingling, needle-
like pain. Anyone who suffers from chronic pain knows how debilitating it
can be.
Furthermore, the western medical system isn’t designed to help people with
chronic pain that doesn’t fall into a predetermined category. What this means
is that if there is no ‘obvious’ source of pain, doctors have a hard time
diagnosing it.
People who suffer from chronic pain might have had an accident or injury
that triggered the pain, or might feel it because of the job they work. There
are so many causes of chronic pain and so few resolutions if it isn’t a cookie-
cutter, common problem.
Unfortunately, this means that many people who suffer from chronic pain end
up on long-term regimens of pain killers and muscle relaxants. These
medications can, in turn, have side effects that can become dangerous and
debilitating.
These experiences with medication and no diagnosis can become frustrating
and discouraging leading to emotional and mental symptoms as well.
Fortunately, Reiki energy healing doesn’t need a diagnosis or a known cause
to help relieve chronic pain. With static hand positions, or performing Reiki
hands-off, you can provide clients or yourself with pain relief without
aggravating it by moving the body or even touching the body.
Because Reiki is intuitive and corrects the imbalances in the body, it goes
exactly where it is needed. In the case of chronic pain, if there was no
obvious trigger, like a physical trauma or accident, sometimes it is a result of
an imbalance somewhere else.
For example, there have been cases of clients seeking massage therapy for
pain in their feet. The pain is so bad they can barely walk. Through the course
of treatments, and in working backward from where the pain is felt, the
source of the pain is traced back to a surgical scar on the low back from
fourteen years earlier.
Situations like this are common. Surgeries can be traumatic to the body and
as a defense mechanism, muscles and connective tissues jam up. After the
surgery heals, those tissues and muscles stay condensed. Over time, that
defense reaction spreads down the legs and continues to jam up muscle and
connective tissue until it manifests as severe pain in the feet.
With Reiki and chronic pain, it is not uncommon to have to work backward
from where the pain manifests to where the pain originates. Doctors don’t
always have insight beyond the scope of their specialty to find the true source
of chronic pain.
Many people who have suffered from chronic pain for years will start getting
Reiki sessions and suddenly not have to take pain killers anymore or get to
lower the dose, or even go from heavy prescriptions to just basic Ibuprofen.

Infertility
Infertility is another highly emotional condition that people can encounter.
Women wanting to have children but being unable to do so is such an
emotional experience that it can lead to depression, anxiety, reclusively, and a
complete lack of self-worth and self-appreciation.
There are many causes of infertility. Sometimes it is something to do with the
woman’s body and sometimes it has to do with the man’s body. Science can
help determine if sperm count is low or if there is a potential problem with
the uterus or ovaries. Unfortunately, this doesn’t always make the situation
better or less emotionally painful.
Any woman that has ever experienced infertility yet who wants to be
pregnant knows just how horrible it is to get their period every month, a
regular reminder that they aren’t pregnant. This kind of physical condition
has severe emotional and spiritual implications as well.
Reiki energy can vastly improve the emotional mindset and wellbeing of
women and men who are struggling with infertility. Just like with cancer,
when that emotional and spiritual energy comes back into alignment, the
body can focus on healing itself.
More than that, Reiki can help heal imbalances in both men and women so
help the production and secretion of fertility hormones and improve their
chances of getting pregnant.
There are many accounts of women who had tried everything to get pregnant
and were going through fertility treatments with no luck. After receiving
Reiki healing sessions, they would suddenly get a viable embryo for the first
time in years! It sounds almost like magic but the truth is, the body is capable
of healing itself in many instances. Reiki just points the way.
As with cancer, Reiki isn’t a miracle cure for infertility and sometimes can
only treat the emotional and spiritual symptoms rather than the core cause but
never underestimate the difference a positive mindset can make.
Neurodegenerative Disease
Dementia, Parkinson’s Disease, and Alzheimer’s Disease are some of the
most well-known neurodegenerative diseases. There are no cures to these
diseases, only treatments.
A neurodegenerative disease occurs in the brain when the brain’s ability to
communicate with parts of the body begins to deteriorate. As with dementia
and Alzheimer’s disease, memory is severely impacted. People lose entire
chunks of their lives and their pasts. They can forget family members,
spouses, and lifelong friends. More than that they could lose the ability to tie
their own shoes because the memory just doesn’t exist in their mind anymore.
For neurodegenerative diseases like Parkinson’s disease, the brain is no
longer capable of communicating with the body and patients begin to lose the
function of their body and motor skills. It is incredibly difficult to watch
someone suffer from a neurodegenerative disease and even more difficult to
go through it.
Reiki energy healing can help slow the degeneration of the neurons and help
relieve the physical symptoms of such diseases. There is still a lot to be
learned about Reiki and neurodegenerative diseases but there are documented
cases in with Reiki helped to slow the progression of symptoms.
More than that, Reiki provides pain relief for the neurodegenerative diseases
that do result in physical pain. Additionally, family members watching
someone suffer a neurodegenerative disease can become frustrated, upset,
sad, scared, and depressed.
As with cancer, Reiki can benefit those who are watching a loved one suffer
from a neurodegenerative disease by relieving their emotional symptoms.
Some neurodegenerative diseases are genetic, so having a parent or family
member be diagnosed with one can create a sense of worry and dread in
younger members of the family who think that is what they have to look
forward to. Reiki can help release that worry and help improve mindfulness
about living in the moment and not worrying about what can’t be controlled.

Crohn’s Disease
Crohn’s Disease is an autoimmune, inflammatory disease of the digestive
tract. It most commonly affects the intestines and bowels, yet it can also
create sensitivity in the stomach and every other part of the digestive system.
An autoimmune disease is the result of the body thinking that something that
should be there shouldn’t be. When this happens, the immune system starts to
attack the body and try to fight off whatever is causing the perceived
problem. As a result, many other debilitating and problematic symptoms
occur.
In the case of Crohn’s disease, the digestive tract becomes incredibly
overactive and starts to have inflammation defense reactions to all kinds of
normal foods. Fruits and grains can be a major instigator of a Crohn’s flare-
up. Sometimes the body is fine, and then sometimes not so much. Crohn’s
flare-ups consist of abdominal and rectal pain. They can include irregular
bowel movements, vomiting, and severe, incapacitating discomfort. A lot of
people with Crohn’s disease are on medications, have to be very careful
about what they eat and the quality of food.
In severe cases, portions of the intestines need to be cut out. Other surgeries
are meant to relieve Crohn’s disease symptoms as well.
Since autoimmune diseases result in an imbalance in the body where the
brain, immune system, and the target of the disease aren’t communicating
properly, Reiki energy is a great healing tool that can help correct the
imbalance. It can also help with the physical pain of Crohn’s disease.
Some people suffering from Crohn’s disease have received Reiki sessions
and been able to consume foods that they are otherwise not able to without
the ordinary painful results. In other instances, Reiki can provide enough pain
relief for people with Crohn’s disease to get through their day or week
without having to leave work or throw up or any of those other awful
symptoms.
Any kind of disease that doesn’t have a cure, that the surgeries aren’t one
hundred percent effective, or that can completely disrupt someone’s life does
take an emotional toll. Reiki is an asset to helping with the emotional and
spiritual realignment. As in the case of any disease or illness, when the mind
and spirit are aligned, the body can help itself better because it has less to
focus on.

Surgical Recovery
Surgeries can be beneficial for lots of reasons. Surgeries can remove tumors,
mend broken bones and joints, and relieve the pressure that might otherwise
cause death. Surgeries save lives with joint replacements and organ
transplants.
Unless you have gone through a major surgery yourself, what you might not
know is that the recovery process for surgery goes far beyond the physical
recovery. Reiki energy is a noninvasive healing method that can be used
immediately after a surgical procedure to help boost the immune system and
speed up the recovery process.
Most therapies like massage and physical therapy require at least six weeks
of healing before they can be used on a surgical patient. This is one reason
Reiki is set apart from other healing methods.
Some surgical recoveries are so long that it can lead to other physical side
effects like joint stiffness, atrophied muscles, and problems with scar tissue
and surrounding connective tissues. Reiki can help keep the body balanced
during recovery and minimize those side effects.
On an emotional level, some surgical recoveries are intense. Getting a joint
replaced means having to adjust to that new joint. Having a limp amputated
and getting a prosthetic is a whole other learning process. These can become
frustrating and discouraging and even have additional painful side effects like
phantom limb syndrome. Reiki can be used to ease the recovery process on
an emotional level as well and has been successful in aiding with phantom
limb syndrome in veterans.
Anyone who has gone through an organ transplant probably has friends who
needed the same organ from a support group that didn’t survive. This can
lead to survivor’s guilt and many other emotional complications. Again,
Reiki can help relieve those emotional symptoms so the body can focus on
healing. Reiki can also help the body adjust to and accept a new organ and
lower the risks of rejection.
 Chapter 8:
Reiki and Body Energy

Everything is about energy, which means that healing also ultimately

involves energy. In Reiki, energy helps promote healing through enhancing
the flow of energy and correcting any disturbances that occur in the "human
energy field," also called the aura. This aura permeates the body and
surrounds it. When the body experiences the flow of energy, the body will
have the capacity to heal by itself.
Energy healing works on the basis that your body is made up of various
patterns of energy. When you work directly with body energy, you will
influence the mental, physical, and emotional level. Using energy healing in
Reiki is seen to be holistic in nature.
This is why it is vital that when your body or mind experiences disturbances,
everyone wants to address these levels. However, energy healing doesn't
work on its own; rather, it supports other healing methods that we use in daily
life. Reiki healing focuses on the energy of which your body, mind, and
emotions are made up of.
At the center of the human field are seven primary chakras that are supported
by thousands of other smaller meridians and chakras. The seven chakras are
placed vertically along your spinal column, and it begins on the pelvic floor.
The first one is the Root chakra that is at the level of the pelvic bone, and the
one at the top is the crown chakra. Each of the chakras works as its own
transmitter as well as the recipient of the energy. When the chakra receives
the energy, it will direct it to corresponding organs as well as the endocrine
system within the body.

The Energetic Bodies

In addition to the chakra, the human body uses the human energy field to
make it work perfectly. The energy field is made up of smaller energetic
bodies, which include the mental, spiritual, etheric, emotional, and physical
bodies. All these allow you to relate with and experience the environment in
different aspects.
When all the chakras and energy bodies are in harmony and are working well
together, you will be full of vitality and have a sense of wellness. On the
other hand, when the energy centers are not balanced, you will become
sluggish, and you will experience confusion, fatigue, and illness at all times.
You need to work with a healing practice that can identify the problem areas.
He will do so to release the blockages then create a positive flow of energy in
the body so that he can make you heal. Healing can happen immediately, or it
can take time.

The 5 Layers of the Human Energy Field

Physical Energy
This is the layer that we look at to be the physical part of ourselves. Although
we look at the body as a package that consists of the skin, flesh, bones, and
organs, they also have energy, similar to the other layers of the body that you
can't see, or you cannot sense such as the mind.
Etheric
This word is derived from the word "ether," – which is a layer that sits from
one quarter to one half of an inch but not any more than an inch, from the
location of the physical body. The practitioners that have sensed this body
describe it as a feeling that is gray in color. It is like a spider web, and it can
stretch, and it is usually seen as the blueprint of the physical layer.
Emotional Energy
This is the third layer from the outside. It is at the center of all the five layers
that we have looked at. The emotional layer is the layer where fears and
feelings reside. It can be very volatile when we have emotions. It comes into
play whether you are experiencing both low and high emotions.
Mental Energy
This is the layer where our ideas and other emotions spring from. It also
forms the store from which the belief system gets stored. This is the space
where our thoughts are stored then sorted out, and it is where people store
their personal truths or any perceptions that are based on experiences.
Spiritual Energy
This is the final layer, where higher awareness and consciousness is stored. It
is the layer where our past lives are tied as well as the universal
consciousness that is common to all people.

Why Should You Be Concerned About Energy Field?

You need to be aware that the personal energy field has a huge impact on the
general sense of wellbeing. People are usually aware of how important
personal hygiene is. You need to know that the physical body gets dirty when
you use it, and it can pick up viruses and bacteria that can lead to disease. If
you stop looking after your body, your physical health, as well as a sense of
wellbeing, will also suffer.
Have you ever felt that your state of mind feels "dirty" when your body is
dirty as well? This is because everything that you do is connected to the
energy, which also means that every part of your life comes with an energy
component. Visible dirt is just a part of the bigger problem. Any part of your
body is made up of many energy frequencies, most that cannot be seen with
the naked eye. However, you need to know that the unseen energy
frequencies will affect the energy field as well.
The major problem that we face is that we have grown up in a society that
doesn't acknowledge the unseen energies and how they are important to our
lives. In school, we are only taught about the energies that we can see, and
how they affect our lives, we aren't taught about what we cannot see.
For you to understand how it all works, you need to look at all the five layers
of the human energy fields. It is a fact that for you to have total body
hygiene, you ought to keep all the five layers of body energy clean. When
you know the different fields, you will be able to know that the conditions in
your body that you think is caused by physical causes might be due to energy
imbalance. You don't need to limit yourself at a single part of the body;
rather, you need to look at the different layers before you make any
conclusion. if you wish to handle the proper healing of the body, you need to
do so by working at all the layers of the body.
 Chapter 9:
Reiki Techniques for Self-Healing

Since you have already learned the meaning, benefits, symbols, habits, and
principles of Reiki, it is now time for you to understand a few self-healing
techniques. By doing you won’t need to go to a practitioner to find healing as
you can do it all by yourself. This doesn’t mean that you will become a
master right away but you can apply what you have learned and adapt them
to your advantage. This will also be a great way to realize how helpful the
Reiki techniques can be in the long run.

Reiki Healing Techniques for Yourself

The Reiki healing techniques listed below are separated by body part but they
are arranged from top to bottom. This means you will begin with the steps
starting with your eyes and ending with your feet.
You can also do it in reverse if you like. However, since it is the first time for
you to do this, it is best to begin with your eyes. Once you have mastered the
techniques, you can do it in any sequence that feels right for you.
Eyes
Step 1: Sit or lie down comfortably on a mat or bed.
You can also sit down on a chair if you choose to.
Step 2: Take a few deep breaths and slowly let the energy in before you.
Just like the Reiki meditation, you will now begin to get comfortable where
you are and let things be as they are.
Step 3: Focus and place your hands cupped on your eyes with minimal
pressure.
This is where you start healing your eyes. You can alleviate any eye-related
problems that you may have at this point.
Step 4: Gently move your hands in a circular motion.
This is a good way to slowly feel energy go into your eyes and channel them.
Step 5: Breathe in and out calmly and feel the energy flowing as you are
doing this.
Envision yourself inviting more energy to come through to you. What you are
now doing is stimulating the 3rd chakra area, which is also known as the third
eye.
Ears
Step 1: Move your hands out of your eyes and put both of them on your ears
without using too much pressure.
You are slowly healing any ear problems.
Step 2: Slowly stimulate your ears to let the energy flow smoothly.
You will begin to feel warmth, which will help you realize that you are
giving yourself much-needed energy.
Step 3: Hold the position and breathe in and out again for at least 3 to 5
minutes.
This is how you will treat much of your ear problems, especially when you
do this step regularly.
Head
Step 1: Take a deep breath and place your hands on both sides of your head
with your fingertips touching at the crown for 3 to 5 minutes.
To make this move simple, you can try imagining that you are wearing a cap
that’s made out of your hands.
Step 2: Keep them there for a few moments and then move your hands to the
back of your head.
This will help you channel more energy into your head. Make sure that your
arms and hands are above the nape of your neck.
Step 3: Arrange your hands like a cup.
You will gradually prepare yourself for the next step when doing this.
Step 4: Rest your neck on your cupped hands and wrap them on your jawline,
keeping it there for another few minutes.
This will bring warmth and energy to your head. You will also feel relaxed at
this point.
Step 5: Focus and breathe in and out, letting the energy come to you.
Repeat this a few times.
Neck
Step 1: Put your hands in front of you and place them on the front of your
neck.
Make sure that you are not choking yourself while doing this. Do it in a way
that doesn’t cause any physical pain.
Step 2: Grasp your neck comfortably without hurting yourself.
As you are grasping your neck, do it comfortably while still feeling the
much-needed energy flow in that area.
Step 3: Take your other hand and place it on the top of your collarbone.
This will give more warmth and energy as you begin to channel Reiki.
Step 4: Feel the energy and then put your hands on the back of your neck.
This will stimulate the chakra area around your neck.
Step 5: Grasp it firmly and breathe in and out for 3 to 5 minutes.
Shoulders
Step 1: Take a deep breath and put your arms over your head
Step 2: Raise your elbows and put your hands over your shoulder blades.
If you are physically incapable of doing this, you can place your hands on top
of your shoulders instead.
Step 3: Slowly breathe in and out a few times.
This is to make sure you are slowly cultivating the energy.
Step 4: Put your hands over your shoulders and slowly do a clockwise motion
over them.
It is a way for you to channel the energy and let the blood flow through there.
You should feel a warming sensation by the time you are done with this.
Chest
Step 1: Take a full, deep breath and place your hands in front of your chest
area.
Step 2: Place both hands on your heart.
This will stimulate the 4th chakra area so that you will feel more and more
energy come in.
Step 3: Keep both hands at the position you have gained in the second step
for another few minutes.
Stomach and Pelvis
Step 1: Move your hands down slowly until you reach your rib cage and
place them below your chest area.
This will stimulate the 3rd chakra area.
Step 2: Once you feel the energy flowing, move your hands down until you
reach your belly area.
This will stimulate both the 2nd and 3rd chakra areas simultaneously.
Step 3: Place your hands on your pelvic bone, letting your fingertips touch at
their ends when you are ready.
Step 4: Put your hands above your pubic bone.
This will stimulate the 1st chakra area.
Back
Step 1: Put your hands on your upper back.
This will help release the tension and anxiety you may be feeling at this
point.
Step 2: Breathe the energy you are slowly gaining and place your hands on
the middle of your back
By doing this step, you will be ready to banish the negativity that has been
building up in this area.
Step 3: Slowly move your hands down until you reach your lower back.
Step 4: Breathe slowly and then place your hands on the back of your hips.
Step 5: Move your hands down to the sacrum and slowly move your hands in
a circular motion for a few minutes.
This is where you will stimulate the 2nd chakra area.
Legs
Step 1: Sit down on a chair.
Step 2: Place your hands on your knees.
Step 3: Take your left hand from your left knee and place it on your right
ankle.
This is how you begin to channel the Reiki and cultivate it.
Step 4: Place your left hand back on your left knee.
Step 5: Take your right hand from your right knee and place it on your left
ankle.
Just like in step 3, you will channel your Reiki here as well.
Step 6: Breathe slowly and sit down on a mat.
Step 7: Place both hands on one ankle and keep it there for a few moments.
This is where you will now feel the energy coming to one ankle.
Step 8: Do the same on the other ankle.
Feet
Step 1: Feel the energy you have gained from the other moves you have done
and put your feet in front of you.
You are now ready to gather all that you have cultivated and put it to your
feet.
Step 2: Put both of your hands on both sides of one foot. Do it on the other
foot after a few moments.
This is a good way to give your feet the much-needed energy on both sides.
Step 3: Put your hands on the soles of your feet and slowly put a little
pressure on them.
This will give soles a good boost while the rest of your feet is already feeling
the energy you have supplied.
Once you reach the end of the sequence, align yourself in a praying position
slowly, put your hands together, and take a few deep breaths to warm down.
Close your eyes and sit still for a while. After a few moments, open your eyes
and breathe out. You have finally healed yourself with Reiki techniques!
It can take time to master these self-healing methods, and you may find
yourself stumbling trying to do some of them, especially when you are trying
to envision. But give it time and patience so that you will be able to do these
moves and heal yourself with confidence and joy.
 Chapter 10:
The Reiki Healing Techniques

Karuna Reiki
Karuna is a word that means any action that helps to diminish other people’s
suffering. In Sanskrit, Karuna means “compassionate action.” The Karuna
system of Reiki is a technique developed by William L. Rand when he used
the symbols channeled by other Reiki Masters like Kellie-Ray Marine, Pat
Courtney, Marla Abraham, and Marcy Miller. Rand found the symbols to be
very valuable but he felt that they still had a lot of potential locked deep
within them. He used guided meditation to become attuned with the symbols
to unlock their full potential, and he called this new Reiki technique Karuna.
Karuna Reiki’s energy is applied with more focus and also works on all
energy bodies simultaneously. People who receive an attunement from their
Reiki teacher only when they have become qualified Reiki practitioners.
They often need to report to their Spirit Guides, Angels, and their Higher
Self, and then afterward they feel their presences at times.
Benefits of Karuna Reiki

Non-invasive
Helps heal unconscious patterns and habits
Can help with sleeping problems
Can help ease panic attacks, fatigue, and muscle pain
Can help with the manifestation of personal goals
Helps pull out the negative energy, or blockages in your Ki flow
and helps release pain
Can also help ease emotional pain
Does not require you to convert into another religion
Heals the body on a cellular level
Helps you deal with past-life issues
Helps you fix communication problems
Helps you deal with co-dependency
Helps mend relationships and makes them better
Helps you be more mindful and in the moment
Helps you shatter your denial habits
Helps with self-image problems
Improves learning and promote clarity of the mind

Sekhem or Seichim Reiki

Sekhem is an ancient Egyptian word that means “universal energy or power”,
roughly translate as “Power of Powers”. Sekhem in Egyptian hieroglyphs is
symbolized by the scepter, and it represents the connection between Heaven
and Earth.
Sekhem healing energy can help accelerate your spiritual growth but most
importantly, it can open communication channels with your “higher self” and
with the “All That Is”, which can mean different things to different faiths (the
Cosmic Universe, the Divine Creator, the Soul of Souls, etc.) There are no
other known energy systems that can compare with the high vibrational
energy of Sekhem, nor does any other energy work at a deeper soul level.
Sekhem Reiki promotes being more responsible for your life. It also allows
you to heal, and it helps your personality and spirituality, so you can find
your soul’s purpose and unlock your full potential.
Benefits of Sekhem or Seichim Reiki

Fast physical, spiritual, and emotional healing

Quickens the never-ending process of spiritual development and
enlightenment
Assists in the manifestation of goals
Improves your “inner sight” and your ability to sense the energy
around you
Increases your “feeling of being alive” by making you more aware
of the present
Increases your self-awareness and your relationships with others

Western Reiki
Almost all of the Reiki practiced in Japan is Westernized Reiki, which is
quite ironic considering that Reiki originated from Japan. There was a time
when people thought that there were no more legitimate Reiki practitioners
left in Japan. That is why when Reiki was reintroduced into the country, the
Japanese people who wished to learn it had to visit North America to get
tutelage. However, the successors of Usui-sensei have always been in Japan.
There are also the surviving students of Chujiro Hayashi, which was one of
the prominent students of Mikao Usui. One of his students was Hawayo
Takata, who was believed to be the person who introduced Reiki to the
Western hemisphere.
Benefits of Western Reiki

Promotes acceptance of oneself

Can help minimize pain and discomfort; can be used to aid in
natural childbirth
Can assist a dying person’s soul transcend peacefully to the
afterlife
Can aid in being more mindful of one’s thoughts and physical
feelings
Can help uncover hidden emotions so they can be easily healed
Can balance the chakras in the body
Can be used to complement other medical treatments safely
No need to convert to other religions
Non-invasive and gentle healing
Provides natural pain relief
Promotes deep relaxation and helps cure sleeping disorders
Promotes holistic health and wellbeing
Is safe for use by pregnant women
Hastens the recovery from surgery sickness, and eases labor pains
Can help ease and eliminate stress
 Chapter 11:
How to Practice Reiki with Crystals

Using crystals in Reiki can further enhance the power of energy during
treatments. Crystals add another layer of power to the Reiki practice and
serve a special purpose for removing negative energy while opening the
chakras for a positive flow of energy. They are used in a similar way in
which hands are placed for healing and treatment, by focusing on the chakras
or energy centers around the body.
Crystals can contain, channel, and absorb physical, emotional, mental and
spiritual forms of energy. During a practice, crystals are either physically
placed in specific areas, or held over these parts of the body. Some Reiki
practitioners place stones around the room during a session to enhance the
overall impact of treatment and its benefits.
What types of crystals are recommended for use during Reiki practice?
In general, there are countless types of crystals to choose from, each of them
providing an ability to contribute to the healing process.
The following crystals are applied in practice most often:

Black Tourmaline
This is a strong crystal that wards off negativity and helps produce positive
feelings and thoughts, despite an atmosphere of difficulty and pollution. This
may include toxic environments around specific people or situations that we
may have to face regularly. Black tourmaline is also effective in helping to
clear our minds and reduce the effect of electronic smog (most commonly
received through our cell phones and technology). It can also ward off others’
negative wishes against us, giving us a better outlook and sense of being
despite these challenges.

Rose Quartz
This stone is gentler and softer in its approach and is known for its ability to
strengthen one’s sense of self-worth and confidence. Rose quartz supports the
power of unconditional love, which everyone needs in life to thrive and feel
good about themselves. In using this crystal, the results may be a higher sense
of confidence and reassuring of one’s true value. If you tend to be hard on
yourself regularly, this crystal will ease this pressure and allow you to be
gentler on you and more forgiving.

Selenite
This crystal is ideal for use during meditation, as it helps strengthen mental
clarity and the ability to make good decisions, exercising wise judgment.
Selenite, like rose quartz, is a gentle crystal and provides a sense of calm
during its use. It opens energy of light into your mind so that you will be able
to focus clearly on important decisions in life.

Amethyst
A stone that is also used in the making of pendants and jewelry, amethyst is a
crystal used to strengthen a person’s spirituality and a sense of purpose in
life. During its use, you may feel a strong vibration, unlike some of the other
crystals that are gentler and produce a lighter, softer vibration. The amethyst
is also effective in warding off negative feelings and thoughts.

Blue Lace Agate

This stone is often placed at or near the throat chakra for the best results and
can help improve sleep in people who suffer from insomnia. It can also give
us a sense of clarity when speaking our mind and approaching difficult
situations with greater ease when we need to communicate about them. Blue
lace agate produces a mild, relaxing vibration when used during practice.

Prehnite
The prehnite crystal is attuned to provide spiritual strength with
unconditional love for both the practitioner and the recipient of the treatment.
This stone is used primarily for healing, though it can also provide spiritual
guidance for some people who are looking for direction.

Clear Quartz
This is a powerful healing stone, which is often used to promote immune
system strength and improve the body’s ability to heal. This crystal produces
strong bio-magnetic energy, which can increase your energy just by holding
or touching it. In using clear quartz, you may experience improved
concentration and a sense of balance. Some people report regaining memories
or ideas they have once lost, not expecting to experience them again. This
powerful crystal is also beneficial in increasing the overall function of the
body’s ability to heal.
There are plenty of other crystals available to incorporate into your Reiki
practice, either for yourself or others who receive treatment. Use a variety of
different crystals to gain a better understanding of their power, or simply
focus on one or two at a time, especially if you have a specific purpose or
goal in mind.
For example, if you are looking to increase your spiritual awareness and
strength, you may want to use a combination of Prehnite and Amethyst.
These crystals may be held in your hands during a treatment, or simply
placed around the room or space where you practice to add their benefit.
 Chapter 12:
Reiki Symbols

A symbol is primarily a visual representation of an object, process, or even a

function. There are specific Reiki symbols that are used by a Reiki
practitioner to connect with and use the healing energy of the cosmos. You
don't need to be supposed to use symbols and Reiki but they are compelling
tools and are often recommended by Reiki masters. If you're just getting
started with Reiki healing, this will come in handy. The Reiki symbols can
either be in the form of a word or an image. They essentially help to invoke
the Reiki energy and enable their free flow in your body.
Whenever you use the Reiki symbols appropriately, you can feel the energy
that they represent. Each symbol represents a specific healing energy. The
way you react to the Reiki symbols will differ from one person to another.
They enable you to tap into the deeper levels of your consciousness. If you
are a highly sensitive person, then you might be able to feel the energy that
has been associated with a specific symbol for ages. Once you are attuned,
even the name of the symbol can help pick up the positive vibrations it gives
out.
In the Reiki system designed by Dr. Usui, there are four Reiki symbols. You
will learn about three of these Reiki symbols when you receive the level-2
Reiki training. The final symbol, which is also known as the Master symbol,
will be taught only during the level-3 Reiki training. During the initial days
of Reiki's conception, these symbols were kept a secret. Hawayo Takata
believed that these symbols are quite sacred and didn't want a lot of people to
know about their existence. The secrecy was maintained to secure the power
associated with these symbols. This is surely not the case anymore, and a lot
of Reiki practitioners use them regularly. Even if the information is freely
available, it doesn't mean that these symbols are no longer sacred. These
symbols will always be sacred, and if you have access to these symbols, don't
take this privilege for granted.
Once you are attuned with these symbols, they will forever reside in your
consciousness. This Reiki energy keeps flowing through your body even if
you don't keep using the symbols regularly. In this section, you'll learn about
the different symbols used in Reiki.

The Power Symbol - Cho Ku Rei

The Power symbol or the Cho Ku Rei is one of the most basic Reiki symbols.
Practitioners can draw the symbol either clockwise or counterclockwise
direction. It is entirely up to you to choose the direction in which you wish to
draw the symbol. Both are equally valid and powerful. It is usually drawn
using three strokes and is used to cleanse, protect, and empower oneself. In
the first level of Reiki, the first symbol that is taught to a Reiki student.

The Emotional Healing Symbol - Sei He Ki

The emotional healing symbol in Reiki is known as Sei Hei Ki. There are
nine strokes used for drawing the symbol, and its main objective is to bring
about a sense of emotional harmony, peace, and balance. It also helps restore
balance to the left and right hemispheres of your brain. If you want to get rid
of any blocked feelings and emotional distress, then this is the symbol you
must use. Apart from this, it can also help severe toxic energy take ties, let go
of unhelpful attachments, and provide forgiveness. If you have a tough time
forgiving yourself or others, then start using the symbol.

Distance Healing Symbol - Hon Sha Ze Sho Nen

This symbol is also known as the Hon Sha Ze Sho Nen and is used whenever
healing energy has to be sent across long distances. The intention of the
symbol is timelessness. Because of its tower-like appearance of the written
characters, it is also known as propaganda. In Reiki treatments, the intention
of the symbol is used for bringing people closer together across time and
space. This is often used in absentee healing by healing energy that can be
transferred from the healer to the recipient even when they are not physically
present in the same spot.
This symbol can also be used for sending Reiki to heal any of your past
traumas, relationships, or even the emotional or spiritual after-effects of past
events or wounds. It can also be used to heal any ancestral Karma. It
essentially cuts through the lean your perception of the universe and works
across various levels of space and time. If you want to practice distance
healing, then before you start the process, you must first set an intention. The
intention or you thought energy essentially becomes a part of the healing
process.

The Master Symbol- Dai KO Myo

The Master symbol is known as the Dai Ko Myo, and it mainly represents the
entirety of Reiki energy. The intention associated with this Reiki symbol is
that of enlightenment. It is usually reduced by Reiki masters while attuning
initiated into Reiki. This symbol helps heal the healer and is a combination of
the symbols representing harmony, power, and the distance symbol. It is
believed to be the most complex of all the symbols to be drawn using hands
while performing Reiki.

The Completion Symbol

The final symbol is known as the completion symbol or the Raku symbol.
This symbolizes the final stage of the Reiki attunement procedure. It usually
has a grounding intention, and practitioners use this while Reiki treatment
comes to an end. It helps settle the Reiki energy into the recipient's body
while sealing the Ki within the body. The completion symbol resembles a
lightning bolt, and it must be drawn in a downward gesture using hands. It
essentially symbolizes that the healing session has come to an end.

Draw Reiki Symbols

To practice Reiki, you must learn the Reiki symbols. The Reiki symbols are
training tools that help a beginner learn to activate the healing and channeling
of the Reiki energy. Once the symbol is activated, it kicks starts the flow of
healing energy. As you are already aware, every Reiki symbol serves a
specific purpose. the kind of energy you wish to channel will determine the
symbol you must use.
Here are a couple of ways that you can draw Reiki symbols:

Using one or all your fingers, you can drop the Reiki symbols in
the air in front of you.
 You can draw the Reiki symbols on one of your palms using the
fingers of the other hand.
You can either draw or visualize the Reiki symbols in your head.
You can visualize or draw the specific symbol over a specific part
of your body.
While using Reiki symbols, the only thing that matters is the
intention that you are using it. Your intention essentially helps
activate the energy that's present in these symbols. Whenever you
are using Reiki symbols, you're supposed to say the symbol's name
thrice. You can either say the symbol's name out loud or repeat it
calmly in your head.
You are supposed to repeat the name thrice because the number three is
believed to be sacred in various religious and spiritual groups. For instance,
in Christianity, the number three refers to the Holy Trinity - the Father, the
Son, and the Holy Spirit. It essentially represents the three stages of
Consciousness-Christ consciousness, cosmic consciousness, and God-
consciousness. It is entirely up to you to repeat this mantra how many ever
times you want but three is believed to be the ideal number.
The symbols don't have any power in them, and it is your intention, which
brings power to these symbols. They are just tools that help you activate the
energy of Reiki. You don't have to worry about getting these symbols right
on the first try. It takes a lot of practice and consistent effort to master the
symbols.

Uses of Reiki Symbols

A lot of Reiki healers believe that you are supposed to obtain the permission
of the person before you send them a lot of Reiki energy. Even if your
intentions are good, only the recipient can decide how he feels about a
specific situation and whether he would like to change anything about it. If
you think you are helping someone out, then always seek the other person's
permission before you do anything. After all, even the best intentions can, at
times, be misguided.
If you are unable to obtain permission but think that it is essential, then here
are a couple of things you can do. The most obvious one is not to send any
Reiki healing. The second they can do is to tune in to your intuition and ask
your consciousness to provide guidance. Whenever you want to use Reiki,
the third approach is to add a specific phrase whenever you send Reiki
healing. Use the phrase, "should it be for (recipient's name) highest good." By
doing this, the recipient will receive the Reiki energy only if he truly wants it.
After this, you're also supposed to state what would happen to the Reiki
energy if the recipient doesn't want it. For instance, the Reiki energy might go
to some other person who requires it, or it might go back to the Earth. If you
cannot directly ask the recipient for his permission, then ask anyone else who
has control over his decision-making about the same. Regardless of what it is,
permission must always be sought.
In this section, you will learn about the different uses of various Reiki
symbols.
Protection
It is believed that Cho Ku Rei is a symbol that often offers protection.
Therefore, it is usually drawn over the doors and other entrances of houses to
protect from negativity and any harmful energy. You can also carry this
symbol of protection with you wherever you go. Merely place it in your car,
your bag, or even in your wallet.
You can cleanse the food that you consume by drawing this symbol over it.
Whatever we eat these days often travels a lot. During this trip, it might end
up gathering unnecessary negative energies. When you consume such food,
you are essentially taking in the negativity that's present in them too. By
using the Cho Ku Rei symbol, you can get rid of all negativity.
Affirmations
The Sei Hei Ki symbol is usually used to empower any affirmations. You can
either visualize the symbol or even say it out loud three times before you say
an affirmation and then thrice after the affirmation. You can either say it out
loud or repeat this symbol in your mind. However, it is suggested that
visualization is the most powerful way to use a symbol. You can either draw
this symbol in your mind or even merely visualize the complete symbol. If
you are writing down the affirmations on a piece of paper, then simply draw
the Sei Hei Ki symbol thrice-before and after the affirmation.
This symbol can also help improve your ability to retain information. If you
need to memorize something, then write the same on paper and fold it in half.
Holes folded paper between your hands and ask the Reiki energy to help you
memorize the information. Start channeling Reiki to the sheet of paper for at
least five minutes or even longer if you think it's required. By performing this
simple intention, you can improve your ability to retain information.
Get Rid of Bad Habits
Developing bad habits is quite easy but getting rid of them is quite difficult.
If you need a little help to get rid of a bad habit, then Reiki symbols will
come in handy. Take a piece of paper, write down the habit you want to get
rid of on this paper and fold it in half. You are required to use the Cho Ku Rei
symbol along with the Sei Hei Ki symbol for this ritual. Draw the former
symbol on a piece of paper and then the latter, followed by another Cho Ku
Rei symbol. Hold the seat of paper between your hand for anywhere between
10 to 15 minutes and directly Reiki energy towards it. Allow your intuition to
guide you through this process.
Healing
If you need to send healing the Reiki energy to someone, then you can use
symbols. You don't have to go anywhere and can do this from the comfort of
your home. However, for doing this, you will require a picture of the
recipient. Hold the photo of the recipient between your hands and say the
names while visualizing the following symbols thrice each.
Here is the order you are supposed to follow.

Cho Ku Rei
Sei Hei Ki
Hon Sha Ze Sho Nen
Cho Ku Rei
Hold this photograph in between your hands and say the recipient's name
thrice. Visualize that the energy, along with the power of symbols, is
reaching the recipient and surrounding him with positivity and healing
vibrations. To end this session, you're supposed to ground yourself and
disconnect from the Reiki energy like you normally would. Express your
gratitude for the healing Reiki energy and get back to your normal routine.
Future Events
If you know you will be facing a rather challenging event in the future, then
you can send Reiki energy to the same. For instance, if you know you'll be
attending a job interview tomorrow, then you can send positive Reiki energy
to this event. By doing this, you're giving yourself some time to focus on the
task ahead and also benefit from the positive and calming energy given to the
situation because of Reiki. when the day finally arrives, you will be free from
unnecessary jitters and keep calm. You can also use a surrogate item or
object like an interview letter or even try visualizing the event in your mind.
 Chapter 13:
Reiki and The Chakras

Reiki is chakra work. That is, we work on the seven main energy centers that
lie along the spine in the subtle body. Via the crown or crown chakra, we
absorb light energy. This energy then flows from top to bottom through one
center after another and is transformed in each chakra so that it can be used
for our physical level - organs, glands. Finally, at the root center, it unites
with the earth energy that we constantly absorb through the soles of our feet.
Chakras are not static points but moving light wheels - as their name implies
(the Sanskrit word chakra means "wheel"). They are dynamic or rotating
centers that distribute light energy in all directions, like small suns. The
movement is created by the life energy that flows into the respective chakra
and brings it to life. When the life force is in flux, the chakras begin to
vibrate and bloom. The more life force flows through them, the more
beautiful they bloom, and this is visible in our charisma.
"Thou shalt acquire riches in the heavens, not on earth," says the Bible. We
do this by working with Reiki and other types of meditation on our charisma.
What we achieve in this way remains with us. If it were part of the physical
body, it would be lost with death and we would have to start all over again
but this progress is not part of the physical body but is stored in the etheric
body.
With the authentic Reiki, we bring about a harmonious development of our
energy centers. The chakras, which are not as advanced as others, evolve over
time and flourish. You can visualize this as the blossoming of a flower bud in
the sunlight: we are becoming more and more permeable to the light energy
and the flow of life energy within us is getting stronger. It all happens gently.
The universal energy activated in the attunements is always harmless and
supportive and always depends on the real needs of the recipient.
Overstraining or "too much" is thus excluded.
All degrees of authentic Reiki develop all seven chakras but the emphasis is
always on the energy center associated with the corresponding degree. In the
first degree, especially the root or base center is activated. We lose our
existential fears and get a positive relationship to responsibility and matter.
The second degree emphasizes the sacral chakra, the seat of sensuality,
sexuality, creativity, and reproduction. Little by little, we recognize our
divine potential and live it.
In the third degree, above all, the solar network is activated, the seat of our
self-confidence and our self-esteem. The fourth degree has a special relation
to the heart chakra, the chakra of love. By developing this center, we develop
our humanity and can feel, love, cry, laugh, share, empathize and pray. We
become love. Doubt and suspicion disappear as well as hairiness and too
much disinterestedness. Instead, trust floods the heart. In deep meditation or
Reiki you are connected to the whole of creation, from heart to heart, beyond
mind and language.
In the fifth degree, especially the connection between heart and neck is
strengthened. Our love becomes more meditative. We feel the desire to share
love. With the sixth degree, which especially activates the third eye, our
consciousness is increasingly developing in the direction of: "I am love."
When the energy in the sixth chakra is awakened, it is experienced as a
tremendous expansion, as a possibility, a glimpse to throw cosmic or infinite.
When the energy flows freely in the seventh or crown chakra, we finally
arrive home. An awakened crown chakra corresponds to the seventh day of
creation on which the Creator rests. There is nothing left to do. Only now that
we have become masters of ourselves can we help others. It is also called
"Unio Mystica," the mystical union of yin and yang. Only at this highest
summit of synthesis is true, lasting fulfillment possible.
However, it's less about knowing about the chakras than about feeling them
authentic. Working on the chakras - and this is Reiki - serves to dissolve
energy blockages. When in the end all seven chakras have become so active
that they merge into a single pillar of light, it is called enlightenment.
 Chapter 14:
Benefits of Reiki

Increased Ability to Deal with Negative Energies and Stresses

of the World
The benefit of Reiki is that it helps relieve the weight of any negative
experiences you may have. As you walk through your office building or
down the street, you will notice a new recognition for those things that do not
serve your purpose. You will understand what things do not serve your
purpose in life and which encounters leave you in an undesirable mental
state. Then, you can learn to block the energies from things you do not want
to experience and avoid those situations that you can, should they not
promote the satisfied, energized feeling that you should feel.

Ability to Heal Others

If you decide to progress past the point of Reiki healing for yourself, it is
easy to become attuned with the world and direct your energy in a way that
corrects the energy flow of others. As you choose people to practice with, it
is important to choose those that are opened to the idea of Reiki healing. You
may find yourself put off of the practice altogether if you try it on a relative
with health problems who does not have an open mind to new age topics like
Reiki. Keep in mind that it is not always your failure. Reiki will not work on
someone who cannot open their mind and body to the flow of energy.

Physical Healing
Physical healing is one of the benefits of Reiki that people seem to be most
skeptical about. They do not understand how something that restores energy
can help relieve the symptoms of their physical condition, whether it is a
simple headache or a chronic illness. Those who doubt this method have
often been healed using a Western form of medicine, which commonly
focuses on treating the ailment directly instead of using a full-body approach.
This is one of the reasons that people turn to alternative or holistic medicine
when a more scientific approach has healed them. In many cases, the results
have been a complete turnaround. There are even anecdotes of people who
have turned to Reiki healing and other alternative medicines and had success
in healing cancer, relieving chronic pain, and fighting off severe illness.

Mental and Emotional Healing

People’s pain and sickness are not always visible. Many people struggle with
anxiety, depression, repressed emotions, and other mental and emotional
states. They may not even be aware of their emotional state or what is
causing it. Reiki does not always help you heal emotions unless you deal with
them; however, it can make you more aware of your emotional state.
This awareness can help you understand your problems. It can also help you
tap into the divine nature and understand your purpose in life. As you
continue to connect to the energy that exists within everything and all around
you, it can help cultivate more positive emotions in your life, including
connectedness, love, intimacy, kindness, compassion, and sharing.

Increased Spirituality
The flow of energy that you experience with Reiki can help you notice the
interconnectedness between all the life forms of earth. As you connect to all
that is living around you, you will feel a greater connection to the divine. You
will also feel as if you are part of something greater than what exists in your
immediate world. For many people, this creates the feeling of being
connected to something great and powerful. It offers reassurance that you are
present in the universe and you know that you are loved by and connected to
the spiritual beings, both living and non-living that you may encounter
through your day.

Greater Compassion
The connectedness that you feel when regularly cleansing and connecting to
your internal source of energy can help you find greater compassion for all
that exists in the world. You will be more compassionate and empathetic
when you encounter others who are in pain, whether emotional or physical.
You will also be more tolerant and understanding of others, aware that you
cannot possibly understand their specific situation. As you learn this deep
compassion for others, you will also learn to be kinder to and have greater
compassion for yourself. This can help heal people who struggle with
emotional trauma or low self-esteem, as they often struggle with treating
themselves as well as they would treat others.

Stress Relief
Stress relief is a major benefit of Reiki, as it is responsible for many of its
effects. When you regularly relax and provide yourself with stress relief, it
gives your body and mind a much-needed break from the fast-paced world
around you. This stress relief can help you sleep better at night and promotes
a stronger immune system since your body is getting the support that it needs
to be healthy. This can also reduce blood pressure.

Detoxifies the Body and Mind

A major part of the Reiki process is the removal of negative energies and
toxins from your body. It cleanses the body and helps you naturally eliminate
toxins that may have built up in your organs, digestive system, and
bloodstream. You naturally encounter these toxins through your day—they
are in some of the foods that you eat and the air that you breathe. Reiki also
detoxifies the mind, clearing it of blockages that are stopping you from
dealing with emotional trauma. This clearer state of mind and deeper
understanding help you on the path to healing.

Energizing and Rejuvenating

Reiki is a very energizing practice. As you tap into your spiritual energy and
the connectedness between you and all that is in the universe, you will feel
your energy grow. You will feel reinvigorated as the life force flows through
your body. Some Reiki experts also say that the rejuvenation from Reiki can
postpone that aging process and promote overall vitality.

Balance and Harmony

Reiki is a non-invasive technique of healing that promotes your overall
wellbeing by working along with your body's natural ability to heal itself.
Reiki does not just promote your overall wellbeing but it also helps re-
energize and revitalize your body. It brings about a sense of balance, not only
to your physical body but your spiritual and mental aspects of life as well. It
is an energy healing system that doesn't provide superficial solutions but
helps deal with the primary cause of any troubles in your life. By practicing
Reiki, you can easily restore your mental and emotional balance.

Energy and Balance

For your overall wellbeing, it is essential that your body, mind, and soul are
in harmony. Reiki allows you to get rid of any blocks of energy within and
promotes your overall balance. By using Reiki healing regularly, you can
become calmer and at peace. It is a great way to deal with stress. Apart from
this, it also improves your cognitive abilities. Once your mind is clear and
free from stress, your ability to learn and retain information also enhances.
Apart from this, it also helps and emotional healing. If you have frequent
mood swings, then Reiki can help reverse this process. Strengthening and
healing your relationships can also be possible through this. Your ability to
love others and receive love from others dramatically improves when you
start using Reiki. This helps strengthen your ability to form and maintain
relationships.

Relaxation and Stress Relief

If you want to let go of unnecessary stress and tension from your body, then
Reiki is the answer. While using Reiki healing, you don't consciously have to
do anything; you merely need to allow the energy from this healing process
to remove any tension from your body and mind. You will start to feel lighter
and more relaxed from within. Apart from this, it also increases your
awareness of the state of your mind and body.
Once you are aware of what you feel and how you feel or why you feel the
way you feel, it becomes easier to manage your emotions. You get an
opportunity to learn to be more attuned to your body's needs and your
emotional wellbeing. It helps you assess the inner wisdom and knowledge
that exists within you.

Pain Relief
Reiki helps alleviate pain while improving your physical health. By
correcting any imbalances of energy in your body, it improves your physical
health and enables your body to function optimally. It is a non-invasive
healing process and can provide relief from arthritis, migraines, or any other
physical ailments. Apart from this, it is also used to alleviate symptoms of
asthma, menopause, and insomnia.

Better Focus
Reiki can make you feel centered and grounded. This helps improve your
focus and provides mental clarity. Most of us often focus on our past or
worrying about the future. Dwelling in thoughts associated with either of
these is not going to do you much good in your present. Reiki helps you live
in the present moment. It improves your ability to accept things that come
your way and work your way through challenging circumstances. Instead of
reacting, you can learn to respond.

Natural Detoxification
Reiki enables the natural detoxification of your body and improves the
functioning of your immune system. The modern lifestyle is full of stress,
which triggers your body's fight or flight response. Reiki shifts your body
from the fight or flight mode towards the rest, and it starts to behave and act
like it is supposed to. This state doesn't symbolize non-productivity or
inactivity. It merely improves your sleep cycle based on the circadian rhythm.
It essentially improves your sleep cycle along with the functioning of your
digestive system. These two things are essential for your optimal health and
vitality. If your body starts functioning healthy, and you get the rest you
deserve, your productivity will improve.

Improved Sleep
Perhaps the most obvious outcome of a Reiki session is relaxation. Once your
body and mind are both relaxed, your ability to sleep peacefully through the
night will improve. Once you get good quality, undisturbed sleep, you will
feel more energized in the morning.

Self-Healing
Reiki works along with your body's metabolism and accelerates its ability to
heal itself. It helps restore the natural state of your body and encourages it to
perform the way supposed to. From your blood pressure to your heart rate,
you will notice an improvement in all aspects of your health. Once you start
practicing Reiki on yourself, the way you breathe also improves. Most of us
are not conscious of the way we breathe. Usually, taking slow and deep
breaths is recommended because it helps with better absorption and
transportation of oxygen in the body. By becoming conscious of your
breathing, you can improve your mental clarity. This is essential because of
all the oxygen that boosts your brain and improves your cognitive functions.

Emotional Cleansing
Reiki not only helps improve your physical health but it also helps your
spiritual and emotional wellbeing. You needn't necessarily be spiritual to
enjoy the benefits of Reiki. However, if you are interested in reconnecting
with your spiritual side and improve your emotional health, then Reiki will
come in handy. Reiki doesn't just target a specific symptom but it addresses
all the aspects related to your overall health. Perhaps this is one of the reasons
why it can bring about certain shifts to the flow of energy in your body. Once
any energy imbalances removed from your body, your body performs the
way it was intended to. This gives you better clarity and increases your
ability to stay in the moment. These factors help process your emotions and
handle them in a better way. All in all, it helps emotional cleansing.

Alternate Treatments
Reiki is often used as a complementary therapy along with conventional
medicines because it promotes relaxation of your body and mind. When you
are relaxed, your body's ability to heal itself improves. It also accelerates the
healing benefits of any conventional therapy. Reiki helps you sleep better and
attain mental peace. Since it is non-invasive and can be administered gently,
it works amazingly well with other therapies and medical treatments. Reiki
can be provided without physically touching the recipient's body; this works
especially well if the recipient is suffering from any severe injuries like
burns.
Another benefit of Reiki is that you can practice Reiki on yourself. You don't
have to go to a Reiki practitioner to get Reiki. Once you learn this healing
technique, you can start practicing yourself or even provide Reiki for others.
 Chapter 15:
Reiki and Meditation

Meditation is a common practice in Reiki. Many holistic healers and

practitioners do include meditation of some kind in their lives. Whether they
are yoga instructors, massage therapists, Reiki practitioners, or individuals
that are committed to a full-body, mind, and spirit wellness will use
meditation regularly.
There are two basic forms of meditation. The first is to completely clear your
mind of all thoughts. The second type of meditation is to focus on a specific
question, concern, or situation.
With Reiki meditation, the focus is on Reiki energy rather than any other
subject. During a Reiki meditation, you focus on the universal energy as it is
within you, around you, and within everything around you. You want to feel
connected to that energy to create a feeling of tranquility, connection, and
peace.
Your body will feel revitalized and full of life energy. It is a very
rejuvenating type of meditation.
When you meditate, it is recommended that you find a quiet place where you
won’t be disturbed. You’ll want to set a relaxing atmosphere. Set the lights
low, light some candles, maybe burn some incense or diffuse herbal oils. If
music helps you relax, play a soothing soundtrack.
You can sit or lie down for meditation but if you are prone to falling asleep,
sitting up may be the best idea. While it isn’t bad to fall asleep during
meditation, the goal is to keep a certain focus and connection with the Reiki
energy which won’t be as strong if you fall asleep.
To start relaxing your mind, breathe in through your nose to the count of four
and then breathe out through your mouth to the count of eight.
After a few of these deep breaths, you’ll want to start focusing on Reiki
energy. Start with the energy within yourself, and as you connect to it, feel it
expand outward into the universe and the space and objects around you. You
should feel the energy moving through you and around you.
Keep your focus on that energy for as long as you want to, or as long as you
feel called to. If you want to meditate for a certain amount of time, set some
kind of timer with a gentle call back sound like a soft bell or gong to let you
when you should end the meditation.
Meditation can take practice. If you are unfamiliar with meditation or new to
meditation, you might have to work your way up to longer meditation times.
Starting with just five minutes is fairly standard.
In the beginning, it is easy to get distracted by thoughts and sounds in the
room around you, like the heat coming on, the sound of a branch on the
window, or thoughts of your day. Over time, with practice, these distractions
won’t be as prominent.
However, there are some techniques to help you stay in that meditative
mindset. One method to try is when you begin to meditate, set the tip of your
tongue to the top of your mouth. If your mind starts to wander, your tongue
will fall from the roof of your mouth. Any time you notice this, bring your
tongue back to the roof of your mouth and refocus on your meditation.
The tongue trick is somewhat similar to the Gassho finger technique in which
you press your middle fingers together if you begin to experience thoughts
that pull you away from your meditation. Starting a meditation with the
Gassho technique can also help your mind focus when you move into a Reiki
meditation.
There is a somewhat standard 21-day Reiki meditation program that can help
you learn more about Reiki and also help you develop your meditation skills.
It is broken down into different segments to cover the 21 days. These 21 days
are also symbolic of the time that Dr. Usui spent on top of a mountain.
 Chapter 16:
Training to be a Reiki Master

If you want to become a Reiki Master, then you must go through the three
levels of Reiki training discussed in the previous chapters. In this section, you
will learn about the different things you can expect from different levels of
Reiki training.

First Level of Reiki

If you want to become a Reiki Master, then you must start with the first level
of Reiki training. In this section, you will learn about what you can expect
from the first level of Usui Reiki.
For starters, ensure that you are well prepared for the Reiki class you will
attend. Have a light meal before heading out to the class. Ensure that you
reach the assigned location on time, as specified by the Reiki instructor. It is
advised that you abstain from consuming alcohol or smoking at least a day
before the class. It would be a good idea to steer clear of all caffeinated
beverages too. Wear comfortable clothes and avoid restrictive and tight
clothes. Carry at least one fluffy and soft pillow with you to the class.
Once you reach the class, you will get to meet your other classmates as well
as your Reiki Master. Usually, these sessions tend to offer herbal tea to their
students. This will give you a chance to relax as well as socialize with your
other classmates. After the basic instructions are down, the session starts.
This creates a positive environment and sets the tone for the Reiki class. The
Reiki Master might ask questions about the reasons why you have decided to
learn about Reiki. Make sure that you clearly state your expectations of what
you wish to learn and retain from the Reiki class.
The Reiki Master will then start providing information about Reiki with the
entire class. You'll be asked to notice any flow of energy you feel through
your hands. Each student will receive the first and the second attunement at
this stage. After the attunement, you'll be asked to share your experience with
your classmates. After this, it is time for a little hands-on experience. You
might probably be taught a couple of different hand positions that you can
use to practice Reiki on yourself. Start using this knowledge and heal
yourself after the class.
The class might usually provide a break for meals, after which it will
commence once again. Then you will receive your third eye as well as the
fourth attunement. Once again, you're free to share your experience with the
attunement for the rest of the class. Then, you'll be taught about different
hand positions you can use while providing Reiki to others. In the first stage,
you taught about healing yourself, and at this stage, you would learn about
healing others with Reiki. The Reiki Master will then ask you to pair up with
other students and give Reiki to each other.
This is essentially how a first level Reiki class will commence and on. By the
end of it, you will have cleared the first level of Reiki. Whatever attunement
you received during this level will stay with you permanently. After class,
remember to hydrate yourself. in the week following the first level, it is ideal
that you keep drinking plenty of water than you usually do. This helps
cleanse your body from within.
Second Level of Reiki
You can move onto this level only after you've completed the first level of
Reiki. Before you proceed at this level, here are a couple of questions you
must answer.

Do you think you're ready for level 2 of Reiki?

How do you feel whenever you give Reiki?
How do you feel whenever you receive Reiki?
How often do you practice Reiki, and due to it regularly?
Do you have a general understanding of what Reiki is about?
Take some time and answer these questions honestly. Another question you
must ask yourself before you move onto this level is about performing Reiki
over distance. You need to have a thorough understanding of what you wish
to attain by going through the level 2 training. You can ask for initiation to
the next level only after you've answered all these questions.
Anyone can join the level 1 Reiki class because this training is open to all.
However, level 2 Reiki classes are slightly restrictive. If you wish to move on
from level 1 to level 2, then you must personally request your Reiki Master to
give you this opportunity. Only when the Reiki Master believes that you are
ready for level 2 will you be permitted advancement. Also, if you are unclear
about why you want to move onto level 2 of Reiki learning, then you need to
spend some time and think about your motivations. If the Reiki Master feels
that you aren't ready yet, then you will need to keep practicing your Reiki
skills at level 1 for a while longer.
Usually, you must wait for at least three months after the completion of the
level 1 training before you move onto level 2. Only after the completion of
this duration must you seek permission to move ahead.
The level 2 of Reiki will be conducted in two sessions, just like the previous
stage. However, in level 1, both sessions will be completed in one day. In
level 2, the sessions will be conducted over two days. This is the general
practice followed by most of the Reiki masters but there is no hard and fast
rule about this requirement.
The level 2 class will usually start with a brief review of whatever you
learned during the previous level of Reiki. You'll be asked for any reason
related to why you wish to take the level to class. You might also be asked to
share your expectations as well as your learnings from the previous section. If
you have any doubts after the first level of Reiki, now is the time to get them
clarified by the Reiki Master. It allows you to move onto the next level with a
better understanding of Reiki.
The Reiki Master will start introducing you to the different symbols of level 2
Reiki. You will be taught about their Japanese names along with the ways to
pronounce them. The intention, as well as the meaning of every symbol, will
also be taught to the students. After this, you will receive the first attunement
of level 2 Reiki. The next part of this session will usually involve drawing the
three Reiki symbols. Always carry a notebook along with a pen to your Reiki
class. Usually, classes do provide basic stationery but it is always better to
carry your stationery with you. You'll be taught to draw every Reiki symbol
precisely.
You must also concentrate on learning the proper spelling and pronunciation
of all the Reiki symbols. By drawing the Reiki symbol, you get a chance to
understand it better. You can start perceiving the energy that is associated
with each symbol. The healing session usually involves the visualization of
all the Reiki symbols that were taught until now. But before you move onto
that part of the session, make sure that you learn about each symbol and can
recollect the same. This is one of the reasons why you are made to draw the
symbols. The Reiki Master will ask you to memorize the symbols before you
are sent home for the day.
The second session of level 2 Reiki will be held the following day. During
the second class, the Reiki Master will ask you to draw symbols, write their
names, and submit the same to him. As you are drawing the symbol, try
understanding the power that is associated with each of them. You'll also be
asked to review the symbol along with the powers associated with it. During
the second session, you will receive the second attunement of this level of
Reiki. There are only two attunements at this level, unlike the four given to
you during the first level of Reiki.
By this time, you might be able to recognize the increasing flow of Reiki
energy within you. Your experience will further improve when you start
drawing out the energy from the symbols you draw on paper. Apart from this,
there will also be a discussion about how Reiki can be manifested physically
before you can experience it. Then, you'll be taught about long-distance
Reiki. Each person or student will be expected to learn this formula one step
at a time. Then it is time to practice the same. You will be required to send
Reiki across a distance. You can always use a tool as a surrogate while
sending Reiki in absence.
After the completion of all this, the Reiki Master will teach you about how
you can send Reiki energy either into your past or the future. After this, you
will have a session wherein you can ask any questions you have about the
two Reiki classes. Once all your doubts cleared, the session will come to an
end. This pretty much covers how a Reiki level 2 class commences and ends.
If you ask gone through all the stages, then you have successfully completed
the second degree of Reiki. Congratulate yourself for initiation into the
second degree of Reiki.
The Reiki Master will teach you how Reiki can be sent forward into the
future or back into the past. After this, there might be a session where you
can ask any questions about the level 2 Reiki class. Once all the doubts are
cleared, the class ends. This is how a Reiki level 2 class commences and
ends. You should congratulate yourself for initiation into the second degree.

Third Level Reiki

Now that you have cleared the first and second level of Reiki, it is time to
move onto the third level. It is entirely up to you to decide whether you want
to move to this level. You want to practice more at the second level itself.
There are different ways in which level 3 Reiki can be taught. Certain Reiki
teachers don't usually differentiate between the third level of Reiki and the
Master level of Reiki. Every student will be given the title of Reiki Master by
their instructor upon completion of the third level attunement. You might or
might not receive the proper structure you require to follow to become a
Reiki teacher at the state.
Before you think about moving on to level 3 of Reiki, you must ask yourself
whether you are prepared to commit yourself to become a Reiki Master. This
is not a commitment that you must treat lightly. The third level Reiki classes
are usually held once a week for about two months. If not, they can last for
anywhere between 5 to 6 weeks or so. You cannot miss a single session and
must attend them piously and commit yourself to learn everything your
teacher teaches you. Only one class will be taught per week, and this gives
you plenty of time to review whatever was taught during the session and
prepare yourself for the next session. Don't be in a rush, and don't try to
complete this process as quickly as you want. Reiki is not a process that you
want to rush into. A qualified Reiki Master will deny any such requests.
Level 3 of Reiki is not easy, and becoming a Reiki practitioner and a Reiki
Master is quite an intense learning experience. You not only get an
opportunity to heal yourself using Reiki but it also sets the tone for becoming
a Reiki teacher and future. At this stage, you can learn about bringing about
peace and balance your life. Yes, you were taught the basics of this in the
previous levels, too but at this level, the kind of experience you have will be
more intense.
During the first week of level 3 Reiki training, you, as well as a Reiki Master,
will have to write down your goals for the class in progress. This helps make
your expectations clear to your Reiki Master. Not just that but it will also
help you Reiki Master get a better understanding of why you are taking the
level 3 classes. Then, it is time for a general discussion, and you will be
introduced to the entire course structure of this level of Reiki.
The Reiki Master will also ask you to start maintaining a journal for all your
Reiki experiences. This will certainly come in handy when you're trying to
teach others later. The Reiki Master usually asked each student to practice
Reiki in absentia for at least one month. This needs to be performed either
before or during the Reiki sessions on a single individual. Apart from this,
you will be required to perform an hour of self-healing as well.
Then, it is time to receive level 3 Reiki attunement. The Reiki Master will
also teach you about the Master symbol upon the completion of the course.
Once the first session comes to an end, he will be required to study the
history of Reiki and gather all the information you can about Reiki. Apart
from this, you will also need to study the first two attunements you received
during level 1 of Reiki.
Then comes the second week of training. During this session, as well, you'll
be required to set goals for yourself. Once you set your goals, you'll be
required to share them with the rest of the class. You might also be asked to
share your experiences as well as stories about your experience with Reiki.
There will be discussions about the history of Reiki. Since you're already
studied about it, this discussion will prove to be quite insightful. Most of
these discussions will be about the founder of Reiki. Then, it is time for you
to share about any new experience you might have had after receiving the
attunement for the third degree of Reiki. During this week's session, it helps
you go whatever you learned during the attunement you received in the first
level of Reiki.
Since you are learning to be a Reiki Master, you will be taught about the
ideal class structure for Reiki level one. There will also be a discussion about
what must be included in this class, along with the way you can give Reiki to
others. You will also be taught to attune new students at this level for the first
and the second attunement is. The Reiki Master will ask you to keep
journalizing your experiences and once again review the history of Reiki. The
Reiki Master will ask you to practice giving attunement to others and prepare
yourself for the third and the fourth attunement you received during the first
level of Reiki. Make sure that you know all the Reiki symbols and have
memorized them. If you haven't, then keep practicing this until the third
week's session.
Once again, you will be required to set your goals before the commencement
of the third week of Reiki. There will be discussions about the history of
Reiki, along with the contribution of the Reiki is found. The Reiki Master
will then teach you to give the third and the fourth attunements to level 1
Reiki students. You will also be given an outline of the ideal class structure
for level 2 Reiki. Reiki Master will then test to see whether all the aspiring
Reiki teachers are well versed with Reiki symbols or not. Before the next
class, you will be asked to study the attunements associated with level 2
Reiki.
As with all the previous weeks, you will once again be required to set your
goal for the fourth week's session. During this week's sessions, there will be
discussions about the contributions of Mrs. Takata to the field of Reiki.
You'll be asked to share your experiences with Reiki and have successfully
been in sending Reiki to others until now. There might also be a practice
session on giving level 2 Reiki attunement to students. Apart from this, there
will also be a review of the ideal class structure for that level of Reiki. You
will be given instructions about how you are required to prepare a level 2
Reiki class for new students. The Reiki Master will then ask you to practice
the attunement received in level 3 for the next class.
Usually, the suite consists of the final training session of level 3 Reiki. Start
by reading out your goals and share your experiences up until now. You must
keep practicing Reiki and give Reiki to others. Discuss all your experiences
and talk about how successful you were. If you do have any trouble, now it is
time to get all your doubts clarified. At this stage, you must practice the
attunement procedure for level 3 Reiki. Reiki Master will then give you
instructions about the car structure for level 3 Reiki. This gives your basic
idea of how you can structure level 3 Reiki to your future students. All the
attunement you received until now will be reviewed.
By now, most of the topics associated with Reiki will be covered. You will
not require any more classes. However, if you do feel like you need a little
extra help, you can always talk to your Reiki Master about the same. If you
think you understood everything until now, then you are officially a Reiki
Master. Congratulate yourself and pat yourself on the back.
 Chapter 17:
The Power of Attunements

Before you can begin practicing Reiki on yourself and others, you’ll need to
go through a Reiki Attunement process. Each level of Reiki you learn has
additional attunements to open you up to different aspects of Reiki. For
example, the Reiki Symbols are part of the Reiki Level II attunement process.
The goal of a Reiki attunement is to clear your body, mind, and spirit of any
dissonant energy to ensure that you become a clear conduit for Reiki.
Reiki Attunements are the process in which a Reiki Master opens you up to
become a channel for the universal energy. Once you receive an attunement,
you are forever a channel for Reiki energy; however, the way you live your
life is a part of keeping yourself a clear and open conduit for Reiki energy.
You can go years without every practicing Reiki and still retain the
attunement. Some people who go long periods without practicing Reiki might
find that they benefit from receiving an attunement to help clear themselves
out and reconnect them Reiki energy. It is not necessary, though.
The Reiki Level I attunement is your first step into using Reiki on yourself
and others. The Level I attunement ceremony consists of four attunements
that each corresponds to one of the four degrees of Reiki Level I. The
ceremony includes all four Level I attunements that you can receive during
your Reiki Level I course, or at the end of your Reiki Level I course.
A Reiki Level II attunement ceremony is the process that opens you up to the
Reiki power symbols. There are three symbols that Dr. Usui discovered and
that are part of the Reiki Level II attunement ceremony. This ceremony will
be slightly different from the Reiki Level I attunement ceremony because it
opens you to a different type of Reiki energy.
The attunement ceremony for the Master Level of Reiki will attune you to the
Master Reiki Symbol. This symbol is not one of the original power symbols
that Dr. Usui used and is only attuned during a Master Level attunement
ceremony. This Master attunement ceremony also gives you the knowledge
and Reiki wisdom to teach and attune students to Reiki Levels as well.
There are additional attunements for advanced Reiki techniques such as for
Crystal Reiki and even Reiki for animals.

Before the Attunement

Prior to receiving any of your attunements, there are some steps you can take
to prepare. While the steps of preparation are optional, it will enhance your
experience through your studies and also make the attunements more
enjoyable and powerful.
In the twenty-four hours before your attunement ceremony, try to avoid any
drug use, recreational and pharmaceutical if possible, and alcohol
consumption. Any mind-altering substances or medications that change the
chemical composition of your mind or body can hide the true beliefs that
cause your suffering.
By abstaining from such substances, you can clear the mind and body to be
more alert to your senses, perceptions, and thoughts. This will greatly
enhance your attunement ceremonies and make you a more effective conduit
for Reiki energy.
Important note: If you are taking prescribed medications by a medical
professional for any kind of condition or treatment of a disease or illness,
please keep taking those medications unless your doctor or medical
professional says it is okay to abstain for twenty-four hours.
Another good step to take for the attunement ceremony is to adjust your diet
for the twenty-four hours before an attunement and after an attunement. Try
to consume only whole, clean foods at that time. Whole, clean foods include
legumes, fresh fruits, and vegetables.
Highly processed foods, chemically altered foods, and foods that are covered
in preservatives can create blocks in the channels just like alcohol and drugs.
By cleansing the body with clean, whole foods that are raw, unprocessed, and
healthy will help open up the energetic channels in your body for the
attunement ceremony. By continuing that diet for twenty-four hours after
receiving the attunement will help you fully feel the effects of your
attunement and your connection to Reiki.
By removing any kind of crutch that the body gains from alcohol, drugs, and
unclean foods, you have the opportunity to release the stored energy and
beliefs that are fed by and supported by those crutches. Those beliefs,
memories, and energy stores don’t serve your highest self, so releasing them
before an attunement is recommended.
For up to a week prior to your attunement, meditating every day leading up to
the attunement ceremony and then every day for a week after the ceremony is
also helpful. It is recommended that you make meditation a regular part of
your daily routine, and practicing that before and after the attunement
ceremony can help you to develop that habit.
This meditation process can help you to make the shifts and changes in your
life that you hope to sustain with your study of Reiki. After receiving your
attunement, you can include a self-treatment session in with your meditation
practice as a part of your daily routine.

Reiki Attunement
A Reiki attunement ceremony is performed by a Reiki Master. The Reiki
Master performs a routine that includes the Reiki symbols that were
discovered by Dr. Usui. During the ceremony, an intention is set for the
highest good of the student, the person receiving the attunement.
The Reiki Master will set an intention to strengthen the student’s connection
to Reiki energy.
Think of the energies in your body like radio waves or radio stations. By
changing the radio station, you can change what information you are
receiving, such as news, music, the genre of music, talk shows, etc. Just like
you can change a radio station to receive different information, you can
retune, or reprogram the body to receive different information, like Reiki
energy and wisdom.
Without an attunement ceremony, your body does have access to Reiki
energy. Everyone’s body has access to Reiki energy. It is a part of the
universe and a part of being human. Getting attuned to Reiki energy ensures
that you as a student and practitioner receive the proper energy signal for
Reiki.
A Reiki attunement ceremony takes about twenty to thirty minutes. As the
student or recipient of a Reiki ceremony, all you need to do is find a quiet,
relaxed space where you will be undisturbed for the course of the ceremony.
Just like when you meditate, you may want to play some calming music, have
dim lighting and candles, or burn some incense.
Depending on the type of course you take, you might receive your Reiki
attunements in person or from a distance. Both are powerful and acceptable
methods for receiving and attunement. If you are taking an in-person class
and you receive your attunement from your Reiki Master in person, they may
have you sit in a chair so they can move around you with ease during the
attunement ceremony.
It is recommended that during a Reiki attunement ceremony, you turn off
phones, computers, and find a location that is away from sources of the
internet and heavy electronic presences. Since Reiki is energy it can come
into conflict with other strong energy sources that come from electronics and
the internet. In-person attunements are generally performed in complete
silence.
Whether you are receiving an attunement in-person or from a distance, you
may have some interesting experiences, like images and sensations. Some
students fall asleep during their attunement ceremonies, this isn’t uncommon.
Other students don’t notice anything at all, just feel relaxed. Everyone
experiences attunements differently. There is no right or wrong way to
experience a Reiki attunement ceremony.
Some common experiences that people have included are varying sensations
like hot, cold, or tingling. You could get visions and see images, or even
smell or hear things that are a result of Reiki energy.
Some courses of study will perform attunement ceremonies for all three
levels of Reiki at once. Other courses will separate the attunement
ceremonies for each level that the student completes.
As with the experiences you have during your attunement ceremony, there is
no right or wrong way to receive them.
Each attunement releases dissonant energy from within you and returns your
body, mind, and spirit to a natural energetic frequency that your body wants
to remain aligned with.
Receiving a Reiki Level I attunement gives you the basics to treat yourself
with Reiki and others with Reiki. It is recommended that you go through at
least Reiki Level II if you’d like to work on clients or recipients, especially in
a professional setting.
Going through the Reiki Level II attunement ceremony and the Reiki Master
attunement ceremony your body will draw in yet another kind of Reiki
energy which is what attunes you to the Reiki symbols and gives you the
wisdom to perform attunement ceremonies.
During a ceremony, nothing is shifting in your mind, body or spirit. Rather
Reiki provides you with guidance down a path to make shifts that serve your
highest good. Your body begins to release but it is in the inclusion of daily
self-treatments after your attunements that push the healing forward and
continue to aid you.
Most people that are interested in learning Reiki are ready to release and heal
by the time they commit to become a Reiki student. The practice of
separating the attunements was traditionally used to ensure that a student was
committed to going through each level without rushing the process.
Rushing the attunement ceremonies can result in the student not learning or
practicing to the full extent of each level before moving on. Additionally,
some students might go through one attunement and then decide that Reiki is
for them.
There are times when the energetic shifts happen after an attunement almost
immediately. Other times the shifts can take time, practice, and study to
occur. The mind puts limitations on itself, especially if you hear a limitation
aloud. If a Reiki Master says ‘You can’t handle more than one Reiki Level
Attunement at once,’ then the mind imposes that limitation. However, there is
no evidence to suggest that attunements can’t be performed in one ceremony.
Whatever the case, you should look for a Master who offers the attunement
ceremonies in the way that you wish to receive them.

After the Attunement

It isn’t uncommon to feel the flow of Reiki energy through your body
immediately following an attunement ceremony. If you don’t sense energy
right away, that is okay. That doesn’t mean there is something wrong with
you. It doesn’t mean that the attunement didn’t work.
Your body is only able to perceive a fraction of energy at any given time, yet
the universe is full of energy and anything made of matter is made of energy.
It can take time for your body to adjust its perception of Reiki energy.
Your body may begin to change in other ways. Your hands might feel
warmer, or tingle and emanate energy when you are around people that need
Reiki energy. You’ll have to learn to adjust to these sensations. Over time,
you may experience different sensations or shifts in the energy.
If any of the sensations are uncomfortable or overwhelming, take a few deep
breaths and set an intention in your mind to allow the Reiki to flow freely
through you. This will help release the buildup of intense energy. With
practice on yourself, you will begin to learn how to channel the flow of
energy and when and how to restrict the flow.
Your body, mind, and spirit will begin to release energy and clear energy.
Imbalances will start to be brought back into alignment. Stagnation starts to
move and flow again. Any energies that are no longer serving your highest
good are transmuted and shifted. These shifts are important to your healing
but also to your ability to channel Reiki energy at the highest frequency.
To heal, your body must be clear of imbalances. Energetic imbalances are
what create disease and lead to the manifestation of physical, emotional, and
mental symptoms. After a Reiki attunement ceremony, your body has the
wisdom to heal itself. Continuing to promote energy shifts and keeping
yourself a clear conduit is what will make the largest impact on your healing
and the raising of your energetic vibration.
You might want to keep track of any changes that you notice occurring.
Sometimes having a documented progression of shifts and changes can help
you understand how you are benefitting. If you’d like to use Reiki as a
service to help heal others, providing them with personal experiences can
help on their road to healing as well.
Once you are attuned to Reiki, it is very important to perform daily self-
treatments of Reiki. This will keep your body open to Reiki energy and
guidance as well as continue to correct any imbalances in your body. Those
imbalances will then extend outward into your environment and the lifestyle
you live. It is also the best way to keep your body infused with Reiki energy
for long-term success and fulfillment.
Drinking adequate amounts of water and keeping your diet as whole and
clean as possible are also methods that will help you gain more sensitivity
and awareness of energies around you. These are also health practices that
will only contribute to your overall health and wellness.
Since Reiki is intuitive, you will need to trust Reiki to heal what needs to be
healed. As you perform self-treatments you will begin to understand what
this means. That is another reason it is so important to keep up with daily
self-treatments once you are attuned.
Reiki Attunements are the ceremonies that will open you up to the healing
power of Reiki, the wisdom of the universe, and the guiding hand of Reiki
energy. When you are ready to receive your attunements and go through the
Reiki Level I course, if you have not already done be sure to find a Reiki
Master that you resonate with and feel like you can learn from.
When you are working closely with someone who is tuning your energy
frequencies and guiding you on the attunement journey, you’ll want someone
you trust. You’ll want a Reiki Master that can answer your questions, isn’t
too busy to make time for their students outside of their set courses, and
someone who understands your goals with learning Reiki. Having the right
Reiki Master to perform your attunement ceremonies is just as important to
your healing journey.
Attunement ceremonies should be enjoyable. It is rare that anyone doesn’t
enjoy the attunement ceremony but goes into the ceremony with an open
mind and no expectations.
 Conclusion

Reiki healing allows you to connect with the energies of the universe and use
it in a way that encourages the body to heal itself. It can be used to treat aches
and pains, overcome allergies and headaches, and even heal chronic or
painful diseases. The results depend heavily on your abilities and your
mindset, as it is important to be receptive to the Reiki energies for them to
result.
Often, the emotional and physical health problems that we struggle with stem
from blocked energy channels in the body. Energy channels can be blocked
after certain life circumstances or from being neglected. As you learn to
encourage the flow of Universal energy through your body, you can promote
overall health and wellness. You can stop at learning to heal yourself or you
can continue our practice to strengthen your abilities and possibly heal others.
Hopefully, this book has been able to help provide the foundation for Reiki
knowledge that you can build upon later. For the time being; however, you
should know what you need to put your Reiki skills to work. The only thing
left to do is practice! Your abilities will strengthen with time and as you
become more aware of the way that the energies of the universe and your
body affect you.